Filed by Bowne Pure Compliance
Table of Contents

 
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
     
þ   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008
or
     
o   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                      to                     
Commission file number 001-13958
THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
     
Delaware   13-3317783
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
One Hartford Plaza, Hartford, Connecticut 06155
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)
(860) 547-5000
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: the following, all of which are listed on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc.
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share
6.1% Notes due October 1, 2041
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
       
  7.9% Notes due June 15, 2010   5.375% Notes due March 15, 2017
  5.25% Notes due October 15, 2011   5.95% Notes due October 15, 2036
  4.625% Notes due July 15, 2013   6.3% Notes due March 15, 2018
  4.75% Notes due March 1, 2014   6.0% Notes due January 15, 2019
  7.3% Debentures due November 1, 2015   8.125% Junior Subordinated Debentures due June 15, 2068
  5.5% Notes due October 15, 2016    
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
             
Large accelerated filer þ   Accelerated filer o   Non-accelerated filer o   Smaller Reporting Company o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o No þ
The aggregate market value of the shares of Common Stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2008 was approximately $19.4 billion, based on the closing price of $64.57 per share of the Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange on June 30, 2008.
As of February 5, 2009, there were outstanding 325,229,417 shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the registrant.
Documents Incorporated by Reference
Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for its 2009 annual meeting of shareholders are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K.
 
 

 

 


 

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008
TABLE OF CONTENTS
             
Item   Description   Page  
   
 
       
           
   
 
       
1.       3  
   
 
       
1A.       22  
   
 
       
1B.       34  
   
 
       
2.       34  
   
 
       
3.       34  
   
 
       
4.       36  
   
 
       
           
   
 
       
5.       36  
   
 
       
6.       39  
   
 
       
7.       40  
   
 
       
7A.       198  
   
 
       
8.       198  
   
 
       
9.       198  
   
 
       
9A.       199  
   
 
       
9B.       201  
   
 
       
           
   
 
       
10.       201  
   
 
       
11.       202  
   
 
       
12.       202  
   
 
       
13.       204  
   
 
       
14.       204  
   
 
       
           
   
 
       
15.       204  
   
 
       
        II-1  
   
 
       
        II-2  
   
 
       
 Exhibit 10.01
 Exhibit 10.02
 Exhibit 10.03
 Exhibit 10.04
 Exhibit 10.05
 Exhibit 10.06
 Exhibit 10.08
 Exhibit 10.09
 Exhibit 10.10
 Exhibit 10.12
 Exhibit 10.16
 Exhibit 10.17
 Exhibit 12.01
 Exhibit 21.01
 Exhibit 23.01
 Exhibit 24.01
 Exhibit 31.01
 Exhibit 31.02
 Exhibit 32.01
 Exhibit 32.02

 

2


Table of Contents

PART I
Item 1. BUSINESS
(Dollar amounts in millions, except for per share data, unless otherwise stated)
General
The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, “The Hartford” or the “Company”) is an insurance and financial services company. The Hartford, headquartered in Connecticut, is among the largest providers of investment products, individual life, group life and group disability insurance products, and property and casualty insurance products in the United States. Hartford Fire Insurance Company, founded in 1810, is the oldest of The Hartford’s subsidiaries. The Hartford writes insurance in the United States and internationally. At December 31, 2008, total assets and total stockholders’ equity of The Hartford were $287.6 billion and $9.3 billion, respectively.
Organization
The Hartford strives to maintain and enhance its position as a market leader within the financial services industry. The Company sells diverse and innovative products through multiple distribution channels to consumers and businesses. The Company is continuously seeking to develop and expand its distribution channels, achieve cost efficiencies through improved technology, and capitalize on its brand name and The Hartford Stag Logo, one of the most recognized symbols in the financial services industry.
As a holding company that is separate and distinct from its subsidiaries, The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. has no significant business operations of its own. Therefore, it relies on the dividends from its insurance companies and other subsidiaries as the principal source of cash flow to meet its obligations. Additional information regarding the cash flow and liquidity needs of The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. may be found in the Capital Resources and Liquidity section of Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”).
The Company maintains a retail mutual fund operation, whereby the Company, through wholly-owned subsidiaries, provides investment management and administrative services to The Hartford Mutual Funds, Inc. and The Hartford Mutual Funds II, Inc (“The mutual funds”), families of 62 mutual funds and 1 closed end fund. The Company charges fees to the shareholders of the mutual funds, which are recorded as revenue by the Company. Investors can purchase “shares” in the mutual funds, all of which are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), in accordance with the Investment Company Act of 1940.
The mutual funds are owned by the shareholders of those funds and not by the Company. As such, the mutual fund assets and liabilities and related investment returns are not reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements since they are not assets, liabilities and operations of the Company.
Reporting Segments
The Hartford is organized into two major operations: Life and Property & Casualty, each containing reporting segments. Within the Life and Property & Casualty operations, The Hartford conducts business principally in eleven reporting segments. Corporate primarily includes the Company’s debt financing and related interest expense, as well as other capital raising activities and purchase accounting adjustments.
Life is organized into four groups which are comprised of six reporting segments: The Retail Products Group (“Retail”) and Individual Life segments make up the Individual Markets Group. The Retirement Plans and Group Benefits segments make up the Employer Markets Group. The International and Institutional Solutions Group (“Institutional”) segments each make up their own group.
Life includes in an Other category its leveraged private placement life insurance (“PPLI”) product line of business; corporate items not directly allocated to any of its reportable operating segments; inter-segment eliminations; and the mark-to-market adjustment for the International variable annuity account assets that are classified as equity securities held for trading reported in net investment income and the related change in interest credited reported as a component of benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses.
Property & Casualty is organized into five reporting segments: the underwriting segments of Personal Lines, Small Commercial, Middle Market and Specialty Commercial (collectively “Ongoing Operations”); and the Other Operations segment.
A measure of profit or loss used by The Hartford’s management in evaluating the performance of its Life segments is net income (loss). Likewise, within Property & Casualty, net income (loss) is a measure of profit or loss used in evaluating the performance of Total Property & Casualty, Ongoing Operations and the Other Operations segment. Within Ongoing Operations, the underwriting segments of Personal Lines, Small Commercial, Middle Market and Specialty Commercial are evaluated by The Hartford’s management primarily based upon underwriting results. Underwriting results represent premiums earned less incurred losses, loss adjustment expenses and underwriting expenses. The sum of underwriting results, other revenues, net investment income, net realized capital gains and losses, other expenses, and related income taxes is net income (loss).

 

3


Table of Contents

Life
Life’s business is conducted by Hartford Life, Inc. (“Hartford Life” or “Life”), an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of The Hartford, headquartered in Simsbury, Connecticut. Life provides (i) retail and institutional investment products, including variable annuities, fixed market value adjusted (“Fixed MVA”) annuities, mutual funds, private placement life insurance, which includes life insurance products purchased by a company on the lives of its employees, and retirement plan services for the savings and retirement needs of over 7 million customers, (ii) life insurance for wealth protection, accumulation and transfer needs for approximately 760,000 customers, (iii) group benefits products such as group life and group disability insurance for the benefit of millions of individuals, and (iv) fixed and variable annuity products through its international operations for the savings and retirement needs of approximately 490,000 customers. Life is a large seller of individual variable annuities, variable universal life insurance and group life and disability insurance in the United States. Life’s position in each of its core businesses provides an opportunity to sell Life’s products and services as individuals save and plan for retirement, protect themselves and their families against the financial uncertainties associated with disability or death and engage in estate planning.
In the past year, primarily as a result of effects of the financial crisis, Life’s total assets under management declined to $298.0 billion at December 31, 2008 from $371.7 billion and $327.3 billion as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, which include $50.1 billion, $55.5 billion and $43.7 billion of third party assets invested in Life’s mutual funds and 529 College Savings Plans for the same respective periods. The effects of the financial crisis, primarily due to declines in net investment income on equity securities held for trading and investment impairments, also impacted revenues which were $(1.1) billion in 2008, declining from $13.4 billion and $14.1 billion in 2007 and 2006, respectively, and net income (loss) of $(2.4) billion in 2008, declining from $1.6 billion and $1.4 billion in 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Customer Service, Technology and Efficiencies
Life currently maintains operating efficiencies due to Life’s attention to expense and claims management and commitment to customer service and technology. In addition, Life utilizes technology to enhance communications within Life and throughout its distribution network in order to improve Life’s efficiency in marketing, selling and servicing its products and, as a result, provides high-quality customer service. In recognition of excellence in customer service for individual annuities, Hartford Life was awarded the 2008 Annuity Service Award by DALBAR Inc., a recognized independent financial services research organization, for the thirteenth consecutive year. Hartford Life has received this prestigious award in every year of the award’s existence. Also, in 2008 Life earned its sixth DALBAR Award for Mutual Fund and Retirement Plan Service. Continuing the trend of service excellence, Life’s Individual Life segment won its eighth consecutive DALBAR award for service of life insurance customers, where they finished the year ranked number one and was the only life insurance company to win the service award this year. Additionally, Life’s Individual Life segment also won its seventh consecutive DALBAR Financial Intermediary Service Quality Evaluation Award in 2008, where they finished the year ranked number nine and was the only life insurance company to win the service award this year. In 2008, Life’s International segment received two 5-Star Financial Adviser Service Awards, voted by independent financial advisers, for providing service excellence for their United Kingdom operations.
Risk Management
Life’s product designs, prudent underwriting standards and risk management techniques are intended to mitigate against disintermediation risk, greater than expected mortality and morbidity experience, foreign currency risk and risks associated with certain product features, specifically the guaranteed minimum death benefit (“GMDB”), guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit (“GMWB”), guaranteed minimum income benefit (“GMIB”) and the guaranteed minimum accumulation benefit (“GMAB”) offered with variable annuity products. Life seeks to effectively utilize prudent underwriting to select and price insurance risks and regularly monitors mortality and morbidity assumptions to determine if experience remains consistent with these assumptions and to ensure that its product pricing remains appropriate. Life also employs disciplined claims management to protect itself against greater than expected morbidity experience. Life uses reinsurance structures and has modified benefit features to mitigate the mortality exposure associated with GMDB. Life also uses reinsurance and derivative instruments to attempt to mitigate risks associated with GMWB, GMIB and GMAB liabilities. In managing the various aspects of these risks, during the fourth quarter 2008, the Company placed a greater relative emphasis on protection of statutory surplus, which will likely result in greater U.S. GAAP earnings volatility. See Item 1A, Risk Factors, for a further discussion on the Company’s risks and Capital Markets Risk Management for a discussion of Life Equity Risk Management.
Retail
The Retail segment focuses, through the sale of individual variable and fixed annuities, mutual funds and other investment products to customers principally in the U.S., on the savings and retirement needs of the growing number of individuals who are preparing for retirement or who have already retired. This segment’s total assets were $97.2 billion, $136.0 billion and $130.0 billion at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, excluding mutual funds of $32.7 billion, $50.5 billion and $40.0 billion for the same respective periods. Retail generated revenues of $1.6 billion, $3.5 billion and $3.4 billion in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, of which individual annuities accounted for $797, $2.7 billion and $2.7 billion for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Net income (loss) in Retail was $(1.4) billion, $812 and $536 in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

4


Table of Contents

Life sells both variable and fixed individual annuity products through a wide distribution network of national and regional broker-dealer organizations, banks and other financial institutions and independent financial advisors. Life had annuity deposits of $9.5 billion, $14.3 billion and $13.1 billion in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Life had individual retail variable annuity deposits in the United States of $7.9 billion, $13.2 billion and $12.1 billion in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Annuity deposits declined in 2008 due to equity market volatility and increased competition.
Life’s total account value related to individual annuity products was $85.9 billion as of December 31, 2008. Of this total account value, $74.6 billion, or 87%, related to individual variable annuity products and $11.3 billion, or 13%, related primarily to fixed MVA annuity products. As of December 31, 2007, Life’s total account value related to individual annuity products was $129.3 billion. Of this total account value, $119.1 billion, or 92%, related to individual variable annuity products and $10.2 billion, or 8%, related primarily to fixed MVA annuity products. As of December 31, 2006, Life’s total account value related to individual annuity products was $124.3 billion. Of this total account value, $114.4 billion, or 92%, related to individual variable annuity products and $9.9 billion, or 8%, related primarily to fixed MVA annuity products. Individual variable annuity account values declined in 2008 due primarily to declining equity markets.
The mutual fund business continues to be a significant business to the Life Company. Retail mutual fund assets were $31.0 billion, $48.4 billion and $38.5 billion as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The decline in Retail mutual fund assets during 2008 was primarily related to declining equity markets. Retail mutual fund deposits were $14.1 billion, $14.4 billion and $11.1 billion in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Principal Products
Individual Variable Annuities — Life earns fees, based on policyholders’ account values, for managing variable annuity assets, providing various death and living benefits, and maintaining policyholder accounts. Life uses specified portions of the periodic deposits paid by a customer to purchase units in one or more mutual funds as directed by the customer, who then assumes the investment performance risks and rewards. As a result, variable annuities permit policyholders to choose aggressive or conservative investment strategies, as they deem appropriate, without affecting the composition and quality of assets in Life’s general account. These products offer the policyholder a variety of equity and fixed income options, as well as the ability to earn a guaranteed rate of interest in the general account of Life. Life offers an enhanced guaranteed rate of interest for a specified period of time (no longer than twelve months) if the policyholder elects to dollar-cost average funds from Life’s general account into one or more separate accounts.
The assets underlying Life’s variable annuities are managed both internally and by independent money managers, while Life provides all policy administration services. Furthermore, each money manager is compensated on sales of Life’s products and enhances the marketability of Life’s annuities and the strength of its product offerings.
Policyholders may make deposits of varying amounts at regular or irregular intervals and the value of these assets fluctuates in accordance with the investment performance of the funds selected by the policyholder. To encourage persistency, many of Life’s individual variable annuities are subject to withdrawal restrictions and surrender charges. Surrender charges range up to 8% of the contract’s deposits less withdrawals, and reduce to zero on a sliding scale, usually within seven years from the deposit date.
Many of the individual variable annuity contracts issued by Retail also offer a living benefit (i.e., GMWB) feature. The GMWB provides the policyholder with a guaranteed remaining balance (“GRB”) if their account value is reduced to zero through a combination of market declines and withdrawals. The GRB is generally equal to premiums less withdrawals. However, certain withdrawal provisions and reset features could cause the GRB to fluctuate from year to year. Retail’s total account value related to individual variable annuity products with GMWB features was $38.1 billion, $56.4 billion and $48.3 billion at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The decline in account value during 2008 was primarily due to declines in equity markets.
All variable annuity contracts are issued with a GMDB feature. GMDB features include (1) the sum of all premium payments less prior withdrawals; (2) the maximum anniversary value of the contract, plus any premium payments since the contract anniversary, minus any withdrawals following the contract anniversary and (3) the maximum anniversary value; not to exceed the account value plus the greater of (a) 25% of premium payments, or (b) 25% of the maximum anniversary value of the contract.
Fixed MVA Annuities — Fixed MVA annuities are fixed rate annuity contracts which guarantee a specific sum of money to be paid in the future, either as a lump sum or as monthly income. In the event that a policyholder surrenders a policy prior to the end of the guarantee period, the MVA feature increases or decreases the cash surrender value of the annuity as a function of decreases or increases, respectively, in crediting rates for newly issued contracts thereby protecting Life from losses due to higher interest rates (but, not necessarily widening credit spreads) at the time of surrender. The amount of the lump sum or monthly income payment will not fluctuate due to adverse changes in other components of Life’s investment return, mortality experience or expenses. Retail’s primary fixed MVA annuities have terms varying from one to ten years with an average term to maturity of approximately four years.
Mutual Funds — Life offers a family of retail mutual funds for which Life provides investment management and administrative services. The fund family has grown significantly from 8 funds at inception to the current offering of 62 mutual funds and 1 closed end fund. Life’s funds are managed by Wellington Management Company, LLP (“Wellington”) and Hartford Investment Management Company (“HIMCO”). Life has entered into agreements with over 1,000 financial services firms to distribute these mutual funds.

 

5


Table of Contents

Life charges fees to the shareholders of the mutual funds, which are recorded as revenue by Life. Investors can purchase shares in the mutual funds, all of which are registered with the SEC, in accordance with the Investment Company Act of 1940. The mutual funds are owned by the shareholders of those funds and not by Life. Therefore, the mutual fund assets and liabilities, as well as related investment returns, are not reflected in The Hartford’s consolidated financial statements.
Marketing and Distribution
Life’s distribution network is based on management’s strategy of utilizing multiple and competing distribution channels to achieve the broadest distribution to reach target customers. The success of Life’s marketing and distribution system depends on its product offerings, fund performance, successful utilization of wholesaling organizations, quality of customer service, and relationships with national and regional broker-dealer firms, banks and other financial institutions, and independent financial advisors (through which the sale of Life’s retail investment products to customers is consummated).
Life periodically negotiates provisions and terms of its relationships with unaffiliated parties, and there can be no assurance that such terms will remain acceptable to Life or such third parties. Life’s primary wholesaler of its individual annuities is PLANCO Financial Services, LLC and its affiliate, PLANCO, LLC (collectively “PLANCO”) which are indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of Hartford Life. PLANCO is one of the leading wholesalers of individual annuities and has played a significant role in The Hartford’s growth over the past decade. As a wholesaler, PLANCO distributes Life’s fixed and variable annuities, mutual funds, 529 plans and offshore products by providing sales support to registered representatives, financial planners and broker-dealers at brokerage firms and banks across the United States. Owning PLANCO secures an important distribution channel for Life and gives Life a wholesale distribution platform which it can expand in terms of both the number of individuals wholesaling its products and the portfolio of products which they wholesale.
Competition
Retail competes with numerous other insurance companies as well as certain banks, securities brokerage firms, independent financial advisors and other financial intermediaries marketing annuities, mutual funds and other retirement-oriented products. Product sales are affected by competitive factors such as investment performance ratings, product design, visibility in the marketplace, financial strength ratings, distribution capabilities, levels of charges and credited rates, reputation and customer service.
Near-term, the industry and the Company are experiencing lower variable annuity deposits as a result of recent market turbulence and uncertainty in the U.S. financial system. Current market pressures are also increasing the expected claim costs, the cost and volatility of hedging programs, and the level of capital needed to support living and death benefit guarantees. Some companies have already begun to increase the price of their guaranteed living benefits and change the level of guarantees offered. The new economic landscape has focused the Company’s attention to reconsider the structure and scope of the variable annuity product line. In 2009, the Company intends to increase pricing levels and take certain actions with respect to its variable annuity product features in an effort to reduce risks and costs associated with variable annuity benefit features in the current economic environment and explore other risk-limiting techniques such as increased hedging or other reinsurance structures. Competitor reactions, including the extent of competitor risk limiting techniques, to these actions by the Company is difficult to predict and may result in a decline in Retail’s market share.
The retail mutual fund market continues to be highly competitive, with mutual fund companies looking to differentiate themselves through product solutions, performance, expenses, wholesaling and service. In this non-proprietary broker sold space, The Hartford and its competitors compete aggressively for net flows. As this business continues to evolve, success will be driven by diversifying net sales across the mutual fund platform, delivering superior investment performance and creating new investment solutions for current and future mutual fund shareholders.
Another source of competition for the Company’s retail mutual funds is products that are seen as mutual fund alternatives, such as exchange traded funds (“ETFs”). An ETF is a fund that tracks an index but can be traded like a stock and is available to virtually any investor.
Individual Life
The Individual Life segment provides life insurance strategies to a wide array of business intermediaries and partners to solve the wealth protection, accumulation and transfer needs of its affluent, emerging affluent and business life insurance clients. Life insurance in-force was $195.5 billion, $179.5 billion and $164.2 billion as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Account values were $10.2 billion, $12.3 billion and $11.4 billion as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Individual Life total assets were $13.8 billion, $15.6 billion and $14.2 billion as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Revenues were $914, $1.1 billion and $1.1 billion in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Net income (loss) in Individual Life was $(43), $182 and $150 in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Principal Products
Life holds a significant market share in the variable universal life product market and is a leading seller of variable universal life insurance according to the Tillinghast VALUE Survey as of September 30, 2008. Sales in the Individual Life segment were $274, $286 and $284 in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

6


Table of Contents

Variable Universal Life — Variable universal life provides life insurance with an investment return linked to underlying investments as policyholders are allowed to invest premium dollars among a variety of underlying mutual funds. As the return on the investment portfolios increase or decrease, the surrender value of the variable universal life policy will increase or decrease, and, under certain policyholder options or market conditions, the death benefit may also increase or decrease. Life’s second-to-die products are distinguished from other products in that two lives are insured rather than one, and the policy proceeds are paid upon the deaths of both insureds. Second-to-die policies are frequently used in estate planning for a married couple as the policy proceeds are paid out at the time an estate tax liability is incurred. Variable universal life account values were $4.8 billion, $7.3 billion and $6.6 billion as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Universal Life and Interest Sensitive Whole Life — Universal life and interest sensitive whole life insurance coverages provide life insurance with adjustable rates of return based on current interest rates and on the returns of the underlying investment portfolios. Universal life provides policyholders with flexibility in the timing and amount of premium payments and the amount of the death benefit, provided there are sufficient policy funds to cover all policy charges for the coming period, unless guaranteed no-lapse coverage is in effect. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, guaranteed no-lapse universal life represented approximately 9% and 8% of life insurance in-force, respectively. Life also sells second-to-die universal life insurance policies.
Term Life — Term life provides basic life insurance coverage at guaranteed level premium payments for a specific period of time and generally has no cash value. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, term life accounted for 32% and 29% of life insurance in-force, respectively.
Marketing and Distribution
Consistent with Life’s strategy to access multiple distribution outlets, the Individual Life distribution organization has been developed to penetrate multiple retail sales channels. Life sells both variable and fixed individual life products through a wide distribution network of national and regional broker-dealer organizations, banks and independent financial advisors. Life is a market leader in selling individual life insurance through national stockbroker and financial institutions channels. In addition, Life distributes individual life products through independent life and property-casualty agents and Woodbury Financial Services, an indirect and wholly-owned subsidiary retail broker-dealer. To wholesale Life’s products, Life has a group of highly qualified life insurance professionals with specialized training in sophisticated life insurance sales. These individuals are generally employees of Life who are managed through a regional sales office system.
Competition
Individual Life competes with approximately 1,000 life insurance companies in the United States, as well as other financial intermediaries marketing insurance products. Competitive factors related to this segment are primarily the breadth and quality of life insurance products offered, pricing, relationships with third-party distributors, effectiveness of wholesaling support, pricing and availability of reinsurance, and the quality of underwriting and customer service.
The individual life industry continues to see a move in distribution away from the traditional life insurance sales agents, to the consultative financial advisor as the place people go to buy their life insurance. In 2008, traditional career agents accounted for approximately thirty percent of sales, while the independent channels, including brokerage, financial institutions and banks, and stockbrokers, sold the remainder. Companies who distribute products through financial advisors and independent agents have increased commissions or offered additional incentives to attract new business. Competition is most intense among the largest brokerage general agencies. Individual Life’s regional sales office system is a differentiator in the market and allows it to compete across multiple distribution outlets.
The individual life market has seen a shift in product mix towards universal life products over the past few years, which now represents 42% of life insurance sales as of September 30, 2008 as reported through LIMRA. Both consumers and producers have been demanding fixed products and more guarantees, which can be demonstrated by the shift in the mix of products being sold. Due to this shifting market demand, enhanced product features are becoming an increasingly important factor in competition. The Company has updated its universal life product set and sales of universal life have increased. The Company is ranked number two in total variable universal life sales according to LIMRA as of September 30, 2008.
As of September 30, 2008 The Hartford is ranked number seven in total premium sales of life insurance and number fourteen in annualized premium according to LIMRA’s quarterly U.S. Individual Life Insurance Sales Survey.
Retirement Plans
Life is among the top providers of retirement products and services. Products and services offered by Retirement Plans include asset management and plan administration sold to municipalities and not-for-profit organizations pursuant to Section 457 and 403(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (referred to as “Section 457” and “403(b)”, respectively). Life also provides retirement products and services, including asset management and plan administration sold to small and medium-size corporations pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (referred to as “401(k)”).

 

7


Table of Contents

In the first quarter of 2008, the Company completed three Retirement Plans acquisitions. The acquisition of part of the defined contribution record keeping business of Princeton Retirement Group gives Life a foothold in the business of providing recordkeeping services to large financial firms which offer defined contribution plans to their clients and at acquisition added $2.9 billion in mutual funds to Retirement Plans assets under management and $5.7 billion of assets under administration. The acquisition of Sun Life Retirement Services, Inc., at acquisition added $15.8 billion in Retirement Plans assets under management across 6,000 plans and provides new service locations in Boston, Massachusetts and Phoenix, Arizona. The acquisition of TopNoggin LLC., provides web-based technology to address data management, administration and benefit calculations.
403(b)/457 account values were $10.2 billion, $12.4 billion and $11.5 billion as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. 401(k) products account values were $12.0 billion, $14.7 billion and $12.0 billion as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Retirement Plans’ total assets were $22.6 billion, $28.0 billion and $24.4 billion as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, excluding mutual funds of $14.8 billion, $1.5 billion and $1.1 billion for the same respective periods. Retirement Plans generated revenues of $408, $556 and $522 in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, and net income (loss) of $(157), $61 and $101 in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Principal Products
403(b)/457 — Life sells retirement plan products and services to municipalities under Section 457 plans and to not-for-profits under Section 403(b) plans. Life offers a number of different investment products, including group variable annuities and fixed products, to the employees in Section 457 and 403(b) plans. Generally, with the variable products, Life manages the fixed income funds and certain other outside money managers act as advisors to the equity funds offered in Section 457 and 403(b) plans administered by Life. As of December 31, 2008, Life administered over 4,300 plans under Sections 457 and 403(b). Total assets under management were $10.3 billion, $12.4 billion and $11.5 billion as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
401(k) — Life sells retirement plan products and services to corporations under 401(k) plans targeting the small and medium case markets. Life believes these markets are under-penetrated in comparison to the large case market. The number of 401(k) plans administered as of December 31, 2008 was over 25,400. Total assets under management were $26.7 billion, $16.2 billion and $13.2 billion as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Marketing and Distribution
In the Section 457, 403(b) and 401(k) markets, Retirement Plans’ distribution network uses internal personnel with extensive experience to sell its products and services in the retirement plan and institutional markets. The success of Life’s marketing and distribution system depends on its product offerings, fund performance, successful utilization of wholesaling organizations, quality of customer service, and relationships with national and regional broker-dealer firms, banks and other financial institutions.
Competition
Retirement Plans competes with numerous other insurance companies as well as certain banks, securities brokerage firms, independent financial advisors and other financial intermediaries marketing annuities, mutual funds and other retirement-oriented products. Product sales are affected by competitive factors such as investment performance ratings, product design, visibility in the marketplace, financial strength ratings, distribution capabilities, levels of charges and credited rates, reputation and customer service.
For the Section 457 and 403(b) as well as the 401(k) markets, which offer mutual funds wrapped in a variable annuity, variable funding agreement, or mutual fund retirement program, the variety of available funds and their performance is most important to plan sponsors. The competitors tend to be the major mutual fund companies.
The competitive landscape for providers of group retirement plans has, and will continue to, intensify. The past few years have seen consolidation among industry providers seeking to increase scale, improve cost efficiencies, and enter new market segments. The consolidation of providers is expected to continue as smaller providers exit the market.
In addition, many providers are attempting to expand their market share by extending their target markets across plan size and tax code segments (401(k), 457, 403(b)), some of which they may not have previously served. Competition increases as the number of providers selling business in each segment grows.
The long-awaited, landmark 403(b) regulations, finalized in July 2007, have contributed to the increased activity in the 403(b) market. The regulations, in general, align an employer’s responsibilities more closely with those of a 401(k), making 403(b) plans more attractive to providers who have experience with 401(k) plans. Final Pension Provider Act regulations have also increased competition over features key to those regulations, such as automatic enrollment capabilities and differentiation of target date fund offerings, when used as qualified default investment alternatives.

 

8


Table of Contents

Group Benefits
The Group Benefits segment provides individual members of employer groups, associations, affinity groups and financial institutions with group life, accident and disability coverage, along with other products and services, including voluntary benefits, and group retiree health. Life ranks number two in fully-insured group disability premium and number three in fully-insured life premium of U.S. group carriers (according to LIMRA data as of June 30, 2008). The Company also offers disability underwriting, administration, claims processing services and reinsurance to other insurers and self-funded employer plans. Generally, policies sold in this segment are term insurance. This allows the Company to adjust the rates or terms of its policies in order to minimize the adverse effect of various market trends, including declining interest rates and other factors. Typically policies are sold with one-, two- or three-year rate guarantees depending upon the product. In the disability market, the Company focuses on its risk management expertise and on efficiencies and economies of scale to derive a competitive advantage. Group Benefits generated fully insured ongoing premiums of $4.4 billion, $4.2 billion and $4.1 billion in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, of which group disability insurance accounted for $2.0 billion, $1.9 billion and $1.8 billion in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, and group life insurance accounted for $2.1 billion, $1.9 billion and $1.8 billion for the year ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The Company held group disability reserves of $4.7 billion, $4.6 billion and $4.5 billion and group life reserves of $1.3 billion, $1.3 billion and $1.3 billion as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Total assets for Group Benefits were $9.0 billion, $9.3 billion and $9.0 billion as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Total revenues in Group Benefits were $4.3 billion, $4.7 billion and $4.6 billion, during 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Net income (loss) in Group Benefits was $(6), $315 and $298 in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Principal Products
Group Disability — Life is one of the largest carriers in the “large case” market of the group disability insurance business. Life’s strong market presence in the group disability markets is the result of its well known brand and reputation, financial strength and stability and Life’s approach to claims management. Life also offers voluntary, or employee-paid, short-term and long-term disability group benefits. Life’s efforts in the group disability market focus on early intervention, return-to-work programs and successful rehabilitation, which offer the support to help claimants return to an active, productive life after a disability. Life also works with disability claimants to improve their approval rate for Social Security Assistance (i.e., reducing payment of benefits by the amount of Social Security payments received).
Life’s short-term disability benefit plans provide a weekly benefit amount (typically 60% to 70% of the insured’s earned income up to a specified maximum benefit) to insureds when they are unable to work due to an accident or illness. Long-term disability insurance provides a monthly benefit for those extended periods of time not covered by a short-term disability benefit plan when insureds are unable to work due to disability. Insureds may receive total or partial disability benefits. Most of these policies begin providing benefits following a 90- or 180-day waiting period and generally continue providing benefits until the insured reaches age 65. Long-term disability benefits are paid monthly and are limited to a portion, generally 50-70%, of the insured’s earned income up to a specified maximum benefit.
Group Life and Accident — Group term life insurance provides term coverage to employees and members of associations, affinity groups and financial institutions and their dependents for a specified period and has no accumulation of cash values. Life offers options for its basic group life insurance coverage, including portability of coverage and a living benefit and critical illness option, whereby terminally ill policyholders can receive death benefits in advance. Life also offers voluntary, or employee-paid, life group benefits and accidental death and dismemberment coverage either packaged with life insurance or on a stand-alone basis.
Other — Life offers a host of other products and services, such as Family and Medical Leave Act Administration, group retiree health, and specialized insurance products for physicians. Life also provides travel accident, hospital indemnity, supplemental health insurance for military personnel and their families and other coverages to individual members of various associations, affinity groups, financial institutions and employee groups. Prior to the second quarter of 2007, Life provided excess of loss medical coverage (known as medical stop loss insurance) to employers who self-fund their medical plans and pay claims using the services of a third party administrator. In the second quarter of 2007, Life entered into a renewal rights arrangement on its medical stop loss coverage business. As a result of this transaction, the existing policies in-force will diminish as contracts expire.
Marketing and Distribution
Life uses an experienced group of Company employees, managed through a regional sales office system, to distribute its group insurance products and services through a variety of distribution outlets, including brokers, consultants, third-party administrators and trade associations.
Competition
The Group Benefits business remains highly competitive. Competitive factors primarily affecting Group Benefits are the variety and quality of products and services offered, the price quoted for coverage and services, Life’s relationships with its third-party distributors, and the quality of customer service. In addition, there has been an increase in the length of rate guarantee periods being offered in the market and top tier carriers are offering on-line and self service capabilities to agents and consumers. Group Benefits competes with numerous other insurance companies and other financial intermediaries marketing insurance products. However, many of these businesses have relatively high barriers to entry and there have been few new entrants into the group benefits insurance market over the past few years.

 

9


Table of Contents

Based on LIMRA market share data for in-force premiums as of June 30, 2008, Group Benefits is the second largest group disability carrier and the third largest group life insurance carrier. The relatively large size and underwriting capacity of this business provides opportunities not available to smaller companies.
International
International, which has operations located in Japan, Brazil, Ireland and the United Kingdom, and plans to open operations in Germany in 2009, provides investments, retirement savings and other insurance and savings products to individuals and groups outside the United States and Canada. International revenues were $617, $847 and $736 in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Net income (loss) for International was $(325), $223 and $231 in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. International’s total assets were $41.5 billion, $41.6 billion and $33.8 billion as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The Company’s Japan operation, Hartford Life Insurance K.K. (“HLIKK”), remains the largest distributor of variable annuities in Japan, based on assets under management. The Company also sells yen and U.S. dollar denominated fixed annuities in Japan. With assets under management of $34.5 billion, $37.6 billion and $31.3 billion as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, the Japan operation is the largest component of International with net income (loss) of $(263), $253 and $252 in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
The Company’s Japan operation sells both variable and fixed individual annuity products through a wide distribution network of Japan’s broker-dealer organizations, banks and other financial institutions and independent financial advisors. Individual retail variable annuity deposits in Japan were $3.0 billion, $6.3 billion and $5.8 billion in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Deposits have declined in 2008 due to increased competition from Japanese domestic firms as well as equity market volatility.
During the second and third quarters of 2008, the Company launched a new product called “Rising Income/Care Story,” which is a GMWB variable annuity combined with a nursing care rider, as well as the new product “Plus 5,” which is a 10-year GMAB variable annuity with a 5% bonus at year 10. The success of the Company’s product offerings will ultimately be based on customer acceptance in an increasingly competitive environment.
Due to significant market declines in the fourth quarter of 2008, approximately 97% of the Company’s in-force 3 Win policies, or $3.1 billion in account value, have triggered the associated GMIB. 3 Win is a variable annuity product offered in Japan with a GMIB and GMAB rider. The GMIB trigger occurred as a result of policyholder account values falling below 80% of their initial deposit. As a result of the GMIB trigger, the majority of the Company’s 3 Win policies annuitized or surrendered free of charge in the fourth quarter of 2008. This significantly and negatively impacted fourth quarter net flows and will continue to reduce future profitability. For further details on the trigger of the GMIB associated with the 3 Win product, see Unlock and Sensitivity Analysis within Critical Accounting Estimates.
International’s other operations include a 50% owned joint venture in Brazil and startup operations in Europe. The Brazil joint venture operates under the name Icatu-Hartford and distributes pension, life insurance and other insurance and savings products through broker-dealer organizations and various partnerships. The Company’s European operation, Hartford Life Limited, began selling unit-linked investment bonds and pension products in the United Kingdom in April 2005. Unit-linked bonds and pension products are similar to variable annuities marketed in the United States and Japan, and are distributed through independent financial advisors. Hartford Life Limited established its operations in Dublin, Ireland with a branch office in London to help market and service its business in the United Kingdom.
Principal Products
Individual Variable Annuities — The Company earns fees, based on policyholders’ account values, for managing variable annuity assets and maintaining policyholder accounts. The Company uses specified portions of the periodic deposits paid by a customer to purchase units in one or more mutual funds as directed by the customer, as long as asset allocation limits, where applicable, are not exceeded, who then assumes the investment performance risks and rewards. These products offer the policyholder a variety of equity and fixed income options. Additionally, International sells variable annuity contracts that offer various guaranteed minimum death and living benefits.
Policyholders may make deposits of varying amounts at regular or irregular intervals, and the value of these assets fluctuates in accordance with the investment performance of the funds selected by the policyholder. To encourage persistency, many of the Company’s individual variable annuities are subject to withdrawal restrictions and surrender charges. Surrender charges range up to 7% of the contract’s deposits, less withdrawals, and reduce to zero on a sliding scale, usually within seven years from the deposit date. In Japan, individual variable annuity account values were $29.7 billion, $35.8 billion and $29.7 billion as of December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively.
Fixed MVA Annuities and Other — Fixed MVA annuities are fixed rate annuity contracts that guarantee a specific sum of money to be paid in the future, either as a lump sum or as monthly income. In the event that a policyholder surrenders a policy prior to the end of the guarantee period, the MVA feature adjusts the contract’s cash surrender value with respect to any changes in Japanese LIBOR, thereby protecting the Company from losses due to higher interest rates, but not necessarily widening credit spreads, at the time of surrender. The amount of lump sum or monthly income payments will not fluctuate due to adverse changes in the Company’s investment return, mortality experience or expenses. The Company’s primary fixed MVA annuities in Japan are yen and dollar denominated with terms varying from five to ten years with an average term to maturity of approximately seven years. In Japan, account values of fixed MVA annuities were $4.8 billion, $1.8 billion and $1.7 billion as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The fixed MVA annuity account value and other as of December 31, 2008 increased by $2.2 billion as a result of 3 Win product customers whose account values triggered the GMIB and who elected the 15 year annuitization option.

 

10


Table of Contents

Marketing and Distribution
The International distribution network is based on management’s strategy of developing and utilizing multiple and competing distribution channels to achieve the broadest distribution to reach target customers. The success of the Company’s marketing and distribution system depends on its product offerings, fund performance, successful utilization of wholesaling, quality of customer service, financial regulations or laws that impact distribution and relationships with securities firms, banks and other financial institutions, and independent financial advisors (through which the sale of the Company’s retail investment products to customers is consummated). Specifically, in 2008, the Company entered into a new relationship with the second largest variable annuity distributor in Japan for an existing product. As of December 31, 2008, the Japan operation employed a wholesaling network that supports sales through 50 banks and securities firms.
Competition
The International segment competes with a number of domestic and international insurance companies. Product sales are affected by competitive factors such as investment performance ratings, product design, visibility in the marketplace, financial strength ratings, distribution capabilities, levels of charges and credited rates, reputation, customer service and policyholders’ perception of the Company and its financial strength. Competition has continued to increase, especially in the Japanese market as the result of the strengthening of both domestic and foreign competitors. In addition to seeing new entrants in the Japanese market, our existing competitors are rapidly introducing new products, some of which include shorter guarantee periods as well as ratcheting guarantee features and higher equity asset allocation.
The Hartford is the largest variable annuity provider in Japan with 21.6% market share based on September 30, 2008 assets under management as published in Hoken Mainichi Shimbun newspaper, but its share of new deposits has been declining. In 2009, the Company intends to review its variable annuity product features in an effort to reduce risks and costs associated with variable annuity benefit features in the current economic environment. Competitor reaction, including the extent of competitor risk limiting strategies, is difficult to predict and may result in a further decline in market share.
Institutional
Life provides structured settlement contracts, institutional annuities, longevity assurance, income annuities, institutional mutual funds and stable value investment products. Additionally, Life is a leader in the variable private placement life insurance (“PPLI”) market, which includes life insurance policies purchased by a company or a trust on the lives of its employees, with Life or a trust sponsored by Life named as the beneficiary under the policy.
Institutional’s total account values were $56.5 billion, $57.9 billion and $48.3 billion as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Institutional’s total assets were $59.9 billion, $78.8 billion and $66.2 billion as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, excluding mutual funds of $2.6 billion, $3.6 billion and $2.6 billion, respectively. Institutional generated revenues of $1.3 billion, $2.3 billion and $1.7 billion in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively and net income (loss) of $(502), $17 and $78 in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Principal Products
PPLI Products — PPLI products are typically utilized by employers to fund non-qualified benefits or other post-employment benefit liabilities. Plan sponsors have the opportunity to select from a range of tax advantaged investment allocations. PPLI has also been widely used in the high net worth marketplace due to its low costs and range of investment choices.
Structured Settlements — Structured settlement annuity contracts provide periodic payments to an injured person or survivor, typically in settlement of a claim under a liability policy in lieu of a lump sum settlement. Contracts pay either life contingent and/or period certain benefits, at the discretion of the contract holder.
Institutional Annuities — Institutional annuities arrangements are group annuity contracts used to fund pension liabilities that exist when a qualified retirement plan sponsor decides to terminate some or all of its liabilities under an existing defined benefit pension plan. In addition, institutional annuities are used when a qualified retirement plan sponsor purchases a group annuity contract to offer annuitization benefit options to retiring plan participants. Group annuity contracts are usually very long-term in nature and typically pay monthly benefits to participants covered under the pension plan which is being terminated.
Longevity assurance — Longevity assurance is an individual fixed deferred payout annuity that provides life contingent benefits to individuals with the purpose of providing individuals with protection from the risk of outliving retirement income.
Income Annuities — Income annuities are individual contracts that provide a fixed payout. Contracts pay either life contingent or period certain benefits, at the discretion of the contract holder.

 

11


Table of Contents

Institutional Mutual Funds — Life sells institutional shares of The Hartford Mutual Funds to both qualified (i.e., section 401(k) and 457 plans) and non-qualified (i.e., endowments and foundations) institutional investors on an “investment only” basis. The funds are sold individually, with no recordkeeping services included and not as a part of any bundled retirement program. The Hartford’s indirect wholly-owned subsidiary, HL Investment Advisors, LLC, serves as the investment advisor to these funds and contracts with sub-advisors to perform the day-to-day management of the funds. The two primary sub-advisors to the Hartford HLS Funds are Wellington for most of the equity funds and HIMCO for the fixed income funds.
Stable Value Products — Guaranteed investment contracts (“GICs”) are group annuity contracts issued to sponsors of qualified pension or profit-sharing plans or stable value pooled fund managers. Under these contracts, the client deposits a lump sum with The Hartford for a specified period of time for a guaranteed interest rate. At the end of the specified period, the client receives principal plus interest earned. Funding agreements are investment contracts that provide a contractually-obligated rate of interest or return. The Company has issued fixed and variable rate funding agreements to Hartford Life Global Funding trusts, that in turn issue registered notes to institutional and retail investors. Certain of these contracts allow an investor to accelerate principal payments after a defined notice period. During 2008, Life ceased issuance of retail and institutional funding agreement backed notes, largely due to the change in customer preference to FDIC-insured products. Prospectively, the Company will issue only GICs, and on a limited basis, funding agreements.
Marketing and Distribution
In the PPLI market, specialized brokers with expertise in the large case market assist in the placement of many cases. High net worth PPLI is often placed with the assistance of investment banking and wealth management specialists.
In the institutional annuities market, Life sells its group annuity products to retirement plan sponsors through three different channels: (1) a small number of specialty brokers; (2) large benefits consulting firms; and (3) directly, using Hartford employees.
In the structured settlement market, the Institutional segment sells individual fixed immediate annuity products through a small number of specialty brokerage firms that work closely with The Hartford’s Property & Casualty operations. Life also works directly with the brokerage firms on cases that do not involve The Hartford’s Property & Casualty operations. Approximately 85 percent of annual sales are through claim settlements not associated with The Hartford’s Property & Casualty operations.
In the longevity assurance and income annuities markets, Life sells its individual fixed payout annuity contracts through financial advisors that work with individual investors.
In the institutional mutual fund market, the Institutional segment typically sells its products through investment consulting firms employed by retirement plan sponsors. Institutional’s products are also sold through 401(k) record keeping firms that offer a “platform” of mutual funds to their plan sponsor clients. A third sales channel is direct sales to qualified plan sponsors, using registered representatives employed by Hartford Equity Sales Company, Inc., an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary.
In the stable value marketplace, the Institutional segment typically sells GICs to retirement plan sponsors or stable value portfolio managers either through investment management firms or directly, using Hartford employees.
Competition
Institutional markets are highly competitive from a pricing perspective, and a small number of cases often account for a significant portion of sales. Institutional competes with other life insurance companies and asset managers who provide investment and risk management solutions. Product sales are often affected by competitive factors such as investment performance, company credit ratings, perceived financial strength, product design, marketplace visibility, distribution capabilities, fees, credited rates, and customer service. Recent actions by rating agencies may make competition more challenging for Institutional in several of its businesses.
For PPLI, competition in the large case market comes from other insurance carriers and from specialized agents with expertise in the benefit funding marketplace. Price is a major consideration, but there are other factors such as investment offerings and services. For high net worth programs, the competition is often from investment banking firms allied with other insurance carriers.
For institutional product lines offering fixed annuity products (e.g., institutional annuities, income annuities, structured settlements, and stable value products), price, financial strength, stability and credit ratings are key buying factors. As a result, the competitors in those marketplaces tend to be large, long-established insurance companies.
For institutional mutual funds, the variety of available funds, fee levels, and fund performance are most important to plan sponsors and investment consultants. Competitors tend to be the major mutual fund companies, insurance companies, and asset managers.
Stable value products typically compete on price, financial strength, stability and the Company’s credit ratings.

 

12


Table of Contents

Property & Casualty
Property & Casualty provides (1) workers’ compensation, property, automobile, liability, umbrella, specialty casualty, marine, livestock and fidelity and surety coverages to commercial accounts primarily throughout the United States; (2) professional liability coverage and directors and officers liability coverage, as well as excess and surplus lines business not normally written by standard commercial lines insurers; (3) automobile, homeowners and home-based business coverage to individuals throughout the United States; and (4) insurance-related services.
The Hartford seeks to distinguish itself in the property and casualty market through its product depth and innovation, distribution capacity, customer service expertise, and technology for ease of doing business. The Hartford is the eleventh largest property and casualty insurance operation in the United States based on direct written premiums for the year ended December 31, 2007, according to A.M. Best Company, Inc. (“A.M. Best”). Property & Casualty generated revenues of $10.2 billion, $12.5 billion, and $12.4 billion in 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively. Revenues include earned premiums, servicing revenue, net investment income and net realized capital gains and losses. Earned premiums for 2008, 2007, and 2006 were $10.3 billion, $10.5 billion, and $10.4 billion, respectively. Additionally, net income was $92, $1.5 billion and $1.5 billion for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Total assets for Property & Casualty were $36.7 billion, $41.8 billion, and $41.0 billion as of December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively.
Ongoing Operations consists of the underwriting segments of Personal Lines, Small Commercial, Middle Market and Specialty Commercial. Ongoing Operations earned premiums for 2008, 2007, and 2006 were $10.3 billion, $10.5 billion, and $10.4 billion, respectively. Additionally, Ongoing Operations net income was $189, $1.5 billion and $1.6 billion for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Total assets for Ongoing Operations were $31.5 billion, $35.9 billion, and $34.1 billion as of December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively.
Personal Lines
Personal Lines sells automobile, homeowners and home-based business coverages directly to the consumer and through a network of independent agents. Most of the Company’s personal lines business sold directly to the consumer is to the members of AARP through a direct marketing operation. Until the sale of the business on November 30, 2006, the Company also sold non-standard auto insurance through the Company’s Omni Insurance Group, Inc. (“Omni”) subsidiary. Personal Lines had earned premiums of $3.9 billion, $3.9 billion, and $3.8 billion in 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively. AARP represents a significant portion of the total Personal Lines business and amounted to earned premiums of $2.8 billion, $2.7 billion, and $2.5 billion in 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively. The Hartford’s exclusive licensing arrangement with AARP continues until January 1, 2020 for automobile, homeowners and home-based business. This agreement provides Personal Lines with an important competitive advantage as management expects favorable “baby boom” demographics to increase AARP membership during this period. Personal Lines’ underwriting income for 2008, 2007, and 2006 was $280, $322, and $429, respectively. The Hartford is the twelfth largest personal lines insurer in the United States based on direct written premiums for the year ended December 31, 2007 according to A.M. Best. Personal Lines also operates a member contact center for health insurance products offered through the AARP Health program. The AARP Health program agreement continues through 2009.
Principal Products
Personal Lines provides standard automobile, homeowners and home-based business coverages to individuals across the United States, including a special program designed exclusively for members of AARP. Beginning in 2006, the Company enhanced its new Dimensions automobile and homeowners class plans for insurance sold through independent agents and brokers. “Dimensions with Packages”, introduced in 2006, is a suite of products that offers coverages and competitive rates tailored to a customer’s individual risk. Dimensions uses a large number of interactive rating variables to determine a rate that most accurately reflects the customer’s individual characteristics. In 2007 and 2008, The Hartford rolled out a new “Next Generation Auto” product to AARP customers. Similar to The Hartford’s Dimensions with Packages for Agency business, Next Generation Auto offers more coverage options and provides customized pricing based on the AARP policyholder’s individualized risk characteristics.
Marketing and Distribution
Personal Lines reaches diverse markets through multiple distribution channels including direct sales to the consumer, brokers and independent agents. In direct sales to the consumer, the Company markets its products through a mix of media, including direct marketing, the internet and advertising in publications. Most of Personal Lines’ direct sales to the consumer are through its exclusive licensing arrangement with AARP to market automobile, homeowners and home-based business insurance products to AARP’s nearly 39 million members.
The Personal Lines Agency business provides customized products and services to customers through a network of independent agents in the standard personal lines market. Independent agents are not employees of The Hartford. An important strategic objective of the Company is to develop common products and processes for all of its personal lines business regardless of the distribution channel.

 

13


Table of Contents

Competition
The personal lines automobile and homeowners businesses are highly competitive. Personal lines insurance is written by insurance companies of varying sizes that sell products through various distribution channels, including independent agents, captive agents and directly to the consumer. The personal lines market competes on the basis of price, product, service (including claims handling), stability of the insurer and name recognition. Companies with recognized brands, direct sales capability and economies of scale will have a competitive advantage. In the past three years, a number of carriers have increased their advertising in an effort to gain new business and retain profitable business. This has been particularly true of carriers that sell directly to the consumer. Sales of personal lines insurance directly to the consumer have been growing faster than sales through agents, particularly for auto insurance, and now sales of auto insurance direct to the consumer represent a little more than 20% of total industry auto premium.
Carriers that distribute products mainly through agents have either increased commissions or offered additional incentives to those agents to attract new business. To distinguish themselves in the marketplace, top tier carriers are offering on-line and self service capabilities to agents and consumers. More agents have been using “comparative rater” tools that allow the agent to compare premium quotes among several insurance companies. The use of comparative rater tools has further increased price competition.
Carriers with more efficient cost structures will have an advantage in competing for new business through price. The use of data mining and predictive modeling is used by more and more carriers to target the most profitable business and carriers have further segmented their pricing plans to expand market share in what they believe to be the most profitable segments.
Due to the slowdown in the economy and the effect of continued price competition, the total market premium for personal auto insurance is expected to grow at less than 1% in 2009 affected, in part, by a decline in new passenger vehicle sales. Total market premium for personal homeowners insurance is expected to decrease by about 4% in 2009 driven, in part, by an increase in foreclosures and a decrease in construction of new single-family dwellings. Many insurers have reduced their writings of new homeowners business in catastrophe-exposed states which has intensified competition in areas that are not subject to the same level of catastrophes, such as states in the Midwest.
Small Commercial
Small Commercial provides standard commercial insurance coverage to small commercial businesses primarily throughout the United States. Small commercial businesses generally represent companies with up to $5 in annual payroll, $15 in annual revenues or $15 in total property values. Earned premiums for each of the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 were $2.7 billion. The segment had underwriting income of $437, $508, and $422 in 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively.
Principal Products
Small Commercial offers workers’ compensation, property, automobile, liability and umbrella coverages under several different products. Some of these coverages are sold together as part of a single multi-peril package policy called Spectrum. The sale of Spectrum business owners’ package policies and workers’ compensation policies accounts for most of the written premium in the Small Commercial segment. In the fourth quarter of 2006, The Hartford began to roll out a new “Next Generation Auto” product to Small Commercial customers. Similar to The Hartford’s Next Generation Auto product for AARP business, Next Generation Auto for Small Commercial offers more coverage options and provides customized pricing based on the policyholder’s individualized risk characteristics.
Marketing and Distribution
Small Commercial provides insurance products and services through its home office located in Hartford, Connecticut, and multiple domestic regional office locations and insurance centers. The segment markets its products nationwide utilizing brokers and independent agents. Brokers and independent agents are not employees of The Hartford. The Company also has relationships with payroll service providers whereby the Company offers insurance products to customers of the payroll service providers. Agencies are consolidating such that, in the future, a larger share of premium volume will likely be concentrated with the larger agents.
Competition
The insurance market for small commercial businesses is competitive with insurers seeking to differentiate themselves through product, price, service and technology. The Hartford competes against a number of large, national carriers as well as regional competitors in certain territories. Competitors include other stock companies, mutual companies and other underwriting organizations. Companies writing business for small commercial business distribute their products through agents and other channels.
The market for small commercial business has become more competitive as favorable loss costs in the past few years have led carriers to expand coverage and reduce pricing. Written premium growth rates in the small commercial market have slowed and underwriting margins will likely decrease due to earned pricing decreases and increases in loss cost severity. A number of companies have sought to grow their business by increasing their underwriting appetite, appointing new agents and expanding business with existing agents. Carriers serving middle market-sized accounts are more aggressively competing for small commercial accounts as small commercial business has generally been less price-sensitive. Competition is expected to continue to increase as the slowing economy has reduced the number of new business opportunities.

 

14


Table of Contents

Insurance companies have been improving their pricing sophistication and ease of doing business with the agent. Carriers are developing more sophisticated pricing and predictive modeling tools and have invested in technology to speed up the process of evaluating a risk and quoting on new business. Price competition has increased as companies seek to retain profitable business and agents are seeking competitive quotes for renewals more frequently, particularly for larger accounts within small commercial. Carriers also compete on service with agents expecting enhanced automation and faster turnaround on quotes.
The Hartford is the sixth largest commercial lines insurer in the United States based on direct written premiums for the year ended December 31, 2007 according to A.M. Best. The relatively large size and underwriting capacity of The Hartford provide opportunities not available to smaller insurers.
Middle Market
Middle Market provides standard commercial insurance coverage to middle market commercial businesses primarily throughout the United States. Middle market businesses generally represent companies with greater than $5 in annual payroll, $15 in annual revenues or $15 in total property values. Earned premiums for 2008, 2007, and 2006 were $2.3 billion $2.4 billion, and $2.5 billion, respectively. The segment had underwriting income of $169, $157, and $214 in 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively.
Principal Products
Middle Market offers workers’ compensation, property, automobile, liability, umbrella, marine and livestock coverages under several different products. Workers’ compensation insurance accounts for the largest share of the written premium in the Middle Market segment.
Marketing and Distribution
Middle Market provides insurance products and services through its home office located in Hartford, Connecticut, and multiple domestic regional office locations and insurance centers. The segment markets its products nationwide utilizing brokers and independent agents. Brokers and independent agents are not employees of The Hartford. The current pace of consolidation within the independent agent and broker distribution channel will likely continue such that, in the future, a larger share of written premium will likely be concentrated with the larger agents and brokers.
Competition
The middle market commercial insurance marketplace is a highly competitive environment regarding product, price and service. The Hartford competes against a number of large, national carriers as well as regional insurers in certain territories. Competitors include other stock companies, mutual companies and alternative risk sharing groups. These competitors sell primarily through independent agents and brokers across a broad array of product lines, and with a high level of variation regarding geographic, marketing and customer segmentation.
Middle Market business is characterized as “high touch” with case-by-case underwriting and pricing decisions. Compared to Small Commercial, the pricing of Middle Market accounts is prone to more significant variation or cyclicality from year to year. Legislative reforms in a number of states in recent years have helped to control indemnity costs on workers’ compensation claims, but these have also led to rate reductions in many states. In addition, companies writing middle market business have continued to experience a reduction in average premium size due to continued price competition. The downturn in the economy and rising unemployment will likely cause soft market conditions to continue into 2009.
Soft market conditions, characterized by highly competitive pricing on new business, have lessened the number of new business opportunities as carriers look to secure their renewals early. In the soft market, we are seeing an increase in industry specialization by agents and brokers which has placed even greater importance on the carrier’s need to demonstrate industry expertise to win new business. To gain a competitive advantage, carriers are improving automation with the agent or broker, appointing more agents and enhancing their product offerings. There was some consolidation of carriers within the industry in 2008 and management expects a modest level of consolidation to continue in the industry going forward.
The Hartford is the sixth largest commercial lines insurer in the United States based on direct written premiums for the year ended December 31, 2007 according to A.M. Best. The relatively large size and underwriting capacity of The Hartford provide opportunities not available to smaller companies.
Specialty Commercial
Specialty Commercial provides a wide variety of property and casualty insurance products and services to large commercial clients requiring specialized coverages. Excess and surplus lines coverages not normally written by standard line insurers are also provided, primarily through wholesale brokers. Specialty Commercial had earned premiums of $1.4 billion, $1.4 billion, and $1.5 billion in 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively. Underwriting income (loss) was $71, $(18), and $46 in 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively.

 

15


Table of Contents

Principal Products
Specialty Commercial offers a variety of customized insurance products and risk management services. Specialty Commercial provides standard commercial insurance products including workers’ compensation, automobile and liability coverages to large-sized companies. Specialty Commercial also provides professional liability, fidelity, surety and specialty casualty coverages as well as property excess and surplus lines coverages not normally written by standard lines insurers. A significant portion of specialty casualty business, including workers’ compensation business, is written through large deductible programs where the insured typically provides collateral to support loss payments made within their deductible. The specialty casualty business also provides retrospectively-rated programs where the premiums are adjustable based on loss experience. Captive and Specialty Programs, within Specialty Commercial, provides insurance products and services primarily to captive insurance companies, pools and self-insurance groups. In addition, Specialty Commercial provides third-party administrator services for claims administration, integrated benefits and loss control through Specialty Risk Services, LLC, a subsidiary of the Company.
Marketing and Distribution
Specialty Commercial provides insurance products and services through its home office located in Hartford, Connecticut and multiple domestic office locations. The segment markets its products nationwide utilizing a variety of distribution networks including independent retail agents, brokers and wholesalers. Brokers, independents agents and wholesalers are not employees of The Hartford.
Competition
Specialty Commercial is comprised of a diverse group of businesses that operate independently within their specific industries. These businesses, while somewhat interrelated, have different business models and operating cycles. Specialty Commercial is largely considered a transactional business and, therefore, competes with other companies for much of its business on an account by account basis due to the complex nature of each transaction.
For specialty casualty business, written pricing competition continues to be significant, particularly for the larger individual accounts. Written pricing declines and expanded terms and conditions have reduced the profitability of this business. Carriers are trying to protect their in-force casualty business by starting to renew policies well before the policy renewal date. Employing this early renewal practice often prevents other carriers from quoting on the business, resulting in fewer new business opportunities within the marketplace. With national account business, as the market continues to soften, more insureds may opt for guaranteed cost policies in lieu of loss-sensitive products. The market for loss sensitive casualty business in 2009 will likely continue to experience price competition and the use of expanded terms and conditions. For property business, written pricing on catastrophe-exposed business continues to be under pressure as standard market carriers have increased their risk appetite for this business.
For professional liability business, we expect written pricing to firm for financial services companies and related classes of business driven by an increase in federal shareholder class action lawsuits arising from the financial market turmoil. For other classes of business, we expect a moderate decline in written pricing. Carriers writing professional liability business are increasingly more focused on profitable private, middle market companies. This trend has continued as the downturn in the economy has led to a significant drop in the number of initial public offerings and volatility for all public companies. Losses taken on investment portfolios have affected the financial strength ratings of some insurers in the marketplace for directors and officers and errors and omissions insurance and a carrier’s new business opportunities can be significantly affected by customer perceptions about its financial strength. In February 2009, rating agencies lowered the insurance financial strength ratings of the Company’s group of principal property and casualty subsidiaries.
For surety business, favorable underwriting results in recent years has led to more intense competition for market share. This could lead to written price declines and less favorable terms and conditions. Driven by the upheaval in the credit markets, new private construction activity has declined dramatically, resulting in lower demand for contract surety business. For both professional liability business and fidelity and surety business, the economic downturn and weakened credit environment may increase loss costs in 2009.
Disciplined underwriting and targeted returns are the objectives of Specialty Commercial since premium writings may fluctuate based on the segment’s view of perceived market opportunity. Specialty Commercial competes with other stock companies, mutual companies, alternative risk sharing groups and other underwriting organizations. The relatively large size and underwriting capacity of The Hartford provide opportunities not available to smaller companies.
Other Operations
The Other Operations segment operates under a single management structure, Heritage Holdings, which is responsible for two related activities. The first activity is the management of certain subsidiaries and operations of The Hartford that have discontinued writing new business. The second is the management of claims (and the associated reserves) related to asbestos, environmental and other exposures. Including net realized capital gains (losses) and net investment income, total revenues for Other Operations were $(4) in 2008, $241 in 2007 and $292 in 2006. Other Operations had net income (loss) of $(97), $30 and $(35) in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Total assets for Other Operations were $5.2 billion, $5.9 billion, and $6.9 billion as of December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively.

 

16


Table of Contents

Life Reserves
Life insurance subsidiaries of the Company establish and carry as liabilities, predominantly, five types of reserves: (1) a liability equal to the balance that accrues to the benefit of the policyholder as of the financial statement date, otherwise known as the account value, (2) a liability for unpaid losses, including those that have been incurred but not yet reported, (3) a liability for future policy benefits, representing the present value of future benefits to be paid to or on behalf of policyholders less the present value of future net premiums; (4) fair value reserves for living benefits embedded derivative guarantees; and (5) death and living benefit reserves which are computed based on a percentage of revenues less actual claim costs. The liabilities for unpaid losses and future policy benefits are calculated based on actuarially recognized methods using morbidity and mortality tables, which are modified to reflect Life’s actual experience when appropriate. Liabilities for unpaid losses include estimates of amounts to fully settle known reported claims as well as claims related to insured events that the Company estimates have been incurred but have not yet been reported. Future policy benefit reserves are computed at amounts that, with additions from estimated net premiums to be received and with interest on such reserves compounded annually at certain assumed rates, are expected to be sufficient to meet Life’s policy obligations at their maturities or in the event of an insured’s disability or death. Other insurance liabilities include those for unearned premiums and benefits in excess of account value. Reserves for assumed reinsurance are computed in a manner that is comparable to direct insurance reserves. Liabilities for death and living benefit guarantees whose values are dependant upon the equity markets, have significantly increased in 2008 as equity markets declined.
Property & Casualty Reserves
The Hartford establishes property and casualty reserves to provide for the estimated costs of paying claims under insurance policies written by The Hartford. These reserves include estimates for both claims that have been reported to The Hartford and those that have been incurred but not reported (“IBNR”) and include estimates of all expenses associated with processing and settling these claims. This estimation process involves a variety of actuarial techniques and is primarily based on historical experience and consideration of current trends. Examples of current trends include increases in medical cost inflation rates, the changing use of medical care procedures, the introduction of new products such as the Dimensions product in Personal Lines and the Next Generation auto product in Personal Lines, Small Commercial and Middle Market. Other current trends include changes in internal claim practices, changes in the legislative and regulatory environment for workers’ compensation claims and evolving exposures to claims asserted against religious institutions and other organizations relating to molestation or abuse and other mass torts.
The Hartford continues to receive claims that assert damages from asbestos-related and environmental-related exposures. Asbestos claims relate primarily to bodily injuries asserted by those who came in contact with asbestos or products containing asbestos. Environmental claims relate primarily to pollution-related clean-up costs. As discussed further in the Critical Accounting Estimates and Other Operations sections of the MD&A, significant uncertainty limits the Company’s ability to estimate the ultimate reserves necessary for unpaid losses and related expenses with regard to environmental and particularly asbestos claims.
Most of the Company’s property and casualty reserves are not discounted. However, the Company has discounted liabilities funded through structured settlements and has discounted certain reserves for indemnity payments due to permanently disabled claimants under workers’ compensation policies. Structured settlements are agreements that provide fixed periodic payments to claimants and include annuities purchased to fund unpaid losses for permanently disabled claimants and, prior to 2008, agreements that funded loss run-offs for unrelated parties. Most of the annuities have been purchased from Life and these structured settlements are recorded at present value as annuity obligations of Life, either within the reserve for future policy benefits if the annuity benefits are life-contingent or within other policyholder funds and benefits payable if the annuity benefits are not life-contingent. If not funded through an annuity, reserves for certain indemnity payments due to permanently disabled claimants under workers’ compensation policies are recorded as property and casualty reserves and were discounted to present value at an average interest rate of 5.4% in 2008 and 5.5% in 2007. Reserves for structured settlements that funded loss run-offs for unrelated parties were discounted at an average interest rate of 5.5% in 2007.
As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, property and casualty reserves were discounted by a total of $488 and $568, respectively. The current accident year benefit from discounting property and casualty reserves was $38 in 2008, $46 in 2007 and $63 in 2006. Contributing to the decrease in the current accident year benefit from discounting over the past three years has been a reduction in the discount rate, reflecting a lower risk-free rate of return over that period. Accretion of discounts for prior accident years totaled $26 in 2008, $31 in 2007, and $32 in 2006. For annuities issued by Life to fund certain P&C workers’ compensation indemnity payments where the claimant has not released the P&C Company of its obligation, Life has recorded annuity obligations totaling $945 as of December 31, 2008 and $962 as of December 31, 2007.
As of December 31, 2008, net property and casualty reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses reported under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) were approximately equal to net reserves reported on a statutory basis. Under U.S. GAAP, liabilities for unpaid losses for permanently disabled workers’ compensation claimants are discounted at rates that are no higher than risk-free interest rates and which generally exceed the statutory discount rates set by regulators, such that workers’ compensation reserves for statutory reporting are higher than the reserves for U.S. GAAP reporting. Largely offsetting the effect of the difference in discounting is that a portion of the U.S. GAAP provision for uncollectible reinsurance is not recognized under statutory accounting.
Further discussion of The Hartford’s property and casualty reserves, including asbestos and environmental claims reserves, may be found in the Property and Casualty Reserves, Net of Reinsurance section of the MD&A– Critical Accounting Estimates.

 

17


Table of Contents

A reconciliation of liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses is herein referenced from Note 11 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. A table depicting the historical development of the liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance, follows.
Loss Development Table
Property And Casualty Loss And Loss Adjustment Expense Liability Development — Net of Reinsurance
For the Years Ended December 31, [1]
                                                                                         
    1998     1999     2000     2001     2002     2003     2004     2005     2006     2007     2008  
Liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance
  $ 12,902     $ 12,476     $ 12,316     $ 12,860     $ 13,141     $ 16,218     $ 16,191     $ 16,863     $ 17,604     $ 18,231     $ 18,347  
Cumulative paid losses and loss expenses
                                                                                       
One year later
    2,939       2,994       3,272       3,339       3,480       4,415       3,594       3,702       3,727       3,703          
Two years later
    4,733       5,019       5,315       5,621       6,781       6,779       6,035       6,122       5,980                
Three years later
    6,153       6,437       6,972       8,324       8,591       8,686       7,825       7,755                      
Four years later
    7,141       7,652       9,195       9,710       10,061       10,075       9,045                            
Five years later
    8,080       9,567       10,227       10,871       11,181       11,063                                  
Six years later
    9,818       10,376       11,140       11,832       12,015                                        
Seven years later
    10,501       11,137       11,961       12,563                                              
Eight years later
    11,246       11,856       12,616                                                    
Nine years later
    11,964       12,432                                                          
Ten years later
    12,483                                                                
Liabilities re-estimated
                                                                                       
One year later
    12,662       12,472       12,459       13,153       15,965       16,632       16,439       17,159       17,652       18,005          
Two years later
    12,569       12,527       12,776       16,176       16,501       17,232       16,838       17,347       17,475                
Three years later
    12,584       12,698       15,760       16,768       17,338       17,739       17,240       17,318                      
Four years later
    12,663       15,609       16,584       17,425       17,876       18,367       17,344                            
Five years later
    15,542       16,256       17,048       17,927       18,630       18,554                                  
Six years later
    16,076       16,568       17,512       18,686       18,838                                        
Seven years later
    16,290       17,031       18,216       18,892                                              
Eight years later
    16,799       17,655       18,410                                                    
Nine years later
    17,440       17,841                                                          
Ten years later
    17,616                                                                
 
                                                                   
Deficiency (redundancy), net of reinsurance
  $ 4,714     $ 5,365     $ 6,094     $ 6,032     $ 5,697     $ 2,336     $ 1,153     $ 455     $ (129 )   $ (226 )        
 
                                                                 
     
[1]  
The above table excludes Hartford Insurance, Singapore as a result of its sale in September 2001, Hartford Seguros as a result of its sale in February 2001 and Zwolsche as a result of its sale in December 2000.
The table above shows the cumulative deficiency (redundancy) of the Company’s reserves, net of reinsurance, as now estimated with the benefit of additional information. Those amounts are comprised of changes in estimates of gross losses and changes in estimates of related reinsurance recoveries.
The table below, for the periods presented, reconciles the net reserves to the gross reserves, as initially estimated and recorded, and as currently estimated and recorded, and computes the cumulative deficiency (redundancy) of the Company’s reserves before reinsurance.
Property And Casualty Loss And Loss Adjustment Expense Liability Development — Gross
For the Years Ended December 31, [1]
                                                                                 
    1999     2000     2001     2002     2003     2004     2005     2006     2007     2008  
Net reserve, as initially estimated
  $ 12,476     $ 12,316     $ 12,860     $ 13,141     $ 16,218     $ 16,191     $ 16,863     $ 17,604     $ 18,231     $ 18,347  
 
                                                           
Reinsurance and other recoverables, as initially estimated
    3,706       3,871       4,176       3,950       5,497       5,138       5,403       4,387       3,922       3,586  
 
                                                           
Gross reserve, as initially estimated
  $ 16,182     $ 16,187     $ 17,036     $ 17,091     $ 21,715     $ 21,329     $ 22,266     $ 21,991     $ 22,153     $ 21,933  
 
                                                           
Net re-estimated reserve
  $ 17,841     $ 18,410     $ 18,892     $ 18,838     $ 18,554     $ 17,344     $ 17,318     $ 17,475     $ 18,005          
Re-estimated and other reinsurance recoverables
    5,206       5,342       5,526       5,142       5,083       4,979       5,299       3,891       3,645          
 
                                                             
Gross re-estimated reserve
  $ 23,047     $ 23,752     $ 24,418     $ 23,980     $ 23,637     $ 22,323     $ 22,617     $ 21,366     $ 21,650          
 
                                                             
Gross deficiency (redundancy)
  $ 6,865     $ 7,565     $ 7,382     $ 6,889     $ 1,922     $ 994     $ 351     $ (625 )   $ (503 )        
 
                                                           
     
[1]  
The above table excludes Hartford Insurance, Singapore as a result of its sale in September 2001, Hartford Seguros as a result of its sale in February 2001, Zwolsche as a result of its sale in December 2000 and London & Edinburgh as a result of its sale in November 1998.

 

18


Table of Contents

The following table is derived from the Loss Development table and summarizes the effect of reserve re-estimates, net of reinsurance, on calendar year operations for the ten-year period ended December 31, 2008. The total of each column details the amount of reserve re-estimates made in the indicated calendar year and shows the accident years to which the re-estimates are applicable. The amounts in the total accident year column on the far right represent the cumulative reserve re-estimates during the ten year period ended December 31, 2008 for the indicated accident year(s).
Effect of Net Reserve Re-estimates on Calendar Year Operations
                                                                                         
    Calendar Year  
    1999     2000     2001     2002     2003     2004     2005     2006     2007     2008     Total  
By Accident year
                                                                                       
1998 & Prior
  $ (240 )   $ (93 )   $ 15     $ 79     $ 2,879     $ 534     $ 214     $ 509     $ 641     $ 176     $ 4,714  
1999
          89       40       92       32       113       98       (46 )     (17 )     10       411  
2000
                88       146       73       177       152       1       80       8       725  
2001
                      (24 )     39       (232 )     193       38       55       12       81  
2002
                            (199 )     (56 )     180       36       (5 )     2       (42 )
2003
                                  (122 )     (237 )     (31 )     (126 )     (21 )     (537 )
2004
                                        (352 )     (108 )     (226 )     (83 )     (769 )
2005
                                              (103 )     (214 )     (133 )     (450 )
2006
                                                    (140 )     (148 )     (288 )
2007
                                                          (49 )     (49 )
 
                                                                 
Total
  $ (240 )   $ (4 )   $ 143     $ 293     $ 2,824     $ 414     $ 248     $ 296     $ 48     $ (226 )   $ 3,796  
 
                                                                 
Reserve changes for accident years 1998 & Prior
During the 2007 calendar year, the Company refined its processes for allocating incurred but not reported (“IBNR”) reserves by accident year, resulting in a reclassification of $347 of IBNR reserves from the 2003 to 2006 accident years to the 2002 and prior accident years. This reclassification of reserves by accident year had no effect on total recorded reserves within any segment or on total recorded reserves for any line of business within a segment.
The largest impacts of net reserve re-estimates are shown in the “1998 & Prior” accident years. The reserve re-estimates in calendar year 2003 include an increase in reserves of $2.6 billion related to reserve strengthening based on the Company’s evaluation of its asbestos reserves. The reserve evaluation that led to the strengthening in calendar year 2003 confirmed the Company’s view of the existence of a substantial long-term deterioration in the asbestos litigation environment. The reserve re-estimates in calendar years 2004 and 2006 were largely attributable to reductions in the reinsurance recoverable asset associated with older, long-term casualty liabilities. Excluding the impacts of asbestos and environmental strengthening, over the past ten years, reserve re-estimates for total Property & Casualty ranged from (3.0)% to 1.6% of total net recorded reserves.
Apart from the effect of reserve reclassifications by accident year during the 2007 calendar year, the Company strengthened workers’ compensation and general liability reserves in 2007 by $79 related to accident years prior to 1987 and recorded a charge of $99 in 2007 principally as a result of an adverse arbitration decision involving claims prior to 1993 that were owed to an insurer of the Company’s former parent.
Reserve changes for accident years 1999 and 2000
Prior to calendar year 2006, there was reserve deterioration, spread over several calendar years, on accident years 1998-2000 driven, in part, by deterioration of reserves for assumed casualty reinsurance and workers’ compensation claims. Numerous actuarial assumptions on assumed casualty reinsurance turned out to be low, including loss cost trends, particularly on excess of loss business, and the impact of deteriorating terms and conditions. Workers’ compensation reserves also deteriorated, as medical inflation trends were above initial expectations.
Reserve changes for accident years 2001 and 2002
Accident years 2001 and 2002 are reasonably close to original estimates. However, each year shows some swings by calendar period, with some favorable development prior to calendar year 2005, largely offset by unfavorable development in calendar years 2005 through 2008. The release for accident year 2001 during calendar year 2004 relates primarily to reserves for September 11. Subsequent adverse developments on accident year 2001 relate to assumed casualty reinsurance and unexpected development on mature claims in both general liability and workers’ compensation. Reserve releases for accident year 2002 during calendar years 2003 and 2004 come largely from short-tail lines of business, where results emerge quickly and actual reported losses are predictive of ultimate losses. Reserve increases on accident year 2002 during calendar year 2005 were recognized, as unfavorable development on accident years prior to 2002 caused the Company to increase its estimate of unpaid losses for the 2002 accident year. Net favorable reserve development in calendar year 2008 related to the 2001 and 2002 accident years was largely due to a release of workers’ compensation reserves, partially offset by modest strengthening of reserves for professional liability claims.

 

19


Table of Contents

Reserve changes for accident years 2003 through 2007
Even after considering the 2007 calendar year reclassification of $347 of IBNR reserves from the 2003 to 2006 accident years to the 2002 and prior accident years, accident years 2003 through 2007 show favorable development in calendar years 2004 through 2008. A portion of the release comes from short-tail lines of business, where results emerge quickly. During calendar year 2005 and 2006, favorable re-estimates occurred in Personal Lines for both loss and allocated loss adjustment expenses. In addition, catastrophe reserves related to the 2004 and 2005 hurricanes developed favorably in 2006. During calendar years 2005 through 2008, the Company recognized favorable re-estimates of both loss and allocated loss adjustment expenses on workers’ compensation claims driven, in part, by state legal reforms, including in California and Florida, underwriting actions and expense reduction initiatives that have had a greater impact in controlling costs than was originally estimated. In 2007, the Company released reserves for Small Commercial package business claims as reported losses have emerged favorably to previous expectations. In 2007 and 2008, the Company released reserves for Middle Market general liability claims due to the favorable emergence of losses for high hazard and umbrella general liability claims. Reserves for professional liability claims were released in 2008 related to the 2003 through 2006 accident years due to a lower estimate of claim severity on both directors’ and officers’ insurance claims and errors and omissions insurance claims. Reserves of Personal Lines auto liability claims were released in 2008 due largely to an improvement in emerged claim severity for the 2005 to 2007 accident years.
Ceded Reinsurance
The Hartford cedes some of its insurance risk to reinsurance companies. Reinsurance does not relieve The Hartford of its primary liability and, therefore, failure of reinsurers to honor their obligations could result in losses to The Hartford. The Hartford evaluates the risk transfer of its reinsurance contracts, the financial condition of its reinsurers and monitors concentrations of credit risk. The Company’s monitoring procedures include careful initial selection of its reinsurers, structuring agreements to provide collateral funds where possible, and regularly monitoring the financial condition and ratings of its reinsurers. Reinsurance accounting is followed for ceded transactions when the risk transfer provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 113, “Accounting and Reporting for Reinsurance of Short-Duration and Long-Duration Contracts,” (“SFAS 113”) have been met. For further discussion, see Note 6 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
For Property & Casualty operations, these reinsurance arrangements are intended to provide greater diversification of business and limit The Hartford’s maximum net loss arising from large risks or catastrophes. A major portion of The Hartford’s property and casualty reinsurance is effected under general reinsurance contracts known as treaties, or, in some instances, is negotiated on an individual risk basis, known as facultative reinsurance. The Hartford also has in-force excess of loss contracts with reinsurers that protect it against a specified part or all of a layer of losses over stipulated amounts.
In accordance with normal industry practice, Life is involved in both the cession and assumption of insurance with other insurance and reinsurance companies. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company’s policy for the largest amount of life insurance retained on any one life by any company comprising the life operations was $10. In addition, Life has reinsured U.S. minimum death benefit guarantees, Japan’s guaranteed minimum death benefits, as well as the U.S. guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits offered in connection with its variable annuity contracts. Reinsurance of the Company’s GMWB riders meet the definition of a derivative reported under SFAS 133; the difference in fair value of the reinsurance derivative is reported in earnings. Life also assumes reinsurance from other insurers. For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, Life did not make any significant changes in the terms under which reinsurance is ceded to other insurers. For further discussion on reinsurance, see Reinsurance in the Capital Markets Risk Management section of the MD&A.
Investment Operations
The Hartford’s investment portfolios are primarily divided between Life and Property & Casualty. The investment portfolios of Life and Property & Casualty are managed by HIMCO. HIMCO manages the portfolios to maximize economic value, while attempting to generate the income necessary to support the Company’s various product obligations, within internally established objectives, guidelines and risk tolerances. The portfolio objectives and guidelines are developed based upon the asset/liability profile, including duration, convexity and other characteristics within specified risk tolerances. The risk tolerances considered include, for example, asset and credit issuer allocation limits, maximum portfolio below investment grade holdings and foreign currency exposure. The Company attempts to minimize adverse impacts to the portfolio and the Company’s results of operations from changes in economic conditions through asset allocation limits, asset/liability duration matching and through the use of derivatives. During the latter part of 2008, HIMCO initiated certain activities to reduce overall credit risk exposure in the investment portfolios. For further discussion of HIMCO’s portfolio management approach, see the Investments — General and the Investment Credit Risk sections of the MD&A.
In addition to managing the general account assets of the Company, HIMCO is also a Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) registered investment advisor for third party institutional clients, a sub-advisor for certain mutual funds and serves as the sponsor and collateral manager for capital markets transactions. HIMCO specializes in investment management that incorporates proprietary research and active management within a disciplined risk framework to provide value added returns versus peers and benchmarks. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the fair value of HIMCO’s total assets under management was approximately $138.8 billion and $148.7 billion, respectively, of which $9.2 billion and $10.9 billion, respectively, were held in HIMCO managed third party accounts.

 

20


Table of Contents

Regulation and Premium Rates
Insurance companies are subject to comprehensive and detailed regulation and supervision throughout the United States. The extent of such regulation varies, but generally has its source in statutes which delegate regulatory, supervisory and administrative powers to state insurance departments. Such powers relate to, among other things, the standards of solvency that must be met and maintained; the licensing of insurers and their agents; the nature of and limitations on investments; establishing premium rates; claim handling and trade practices; restrictions on the size of risks which may be insured under a single policy; deposits of securities for the benefit of policyholders; approval of policy forms; periodic examinations of the affairs of companies; annual and other reports required to be filed on the financial condition of companies or for other purposes; fixing maximum interest rates on life insurance policy loans and minimum rates for accumulation of surrender values; and the adequacy of reserves and other necessary provisions for unearned premiums, unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses and other liabilities, both reported and unreported.
Most states have enacted legislation that regulates insurance holding company systems such as The Hartford. This legislation provides that each insurance company in the system is required to register with the insurance department of its state of domicile and furnish information concerning the operations of companies within the holding company system that may materially affect the operations, management or financial condition of the insurers within the system. All transactions within a holding company system affecting insurers must be fair and equitable. Notice to the insurance departments is required prior to the consummation of transactions affecting the ownership or control of an insurer and of certain material transactions between an insurer and any entity in its holding company system. In addition, certain of such transactions cannot be consummated without the applicable insurance department’s prior approval. In the jurisdictions in which the Company’s insurance company subsidiaries are domiciled, the acquisition of more than 10% of The Hartford’s outstanding common stock would require the acquiring party to make various regulatory filings.
The extent of insurance regulation on business outside the United States varies significantly among the countries in which The Hartford operates. Some countries have minimal regulatory requirements, while others regulate insurers extensively. Foreign insurers in certain countries are faced with greater restrictions than domestic competitors domiciled in that particular jurisdiction. The Hartford’s international operations are comprised of insurers licensed in their respective countries.
The Company has also submitted an application to participate in the U.S. Treasury Department’s Capital Purchase Program. If the Company’s application is approved, and the Company purchases Federal Trust Corporation, it will become a savings and loan holding company subject to regulation by the Office of Thrift Supervision.
Intellectual Property
We rely on a combination of contractual rights and copyright, trademark, patent and trade secret laws to establish and protect our intellectual property.
We have a worldwide trademark portfolio that we consider important in the marketing of our products and services, including, among others, the trademarks of The Hartford name, the Stag Logo and the combination of these two marks. The duration of trademark registrations varies from country to country and may be renewed indefinitely subject to country-specific use and registration requirements. We regard our trademarks as extremely valuable assets in marketing our products and services and vigorously seek to protect them against infringement.
Employees
The Hartford had approximately 31,000 employees as of December 31, 2008.
Available Information
The Hartford makes available, free of charge, on or through its Internet website (http://www.thehartford.com) The Hartford’s annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after The Hartford electronically files such material with, or furnishes it to, the SEC.

 

21


Table of Contents

Item 1A. RISK FACTORS
Investing in The Hartford involves risk. In deciding whether to invest in The Hartford, you should carefully consider the following risk factors, any of which could have a significant or material adverse effect on the business, financial condition, operating results or liquidity of The Hartford. This information should be considered carefully together with the other information contained in this report and the other reports and materials filed by The Hartford with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
We have been materially adversely affected by conditions in the global financial markets and economic conditions generally, and may be materially adversely affected if these conditions persist or deteriorate further in 2009 or if our planned initiatives are not effective.
Markets in the United States and elsewhere have experienced extreme volatility and disruption for more than 12 months, due largely to the stresses affecting the global banking system, which accelerated significantly in the second half of 2008. The United States, Europe and Japan have entered a severe recession that is likely to persist well into and perhaps through and even beyond 2009, despite past and expected governmental intervention in the world’s major economies. These circumstances have exerted significant downward pressure on prices of equity securities and virtually all other asset classes and have resulted in substantially increased market volatility, severely constrained credit and capital markets, particularly for financial institutions, and an overall loss of investor confidence. Economic conditions have continued to deteriorate in early 2009.
Like other financial institutions and particularly life insurers, which face significant financial and capital markets risk in their operations, we have been adversely affected, to a significant extent, by these conditions. Among other effects, we incurred significant investment losses and other charges in 2008, notably with respect to deferred acquisition costs and goodwill associated with our variable annuity and international businesses, which resulted in a net loss for the fourth quarter and the full year. Our unrealized loss position also increased substantially in 2008. The unanticipated, severe decline in the equity markets also caused material increases to our liabilities in connection with certain annuity products, a line of business in which we have significant concentration. Concerns related to investment losses, liabilities arising from variable annuity products and capital pressures, which led to severe pressure on our stock price in 2008, are continuing in 2009. As detailed in the following risk factors, we expect to continue to face significant challenges and uncertainties that could materially adversely affect our results, financial condition and prospects.
Our capital position declined in 2008 relative to 2007, notwithstanding our capital-raising transaction with Allianz SE in October 2008. We expect continued pressure on our capital position in 2009. Further significant declines in our capital position could impair our ability to support the scale of our business as currently constituted and to absorb continuing operating losses and liabilities under our customer contracts and our overall competitiveness. We have taken a number of steps to preserve capital and mitigate risk, among them launching a range of initiatives to reduce risks associated with our various lines of business, applying for federal funds under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“EESA”) and looking across the enterprise for additional opportunities to reduce risk. These initiatives include modifying product features, adjusting our hedging activities and mitigating risks in our investment portfolio, and could also include discontinuing or restructuring certain business lines. Like other companies, we are also evaluating our expense base in light of expected contractions in certain of our business lines and have further reduced our dividend rate. Taken as a whole, these actions may not be effective, especially if the global economy experiences further shocks. Even if effective, certain measures may have unintended consequences. For example, rebalancing our hedging program may better protect our statutory surplus, but may also result in greater U.S. GAAP earnings volatility. These actions may also entail additional costs or result in further impairment or other charges or adversely affect our ability to compete successfully in an increasingly difficult consumer market.
On February 6, 2009, Moody’s Investor Services downgraded our long-term debt rating to “Baa1” and the financial strength ratings of our principal subsidiaries to “A1”. On February 9, 2009, Fitch Ratings downgraded our long-term debt rating to “BBB” and the financial strength ratings of our principal subsidiaries to “A” (in the case of our life subsidiaries) and “A+” (in the case of our property and casualty subsidiaries) and Standard & Poor’s downgraded our counterparty credit rating to “A-”. If our planned initiatives fail to mitigate the impacts on the Company of the current recession, or if the current recession is even more severe than expected, we may also experience further downgrades of our financial strength and credit ratings. See Ratings within Capital Resources and Liquidity of the MD&A. While reductions in ratings may ease pressure on our capital position, it could also have negative implications for our competitive position. We may also need to raise additional capital or consider other transactions to manage our capital position and liquidity or further reduce our exposure to market and financial risks. We may not be able to raise sufficient capital as and when required if the financial markets remain in turmoil, and any capital we raise may be on terms that are dilutive to existing shareholders or otherwise unfavorable to us. Any sales of securities or other assets that we may carry out may be completed on unfavorable terms or cause us to incur charges, and we would lose the potential for market upside on those assets in a market recovery. If our business continues to experience significant challenges, we may face other pressures, such as employee retention issues and potential loss of distributors for our products.
Other developments relating to the current economic environment and financial crisis may also significantly affect our operations and prospects in ways that we cannot predict. For example, U.S. and overseas governmental or regulatory authorities, including the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”), the New York Stock Exchange or the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), may implement enhanced or new regulatory requirements intended to prevent future crises or otherwise stabilize the institutions under their supervision. New regulations will likely affect critical matters, including capital requirements, and published proposals by insurance regulatory authorities that could reduce the pressure on our capital position may not be adopted or may be adopted in a form that does not afford as much capital relief as anticipated. If we fail to manage the impact of these developments effectively, our prospects, results and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

 

22


Table of Contents

The markets in the United States and elsewhere have been experiencing extreme and unprecedented volatility and disruption. We are exposed to significant financial and capital markets risk, including changes in interest rates, credit spreads, equity prices, and foreign exchange rates which may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
The markets in the United States and elsewhere have been experiencing and are expected to continue to experience extreme and unprecedented volatility and disruption. We are exposed to significant financial and capital markets risk, including changes in interest rates, credit spreads, equity prices and foreign currency exchange rates.
One important exposure to equity risk relates to the potential for lower earnings associated with certain of our Life businesses, such as variable annuities, where fee income is earned based upon the fair value of the assets under management. During the course of 2008, the significant declines in equity markets have negatively impacted assets under management. As a result, fee income earned from those assets has also been negatively impacted. In addition, certain of our Life products offer guaranteed benefits which increase our potential obligation and statutory capital exposure should equity markets decline. Due to declines in equity markets during 2008, our liability for these guaranteed benefits has significantly increased and our statutory capital position has decreased. Further sustained declines in equity markets during 2009 may result in the need to devote significant additional capital to support these products. We are also exposed to interest rate and equity risk based upon the discount rate and expected long-term rate of return assumptions associated with our pension and other post-retirement benefit obligations. Sustained declines in long-term interest rates or equity returns are likely to have a negative effect on the funded status of these plans.
Our exposure to interest rate risk relates primarily to the market price and cash flow variability associated with changes in interest rates. A rise in interest rates, in the absence of other countervailing changes, will increase the net unrealized loss position of our investment portfolio and, if long-term interest rates rise dramatically within a six to twelve month time period, certain of our Life businesses may be exposed to disintermediation risk. Disintermediation risk refers to the risk that our policyholders may surrender their contracts in a rising interest rate environment, requiring us to liquidate assets in an unrealized loss position. Due to the long-term nature of the liabilities associated with certain of our Life businesses, such as structured settlements and guaranteed benefits on variable annuities, sustained declines in long term interest rates may subject us to reinvestment risks and increased hedging costs. In other situations, declines in interest rates or changes in credit spreads may result in reducing the duration of certain Life liabilities, creating asset liability duration mismatches and lower spread income.
Our exposure to credit spreads primarily relates to market price and cash flow variability associated with changes in credit spreads. The recent widening of credit spreads has contributed to the increase in the net unrealized loss position of our investment portfolio of $12.5 billion in 2008, before DAC effects and tax, and has also contributed to the increase in other than temporary impairments. If issuer credit spreads continue to widen significantly over an extended period of time, it would likely exacerbate these effects, resulting in greater and additional other-than-temporary impairments. Increased losses have also occurred associated with credit based non-qualifying derivatives where the Company assumes credit exposure. If credit spreads tighten significantly, it will reduce net investment income associated with new purchases of fixed maturities. In addition, a reduction in market liquidity has made it difficult to value certain of our securities as trading has become less frequent. As such, valuations may include assumptions or estimates that may be more susceptible to significant period to period changes which could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations or financial condition.
Our statutory surplus is also impacted by widening credit spreads as a result of the accounting for the assets and liabilities on our fixed market value adjusted (“MVA”) annuities. Statutory separate account assets supporting the fixed MVA annuities are recorded at fair value. In determining the statutory reserve for the fixed MVA annuities we are required to use current crediting rates in the U.S. and Japanese LIBOR in Japan. In many capital market scenarios, current crediting rates in the U.S. are highly correlated with market rates implicit in the fair value of statutory separate account assets. As a result, the change in the statutory reserve from period to period will likely substantially offset the change in the fair value of the statutory separate account assets. However, in periods of volatile credit markets, such as we are now experiencing, actual credit spreads on investment assets may increase sharply for certain sub-sectors of the overall credit market, resulting in statutory separate account asset market value losses. As actual credit spreads are not fully reflected in current crediting rates in the U.S. or Japanese LIBOR in Japan, the calculation of statutory reserves will not substantially offset the change in fair value of the statutory separate account assets resulting in reductions in statutory surplus. This has resulted and may continue to result in the need to devote significant additional capital to support the product.
Our primary foreign currency exchange risks are related to net income from foreign operations, non–U.S. dollar denominated investments, investments in foreign subsidiaries, our yen-denominated individual fixed annuity product, and certain guaranteed benefits associated with the Japan and U.K. variable annuities. These risks relate to potential decreases in value and income resulting from a strengthening or weakening in foreign exchange rates versus the U.S. dollar. In general, the weakening of foreign currencies versus the U.S. dollar will unfavorably affect net income from foreign operations, the value of non-U.S. dollar denominated investments, investments in foreign subsidiaries and realized gains or losses on the yen denominated individual fixed annuity product. In comparison, a strengthening of the Japanese yen or British pound in comparison to the U.S. dollar and other currencies will increase our exposure to the guarantee benefits associated with the Japan or U.K. variable annuities. Correspondingly, a strengthening of the U.S. dollar compared to other currencies will increase our exposure to the U.S. variable annuity guarantee benefits where policyholders have elected to invest in international funds.
If significant, further declines in equity prices, changes in U.S. interest rates, changes in credit spreads and the strengthening or weakening of foreign currencies against the U.S. dollar, individually or in combination, could continue to have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations, financial condition and liquidity both directly and indirectly by creating competitive and other pressures such as employee retention issues and the potential loss of distributors for our products.

 

23


Table of Contents

In addition, in the conduct of our business, there could be scenarios where in order to reduce risks, fulfill our obligations or to raise incremental liquidity, we would sell assets at a loss for a variety of reasons including the unrealized loss position in our overall investment portfolio and the lack of liquidity in the credit markets. These scenarios could include selling assets as the Company reduces its securities lending program.
Declines in equity markets and changes in interest rates and credit spreads can also negatively impact the fair values of each of our segments. If a significant decline in the fair value of a segment occurred and this resulted in an excess of that segment’s book value over fair value, the goodwill assigned to that segment might be impaired and could cause the Company to record a charge to impair a part or all of the related goodwill assets, as occurred in the fourth quarter of 2008 with respect to our Individual Annuity and International reporting units. See impairment of goodwill risk factor for further information on this risk.
We may be unable to effectively mitigate the impact of equity market volatility arising from obligations under annuity product guarantees, which may have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
Some of the products offered by our life businesses, especially variable annuities, offer certain guaranteed benefits which, as a result of any decline in equity markets would not only result in lower earnings, but may also increase our exposure to liability for benefit claims. During the course of 2008, as equity markets declined, our liability for guaranteed benefits significantly increased. We are also subject to equity market volatility related to these benefits, especially the guaranteed minimum death benefit (“GMDB”), guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit (“GMWB”), guaranteed minimum accumulation benefit (“GMAB”) and guaranteed minimum income benefit (“GMIB”) offered with variable annuity products. As of December 31, 2008, the liability for GMWB and GMAB was $6.6 billion and $0, respectively. The liability for GMIB and GMDB was a combined $473, net of reinsurance as of December 31, 2008. We use reinsurance structures and have modified benefit features to mitigate the exposure associated with GMDB. We also use reinsurance in combination with a modification of benefit features and derivative instruments to minimize the claim exposure and to reduce the volatility of net income associated with the GMWB liability. However, due to the severe economic conditions in the fourth quarter of 2008, we have adjusted our risk management program to place greater relative emphasis on the protection of statutory surplus. This shift in relative emphasis will likely result in greater U.S. GAAP earnings volatility. While we believe that these and other actions we have taken serve to improve the efficiency by which we manage the risks related to these benefits, we remain liable for the guaranteed benefits in the event that reinsurers or derivative counterparties are unable or unwilling to pay, and are subject to the risk that other management procedures prove ineffective or that unanticipated policyholder behavior, combined with adverse market events, produces economic losses beyond the scope of the risk management techniques employed, which individually or collectively may have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
The amount of statutory capital that we have and the amount of statutory capital that we must hold to maintain our financial strength and credit ratings and meet other requirements can vary significantly from time to time and is sensitive to a number of factors outside of our control, including equity market, credit market, interest rate and foreign currency conditions, changes in policyholder behavior and changes in rating agency models.
We conduct the vast majority of our business through licensed insurance company subsidiaries. Accounting standards and statutory capital and reserve requirements for these entities are prescribed by the applicable insurance regulators and the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”). Insurance regulators have established regulations that provide minimum capitalization requirements based on risk-based capital (“RBC”) formulas for both life and property and casualty companies. The RBC formula for life companies establishes capital requirements relating to insurance, business, asset and interest rate risks, including equity, interest rate and expense recovery risks associated with variable annuities and group annuities that contain death benefits or certain living benefits. The RBC formula for property and casualty companies adjusts statutory surplus levels for certain underwriting, asset, credit and off-balance sheet risks.
In any particular year, statutory surplus amounts and RBC ratios may increase or decrease depending on a variety of factors – the amount of statutory income or losses generated by our insurance subsidiaries (which itself is sensitive to equity market and credit market conditions), the amount of additional capital our insurance subsidiaries must hold to support business growth, changes in equity market levels, the value of certain fixed-income and equity securities in our investment portfolio, the value of certain derivative instruments, changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates, as well as changes to the NAIC RBC formulas. Most of these factors are outside of the Company’s control. The Company’s financial strength and credit ratings are significantly influenced by the statutory surplus amounts and RBC ratios of our insurance company subsidiaries. In addition, rating agencies may implement changes to their internal models that have the effect of increasing or decreasing the amount of statutory capital we must hold in order to maintain our current ratings. Also, in extreme scenarios of equity market declines, the amount of additional statutory reserves that we are required to hold for our variable annuity guarantees increases at a greater than linear rate. This reduces the statutory surplus used in calculating our RBC ratios. When equity markets increase, surplus levels and RBC ratios will generally increase, however, as a result of a number of factors and market conditions, including the level of hedging costs and other risk transfer activities, reserve requirements for death and living benefit guarantees and RBC requirements could increase resulting in lower RBC ratios. Due to all of these factors, projecting statutory capital and the related RBC ratios is complex. During February 2009, our financial strength and credit ratings have been downgraded by multiple rating agencies. To the extent that our statutory capital resources are deemed to be insufficient to maintain a particular rating by one or more rating agencies, we may seek to raise additional capital through public or private equity or debt financing. Alternatively, if we were not to raise additional capital in such a scenario, either at our discretion or because we were unable to do so, our financial strength and credit ratings might be further downgraded by one or more rating agencies.

 

24


Table of Contents

Our application to participate in the CPP may not be approved or, if approved, may subject us to additional restrictions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.
In order to supplement our capital position, we have applied to the U.S. Treasury Department to receive funds from its Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”). If approved, we estimate that we may be eligible to receive between $1.1 billion and $3.4 billion in funds. There can be no assurance, however, that we will be approved to participate in the CPP or, if approved, that we will receive an amount consistent with our estimates. If other insurance companies are approved to participate in the CPP but we are not so approved, it could create negative market perceptions of our financial strength and capital position, reduce our available options to raise capital and otherwise have an adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
If we do receive approval to participate in the CPP, receipt of CPP funds will subject us to additional regulation and restrictions that may have a negative impact on our operations. In order to be eligible to receive CPP funds, we agreed to acquire (contingent on our approval to participate in the CPP) the parent company of Federal Trust Bank (“FTB”), a federally chartered, FDIC-insured thrift. As required by the OTS as a condition to consummating that acquisition, we have since been approved by the OTS to become a savings and loan holding company. As a result, if we are approved to participate in the CPP and consummate the acquisition of FTB, we will be subject to supervision and examination by the OTS. New legislation or regulations may also be adopted that would impose additional constraints on the operations of recipients of CPP funds. Such restrictions, combined with OTS oversight, may make it more difficult to recruit and retain key employees and otherwise restrict our flexibility to respond to changing market conditions. In addition, if we consummate the acquisition of FTB, we have agreed with OTS to contribute approximately $100 to the capital of FTB and to serve as a source of strength to FTB, which could require the contribution of additional capital to FTB in the future. These factors could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
We have experienced and may experience additional future downgrades in our financial strength or credit ratings, which may make our products less attractive, increase our cost of capital and inhibit our ability to refinance our debt, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
Financial strength and credit ratings, including commercial paper ratings, are an important factor in establishing the competitive position of insurance companies. During February 2009, our financial strength and credit ratings have been downgraded by multiple rating agencies. See our ratings in Capital Resources and Liquidity section of the MD&A. Rating agencies assign ratings based upon several factors. While most of the factors relate to the rated company, some of the factors relate to the views of the rating agency, general economic conditions, and circumstances outside the rated company’s control. In addition, rating agencies may employ different models and formulas to assess the financial strength of a rated company, and from time to time rating agencies have, in their discretion, altered these models. Changes to the models, general economic conditions, or circumstances outside our control could impact a rating agency’s judgment of its rating and the rating it assigns us. We cannot predict what actions rating agencies may take, or what actions we may take in response to the actions of rating agencies, which may adversely affect us.
Our financial strength ratings, which are intended to measure our ability to meet policyholder obligations, are an important factor affecting public confidence in most of our products and, as a result, our competitiveness. The recent downgrades we have experienced, a further downgrade, or an announced potential further downgrade, in the rating of our financial strength or of one of our principal insurance subsidiaries could affect our competitive position in the insurance industry and make it more difficult for us to market our products, as potential customers may select companies with higher financial strength ratings thereby reducing future sales of our products and lowering future earnings.
The recent downgrades we have experienced, a further downgrade of our credit ratings, or an announced potential further downgrade, could affect our ability to raise additional debt with terms and conditions similar to our current debt, or at all, and accordingly, would likely increase our cost of capital. The recent downgrades we have experienced, or a further downgrade of our credit ratings could also make it more difficult to raise capital to refinance any maturing debt obligations, to support business growth at our insurance subsidiaries and to maintain or improve the current financial strength ratings of our principal insurance subsidiaries described above. After taking into consideration rating agency actions through February 10, 2009, a downgrade of three levels below our current insurance financial strength levels could begin to trigger potentially material collateral calls on certain of our derivative instruments and could also trigger counterparty rights to terminate derivative relationships, both of which could limit our ability to purchase additional derivative instruments. If any of these negative events were to occur, our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity may be adversely affected.

 

25


Table of Contents

Our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected by general domestic and international economic and business conditions that are less favorable than anticipated.
Factors such as consumer spending, business investment, government spending, the volatility and strength of the capital markets, and inflation all affect the business and economic environment and, ultimately, the amount and profitability of business we conduct. For example, in an economic downturn such as the current financial crisis characterized by higher unemployment, lower family income, lower corporate earnings, lower business investment and lower consumer spending, the demand for financial and insurance products has been adversely affected. Further, given that we offer our products and services in North America, Japan, Europe and South America, we are exposed to these risks in multiple geographic locations. Our operations are subject to different local political, regulatory, business and financial risks and challenges, which may affect the demand for our products and services, the value of our investment portfolio, the required levels of our capital and surplus and the credit quality of local counterparties. These risks include, for example, political, social or economic instability in countries in which we operate, fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, credit risks of our local counterparties, lack of local business experience in certain markets and, in certain cases, risks associated with potential incompatibility with partners. We may not succeed in developing and implementing policies and strategies that are effective in each location where we do business, and we cannot guarantee that the inability to successfully address the risks related to economic conditions in all of the geographic locations where we conduct business will not have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our valuations of many of our financial instruments include methodologies, estimations and assumptions that are subject to differing interpretations and could result in changes to investment valuations that may materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
The following financial instruments are carried at fair value in the Company’s consolidated financial statements: fixed maturities, equity securities, freestanding and embedded derivatives, and separate account assets. The Company has categorized these securities into a three-level hierarchy, based on the priority of the inputs to the respective valuation technique. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). In many situations, inputs used to measure the fair value of an asset or liability position may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In these situations, the Company will determine the level in which the fair value falls based upon the lowest level input that is significant to the determination of the fair value.
The determination of fair values are made at a specific point in time, based on available market information and judgments about financial instruments, including estimates of the timing and amounts of expected future cash flows and the credit standing of the issuer or counterparty. The use of different methodologies and assumptions may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.
During periods of market disruption such as we are currently experiencing, including periods of rapidly widening credit spreads or illiquidity, it has been and will likely continue to be difficult to value certain of our securities, such as Alt-A, subprime mortgage backed and CMBS securities, if trading becomes less frequent and/or market data becomes less observable. There may be certain asset classes that were in active markets with significant observable data that become illiquid due to the current financial environment. In such cases, more securities may fall to Level 3 and thus require more subjectivity and management judgment. As such, valuations may include inputs and assumptions that are less observable or require greater estimation thereby resulting in values which may differ materially from the value at which the investments may be ultimately sold. Further, rapidly changing and unprecedented credit and equity market conditions could materially impact the valuation of securities as reported within our consolidated financial statements and the period-to-period changes in value could vary significantly. Decreases in value could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. As of December 31, 2008, 14%, 70% and 16% of our available for sale securities were considered to be Level 1, 2 and 3, respectively.
Evaluation of available-for-sale securities for other than temporary impairment involves subjective determinations and could materially impact our results of operations.
The evaluation of impairments is a quantitative and qualitative process, which is subject to risks and uncertainties and is intended to determine whether declines in the fair value of investments should be recognized in current period earnings. The risks and uncertainties include changes in general economic conditions, the issuer’s financial condition or future recovery prospects, the effects of changes in interest rates or credit spreads and the expected recovery period. For securitized financial assets with contractual cash flows, the Company currently uses its best estimate of cash flows over the life of the security under severe recession scenarios. In addition, estimating future cash flows involves incorporating information received from third party sources and making internal assumptions and judgments regarding the future performance of the underlying collateral and assessing the probability that an adverse change in future cash flows has occurred. The determination of the amount of other than temporary impairments is based upon our quarterly evaluation and assessment of known and inherent risks associated with the respective asset class. Such evaluations and assessments are revised as conditions change and new information becomes available.

 

26


Table of Contents

Additionally, our management considers a wide range of factors about the security issuer and uses their best judgment in evaluating the cause of the decline in the estimated fair value of the security and in assessing the prospects for recovery. Inherent in management’s evaluation of the security are assumptions and estimates about the operations of the issuer and its future earnings potential. Considerations in the impairment evaluation process include, but are not limited to: (i) the length of time and the extent to which the market value has been less than cost or amortized cost; (ii) the potential for impairments of securities when the issuer is experiencing significant financial difficulties; (iii) the potential for impairments in an entire industry sector or sub-sector; (iv) the potential for impairments in certain economically depressed geographic locations; (v) the potential for impairments of securities where the issuer, series of issuers or industry has suffered a catastrophic type of loss or has exhausted natural resources; (vi) our intent and ability to retain the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for the recovery of its value; (vii) unfavorable changes in forecasted cash flows on mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities; and (viii) other subjective factors, including concentrations and information obtained from regulators and rating agencies. During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company concluded that approximately $4.0 billion of unrealized losses were other than temporarily impaired. Additional impairments may need to be taken in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
Losses due to nonperformance or defaults by others, including issuers of investment securities (which include structured securities such as commercial mortgage backed securities and residential mortgage backed securities or other high yielding bonds) or reinsurance and derivative instrument counterparties, could have a material adverse effect on the value of our investments, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
Issuers or borrowers whose securities or loans we hold, customers, trading counterparties, counterparties under swaps and other derivative contracts, reinsurers, clearing agents, exchanges, clearing houses and other financial intermediaries and guarantors may default on their obligations to us due to bankruptcy, insolvency, lack of liquidity, adverse economic conditions, operational failure, fraud government intervention or other reasons. Such defaults could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. Additionally, the underlying assets supporting our structured securities may deteriorate causing these securities to incur losses. For example, during the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company incurred losses of $46 on derivative instruments due to counterparty default related to the bankruptcy of Lehman Brothers Holding, Inc.
Our investment portfolio includes investment securities in the financial services sector that have experienced nonperformance or defaults recently. Further nonperformance or defaults could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. In addition, the value of our investments in hybrid securities, perpetual preferred securities, or other equity securities in the financial services sector may be significantly impaired if the issuers of such securities defer the payment of optional coupons or dividends, are forced to accept government support or intervention, or grant majority equity stakes to their respective governments.
The Company is not exposed to any credit concentration risk of a single issuer greater than 10% of the Company’s stockholders’ equity other than U.S. government and U.S. government agencies backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government and the Japanese government. However, if the Company’s creditors are acquired, merge or otherwise consolidate with other creditors of the Company’s, the Company’s credit concentration risk could increase above the 10% threshold, for a period of time, until the Company is able to sell securities to get back in compliance with the established investment credit policies.
The availability of the Company’s commercial paper program is dependent upon a variety of factors including the Company’s ratings and market conditions.
The Company’s maximum borrowings available under its commercial paper program are $2.0 billion. The Company’s ability to borrow under its commercial paper program is dependent upon market conditions. On October 7, 2008, The Federal Reserve Board authorized the Commercial Paper Funding Facility (“CPFF”) to improve liquidity in short-term funding markets by increasing the availability of term commercial paper funding to issuers and by providing greater assurance to both issuers and investors that firms will be able to roll over their maturing commercial paper. The Company registered with the CPFF in order to sell up to a maximum of $375 to the facility, of which it has issued the full amount as of December 31, 2008. The Company’s commercial paper must be rated A-1/P-1/F1 by at least two ratings agencies to be eligible for the program. Moody’s, S&P and Fitch all recently downgraded our commercial paper rating, rendering the Company ineligible to sell additional commercial paper under the CPFF program going forward. As a result, we will be required to pay the maturing commercial paper issued under the CPFF program from existing sources of liquidity. Future deterioration of our capital position at a time when we are unable to access the commercial paper markets due to prevailing market conditions could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity.

 

27


Table of Contents

If assumptions used in estimating future gross profits differ from actual experience, we may be required to accelerate the amortization of DAC and increase reserves for guaranteed minimum death benefits, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
The Company defers acquisition costs associated with the sales of its universal and variable life and variable annuity products. These costs are amortized over the expected life of the contracts. The remaining deferred but not yet amortized cost is referred to as the Deferred Acquisition Cost (“DAC”) asset. We amortize these costs in proportion to the present value of estimated gross profits. The Company also establishes reserves for GMDB using components of estimated gross profits (“EGPs”). The projection of estimated gross profits requires the use of certain assumptions, principally related to separate account fund returns in excess of amounts credited to policyholders, surrender and lapse rates, interest margin, mortality, and hedging costs. Of these factors, we anticipate that changes in investment returns are most likely to impact the rate of amortization of such costs. However, other factors such as those the Company might employ to reduce risk, such as the cost of hedging or other risk mitigating techniques could also significantly reduce estimates of future gross profits. Estimating future gross profits is a complex process requiring considerable judgment and the forecasting of events well into the future. If our assumptions regarding policyholder behavior, hedging costs or costs to employ other risk mitigating techniques prove to be inaccurate or if significant or sustained equity market declines persist, we could be required to accelerate the amortization of DAC related to variable annuity and variable universal life contracts, and increase reserves for GMDB which would result in a charge to net income. Such adjustments could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company recorded a $932, after-tax, charge related to the unlock. Since September 30, 2008, the date of the last unlock, the actual return on U.S. variable annuity assets has been 21% below our estimated aggregate return. The Company estimates the actual return would need to drop by an additional 6% from December 31, 2008 before EGPs in the Company’s models fall outside of the statistical ranges of reasonable EGPs. Since September 30, 2008, the date of the last unlock, the actual return on Japan variable annuity assets has been 15.5% below our estimated aggregate return. The Company estimates the actual return would need to drop by an additional 7.5% from December 31, 2008 before EGPs in the Company’s models fall outside of the statistical ranges of reasonable EGPs.
If our businesses do not perform well, we may be required to recognize an impairment of our goodwill or to establish a valuation allowance against the deferred income tax asset, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
Goodwill represents the excess of the amounts we paid to acquire subsidiaries and other businesses over the fair value of their net assets at the date of acquisition. We test goodwill at least annually for impairment. Impairment testing is performed based upon estimates of the fair value of the “reporting unit” to which the goodwill relates. The reporting unit is the operating segment or a business one level below that operating segment if discrete financial information is prepared and regularly reviewed by management at that level. The fair value of the reporting unit is impacted by the performance of the business and could be adversely impacted by any efforts made by the Company to limit risk. If it is determined that the goodwill has been impaired, the Company must write down the goodwill by the amount of the impairment, with a corresponding charge to net income. Such write downs could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial position. During 2008, the Company took an impairment charge of $745, pre-tax, with respect to its Individual Annuity and International reporting units.
If current market conditions persist during 2009, in particular, if the Company’s share price remains below book value per share, or if the Company’s actions to limit risk associated with its products or investments causes a significant change in any one reporting unit’s fair value, the Company may need to reassess goodwill impairment at the end of each quarter as part of an annual or interim impairment test. Subsequent reviews of goodwill could result in additional impairment of goodwill during 2009.
Deferred income tax represents the tax effect of the differences between the book and tax basis of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets are assessed periodically by management to determine if they are realizable. Factors in management’s determination include the performance of the business including the ability to generate capital gains from a variety of sources and tax planning strategies. If based on available information, it is more likely than not that the deferred income tax asset will not be realized then a valuation allowance must be established with a corresponding charge to net income. Our valuation allowance of $75, as of December 31, 2008, based on future facts and circumstances may not be sufficient. Charges to increase our valuation allowance could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position.

 

28


Table of Contents

It is difficult for us to predict our potential exposure for asbestos and environmental claims, and our ultimate liability may exceed our currently recorded reserves, which may have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and liquidity.
We continue to receive asbestos and environmental claims. Significant uncertainty limits the ability of insurers and reinsurers to estimate the ultimate reserves necessary for unpaid losses and related expenses for both environmental and particularly asbestos claims. We believe that the actuarial tools and other techniques we employ to estimate the ultimate cost of claims for more traditional kinds of insurance exposure are less precise in estimating reserves for our asbestos and environmental exposures. Traditional actuarial reserving techniques cannot reasonably estimate the ultimate cost of these claims, particularly during periods where theories of law are in flux. Accordingly, the degree of variability of reserve estimates for these exposures is significantly greater than for other more traditional exposures. It is also not possible to predict changes in the legal and legislative environment and their effect on the future development of asbestos and environmental claims. Although potential Federal asbestos-related legislation has been considered in the Senate, it is uncertain whether such legislation will be reconsidered or enacted in the future and, if so, what its effect would be on our aggregate asbestos liabilities. Because of the significant uncertainties that limit the ability of insurers and reinsurers to estimate the ultimate reserves necessary for unpaid losses and related expenses for both environmental and particularly asbestos claims, the ultimate liabilities may exceed the currently recorded reserves. Any such additional liability cannot be reasonably estimated now but could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated operating results, financial condition and liquidity.
The occurrence of one or more terrorist attacks in the geographic areas we serve or the threat of terrorism in general may have a material adverse effect on our business, consolidated operating results, financial condition and liquidity.
The occurrence of one or more terrorist attacks in the geographic areas we serve could result in substantially higher claims under our insurance policies than we have anticipated. Private sector catastrophe reinsurance is extremely limited and generally unavailable for terrorism losses caused by attacks with nuclear, biological, chemical or radiological weapons. Reinsurance coverage from the federal government under the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program Reauthorization Act of 2007 is also limited. Accordingly, the effects of a terrorist attack in the geographic areas we serve may result in claims and related losses for which we do not have adequate reinsurance. This would likely cause us to increase our reserves, adversely affect our earnings during the period or periods affected and, if significant enough, could adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition. Further, the continued threat of terrorism and the occurrence of terrorist attacks, as well as heightened security measures and military action in response to these threats and attacks, may cause significant volatility in global financial markets, disruptions to commerce and reduced economic activity. These consequences could have an adverse effect on the value of the assets in our investment portfolio as well as those in our separate accounts. The continued threat of terrorism also could result in increased reinsurance prices and potentially cause us to retain more risk than we otherwise would retain if we were able to obtain reinsurance at lower prices. Terrorist attacks also could disrupt our operations centers in the U.S. or abroad. As a result, it is possible that any, or a combination of all, of these factors may have a material adverse effect on our business, consolidated operating results, financial condition and liquidity.
We may incur losses due to our reinsurers’ unwillingness or inability to meet their obligations under reinsurance contracts and the availability, pricing and adequacy of reinsurance may not be sufficient to protect us against losses.
As an insurer, we frequently seek to reduce the losses that may arise from catastrophes or mortality, or other events that can cause unfavorable results of operations, through reinsurance. Under these reinsurance arrangements, other insurers assume a portion of our losses and related expenses; however, we remain liable as the direct insurer on all risks reinsured. Consequently, ceded reinsurance arrangements do not eliminate our obligation to pay claims, and we are subject to our reinsurers’ credit risk with respect to our ability to recover amounts due from them. Although we evaluate periodically the financial condition of our reinsurers to minimize our exposure to significant losses from reinsurer insolvencies, our reinsurers may become financially unsound or choose to dispute their contractual obligations by the time their financial obligations become due. The inability or unwillingness of any reinsurer to meet its financial obligations to us could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated operating results. In addition, market conditions beyond our control determine the availability and cost of the reinsurance we are able to purchase. Historically, reinsurance pricing has changed significantly from time to time. No assurances can be made that reinsurance will remain continuously available to us to the same extent and on the same terms as are currently available. If we were unable to maintain our current level of reinsurance or purchase new reinsurance protection in amounts that we consider sufficient and at prices that we consider acceptable, we would have to either accept an increase in our net liability exposure, reduce the amount of business we write, or develop other alternatives to reinsurance.

 

29


Table of Contents

Our consolidated results of operations, financial condition and cash flows may be materially adversely affected by unfavorable loss development.
Our success, in part, depends upon our ability to accurately assess the risks associated with the businesses that we insure. We establish loss reserves to cover our estimated liability for the payment of all unpaid losses and loss expenses incurred with respect to premiums earned on the policies that we write. Loss reserves do not represent an exact calculation of liability. Rather, loss reserves are estimates of what we expect the ultimate settlement and administration of claims will cost, less what has been paid to date. These estimates are based upon actuarial and statistical projections and on our assessment of currently available data, as well as estimates of claims severity and frequency, legal theories of liability and other factors. Loss reserve estimates are refined periodically as experience develops and claims are reported and settled. Establishing an appropriate level of loss reserves is an inherently uncertain process. Because of this uncertainty, it is possible that our reserves at any given time will prove inadequate. Furthermore, since estimates of aggregate loss costs for prior accident years are used in pricing our insurance products, we could later determine that our products were not priced adequately to cover actual losses and related loss expenses in order to generate a profit. To the extent we determine that losses and related loss expenses are emerging unfavorably to our initial expectations, we will be required to increase reserves. Increases in reserves would be recognized as an expense during the period or periods in which these determinations are made, thereby adversely affecting our results of operations for the related period or periods. Depending on the severity and timing of any changes in these estimated losses, such determinations could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
We are particularly vulnerable to losses from the incidence and severity of catastrophes, both natural and man-made, the occurrence of which may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, consolidated results of operations and liquidity.
Our property and casualty insurance operations expose us to claims arising out of catastrophes. Catastrophes can be caused by various unpredictable events, including earthquakes, hurricanes, hailstorms, severe winter weather, fires, tornadoes, explosions and other natural or man-made disasters. We also face substantial exposure to losses resulting from acts of terrorism, disease pandemics and political instability. The geographic distribution of our business subjects us to catastrophe exposure for natural events occurring in a number of areas, including, but not limited to, hurricanes in Florida, the Gulf Coast, the Northeast and the Atlantic coast regions of the United States, and earthquakes in California and the New Madrid region of the United States. We expect that increases in the values and concentrations of insured property in these areas will continue to increase the severity of catastrophic events in the future. In the aftermath of the 2004 and 2005 hurricane season, third-party catastrophe loss models for hurricane loss events were updated to incorporate medium-term forecasts of increased hurricane frequency and severity. In addition, changing climate conditions, primarily rising global temperatures, may be increasing, or may in the future increase, the frequency and severity of natural catastrophes such as hurricanes. Our life insurance operations are also exposed to risk of loss from catastrophes. For example, natural or man-made disasters or a disease pandemic such as could arise from avian flu, could significantly increase our mortality and morbidity experience. Policyholders may be unable to meet their obligations to pay premiums on our insurance policies or make deposits on our investment products. Our liquidity could be constrained by a catastrophe, or multiple catastrophes, which could result in extraordinary losses or a further downgrade of our debt or financial strength ratings from their levels as of February 10, 2009. In addition, in part because accounting rules do not permit insurers to reserve for such catastrophic events until they occur, claims from catastrophic events could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, consolidated results of operations and cash flows.
Competitive activity may adversely affect our market share and financial results, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
The insurance industry is highly competitive. Our competitors include other insurers and, because many of our products include an investment component, securities firms, investment advisers, mutual funds, banks and other financial institutions. In recent years, there has been substantial consolidation and convergence among companies in the insurance and financial services industries resulting in increased competition from large, well-capitalized insurance and financial services firms that market products and services similar to ours. The current economic environment has only served to further increase competition. Many of these firms also have been able to increase their distribution systems through mergers or contractual arrangements. These competitors compete with us for producers such as brokers and independent agents and for our employees. Larger competitors may have lower operating costs and an ability to absorb greater risk while maintaining their financial strength ratings, thereby allowing them to price their products more competitively. These highly competitive pressures could result in increased pricing pressures on a number of our products and services, particularly as competitors seek to win market share, and may harm our ability to maintain or increase our profitability. In addition, as actual or potential future downgrades occur, and if our competitors have not been similarly downgraded, sales of our products could be significantly reduced. Because of the highly competitive nature of the insurance industry, there can be no assurance that we will continue to effectively compete with our industry rivals, or that competitive pressure will not have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

30


Table of Contents

We may experience unfavorable judicial or legislative developments that could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
The Hartford is involved in claims litigation arising in the ordinary course of business, both as a liability insurer defending or providing indemnity for third-party claims brought against insureds and as an insurer defending coverage claims brought against it. The Hartford accounts for such activity through the establishment of unpaid loss and loss adjustment expense reserves. The Company is also involved in legal actions that do not arise in the ordinary course of business, some of which assert claims for substantial amounts. Pervasive or dramatic changes in the judicial environment relating to matters such as trends in the size of jury awards, developments in the law relating to the liability of insurers or tort defendants, and rulings concerning the availability or amount of certain types of damages could cause our ultimate liabilities to change from our current expectations. Similarly, changes in federal or state tort litigation laws or other applicable laws could have the same effect. It is not possible to predict changes in the judicial and legislative environment and their impact on the future development of the adequacy of our loss reserves, particularly reserves for longer-tailed lines of business, including asbestos and environmental reserves. Similarly, changes in the judicial and legislative environment can adversely affect our ability to price our products. To the extent that judicial or legislative developments cause our ultimate liabilities to increase from our current expectations, they could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
Potential changes in domestic and foreign regulation may increase our business costs and required capital levels, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, consolidated operating results, financial condition and liquidity.
We are subject to extensive laws and regulations. These laws and regulations are complex and subject to change. Moreover, they are administered and enforced by a number of different governmental authorities and non-governmental self-regulatory agencies, including foreign regulators, state insurance regulators, state securities administrators, the Securities and Exchange Commission, the New York Stock Exchange, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, the U.S. Department of Justice, the Office of Thrift Supervision, if our application for the U.S. Treasury Department’s Capital Purchase Program is approved, and state attorneys general, each of which exercises a degree of interpretive latitude. Consequently, we are subject to the risk that compliance with any particular regulator’s or enforcement authority’s interpretation of a legal issue may not result in compliance with another regulator’s or enforcement authority’s interpretation of the same issue, particularly when compliance is judged in hindsight. In addition, there is risk that any particular regulator’s or enforcement authority’s interpretation of a legal issue may change over time to our detriment, or that changes in the overall legal environment, even absent any change of interpretation by any particular regulator or enforcement authority, may cause us to change our views regarding the actions we need to take from a legal risk management perspective, which could necessitate changes to our practices that may, in some cases, limit our ability to grow and improve the profitability of our business.
State insurance laws regulate most aspects of our U.S. insurance businesses, and our insurance subsidiaries are regulated by the insurance departments of the states in which they are domiciled, licensed or authorized to conduct business. U.S. state laws grant insurance regulatory authorities broad administrative powers with respect to, among other things:
 
licensing companies and agents to transact business;
 
 
calculating the value of assets to determine compliance with statutory requirements;
 
 
mandating certain insurance benefits;
 
 
regulating certain premium rates;
 
 
reviewing and approving policy forms;
 
 
regulating unfair trade and claims practices, including through the imposition of restrictions on marketing and sales practices, distribution arrangements and payment of inducements;
 
 
establishing statutory capital and reserve requirements and solvency standards;
 
 
fixing maximum interest rates on insurance policy loans and minimum rates for guaranteed crediting rates on life insurance policies and annuity contracts;
 
 
approving changes in control of insurance companies;
 
 
restricting the payment of dividends and other transactions between affiliates;
 
 
establishing assessments and surcharges for guaranty funds, second-injury funds and other mandatory pooling arrangements;
 
 
requiring insurers to dividend to policy holders any excess profits; and
 
 
regulating the types, amounts and valuation of investments.

 

31


Table of Contents

State insurance regulators and the National Association of Insurance Commissioners, or NAIC, regularly re-examine existing laws and regulations applicable to insurance companies and their products. Our international operations are subject to regulation in the relevant jurisdictions in which they operate, which in many ways is similar to the state regulation outlined above, with similar related restrictions. Our asset management businesses are also subject to extensive regulation in the various jurisdictions where they operate. These laws and regulations are primarily intended to protect investors in the securities markets or investment advisory clients and generally grant supervisory authorities broad administrative powers. Changes in these laws and regulations, or in the interpretations thereof, are often made for the benefit of the consumer at the expense of the insurer and thus could have a material adverse effect on our business, consolidated operating results, financial condition and liquidity. Compliance with these laws and regulations is also time consuming and personnel-intensive, and changes in these laws and regulations may increase materially our direct and indirect compliance costs and other expenses of doing business, thus having an adverse effect on our business, consolidated operating results, financial condition and liquidity.
We may experience difficulty in marketing and distributing products through our current and future distribution channels.
We distribute our annuity, life and certain property and casualty insurance products through a variety of distribution channels, including brokers, independent agents, broker-dealers, banks, wholesalers, affinity partners, our own internal sales force and other third-party organizations. In some areas of our business, we generate a significant portion of our business through individual third-party arrangements. For example, we generated approximately 71% of our personal lines earned premium in 2008 under an exclusive licensing arrangement with AARP that continues until January 1, 2020. We periodically negotiate provisions and renewals of these relationships, and there can be no assurance that such terms will remain acceptable to us or such third parties. An interruption in our continuing relationship with certain of these third parties could materially affect our ability to market our products and could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.
Our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity may be adversely affected by the emergence of unexpected and unintended claim and coverage issues.
As industry practices and legal, judicial, social and other environmental conditions change, unexpected and unintended issues related to claims and coverage may emerge. These issues may either extend coverage beyond our underwriting intent or increase the frequency or severity of claims. In some instances, these changes may not become apparent until some time after we have issued insurance contracts that are affected by the changes. As a result, the full extent of liability under our insurance contracts may not be known for many years after a contract is issued, and this liability may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity at the time it becomes known.
Limits on the ability of our insurance subsidiaries to pay dividends to us could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity.
The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. is a holding company with no significant operations. Our principal asset is the stock of our insurance subsidiaries. State insurance regulatory authorities limit the payment of dividends by insurance subsidiaries. These restrictions and other regulatory requirements affect the ability of our insurance subsidiaries to make dividend payments. Limits on the ability of the insurance subsidiaries to pay dividends could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, including our ability to pay dividends to shareholders and service our debt.
As a property and casualty insurer, the premium rates we are able to charge and the profits we are able to obtain are affected by the actions of state insurance departments that regulate our business, the cyclical nature of the business in which we compete and our ability to adequately price the risks we underwrite, which may have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
Pricing adequacy depends on a number of factors, including the ability to obtain regulatory approval for rate changes, proper evaluation of underwriting risks, the ability to project future loss cost frequency and severity based on historical loss experience adjusted for known trends, our response to rate actions taken by competitors, and expectations about regulatory and legal developments and expense levels. We seek to price our property and casualty insurance policies such that insurance premiums and future net investment income earned on premiums received will provide for an acceptable profit in excess of underwriting expenses and the cost of paying claims.
State insurance departments that regulate us often propose premium rate changes for the benefit of the consumer at the expense of the insurer and may not allow us to reach targeted levels of profitability. In addition to regulating rates, certain states have enacted laws that require a property and casualty insurer conducting business in that state to participate in assigned risk plans, reinsurance facilities, joint underwriting associations and other residual market plans, or to offer coverage to all consumers and often restrict an insurer’s ability to charge the price it might otherwise charge. In these markets, we may be compelled to underwrite significant amounts of business at lower than desired rates, participate in the operating losses of residual market plans or pay assessments to fund operating deficits of state-sponsored funds, possibly leading to an unacceptable returns on equity. The laws and regulations of many states also limit an insurer’s ability to withdraw from one or more lines of insurance in the state, except pursuant to a plan that is approved by the state’s insurance department. Additionally, certain states require insurers to participate in guaranty funds for impaired or insolvent insurance companies. These funds periodically assess losses against all insurance companies doing business in the state. Any of these factors could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations.

 

32


Table of Contents

Additionally, the property and casualty insurance market is historically cyclical, experiencing periods characterized by relatively high levels of price competition, less restrictive underwriting standards and relatively low premium rates, followed by periods of relatively low levels of competition, more selective underwriting standards and relatively high premium rates. Prices tend to increase for a particular line of business when insurance carriers have incurred significant losses in that line of business in the recent past or when the industry as a whole commits less of its capital to writing exposures in that line of business. Prices tend to decrease when recent loss experience has been favorable or when competition among insurance carriers increases. In a number of product lines and states, we continue to experience premium rate reductions. In these product lines and states, there is a risk that the premium we charge may ultimately prove to be inadequate as reported losses emerge. Even in a period of rate increases, there is a risk that regulatory constraints, price competition or incorrect pricing assumptions could prevent us from achieving targeted returns. Inadequate pricing could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations.
If we are unable to maintain the availability of our systems and safeguard the security of our data due to the occurrence of disasters or other unanticipated events, our ability to conduct business may be compromised, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, consolidated results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.
We use computer systems to store, retrieve, evaluate and utilize customer and company data and information. Our computer, information technology and telecommunications systems, in turn, interface with and rely upon third-party systems. Our business is highly dependent on our ability, and the ability of certain affiliated third parties, to access these systems to perform necessary business functions, including, without limitation, providing insurance quotes, processing premium payments, making changes to existing policies, filing and paying claims, administering variable annuity products and mutual funds, providing customer support and managing our investment portfolios. Systems failures or outages could compromise our ability to perform these functions in a timely manner, which could harm our ability to conduct business and hurt our relationships with our business partners and customers. In the event of a disaster such as a natural catastrophe, an industrial accident, a blackout, a computer virus, a terrorist attack or war, our systems may be inaccessible to our employees, customers or business partners for an extended period of time. Even if our employees are able to report to work, they may be unable to perform their duties for an extended period of time if our data or systems are disabled or destroyed. Our systems could also be subject to physical and electronic break-ins, and subject to similar disruptions from unauthorized tampering with our systems. This may impede or interrupt our business operations and may have a material adverse effect on our business, consolidated operating results, financial condition or liquidity.
If we experience difficulties arising from outsourcing relationships, our ability to conduct business may be compromised.
We outsource certain technology and business functions to third parties and expect to do so selectively in the future. If we do not effectively develop and implement our outsourcing strategy, third-party providers do not perform as anticipated, or we experience problems with a transition, we may experience operational difficulties, increased costs and a loss of business that may have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations.
Potential changes in federal or state tax laws, including changes impacting the availability of the separate account dividend received deduction, could adversely affect our business, consolidated operating results or financial condition or liquidity.
Many of the products that the Company sells benefit from one or more forms of tax-favored status under current federal and state income tax regimes. For example, the Company sells life insurance policies that benefit from the deferral or elimination of taxation on earnings accrued under the policy, as well as permanent exclusion of certain death benefits that may be paid to policyholders’ beneficiaries. We also sell annuity contracts that allow the policyholders to defer the recognition of taxable income earned within the contract. Other products that the Company sells also enjoy similar, as well as other, types of tax advantages. The Company also benefits from certain tax benefits, including but not limited to, tax-exempt bond interest, dividends-received deductions, tax credits (such as foreign tax credits), and insurance reserve deductions.
There is risk that federal and/or state tax legislation could be enacted that would lessen or eliminate some or all of the tax advantages currently benefiting the Company or its policyholders. This could occur in the context of deficit reduction or other tax reforms. The effects of any such changes could result in materially lower product sales, lapses of policies currently held, and/or our incurrence of materially higher corporate taxes.
We may not be able to protect our intellectual property and may be subject to infringement claims.
We rely on a combination of contractual rights and copyright, trademark, patent and trade secret laws to establish and protect our intellectual property. Although we use a broad range of measures to protect our intellectual property rights, third parties may infringe or misappropriate our intellectual property. We may have to litigate to enforce and protect our copyrights, trademarks, patents, trade secrets and know-how or to determine their scope, validity or enforceability, which represents a diversion of resources that may be significant in amount and may not prove successful. The loss of intellectual property protection or the inability to secure or enforce the protection of our intellectual property assets could have a material adverse effect on our business and our ability to compete.
We also may be subject to costly litigation in the event that another party alleges our operations or activities infringe upon another party’s intellectual property rights. Third parties may have, or may eventually be issued, patents that could be infringed by our products, methods, processes or services. Any party that holds such a patent could make a claim of infringement against us. We may also be subject to claims by third parties for breach of copyright, trademark, trade secret or license usage rights. Any such claims and any resulting litigation could result in significant liability for damages. If we were found to have infringed a third-party patent or other intellectual property rights, we could incur substantial liability, and in some circumstances could be enjoined from providing certain products or services to our customers or utilizing and benefiting from certain methods, processes, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets or licenses, or alternatively could be required to enter into costly licensing arrangements with third parties, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

33


Table of Contents

Item 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
Item 2. PROPERTIES
The Hartford owns the land and buildings comprising its Hartford location and other properties within the greater Hartford, Connecticut area which total approximately 2.1 million of the 2.5 million square feet owned by the Company in the aggregate. In addition, The Hartford leases approximately 5.7 million square feet throughout the United States of America and approximately 1.1 million square feet in other countries. All of the properties owned or leased are used by one or more of all eleven reporting segments, depending on the location. For more information on reporting segments, see Part I, Item 1, Business of The Hartford – Reporting Segments. The Company believes its properties and facilities are suitable and adequate for current operations.
Item 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
The Hartford is involved in claims litigation arising in the ordinary course of business, both as a liability insurer defending or providing indemnity for third-party claims brought against insureds and as an insurer defending coverage claims brought against it. The Hartford accounts for such activity through the establishment of unpaid loss and loss adjustment expense reserves. Subject to the uncertainties discussed below under the caption “Asbestos and Environmental Claims,” management expects that the ultimate liability, if any, with respect to such ordinary-course claims litigation, after consideration of provisions made for potential losses and costs of defense, will not be material to the consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows of The Hartford.
The Hartford is also involved in other kinds of legal actions, some of which assert claims for substantial amounts. These actions include, among others, putative state and federal class actions seeking certification of a state or national class. Such putative class actions have alleged, for example, underpayment of claims or improper underwriting practices in connection with various kinds of insurance policies, such as personal and commercial automobile, property, life and inland marine; improper sales practices in connection with the sale of life insurance and other investment products; and improper fee arrangements in connection with mutual funds and structured settlements. The Hartford also is involved in individual actions in which punitive damages are sought, such as claims alleging bad faith in the handling of insurance claims. Like many other insurers, The Hartford also has been joined in actions by asbestos plaintiffs asserting, among other things, that insurers had a duty to protect the public from the dangers of asbestos and that insurers committed unfair trade practices by asserting defenses on behalf of their policyholders in the underlying asbestos cases. Management expects that the ultimate liability, if any, with respect to such lawsuits, after consideration of provisions made for estimated losses, will not be material to the consolidated financial condition of The Hartford. Nonetheless, given the large or indeterminate amounts sought in certain of these actions, and the inherent unpredictability of litigation, an adverse outcome in certain matters could, from time to time, have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated results of operations or cash flows in particular quarterly or annual periods.
Broker Compensation Litigation – Following the New York Attorney General’s filing of a civil complaint against Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc., and Marsh, Inc. (collectively, “Marsh”) in October 2004 alleging that certain insurance companies, including The Hartford, participated with Marsh in arrangements to submit inflated bids for business insurance and paid contingent commissions to ensure that Marsh would direct business to them, private plaintiffs brought several lawsuits against the Company predicated on the allegations in the Marsh complaint, to which the Company was not party. Among these is a multidistrict litigation in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey. There are two consolidated amended complaints filed in the multidistrict litigation, one related to conduct in connection with the sale of property-casualty insurance and the other related to alleged conduct in connection with the sale of group benefits products. The Company and various of its subsidiaries are named in both complaints. The complaints assert, on behalf of a putative class of persons who purchased insurance through broker defendants, claims under the Sherman Act, the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act (“RICO”), state law, and in the case of the group-benefits products complaint, claims under ERISA. The claims are predicated upon allegedly undisclosed or otherwise improper payments of contingent commissions to the broker defendants to steer business to the insurance company defendants. The district court has dismissed the Sherman Act and RICO claims in both complaints for failure to state a claim and has granted the defendants’ motions for summary judgment on the ERISA claims in the group-benefits products complaint. The district court further has declined to exercise supplemental jurisdiction over the state law claims, has dismissed those state law claims without prejudice, and has closed both cases. The plaintiffs have appealed the dismissal of the claims in both consolidated amended complaints, except the ERISA claims.

 

34


Table of Contents

The Company is also a defendant in two consolidated securities actions and two consolidated derivative actions filed in the United States District Court for the District of Connecticut. The consolidated securities actions assert claims on behalf of a putative class of shareholders alleging that the Company and certain of its executive officers violated Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 by failing to disclose to the investing public that The Hartford’s business and growth was predicated on the unlawful activity alleged in the New York Attorney General’s complaint against Marsh. The consolidated derivative actions, brought by shareholders on behalf of the Company against its directors and an additional executive officer, allege that the defendants knew adverse non-public information about the activities alleged in the Marsh complaint and concealed and misappropriated that information to make profitable stock trades in violation of their duties to the Company. Defendants filed a motion to dismiss the consolidated derivative actions in May 2005. Those proceedings are stayed by agreement of the parties. In July 2006, the district court granted defendants’ motion to dismiss the consolidated securities actions, and the plaintiffs appealed. In November 2008, the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit vacated the decision and remanded the case to the district court. The Company will renew its motion to dismiss with respect to issues that the district court did not address in the prior ruling.
In September 2007, the Ohio Attorney General filed a civil action in Ohio state court alleging that certain insurance companies, including The Hartford, conspired with Marsh in violation of Ohio’s antitrust statute. The trial court denied defendants’ motion to dismiss the complaint in July 2008. The Company disputes the allegations and intends to defend this action vigorously.
Investment And Savings Plan ERISA Class Action Litigation – In November and December 2008, following a decline in the share price of the Company’s common stock, seven putative class action lawsuits were filed in the United States District Court for the District of Connecticut on behalf of certain participants in the Company’s Investment and Savings Plan (“the Plan”), which offers the Company’s common stock as one of many investment options. These lawsuits allege that the Company and certain of its officers and employees violated ERISA by allowing the Plan’s participants to invest in the Company’s common stock and by failing to disclose to the Plan’s participants information about the Company’s financial condition. These lawsuits seek restitution or damages for losses arising from the investment of the Plan’s assets in the Company’s common stock during the alleged class periods. The cases have been consolidated. The Company disputes the allegations and intends to defend the actions vigorously.
Fair Credit Reporting Act Class Action – In February 2007, the United States District Court for the District of Oregon gave final approval of the Company’s settlement of a lawsuit brought on behalf of a class of homeowners and automobile policy holders alleging that the Company willfully violated the Fair Credit Reporting Act by failing to send appropriate notices to new customers whose initial rates were higher than they would have been had the customer had a more favorable credit report. The settlement was made on a claim-in, nationwide-class basis and required eligible class members to return valid claim forms postmarked no later than June 28, 2007. The Company has paid $84.3 to eligible claimants in connection with the settlement. The Company has sought reimbursement from the Company’s Excess Professional Liability Insurance Program for the portion of the settlement in excess of the Company’s $10 self-insured retention. Certain insurance carriers participating in that program have disputed coverage for the settlement, and one of the excess insurers has commenced an arbitration to resolve the dispute. Management believes it is probable that the Company’s coverage position ultimately will be sustained.
Call-Center Patent Litigation – In June 2007, the holder of twenty-one patents related to automated call flow processes, Ronald A. Katz Technology Licensing, LP (“Katz”), brought an action against the Company and various of its subsidiaries in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. The action alleges that the Company’s call centers use automated processes that willfully infringe the Katz patents. Katz previously has brought similar patent-infringement actions against a wide range of other companies, none of which has reached a final adjudication of the merits of the plaintiff’s claims, but many of which have resulted in settlements under which the defendants agreed to pay licensing fees. The case was transferred to a multidistrict litigation in the United States District Court for the Central District of California, which is currently presiding over other Katz patent cases. In August 2008, the Company reached a settlement under which the Company purchased a license under the patent portfolio held by Katz in exchange for a payment of an immaterial amount.
Asbestos and Environmental Claims – As discussed in Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations under the caption “Other Operations (Including Asbestos and Environmental Claims)”, The Hartford continues to receive asbestos and environmental claims that involve significant uncertainty regarding policy coverage issues. Regarding these claims, The Hartford continually reviews its overall reserve levels and reinsurance coverages, as well as the methodologies it uses to estimate its exposures. Because of the significant uncertainties that limit the ability of insurers and reinsurers to estimate the ultimate reserves necessary for unpaid losses and related expenses, particularly those related to asbestos, the ultimate liabilities may exceed the currently recorded reserves. Any such additional liability cannot be reasonably estimated now but could be material to The Hartford’s consolidated operating results, financial condition and liquidity.

 

35


Table of Contents

Item 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
No matter was submitted to a vote of security holders of The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. during the fourth quarter of 2008.
PART II
Item 5. MARKET FOR THE HARTFORD’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
The Hartford’s common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the trading symbol “HIG”.
The following table presents the high and low closing prices for the common stock of The Hartford on the NYSE for the periods indicated, and the quarterly dividends declared per share.
                                 
    1st Qtr.     2nd Qtr.     3rd Qtr.     4th Qtr.  
2008
                               
Common Stock Price
                               
High
  $ 84.93     $ 79.13     $ 67.74     $ 38.11  
Low
    66.05       64.57       40.99       4.95  
Dividends Declared
    0.53       0.53       0.53       0.32  
2007
                               
Common Stock Price
                               
High
  $ 97.75     $ 106.02     $ 99.87     $ 98.56  
Low
    90.77       95.82       85.44       86.78  
Dividends Declared
    0.50       0.50       0.50       0.53  
On February 10, 2009, The Hartford’s Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend of $0.05 per share payable on April 1, 2009 to shareholders of record as of March 2, 2009.

 

36


Table of Contents

Total Return to Shareholders
The following tables present The Hartford’s annual percentage return and five-year total return on its common stock including reinvestment of dividends in comparison to the S&P 500 and the S&P Insurance Composite Index.
Annual Return Percentage
                                         
    For the Years Ended  
Company/Index   2004     2005     2006     2007     2008  
The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc.
    19.50 %     25.83 %     10.82 %     (4.55 %)     (79.99 %)
S&P 500 Index
    10.88 %     4.91 %     15.79 %     5.49 %     (37.00 %)
S&P Insurance Composite Index
    7.25 %     14.10 %     10.91 %     (6.31 %)     (58.14 %)
Cumulative Five-Year Total Return
                                                 
    Base        
    Period     For the Years Ended  
Company/Index   2003     2004     2005     2006     2007     2008  
The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc.
  $ 100   $ 119.50   $ 150.36     $ 166.63     $ 159.04     $ 31.82  
S&P 500 Index
  $ 100     $ 110.88     $ 116.33     $ 134.70     $ 142.10     $ 89.53  
S&P Insurance Composite Index
  $ 100     $ 107.25     $ 122.37     $ 135.73     $ 127.17     $ 53.23  
Comparison of Cumulative Five-Year Total Return
(LINE GRAPH)
As of February 5, 2009, the Company had approximately 350,000 shareholders. The closing price of The Hartford’s common stock on the NYSE on February 5, 2009 was $15.09.
The Company’s Chief Executive Officer has certified to the NYSE that he is not aware of any violation by the Company of NYSE corporate governance listing standards, as required by Section 303A.12(a) of the NYSE’s Listed Company Manual.
There are also various legal and regulatory limitations governing the extent to which The Hartford’s insurance subsidiaries may extend credit, pay dividends or otherwise provide funds to The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. as discussed in Part II, Item 7, MD&A – Capital Resources and Liquidity – Liquidity Requirements.
See Part III, Item 12, Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters, for information related to securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans.

 

37


Table of Contents

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer
The following table summarizes the Company’s repurchases of its common stock for the three months ended December 31, 2008:
                                 
                            Approximate Dollar  
                    Total Number of     Value of Shares that  
                    Shares Purchased as     May Yet Be  
    Total Number             Part of Publicly     Purchased Under  
    of Shares     Average Price     Announced Plans or     the Plans or  
Period   Purchased     Paid Per Share     Programs     Programs  
                            (in millions)  
October 1, 2008 – October 31, 2008
    3,940 [1]   $ 28.69           $ 807  
November 1, 2008 – November 30, 2008
    1,483 [1]   $ 10.63           $ 807  
December 1, 2008 – December 31, 2008
    52 [1]   $ 6.61           $ 807  
 
                       
Total
    5,475     $ 23.59             N/A  
 
                       
     
[1]  
Represents shares acquired from employees of the Company for tax withholding purposes in connection with the Company’s stock compensation plans.
In June 2008, The Hartford’s Board of Directors authorized an incremental $1 billion stock repurchase program which was in addition to the previously announced $2 billion program. The Company’s repurchase authorization permits purchases of common stock, which may be in the open market or through privately negotiated transactions. The Company also may enter into derivative transactions to facilitate future repurchases of common stock. The timing of any future repurchases will be dependent upon several factors, including the market price of the Company’s securities, the Company’s capital position, consideration of the effect of any repurchases on the Company’s financial strength or credit ratings, the Company’s potential participation in the CPP, and other corporate considerations. The repurchase program may be modified, extended or terminated by the Board of Directors at any time. As of December 31, 2008, The Hartford has completed the $2 billion stock repurchase program and has $807 remaining for stock repurchase under the $1 billion repurchase program.

 

38


Table of Contents

Item 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
(In millions, except for per share data and combined ratios)
                                         
    2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  
Income Statement Data
                                       
Total revenues [1]
  $ 9,219     $ 25,916     $ 26,500     $ 27,083     $ 22,708  
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of accounting change [2]
    (2,749 )     2,949       2,745       2,274       2,138  
Net income (loss) [2] [3]
    (2,749 )     2,949       2,745       2,274       2,115  
 
                             
Balance Sheet Data
                                       
Total assets
  $ 287,583     $ 360,361     $ 326,544     $ 285,412     $ 259,585  
Long-term debt
    5,823       3,142       3,504       4,048       4,308  
Total stockholders’ equity
    9,268       19,204       18,876       15,325       14,238  
 
                             
Earnings (Loss) Per Share Data
                                       
Basic earnings (loss) per share [2] [4]
                                       
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of accounting change [2]
  $ (8.99 )   $ 9.32     $ 8.89     $ 7.63     $ 7.32  
Net income (loss) [2] [3]
    (8.99 )     9.32       8.89       7.63       7.24  
Diluted earnings (loss) per share [2] [4]
                                       
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of accounting change [2]
    (8.99 )     9.24       8.69       7.44       7.20  
Net income (loss) [2] [3]
    (8.99 )     9.24       8.69       7.44       7.12  
Dividends declared per common share
    1.91       2.03       1.70       1.17       1.13  
 
                             
Other Data
                                       
Mutual fund assets [5]
  $ 50,126     $ 55,531     $ 43,732     $ 32,705     $ 28,068  
 
                             
Operating Data
                                       
Combined ratios
                                       
Ongoing Property & Casualty Operations
    90.7       90.8       89.3       93.2       95.3  
 
                             
     
[1]  
Total revenues of The Hartford are impacted by net investment income and mark-to-market effects of equity securities held for trading supporting the international variable annuity business, which have corresponding amounts credited to policyholders within benefits losses and loss adjustment expenses. 2008 revenues include net investment losses on equity securities held for trading of $10.3 billion. Also included in 2008 revenues are net realized capital losses of $5.9 billion.
 
[2]  
2008 includes net realized capital losses of $3.6 billion, after-tax, including $2.5 billion, after-tax, in impairments.
 
   
2004 includes a $216 tax benefit related to agreement with the IRS on the resolution of matters pertaining to tax years prior to 2004.
 
[3]  
2004 includes a $23 after-tax charge related to the cumulative effect of accounting change for the Company’s adoption of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“AICPA”) issued Statement of Position 03-1, “Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises for Certain Nontraditional Long-Duration Contracts and for Separate Accounts”.
 
[4]  
Due to the net loss for the year ended December 31, 2008, no allocation of the net loss was made to the preferred shareholders under the two-class method in the calculation of basic earnings per share, as the preferred shareholders had no contractual obligation to fund the net losses of the Company. In the absence of the net loss, any such income would be allocated to the preferred shareholders based on the weighted average number of preferred shares outstanding as of December 31, 2008.
 
   
As a result of the net loss in the year ended December 31, 2008, FASB No.128, “Earnings per Share” (“SFAS 128”) requires the Company to use basic weighted average common shares outstanding in the calculation of the year ended December 31, 2008 diluted earnings (loss) per share, since the inclusion of the assumed conversion of convertible preferred shares to common of 5.0 and shares for stock compensation plans of 1.3 would have been antidilutive to the earnings per share calculation. In the absence of the net loss, weighted average common shares outstanding and dilutive potential common shares would have totaled 313.0.
 
[5]  
Mutual funds are owned by the shareholders of those funds and not by the Company. As a result, they are not reflected in total assets in the Company’s balance sheet.

 

39


Table of Contents

Item 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
(Dollar amounts in millions, except for per share data, unless otherwise stated)
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) addresses the financial condition of The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively, “The Hartford” or the “Company”) as of December 31, 2008, compared with December 31, 2007, and its results of operations for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008. This discussion should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes beginning on page F-1. Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year financial information to conform to the current year presentation.
Certain of the statements contained herein are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and include estimates and assumptions related to economic, competitive and legislative developments. These forward-looking statements are subject to change and uncertainty which are, in many instances, beyond the Company’s control and have been made based upon management’s expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effect upon the Company. There can be no assurance that future developments will be in accordance with management’s expectations or that the effect of future developments on The Hartford will be those anticipated by management. Actual results could differ materially from those expected by the Company, depending on the outcome of various factors, including, but not limited to, those set forth in Part II, Item 1A, Risk Factors. These important risks and uncertainties include, without limitation, uncertainties related to the depth and duration of the current recession and related financial crisis, and the impact of these volatile market conditions on, among other things, our investment portfolio, liabilities from variable annuity products and capital position; the success of our efforts to preserve capital and reduce risk, and the costs and charges associated therewith; our ability to participate in programs under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 and similar initiatives and the terms of such participation; changes in financial and capital markets, including changes in interest rates, credit spreads, equity prices and foreign exchange rates; the inability to effectively mitigate the impact of equity market volatility on the Company’s financial position and results of operations arising from obligations under annuity product guarantees; the amount of statutory capital that the Company has, changes to the statutory reserves and/or risk based capital requirements, and the Company’s ability to hold sufficient statutory capital to maintain financial strength and credit ratings; risks related to the Company’s potential participation in the U.S. Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program; a downgrade in the Company’s financial strength or credit ratings; the potential for differing interpretations of the methodologies, estimations and assumptions that underlie the valuation of the Company’s financial instruments that could result in changes to investment valuations; the subjective determinations that underlie the Company’s evaluation of other-than-temporary impairments on available-for-sale securities; losses due to nonperformance or defaults by others; the availability of our commercial paper program; the potential for acceleration of DAC amortization; the potential for an impairment of our goodwill; the difficulty in predicting the Company’s potential exposure for asbestos and environmental claims; the possible occurrence of terrorist attacks; the response of reinsurance companies under reinsurance contracts and the availability, pricing and adequacy of reinsurance to protect the Company against losses; the possibility of unfavorable loss development; the incidence and severity of catastrophes, both natural and man-made; stronger than anticipated competitive activity; unfavorable judicial or legislative developments; the potential effect of domestic and foreign regulatory developments, including those which could increase the Company’s business costs and required capital levels; the Company’s ability to distribute its products through distribution channels, both current and future; the uncertain effects of emerging claim and coverage issues; the ability of the Company’s subsidiaries to pay dividends to the Company; the Company’s ability to adequately price its property and casualty policies; the ability to recover the Company’s systems and information in the event of a disaster or other unanticipated event; potential for difficulties arising from outsourcing relationships; potential changes in federal or state tax laws, including changes impacting the availability of the separate account dividend received deduction; the Company’s ability to protect its intellectual property and defend against claims of infringement; and other factors described in such forward-looking statements.
INDEX
         
Overview
    41  
Critical Accounting Estimates
    41  
Consolidated Results of Operations
    62  
Life
    70  
Retail
    80  
Individual Life
    83  
Retirement Plans
    85  
Group Benefits
    87  
International
    89  
Institutional
    91  
Other
    93  
Property & Casualty
    94  
Total Property & Casualty
    123  
Ongoing Operations
    124  
Personal Lines
    130  
Small Commercial
    136  
Middle Market
    140  
Specialty Commercial
    145  
Other Operations (Including Asbestos and Environmental Claims)
    149  
Investments
    156  
Investment Credit Risk
    166  
Capital Markets Risk Management
    177  
Capital Resources and Liquidity
    187  
Impact of New Accounting Standards
    198  

 

40


Table of Contents

OVERVIEW
The Hartford is an insurance and financial services company with operations dating back to 1810. The Company is headquartered in Connecticut and is organized into two major operations: Life and Property & Casualty, each containing reporting segments. Within the Life and Property & Casualty operations, The Hartford conducts business principally in eleven reporting segments. Corporate primarily includes the Company’s debt financing and related interest expense, as well as other capital raising activities and purchase accounting adjustments.
Life is organized into four groups which are comprised of six reporting segments: The Retail Products Group (“Retail”) and Individual Life segments make up the Individual Markets Group. The Retirement Plans and Group Benefits segments make up the Employer Markets Group. The Institutional Solutions Group (“Institutional”) and International segments each make up their own group. Through Life the Company provides retail and institutional investment products such as variable and fixed annuities, mutual funds, private placement life insurance and retirement plan services, individual life insurance products including variable universal life, universal life, interest sensitive whole life and term life; and group benefit products, such as group life and group disability insurance.
Property & Casualty is organized into five reporting segments: the underwriting segments of Personal Lines, Small Commercial, Middle Market and Specialty Commercial (collectively “Ongoing Operations”), and the Other Operations segment. Through Property & Casualty the Company provides a number of coverages, as well as insurance-related services, to businesses throughout the United States, including workers’ compensation, property, automobile, liability, umbrella, specialty casualty, marine, livestock, fidelity and surety, professional liability and director’s and officer’s liability coverages. Property & Casualty also provides automobile, homeowners, and home-based business coverage to individuals throughout the United States, as well as insurance-related services to businesses.
Many of the principal factors that drive the profitability of The Hartford’s Life and Property & Casualty operations are separate and distinct. To present its operations in a more meaningful and organized way, management has included separate overviews within the Life and Property & Casualty sections of the MD&A. For further overview of Life’s profitability and analysis, see page 70. For further overview of Property & Casualty’s profitability and analysis, see page 94.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES
The preparation of financial statements, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”), requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ, and in the past have differed, from those estimates.
The Company has identified the following estimates as critical in that they involve a higher degree of judgment and are subject to a significant degree of variability: property and casualty reserves, net of reinsurance; life estimated gross profits used in the valuation and amortization of assets and liabilities associated with variable annuity and other universal life-type contracts; living benefits required to be fair valued; valuation of investments and derivative instruments; evaluation of other-than-temporary impairments on available-for-sale securities; pension and other postretirement benefit obligations; contingencies relating to corporate litigation and regulatory matters; and goodwill impairment. In developing these estimates management makes subjective and complex judgments that are inherently uncertain and subject to material change as facts and circumstances develop. Although variability is inherent in these estimates, management believes the amounts provided are appropriate based upon the facts available upon compilation of the financial statements.
Property and Casualty Reserves, Net of Reinsurance
The Hartford establishes property and casualty reserves to provide for the estimated costs of paying claims under insurance policies written by the Company. These reserves include estimates for both claims that have been reported and those that have not yet been reported, and include estimates of all expenses associated with processing and settling these claims. Estimating the ultimate cost of future losses and loss adjustment expenses is an uncertain and complex process. This estimation process is based largely on the assumption that past developments are an appropriate predictor of future events and involves a variety of actuarial techniques that analyze experience, trends and other relevant factors. Reserve estimates can change over time because of unexpected changes in the external environment. Potential external factors include (1) changes in the inflation rate for goods and services related to covered damages such as medical care, hospital care, auto parts, wages and home repair, (2) changes in the general economic environment that could cause unanticipated changes in the claim frequency per unit insured, (3) changes in the litigation environment as evidenced by changes in claimant attorney representation in the claims negotiation and settlement process, (4) changes in the judicial environment regarding the interpretation of policy provisions relating to the determination of coverage and/or the amount of damages awarded for certain types of damages, (5) changes in the social environment regarding the general attitude of juries in the determination of liability and damages, (6) changes in the legislative environment regarding the definition of damages and (7) new types of injuries caused by new types of injurious exposure: past examples include breast implants, lead paint and construction defects. Reserve estimates can also change over time because of changes in internal company operations. Potential internal factors include (1) periodic changes in claims handling procedures, (2) growth in new lines of business where exposure and loss development patterns are not well established or (3) changes in the quality of risk selection in the underwriting process. In the case of assumed reinsurance, all of the above risks apply. In addition, changes in ceding company case reserving and reporting patterns can create additional factors that need to be considered in estimating the reserves. Due to the inherent complexity of the assumptions used, final claim settlements may vary significantly from the present estimates, particularly when those settlements may not occur until well into the future.

 

41


Table of Contents

Through both facultative and treaty reinsurance agreements, the Company cedes a share of the risks it has underwritten to other insurance companies. The Company’s net reserves for loss and loss adjustment expenses include anticipated recovery from reinsurers on unpaid claims. The estimated amount of the anticipated recovery, or reinsurance recoverable, is net of an allowance for uncollectible reinsurance.
Reinsurance recoverables include an estimate of the amount of gross loss and loss adjustment expense reserves that may be ceded under the terms of the reinsurance agreements, including incurred but not reported unpaid losses. The Company calculates its ceded reinsurance projection based on the terms of any applicable facultative and treaty reinsurance, including an estimate of how incurred but not reported losses will ultimately be ceded by reinsurance agreement. Accordingly, the Company’s estimate of reinsurance recoverables is subject to similar risks and uncertainties as the estimate of the gross reserve for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses.
The Company provides an allowance for uncollectible reinsurance, reflecting management’s best estimate of reinsurance cessions that may be uncollectible in the future due to reinsurers’ unwillingness or inability to pay. The Company analyzes recent developments in commutation activity between reinsurers and cedants, recent trends in arbitration and litigation outcomes in disputes between reinsurers and cedants and the overall credit quality of the Company’s reinsurers. Where its contracts permit, the Company secures future claim obligations with various forms of collateral, including irrevocable letters of credit, secured trusts, funds held accounts and group-wide offsets. The allowance for uncollectible reinsurance was $379 as of December 31, 2008, including $254 related to Other Operations and $125 related to Ongoing Operations.
Due to the inherent uncertainties as to collection and the length of time before reinsurance recoverables become due, it is possible that future adjustments to the Company’s reinsurance recoverables, net of the allowance, could be required, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated results of operations or cash flows in a particular quarter or annual period.
The Hartford, like other insurance companies, categorizes and tracks its insurance reserves for its segments by “line of business”, such as property, auto physical damage, auto liability, commercial multi-peril package business, workers’ compensation, general liability professional liability and fidelity and surety. Furthermore, The Hartford regularly reviews the appropriateness of reserve levels at the line of business level, taking into consideration the variety of trends that impact the ultimate settlement of claims for the subsets of claims in each particular line of business. In addition, within the Other Operations segment, the Company has reserves for asbestos and environmental (“A&E”) claims. Adjustments to previously established reserves, which may be material, are reflected in the operating results of the period in which the adjustment is determined to be necessary. In the judgment of management, information currently available has been properly considered in the reserves established for losses and loss adjustment expenses. Incurred but not reported (“IBNR”) reserves represent the difference between the estimated ultimate cost of all claims and the actual reported loss and loss adjustment expenses (“reported losses”). Reported losses represent cumulative loss and loss adjustment expenses paid plus case reserves for outstanding reported claims. Company actuaries evaluate the total reserves (IBNR and case reserves) on an accident year basis. An accident year is the calendar year in which a loss is incurred, or, in the case of claims-made policies, the calendar year in which a loss is reported.
The following table shows loss and loss adjustment expense reserves by line of business and by operating segment as of December 31, 2008, net of reinsurance:
                                                         
    Personal     Small     Middle     Specialty     Ongoing     Other     Total  
    Lines     Commercial     Market     Commercial     Operations     Operations     P&C  
Reserve Line of Business
                                                       
Property
  $ 304     $ 2     $ 61     $ 86     $ 453     $     $ 453  
Auto physical damage
    23       4       6       11       44             44  
Auto liability
    1,615       281       252       142       2,290             2,290  
Package business
          1,108       938       149       2,195             2,195  
Workers’ compensation
    11       1,854       2,226       2,241       6,332             6,332  
General liability
    36       145       814       1,256       2,251             2,251  
Professional liability
                      773       773             773  
Fidelity and surety
                      210       210             210  
Assumed Reinsurance [1]
                                  562       562  
All other non-A&E
                                  1,066       1,066  
A&E
    3       2       10       3       18       2,153       2,171  
 
                                         
Total reserves-net
    1,992       3,396       4,307       4,871       14,566       3,781       18,347  
Reinsurance and other recoverables
    60       176       437       2,110       2,783       803       3,586  
 
                                         
Total reserves-gross
  $ 2,052     $ 3,572     $ 4,744     $ 6,981     $ 17,349     $ 4,584     $ 21,933  
 
                                         
     
[1]  
These net loss and loss adjustment expense reserves relate to assumed reinsurance that was moved into Other Operations (formerly known as “HartRe”).

 

42


Table of Contents

Reserving for non-A&E reserves within Ongoing and Other Operations
How non-A&E reserves are set
Reserves are set by line of business within the various operating segments. As indicated in the above table, a single line of business may be written in one or more of the segments. Case reserves are established by a claims handler on each individual claim and are adjusted as new information becomes known during the course of handling the claim. Lines of business for which loss data (e.g., paid losses and case reserves) emerge (i.e., is reported) over a long period of time are referred to as long-tail lines of business. Lines of business for which loss data emerge more quickly are referred to as short-tail lines of business. Within the Company’s Ongoing Operations, the shortest-tail lines of business are property and auto physical damage. The longest tail lines of business within Ongoing Operations include workers’ compensation, general liability, and professional liability. Assumed reinsurance, which is within Other Operations, is also long-tail business.
For short-tail lines of business, emergence of paid loss and case reserves is credible and likely indicative of ultimate losses. For long-tail lines of business, emergence of paid losses and case reserves is less credible in the early periods and, accordingly, may not be indicative of ultimate losses.
An expected loss ratio is used in initially recording the reserves for both short-tail and long-tail lines of business. This expected loss ratio is determined through a review of prior accident years’ loss ratios and expected changes to earned pricing, loss costs, mix of business, ceded reinsurance and other factors that are expected to impact the loss ratio for the current accident year. For short-tail lines, IBNR for the current accident year is initially recorded as the product of the expected loss ratio for the period, earned premium for the period and the proportion of losses expected to be reported in future calendar periods for the current accident period. For long-tailed lines, IBNR reserves for the current accident year are initially recorded as the product of the expected loss ratio for the period and the earned premium for the period, less reported losses for the period.
Company reserving actuaries, who are independent of the business units, regularly review reserves for both current and prior accident years using the most current claim data. These reserve reviews incorporate a variety of actuarial methods and judgments and involve rigorous analysis. Most non-A&E reserves are reviewed fully each quarter, including loss reserves for property, auto physical damage, auto liability, package business, workers’ compensation, most general liability, professional liability and fidelity and surety. Other non-A&E reserves are reviewed semi-annually (twice per year) or annually. These include, but are not limited to, reserves for losses incurred before 1988, allocated loss adjustment expenses, assumed reinsurance, latent exposures such as construction defects, unallocated loss adjustment expense and all other non-A&E exposures within Other Operations. For reserves that are reviewed semi-annually and annually, management monitors the emergence of paid and reported losses in the intervening quarters to either confirm that its estimate of ultimate losses should not change or, if necessary, perform a reserve review to determine whether the reserve estimate should change.
For most lines of business, a variety of actuarial methods are reviewed and the actuaries select methods and specific assumptions appropriate for each line of business based on the current circumstances affecting that line of business. These selections incorporate input, as judged by the reserving actuaries to be appropriate, from claims personnel, pricing actuaries and operating management on reported loss cost trends and other factors that could affect the reserve estimates. The output of the reserve reviews are reserve estimates that are referred to herein as the “actuarial indication”.
The actuarial techniques or methods used primarily include paid and reported loss development, frequency / severity, expected loss ratio and Bornhuetter-Ferguson techniques. Within any one line of business, a variety of techniques are used. Within any one line of business, certain methods are generally given more influence in determining the actuarial indication. The methods that are given more influence vary within a line of business based primarily on the maturity of the accident year, the mix of business and the particular internal and external influences impacting the claims experience or the methods. The following is a discussion of the most common methods used; these methods are not used for every line of business or every accident year within a line of business.
Paid Development method. Historical data, organized by accident period and calendar period, is used to develop paid loss development patterns, which are then applied to current paid losses by accident period to estimate ultimate losses. The paid development method is also used to estimate reserves for allocated loss adjustments expenses (“ALAE”).
Paid development techniques do not use information about case reserves and, therefore, are not affected by changes in case reserving practices. Paid development techniques can, however, be significantly affected by changes in claim closure patterns. Paid development techniques for longer-tailed lines are generally less useful for more recent accident years since a low percentage of ultimate losses are paid to date in early periods of development and small changes in paid losses can have a large impact on estimated ultimate losses.
Reported Development method. Historical data, organized by accident period and calendar period, is used to develop reported loss development patterns, which are then applied to current reported losses by accident period to estimate ultimate losses. The reported losses used in this analysis refer to cumulative paid losses plus case reserves and do not include IBNR.
Compared to the paid development technique, the reported development technique has the advantage that a higher percentage of ultimate losses are reflected in reported losses than in cumulative paid losses. The reported development technique estimates only the unreported losses rather than the total unpaid losses. While the reported development technique takes advantage of information contained in the case reserves, estimates determined from this technique are affected by changes in case reserving practices.
Both paid and reported development techniques assume that historical development patterns are predictive of future development patterns.

 

43


Table of Contents

Frequency / Severity methods. Historical data is used to develop claim count development patterns and those patterns are applied to the number of current reported claims to estimate ultimate claim counts. Estimated ultimate claim counts are multiplied by an estimated average severity (i.e., an average cost per claim) to calculate estimated ultimate losses. Average severity is estimated by fitting historical severity data to a trend line and making assumptions about how the current environment would affect claim severity. In making assumptions about the current environment, industry data is used where such data is available and appropriate.
The advantage of frequency / severity techniques is that frequency estimates are generally easier to predict and external information can be used to supplement internal data in making severity estimates.
Expected Loss Ratio method. Loss ratios for prior accident years are used to determine the appropriate expected loss ratio for the current accident year after applying anticipated changes in rates, pricing and loss costs. The current accident year expected loss ratio is multiplied by earned premium to calculate estimated ultimate losses.
Expected Loss Ratio techniques are useful for early periods of maturity on long-tailed lines of business, where very little paid or reported loss information is available.
Bornhuetter-Ferguson method. This method is a combination of the expected loss ratio method and the paid development or reported development method, where the paid or reported loss development method is given more weight as an accident year matures.
Berquist-Sherman method. This method is used in cases where historical development patterns may be inappropriate for use in estimating ultimate losses of recent accident years. Under this method, the pattern of historical reported losses is adjusted for changes in case reserve adequacy and the pattern of historical paid losses is adjusted for changes in claim settlement rates.
For all lines of business, variations of the above methods are used. Examples of variation within the paid and reported development methods include:
 
The accident period used may vary (e.g., year, quarter, or month);
 
The Company may analyze the data by coverage (e.g., bodily injury separate from property damage);
 
There may be adjustments for unusual loss activity;
 
For ALAE, the Company uses patterns of the relationship between paid ALAE and paid losses.
Examples of variation within the frequency /severity methods include:
 
For one sub-set of professional liability business, management estimates frequency, not through historical claim count development, but through an analysis of the securities class actions filed and policy listings;
 
For some methods, management projects severity on only open claims;
 
In the commercial liability lines, the Company performs the frequency / severity technique only on claims over a certain size;
For each line of business, certain methods are given more influence than other methods. The discussion below gives a general indication of which methods are preferred by line of business. Because the actuarial estimates are generated at a much finer level of detail than line of business (e.g., by distribution channel, coverage, accident period), this description should not be assumed to apply to each coverage and accident year within a line of business. Also, as circumstances change, the methods that are given more influence will change. For example, for Personal Lines auto liability claims, reported development techniques are currently given less emphasis in making estimates for recent accident years because case reserving practices have been changing in the recent past. If case reserving practices become more stable, reported development techniques may be given more weight.
Property and Auto Physical Damage. These lines are fast-developing and paid and reported development techniques are used. The Company performs and relies primarily on reported development techniques and frequency/severity and Bornhuetter-Ferguson techniques for the most immature accident months.
Auto Liability — Personal Lines. For auto liability, and bodily injury in particular, the Company performs a greater number of techniques than it does for property and auto physical damage, including paid and reported development methods, frequency/severity approaches, and Berquist-Sherman techniques. The Company generally uses the reported development method for older accident years and the frequency/severity and Berquist-Sherman methods for more recent accident years. Recent periods are heavily influenced by changes in case reserve practices and changing disposal rates; the frequency/severity techniques are not affected as much by these changes and the Berquist-Sherman techniques specifically adjust for changes in case reserve adequacy and claim disposal rates.
Auto Liability — Commercial Lines, Package Business and Short-Tailed General Liability. As with Personal Lines auto liability, the Company performs a variety of techniques, including the paid and reported development methods and frequency / severity techniques. For older, more mature accident years, management finds that reported development techniques are best. For more recent accident years, management typically prefers frequency / severity techniques that allow it to make assumptions about the frequency of larger claims.
Long-Tailed General Liability, Fidelity and Surety and Large Deductible Workers’ Compensation. For these long-tailed lines of business, the Company generally relies on the expected loss ratio, Bornhuetter-Ferguson and reported development techniques. Management generally weights these techniques together, relying more heavily on the expected loss ratio method at early ages of development and more on the reported development method as an accident year matures.

 

44


Table of Contents

Workers’ Compensation. Workers’ compensation is the Company’s single largest reserve line of business and management does the largest amount of actuarial analysis on this line of business. Methods performed include paid and reported development, variations on expected loss ratio methods, and an in-depth analysis on the largest states. Paid development patterns are historically very stable in the Company’s workers’ compensation business, so paid techniques are preferred for older accident periods. For more recent periods, paid techniques are less predictive of the ultimate liability since such a low percentage of ultimate losses are paid in early periods of development. Accordingly, for more recent accident periods, the Company generally relies more heavily on a state-by-state analysis and the expected loss ratio approach.
Professional Liability. Reported and paid loss developments patterns for this line tend to be volatile. Therefore, the Company typically relies on frequency and severity techniques.
Assumed Reinsurance and All Other within Other Operations. For these lines, management tends to rely on the reported development techniques. In assumed reinsurance, assumptions are influenced by information gained from claim and underwriting audits.
Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses (ALAE). For some lines of business (e.g., professional liability and assumed reinsurance), ALAE and losses are analyzed together. For most lines of business, however, ALAE is analyzed separately, using paid development techniques and an analysis of the relationship between ALAE and loss payments.
Unallocated Loss Adjustment Expense (ULAE). ULAE is analyzed separately from loss and ALAE. For most lines of business, incurred ULAE costs to be paid in the future are projected based on an expected cost per claim year and the anticipated claim closure pattern and the ratio of paid ULAE to paid loss.
The final step in the reserve review process involves a comprehensive review by senior reserving actuaries who apply their judgment and, in concert with senior management, determine the appropriate level of reserves based on the various information that has been accumulated. Numerous factors are considered in this determination process including, but not limited to, the assessed reliability of key loss trends and assumptions that may be significantly influencing the current actuarial indications, the maturity of the accident year, pertinent trends observed over the recent past, the level of volatility within a particular line of business, and the improvement or deterioration of actuarial indications in the current period as compared to the prior periods. In general, changes are made more quickly to more mature accident years and less volatile lines of business. Total recorded net reserves, excluding asbestos and environmental, were higher than the actuarial indication of the reserves by 3.8% as of December 31, 2008 compared to 2.9% as of December 31, 2007.
During 2008, there were numerous changes to non-A&E reserve estimates. Among other loss developments in 2008, these changes included a $156 release of reserves for workers’ compensation claims, primarily related to accident years 2000 to 2007, a $105 release of general liability claims, primarily related to accident years 2001 to 2007, and a $75 release of reserves for professional liability claims related to accident years 2003 through 2006. See “Reserves” within the Property & Casualty MD&A for further discussion of reserve developments.
Current trends contributing to reserve uncertainty
The Hartford is a multi-line company in the property and casualty business. The Hartford is therefore subject to reserve uncertainty stemming from a number of conditions, including but not limited to those noted above, any of which could be material at any point in time for any segment. Certain issues may become more or less important over time as conditions change. As various market conditions develop, management must assess whether those conditions constitute a long-term trend that should result in a reserving action (i.e., increasing or decreasing the reserve).
Within the commercial segments and the Other Operations segment, the Company has exposure to claims asserted for bodily injury as a result of long-term or continuous exposure to harmful products or substances. Examples include, but are not limited to, pharmaceutical products, silica and lead paint. The Company also has exposure to claims from construction defects, where property damage or bodily injury from negligent construction is alleged. The Company also has exposure to claims asserted against religious institutions and other organizations relating to molestation or abuse. Such exposures may involve potentially long latency periods and may implicate coverage in multiple policy periods. These factors make reserves for such claims more uncertain than other bodily injury or property damage claims. With regard to these exposures, the Company is monitoring trends in litigation, the external environment, the similarities to other mass torts and the potential impact on the Company’s reserves.
In Personal Lines, reserving estimates are generally less variable than for the Company’s other property and casualty segments. This is largely due to the coverages having relatively shorter periods of loss emergence. Estimates, however, can still vary due to a number of factors, including interpretations of frequency and severity trends and their impact on recorded reserve levels. Severity trends can be impacted by changes in internal claim handling and case reserving practices in addition to changes in the external environment. These changes in claim practices increase the uncertainty in the interpretation of case reserve data, which increases the uncertainty in recorded reserve levels. In addition, the introduction of new products has lead to a different mix of business by type of insured than the Company experienced in the past. Beginning in 2004, the Company introduced its Dimensions auto and homeowners product for Agency business and beginning in 2007, the Company introduced its Next Generation Auto product for AARP customers. In general, the Company now has a lower proportion of preferred risks than in the past. Such a change in mix increases the uncertainty of the reserve projections, since historical data and reporting patterns may not be applicable to the new business.

 

45


Table of Contents

In both Small Commercial and Middle Market, workers’ compensation is the Company’s single biggest line of business and the line of business with the longest pattern of loss emergence. Reserve estimates for workers’ compensation are particularly sensitive to assumptions about medical inflation and the changing use of medical care procedures. In addition, changes in state legislative and regulatory environments impact the Company’s estimates. These changes increase the uncertainty in the application of development patterns. In addition, over the past several accident years, the Company has experienced favorable claim frequency on workers’ compensation claims. The Company’s reserve estimates assume that reported losses for recent accident years will continue to emerge favorably and that severity will not be adversely impacted by the lower volume of reported claims.
In the Specialty Commercial segment, many lines of insurance, such as excess insurance and large deductible workers’ compensation insurance, are “long-tail” lines of insurance. For long-tail lines, the period of time between the incidence of the insured loss and either the reporting of the claim to the insurer, the settlement of the claim, or the payment of the claim can be substantial, and in some cases, several years. As a result of this extended period of time for losses to emerge, reserve estimates for these lines are more uncertain (i.e., more variable) than reserve estimates for shorter-tail lines of insurance. Estimating required reserve levels for large deductible workers’ compensation insurance is further complicated by the uncertainty of whether losses that are attributable to the deductible amount will be paid by the insured; if such losses are not paid by the insured due to financial difficulties, the Company would be contractually liable. Another example of reserve variability relates to reserves for directors and officers insurance. There is potential volatility in the required level of reserves due to the continued uncertainty regarding the number and severity of class action suits, including uncertainty regarding the Company’s exposure to losses arising from the collapse of the sub-prime mortgage market. Additionally, the Company’s exposure to losses under directors and officers insurance policies is primarily in excess layers, making estimates of loss more complex. The current financial market turmoil has increased the number of shareholder class action lawsuits against our insureds or their directors and officers and this trend could continue for some period of time.
Impact of changes in key assumptions on reserve volatility
As stated above, the Company’s practice is to estimate reserves using a variety of methods, assumptions and data elements. Within its reserve estimation process for reserves other than asbestos and environmental, the Company does not derive statistical loss distributions or confidence levels around its reserve estimate and, as a result, does not have reserve range estimates to disclose.
The reserve estimation process includes explicit assumptions about a number of factors in the internal and external environment. Across most lines of business, the most important assumptions are future loss development factors applied to paid or reported losses to date. For most lines, the reported loss development factor is most important. In workers’ compensation, paid loss development factors are also important. The trend in loss costs is also a key assumption, particularly in the most recent accident years, where loss development factors are less credible.
The following discussion includes disclosure of possible variation from current estimates of loss reserves due to a change in certain key assumptions. Each of the impacts described below is estimated individually, without consideration for any correlation among key assumptions or among lines of business. Therefore, it would be inappropriate to take each of the amounts described below and add them together in an attempt to estimate volatility for the Company’s reserves in total. The estimated variation in reserves due to changes in key assumptions is a reasonable estimate of possible variation that may occur in the future, likely over a period of several calendar years. It is important to note that the variation discussed is not meant to be a worst-case scenario, and therefore, it is possible that future variation may be more than the amounts discussed below.
Recorded reserves for auto liability, net of reinsurance, are $2.3 billion across all lines, $1.6 billion of which is in Personal Lines. Personal auto liability reserves are shorter-tailed than other lines of business (such as workers’ compensation) and, therefore, less volatile. However, the size of the reserve base means that future changes in estimates could be material to the Company’s results of operations in any given period. The key assumption for Personal Lines auto liability is the annual loss cost trend, particularly the severity trend component of loss costs. A review of Insurance Services Office (“ISO”) data suggests that annual growth in industry severity since 1999 has varied from +1% to +6%. The ISO data shows recent severity changes to be in the middle of this range. A 2.5 point change in assumed annual severity is within historical variation for the industry and for the Company. A 2.5 point change in assumed annual severity for the two most recent accident years would change the estimated net reserve need by $90, in either direction. Assumed annual severity for accident years prior to the two most recent accident years is likely to have minimal variability.
Recorded reserves for workers’ compensation, net of reinsurance, are $6.3 billion in total for Ongoing Operations. Paid loss development patterns are a key assumption for this line of business, particularly for more mature accident years. Historically, paid loss development patterns have been impacted by, among other things, medical cost inflation. The Company has reviewed the historical variation in reported loss development patterns. If the reported loss development patterns change by 4%, the estimated net reserve need would change by $400, in either direction. A 4% change in reported loss development patterns is within historical variation, as measured by the variation around the average development factors as reported in statutory accident year reports.
Recorded reserves for general liability, net of reinsurance, are $2.3 billion in total for Ongoing Operations. Reported loss development patterns are a key assumption for this line of business, particularly for more mature accident years. Historically, assumptions on reported loss development patterns have been impacted by, among other things, emergence of new types of claims (e.g., construction defect claims) or a shift in the mixture between smaller, more routine claims and larger, more complex claims. The Company has reviewed the historical variation in reported loss development patterns. If the reported loss development patterns change by 11%, the estimated net reserve need would change by $300, in either direction. An 11% change in reported loss development patterns is within historical variation, as measured by the variation around the average development factors as reported in statutory accident year reports.

 

46


Table of Contents

Similar to general liability, assumed casualty reinsurance is affected by reported loss development pattern assumptions. In addition to the items identified above that would affect both direct and reinsurance liability claim development patterns, there is also an impact to assumed reporting patterns for any changes in claim notification from ceding companies to the reinsurer. Recorded net reserves for HartRe assumed reinsurance business, excluding asbestos and environmental liabilities, within Other Operations were $562 as of December 31, 2008. If the reported loss development patterns underlying the Company’s net reserves for HartRe assumed casualty reinsurance change by 10%, the estimated net reserve need would change by $245, in either direction. A 10% change in reported loss development patterns is within historical variation, as measured by the variation around the average development factors as reported in statutory accident year reports.
Reserving for Asbestos and Environmental Claims within Other Operations
How A&E reserves are set
The Company continues to receive asbestos and environmental claims. Asbestos claims relate primarily to bodily injuries asserted by people who came in contact with asbestos or products containing asbestos. Environmental claims relate primarily to pollution and related clean-up costs.
The Company wrote several different categories of insurance contracts that may cover asbestos and environmental claims. First, the Company wrote primary policies providing the first layer of coverage in an insured’s liability program. Second, the Company wrote excess policies providing higher layers of coverage for losses that exhaust the limits of underlying coverage. Third, the Company acted as a reinsurer assuming a portion of those risks assumed by other insurers writing primary, excess and reinsurance coverages. Fourth, subsidiaries of the Company participated in the London Market, writing both direct insurance and assumed reinsurance business.
In establishing reserves for asbestos claims, the Company evaluates its insureds’ estimated liabilities for such claims using a ground-up approach. The Company considers a variety of factors, including the jurisdictions where underlying claims have been brought, past, pending and anticipated future claim activity, disease mix, past settlement values of similar claims, dismissal rates, allocated loss adjustment expense, and potential bankruptcy impact.
Similarly, a ground-up exposure review approach is used to establish environmental reserves. The Company’s evaluation of its insureds’ estimated liabilities for environmental claims involves consideration of several factors, including historical values of similar claims, the number of sites involved, the insureds’ alleged activities at each site, the alleged environmental damage at each site, the respective shares of liability of potentially responsible parties at each site, the appropriateness and cost of remediation at each site, the nature of governmental enforcement activities at each site, and potential bankruptcy impact.
Having evaluated its insureds’ probable liabilities for asbestos and/or environmental claims, the Company then evaluates its insureds’ insurance coverage programs for such claims. The Company considers its insureds’ total available insurance coverage, including the coverage issued by the Company. The Company also considers relevant judicial interpretations of policy language and applicable coverage defenses or determinations, if any.
Evaluation of both the insureds’ estimated liabilities and the Company’s exposure to the insureds depends heavily on an analysis of the relevant legal issues and litigation environment. This analysis is conducted by the Company’s lawyers and is subject to applicable privileges.
For both asbestos and environmental reserves, the Company also compares its historical direct net loss and expense paid and reported experience, and net loss and expense paid and reported experience year by year, to assess any emerging trends, fluctuations or characteristics suggested by the aggregate paid and reported activity.
Once the gross ultimate exposure for indemnity and allocated loss adjustment expense is determined for its insureds by each policy year, the Company calculates its ceded reinsurance projection based on any applicable facultative and treaty reinsurance and the Company’s experience with reinsurance collections.
Uncertainties Regarding Adequacy of Asbestos and Environmental Reserves
With regard to both environmental and particularly asbestos claims, significant uncertainty limits the ability of insurers and reinsurers to estimate the ultimate reserves necessary for unpaid losses and related expenses. Traditional actuarial reserving techniques cannot reasonably estimate the ultimate cost of these claims, particularly during periods where theories of law are in flux. The degree of variability of reserve estimates for these exposures is significantly greater than for other more traditional exposures. In particular, the Company believes there is a high degree of uncertainty inherent in the estimation of asbestos loss reserves.
In the case of the reserves for asbestos exposures, factors contributing to the high degree of uncertainty include inadequate loss development patterns, plaintiffs’ expanding theories of liability, the risks inherent in major litigation, and inconsistent emerging legal doctrines. Furthermore, over time, insurers, including the Company, have experienced significant changes in the rate at which asbestos claims are brought, the claims experience of particular insureds, and the value of claims, making predictions of future exposure from past experience uncertain. Plaintiffs and insureds also have sought to use bankruptcy proceedings, including “pre-packaged” bankruptcies, to accelerate and increase loss payments by insurers. In addition, some policyholders have asserted new classes of claims for coverages to which an aggregate limit of liability may not apply. Further uncertainties include insolvencies of other carriers and unanticipated developments pertaining to the Company’s ability to recover reinsurance for asbestos and environmental claims. Management believes these issues are not likely to be resolved in the near future.

 

47


Table of Contents

In the case of the reserves for environmental exposures, factors contributing to the high degree of uncertainty include expanding theories of liability and damages, the risks inherent in major litigation, inconsistent decisions concerning the existence and scope of coverage for environmental claims, and uncertainty as to the monetary amount being sought by the claimant from the insured.
It is also not possible to predict changes in the legal and legislative environment and their effect on the future development of asbestos and environmental claims. Although potential Federal asbestos-related legislation was considered by the Senate in 2006, it is uncertain whether such legislation will be reconsidered or enacted in the future and, if enacted, what its effect would be on the Company’s aggregate asbestos liabilities.
The reporting pattern for assumed reinsurance claims, including those related to asbestos and environmental claims, is much longer than for direct claims. In many instances, it takes months or years to determine that the policyholder’s own obligations have been met and how the reinsurance in question may apply to such claims. The delay in reporting reinsurance claims and exposures adds to the uncertainty of estimating the related reserves.
Given the factors described above, the Company believes the actuarial tools and other techniques it employs to estimate the ultimate cost of claims for more traditional kinds of insurance exposure are less precise in estimating reserves for its asbestos and environmental exposures. For this reason, the Company relies on exposure-based analysis to estimate the ultimate costs of these claims and regularly evaluates new information in assessing its potential asbestos and environmental exposures.
A number of factors affect the variability of estimates for asbestos and environmental reserves including assumptions with respect to the frequency of claims, the average severity of those claims settled with payment, the dismissal rate of claims with no payment and the expense to indemnity ratio. The uncertainty with respect to the underlying reserve assumptions for asbestos and environmental adds a greater degree of variability to these reserve estimates than reserve estimates for more traditional exposures. While this variability is reflected in part in the size of the range of reserves developed by the Company, that range may still not be indicative of the potential variance between the ultimate outcome and the recorded reserves. The recorded net reserves as of December 31, 2008 of $2.18 billion ($1.90 billion and $275 for asbestos and environmental, respectively) is within an estimated range, unadjusted for covariance, of $1.80 billion to $2.42 billion. The process of estimating asbestos and environmental reserves remains subject to a wide variety of uncertainties, which are detailed in Note 12 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. The Company believes that its current asbestos and environmental reserves are reasonable and appropriate. However, analyses of further developments could cause the Company to change its estimates and ranges of its asbestos and environmental reserves, and the effect of these changes could be material to the Company’s consolidated operating results, financial condition and liquidity. If there are significant developments that affect particular exposures, reinsurance arrangements or the financial condition of particular reinsurers, the Company will make adjustments to its reserves or to the amounts recoverable from its reinsurers.
Total Property & Casualty Reserves, Net of Reinsurance
In the opinion of management, based upon the known facts and current law, the reserves recorded for the Company’s property and casualty businesses at December 31, 2008 represent the Company’s best estimate of its ultimate liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses related to losses covered by policies written by the Company. However, because of the significant uncertainties surrounding reserves, and particularly asbestos exposures, it is possible that management’s estimate of the ultimate liabilities for these claims may change and that the required adjustment to recorded reserves could exceed the currently recorded reserves by an amount that could be material to the Company’s results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.

 

48


Table of Contents

Life Estimated Gross Profits Used in the Valuation and Amortization of Assets and Liabilities Associated with Variable Annuity and Other Universal Life-Type Contracts
Accounting Policy and Assumptions
Life’s deferred policy acquisition costs asset and present value of future profits (“PVFP”) intangible asset (hereafter, referred to collectively as “DAC”) related to investment contracts and universal life-type contracts (including variable annuities) are amortized in the same way, over the estimated life of the contracts acquired using the retrospective deposit method. Under the retrospective deposit method, acquisition costs are amortized in proportion to the present value of estimated gross profits (“EGPs”). EGPs are also used to amortize other assets and liabilities on the Company’s balance sheet, such as sales inducement assets and unearned revenue reserves (“URR”). Components of EGPs are used to determine reserves for guaranteed minimum death, income and universal life secondary guarantee benefits accounted for and collectively referred to as “SOP 03-1 reserves”. The specific breakdown of the most significant EGP based balances by segment is as follows:
                                                 
    Individual Variable Annuities -     Individual Variable Annuities -        
    U.S.     Japan     Individual Life  
    December 31,     December 31,     December 31,     December 31,     December 31,     December 31,  
    2008     2007     2008     2007     2008     2007  
DAC
  $ 4,844     $ 4,982     $ 1,834     $ 1,760     $ 2,931     $ 2,309  
Sales Inducements
  $ 436     $ 390     $ 19     $ 8     $ 36     $ 20  
URR
  $ 109     $ 124     $     $     $ 1,299     $ 816  
SOP 03-1 reserves
  $ 867     $ 527     $ 229     $ 42     $ 40     $ 19  
For most contracts, the Company estimates gross profits over a 20 year horizon as estimated profits emerging subsequent to that timeframe are immaterial. The Company uses other amortization bases for amortizing DAC, such as gross costs (net of reinsurance), as a replacement for EGPs when EGPs are expected to be negative for multiple years of the contract’s life. Actual gross profits, in a given reporting period, that vary from management’s initial estimates result in increases or decreases in the rate of amortization, commonly referred to as a “true-up”, which are recorded in the current period. The true-up recorded for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 was an increase (decrease) to amortization of $404 (of which $194 is attributed to accelerated DAC amortization for the Company’s 3Win product in Japan as further discussed under the “Japan Variable Annuities” section below), $(6), and $41, respectively.

 

49


Table of Contents

Products sold in a particular year are aggregated into cohorts. Future gross profits for each cohort are projected over the estimated lives of the underlying contracts, and are, to a large extent, a function of future account value projections for variable annuity products and to a lesser extent for variable universal life products. The projection of future account values requires the use of certain assumptions. The assumptions considered to be important in the projection of future account value, and hence the EGPs, include separate account fund performance, which is impacted by separate account fund mix, less fees assessed against the contract holder’s account balance, surrender and lapse rates, interest margin, mortality, and hedging costs. The assumptions are developed as part of an annual process and are dependent upon the Company’s current best estimates of future events. The Company’s current 20 year separate account return assumption is approximately 7.2% (after fund fees, but before mortality and expense charges) for U.S. products and 5.1% (after fund fees, but before mortality and expense charges) in aggregate for all Japanese products, but varies from product to product. The Company estimates gross profits using the mean of EGPs derived from a set of stochastic scenarios that have been calibrated to our estimated separate account return. The following table summarizes the general impacts to individual variable annuity EGPs and earnings for DAC amortization caused by changes in separate account returns, mortality and future lapse rate assumptions:
         
        Impact on Earnings for DAC
Assumption   Impact to EGPs   Amortization
 
       
Future separate account return increases
 
Increase: Expected fee income would increase and expected claims would decrease.
  Benefit
 
       
Future separate account return decreases
 
Decrease: Expected fee income would decrease and expected claims would increase.
  Charge
 
       
Future mortality increases
 
Decrease: Expected fee income would decrease because the time period in which fees would be collected would be reduced and claims would increase
  Charge
 
       
Future mortality decreases
 
Increase: Expected fee income would increase because the time period in which fees would be collected would increase and claims would decrease
  Benefit
 
       
Future lapse rate increases
 
Decrease: Expected fee income would decrease because the time period in which fees would be collected would be reduced and claims would decrease.
  Charge
 
       
Future lapse rate decreases
 
Increase: Expected fee income would increase because the time period in which fees would be collected would increase and claims would increase.
  Benefit
In addition to changes to the assumptions described above, changes to other policyholder behaviors such as resets, partial surrenders, reaction to price increases, and asset allocations could cause EGPs to fluctuate.
Estimating future gross profits is a complex process requiring considerable judgment and the forecasting of events well into the future. Given the current volatility in the capital markets and the evaluation of other factors, the Company will continually evaluate its separate account return estimation process and may change that process from time to time.
The Company plans to complete a comprehensive assumption study and refine its estimate of future gross profits during the third quarter of each year. Upon completion of an assumption study, the Company revises its assumptions to reflect its current best estimate, thereby changing its estimate of projected account values and the related EGPs in the DAC, sales inducement and unearned revenue reserve amortization models as well as SOP 03-1 reserving models. The DAC asset, as well as the sales inducement asset, unearned revenue reserves and SOP 03-1 reserves are adjusted with an offsetting benefit or charge to income to reflect such changes in the period of the revision, a process known as “Unlocking”. An Unlock that results in an after-tax benefit generally occurs as a result of actual experience or future expectations of product profitability being favorable compared to previous estimates. An Unlock that results in an after-tax charge generally occurs as a result of actual experience or future expectations of product profitability being unfavorable compared to previous estimates.

 

50


Table of Contents

In addition to when a comprehensive assumption study is completed, revisions to best estimate assumptions used to estimate future gross profits are necessary when the EGPs in the Company’s models fall outside of an independently determined reasonable range of EGPs. The Company performs a quantitative process each quarter to determine the reasonable range of EGPs. This process involves the use of internally developed models, which run a large number of stochastically determined scenarios of separate account fund performance. Incorporated in each scenario are assumptions with respect to lapse rates, mortality and expenses, based on the Company’s most recent assumption study. These scenarios are run for the Company’s individual variable annuity businesses in the United States and Japan, the Company’s Retirement Plans businesses, and for the Company’s individual variable universal life business and are used to calculate statistically significant ranges of reasonable EGPs. The statistical ranges produced from the stochastic scenarios are compared to the present value of EGPs used in the Company’s models. If EGPs used in the Company’s models fall outside of the statistical ranges of reasonable EGPs, an “Unlock” would be necessary. If EGPs used in the Company’s models fall inside of the statistical ranges of reasonable EGPs, the Company will not solely rely on the results of the quantitative analysis to determine the necessity of an Unlock. In addition, the Company considers, on a quarterly basis, other qualitative factors such as product, regulatory and policyholder behavior trends and may also revise EGPs if those trends are expected to be significant and were not or could not be included in the statistically significant ranges of reasonable EGPs. As of December 31, 2008, the EGPs used in the Company’s models fell within the statistical ranges of reasonable EGPs. As a result of this statistical test and review of qualitative factors, the Company did not “Unlock” the EGPs used in the Company’s models during the fourth quarter of 2008.
Unlock and Sensitivity Analysis
As described above, as of September 30 2008, the Company completed a comprehensive study of assumptions underlying EGPs, resulting in an Unlock. The study covered all assumptions, including mortality, lapses, expenses, interest rate spreads, hedging costs, and separate account returns, in substantially all product lines. The new best estimate assumptions were applied to the current policy related in-force or account values to project future gross profits. The after-tax impact on the Company’s assets and liabilities as a result of the Unlock during the third quarter of 2008 was as follows:
                                         
                    Death and                
    DAC     Unearned     Income     Sales          
    and     Revenue     Benefit     Inducement          
Segment After-tax (charge) benefit   PVFP     Reserves     Reserves [1]     Assets     Total [2]
Retail
  $ (648 )   $ 18     $ (75 )   $ (27 )   $ (732 )
Retirement Plans
    (49 )                       (49 )
Individual Life
    (29 )     (12 )     (3 )           (44 )
International — Japan
    (23 )     (1 )     (90 )     (2 )     (116 )
Corporate
    9                         9  
 
                             
Total
  $ (740 )   $ 5     $ (168 )   $ (29 )   $ (932 )
 
                             
     
[1]  
As a result of the Unlock, death benefit reserves in Retail, increased $389, pre-tax, offset by an increase of $273, pre-tax, in reinsurance recoverables. In International, death benefit reserves increased $164, pre-tax, offset by an increase of $25, pre-tax, in reinsurance recoverables.
 
[2]  
The following were the most significant contributors to the Unlock amounts recorded during the third quarter of 2008:
   
Actual separate account returns from the period ending July 31, 2007 to September 30, 2008 were significantly below our aggregated estimated return.
   
The Company reduced its 20 year projected separate account return assumption from 7.8% to 7.2% in the U.S.
   
In Retirement Plans, the Company reduced its estimate of future fees as plans meet contractual size limits (“breakpoints”) causing a lower fee schedule to apply and the Company increased its assumption for future deposits by existing plan participants.

 

51


Table of Contents

The after-tax impact on the Company’s assets and liabilities as a result of the Unlock during the third quarter of 2007 was as follows:
                                         
                    Death and                
    DAC     Unearned     Income     Sales          
    and     Revenue     Benefit     Inducement          
Segment After-tax (charge) benefit   PVFP     Reserves     Reserves [1]     Assets     Total [2]
Retail
  $ 180     $ (5 )   $ (4 )   $ 9     $ 180  
Retirement Plans
    (9 )                       (9 )
Institutional
    1                         1  
Individual Life
    24       (8 )                 16  
International — Japan
    16             6             22  
Corporate
    3                         3  
 
                             
Total
  $ 215     $ (13 )   $ 2     $ 9     $ 213  
 
                             
     
[1]  
As a result of the unlock, death benefit reserves, in Retail, decreased $4, pre-tax, offset by a decrease of $10, pre-tax, in reinsurance recoverables.
 
[2]  
The following were the most significant contributors to the unlock amounts recorded during the third quarter of 2007:
   
Actual separate account returns were above our aggregated estimated return.
   
During the third quarter of 2007, the Company estimated gross profits using the mean of EGPs derived from a set of stochastic scenarios that have been calibrated to our estimated separate account return as compared to prior year where we used a single deterministic estimation. The impact of this change in estimation was a benefit of $13, after-tax, for Japan variable annuities and $20, after-tax, for U.S. variable annuities.
   
As part of its continual enhancement to its assumption setting processes and in connection with its assumption study, the Company included dynamic lapse behavior assumptions. Dynamic lapses reflect that lapse behavior will be different depending upon market movements. The impact of this assumption change along with other base lapse rate changes was an approximate benefit of $40, after-tax, for U.S. variable annuities.
The Company performs sensitivity analyses with respect to the effect certain assumptions have on EGPs and the related DAC, sales inducement, unearned revenue reserve and SOP 03-1 reserve balances. Each of the sensitivities illustrated below are estimated individually, without consideration for any correlation among the key assumptions. Therefore, it would be inappropriate to take each of the sensitivity amounts below and add them together in an attempt to estimate volatility for the respective EGP-related balances in total. In addition, the tables below only provide sensitivities on separate account returns and lapses. While those two assumptions are critical in projecting EGPs, as described above, many additional assumptions are necessary to project EGPs and to determine an Unlock amount. As a result, actual Unlock amounts may vary from those calculated by using the sensitivities below. The following tables depict the estimated sensitivities for U.S. variable annuities and Japan variable annuities:
U.S. Variable Annuities
         
  Effect on EGP-related  
(Increasing separate account returns and decreasing lapse rates generally result in benefits. Decreasing   balances if unlocked  
separate account returns and increasing lapse rates generally result in charges.)   (after-tax) [1]  
If actual separate account returns were 1% above or below our aggregated estimated return
  $ 20 – $40 [3]
If actual lapse rates were 1% above or below our estimated aggregate lapse rate
  $ 10 – $25 [2]
If we changed our future separate account return rate by 1% from our aggregated estimated future return
  $ 90 – $120  
If we changed our future lapse rate by 1% from our estimated aggregate future lapse rate
  $ 50 – $80 [2]
Japan Variable Annuities
         
  Effect on EGP-related  
(Increasing separate account returns and decreasing lapse rates generally result in benefits. Decreasing   balances if unlocked  
separate account returns and increasing lapse rates generally result in charges.)   (after-tax) [1]  
If actual separate account returns were 1% above or below our aggregated estimated return
  $ 5 – $20 [4] [5]
If actual lapse rates were 1% above or below our estimated aggregate lapse rate
  $ 1 – $10 [2]
If we changed our future separate account return rate by 1% from our aggregated estimated future return
  $ 50 – $70  
If we changed our future lapse rate by 1% from our estimated aggregate future lapse rate
  $ 10 – $25 [2]
     
[1]  
These sensitivities are reflective of the results of our 2008 assumption studies. The Company’s EGP models assume that separate account returns are earned linearly and that lapses occur linearly (except for certain dynamic lapse features) throughout the year. Similarly, the sensitivities assume that differential separate account and lapse rates are linear and parallel and persist for one year from September 30, 2008, the date of our third quarter 2008 Unlock, and reflect all current in-force and account value data, including the corresponding market levels, allocation of funds, policyholder behavior and actuarial assumptions. These sensitivities are not perfectly linear nor perfectly symmetrical for increases and decreases. As such, extrapolating results over a wide range will decrease the accuracy of the sensitivities’ predictive ability. Sensitivity results are, in part, based on the current “in-the-moneyness” of various guarantees offered with the products. Future market conditions could significantly change the sensitivity results.
 
[2]  
Sensitivity around lapses assumes lapses increase or decrease consistently across all cohort years and products.

 

52


Table of Contents

     
[3]  
The overall actual return generated by the U.S. variable annuity separate accounts is dependent on several factors, including the relative mix of the underlying sub-accounts among bond funds and equity funds as well as equity sector weightings and as a result of the large proportion of separate account assets invested in U.S. equity markets, the Company’s overall U.S. separate account fund performance has been reasonably correlated to the overall performance of the S&P 500 although no assurance can be provided that this correlation will continue in the future. Since September 30, 2008, the date of the last unlock, the actual return on U.S. variable annuity assets has been 21% below our estimated aggregate return. The Company estimates the actual return would need to drop by an additional 6% since December 31, 2008, before EGPs in the Company’s models fall outside of the statistical ranges of reasonable EGPs.
 
[4]  
The overall actual return generated by the Japan variable annuity separate accounts is influenced by the variable annuity products offered in Japan as well as the wide variety of funds offered within the sub-accounts of those products. The actual return is also dependent upon the relative mix of the underlying sub-accounts among the funds. Unlike in the U.S., there is no global index or market that reasonably correlates with the overall Japan actual separate account fund performance. Since September 30, 2008, the date of the last unlock, the actual return on Japan variable annuity assets has been 15.5% below our estimated aggregate return. The Company estimates the actual return would need to drop by an additional 7.5% since December 31, 2008, before EGPs in the Company’s models fall outside of the statistical ranges of reasonable EGPs.
 
[5]  
For the Company’s 3Win product in Japan, decreases in the contract holder’s account value (which is partially dependent upon equity market movements due to fixed contractual investment allocations) of greater than 20% of the initial deposit require the contract holder to withdraw 80% of their initial deposit without penalty or recover their initial investment through a payout annuity. The exercise of these options results in an acceleration of the amount of DAC amortization in a specific reporting period. During the fourth quarter of 2008 approximately 97% of all 3Win contractholders had account values that fell by 20% or more from their initial deposit. This resulted in accelerated amortization of DAC in the fourth quarter of 2008 of $194, pre-tax. Further declines in equity markets during 2009 could cause the entire remaining DAC balance of $11 to be amortized.
An “Unlock” only revises EGPs to reflect current best estimate assumptions. With or without an Unlock, and even after an Unlock occurs, the Company must also test the aggregate recoverability of the DAC and sales inducement assets by comparing the existing DAC balance to the present value of future EGPs. In addition, the Company routinely stress tests its DAC and sales inducement assets for recoverability against severe declines in its separate account assets, which could occur if the equity markets experienced a significant sell-off, as the majority of policyholders’ funds in the separate accounts is invested in the equity market. As of December 31, 2008, the Company believed U.S. individual and Japan individual variable annuity EGPs could fall, through a combination of negative market returns, lapses and mortality, by at least 6% and 49%, respectively, before portions of its DAC and sales inducement assets would be unrecoverable. The extent of the charge against earnings upon the DAC and sales inducement assets becoming unrecoverable is dependent upon how much further beyond the thresholds listed above variable annuity EGPs decline. The Company estimates that for every 1% decline in variable annuity EGPs beyond the thresholds listed above, the DAC and sales inducements write-off would be $65 and $12, after-tax, for U.S. variable annuity and Japan variable annuity, respectively. If, at the end of any quarter, the EGPs in the Company’s models fall outside of the statistical ranges of reasonable EGPs, see footnote [3] above, and the Company has exceeded the threshold for recoverability, the Company will first “Unlock” the future EGPs to reflect the Company’s revised best estimates and second will re-test for recoverability.
Living Benefits Required to be Fair Valued
The Company offers certain variable annuity products with a guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit (“GMWB”) rider in the U.S., Japan and the U.K. The Company also offers a guaranteed minimum accumulation benefit (“GMAB”) with a variable annuity product offered in Japan. As of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, the fair values of the GMWB liabilities are $6.6 billion and $715, respectively. As of December 31, 2008 the fair value of the GMAB liability is $0. As of December 31, 2007 the fair value of the GMAB was an asset of $2 because the present value of the fees expected to be earned in the future exceeded the present value claims expected to be paid in the future. Due to significant market declines in the fourth quarter of 2008, a large majority of the Company’s in force Japan 3 Win policies, which include a GMAB feature, annuitized or surrendered free of charge in the fourth quarter of 2008. See Note 4 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of the Japan GMAB.
Fair values for GMWB and GMAB contracts are calculated based upon internally developed models because active, observable markets do not exist for those items. Below is a description of the Company’s fair value methodologies for guaranteed benefit liabilities, the related reinsurance and customized derivatives, all accounted for under SFAS 133, prior to the adoption of SFAS 157 and subsequent to adoption of SFAS 157.

 

53


Table of Contents

Pre-SFAS 157 Fair Value
Prior to January 1, 2008, the Company used the guidance prescribed in SFAS 133 and other related accounting literature on fair value which represented the amount for which a financial instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between knowledgeable, unrelated willing parties. However, under that accounting literature, when an estimate of fair value was made for liabilities where no market observable transactions existed for that liability or similar liabilities, market risk margins were only included in the valuation if the margin was identifiable, measurable and significant. If a reliable estimate of market risk margins was not obtainable, the present value of expected future cash flows under a risk neutral framework, discounted at the risk free rate of interest, was the best available estimate of fair value in the circumstances (“Pre-SFAS 157 Fair Value”). The Pre-SFAS 157 Fair Value was calculated based on actuarial and capital market assumptions related to projected cash flows, including benefits and related contract charges, over the lives of the contracts, incorporating expectations concerning policyholder behavior such as lapses, fund selection, resets and withdrawal utilization (for the customized derivatives, policyholder behavior is prescribed in the derivative contract). Because of the dynamic and complex nature of these cash flows, best estimate assumptions and a Monte Carlo stochastic process involving the generation of thousands of scenarios that assume risk neutral returns consistent with swap rates and a blend of observable implied index volatility levels were used. Estimating these cash flows involved numerous estimates and subjective judgments including those regarding expected markets rates of return, market volatility, correlations of market index returns to funds, fund performance, discount rates and policyholder behavior. At each valuation date, the Company assumed expected returns based on:
 
risk-free rates as represented by the current LIBOR forward curve rates;
 
forward market volatility assumptions for each underlying index based primarily on a blend of observed market “implied volatility” data;
 
correlations of market returns across underlying indices based on actual observed market returns and relationships over the ten years preceding the valuation date;
 
three years of history for fund regression; and
 
current risk-free spot rates as represented by the current LIBOR spot curve to determine the present value of expected future cash flows produced in the stochastic projection process.
As many guaranteed benefit obligations are relatively new in the marketplace, actual policyholder behavior experience is limited. As a result, estimates of future policyholder behavior are subjective and based on analogous internal and external data. As markets change, mature and evolve and actual policyholder behavior emerges, management continually evaluates the appropriateness of its assumptions for this component of the fair value model.
Fair Value Under SFAS 157
The Company’s SFAS 157 fair value is calculated as an aggregation of the following components: Pre-SFAS 157 Fair Value; Actively-Managed Volatility Adjustment; Credit Standing Adjustment; Market Illiquidity Premium; and Behavior Risk Margin. The resulting aggregation is reconciled or calibrated, if necessary, to market information that is, or may be, available to the Company, but may not be observable by other market participants, including reinsurance discussions and transactions. The Company believes the aggregation of each of these components, as necessary and as reconciled or calibrated to the market information available to the Company, results in an amount that the Company would be required to transfer, for a liability or receive for an asset, to market participants in an active liquid market, if one existed, for those market participants to assume the risks associated with the guaranteed minimum benefits and the related reinsurance and customized derivatives required to be fair valued. The SFAS 157 fair value is likely to materially diverge from the ultimate settlement of the liability as the Company believes settlement will be based on our best estimate assumptions rather than those best estimate assumptions plus risk margins. In the absence of any transfer of the guaranteed benefit liability to a third party, the release of risk margins is likely to be reflected as realized gains in future periods’ net income. Each of the components described below are unobservable in the marketplace and require subjectivity by the Company in determining their value.
 
Actively-Managed Volatility Adjustment. This component incorporates the basis differential between the observable index implied volatilities used to calculate the Pre-SFAS 157 component and the actively-managed funds underlying the variable annuity product. The Actively-Managed Volatility Adjustment is calculated using historical fund and weighted index volatilities.
 
Credit Standing Adjustment. This component makes an adjustment that market participants would make to reflect the risk that guaranteed benefit obligations or the GMWB reinsurance recoverables will not be fulfilled (“nonperformance risk”). SFAS 157 explicitly requires nonperformance risk to be reflected in fair value. The Company calculates the Credit Standing Adjustment by using default rates provided by rating agencies, adjusted for market recoverability, reflecting the long-term nature of living benefit obligations and the priority of payment on these obligations versus long-term debt.
 
Market Illiquidity Premium. This component makes an adjustment that market participants would require to reflect that guaranteed benefit obligations are illiquid and have no market observable exit prices in the capital markets.
 
Behavior Risk Margin. This component adds a margin that market participants would require for the risk that the Company’s assumptions about policyholder behavior used in the Pre-SFAS 157 model could differ from actual experience. The Behavior Risk Margin is calculated by taking the difference between adverse policyholder behavior assumptions and the best estimate assumptions used in the Pre-SFAS 157 model using interest rate and volatility assumptions that the Company believes market participants would use in developing risk margins.

 

54


Table of Contents

In valuing the embedded derivative, the Company attributes to the derivative a portion of fees collected from the contract holder equal to the present value of future claims (the “Attributed Fees”). Attributed Fees in dollars are determined at the inception of each quarterly cohort by setting the dollars equal to the present value of expected claims. The Attributed Fees, in basis points, are determined by dividing the Attributed Fees in dollars by the present value of account value. The Attributed Fees in basis points are locked-in for each quarterly cohort. Recent capital markets conditions, in particular high equity index volatility and low interest rates have increased the Attributed Fees for recent cohorts to a level above our rider fees.
Capital market assumptions can significantly change the value of embedded derivative living benefit guarantees. For example, independent future decreases in equity market returns, future decreases in interest rates and future increases in equity index volatility will all have the effect of increasing the value of the embedded derivative liability as of December 31, 2008 resulting in a realized loss in net income. Furthermore, changes in policyholder behavior can also significantly change the value of the GMWB. For example, independent future increases in fund mix towards equity based funds vs. bond funds, future increases in withdrawals, future decreasing mortality, future increasing usage of the step-up feature and decreases in lapses will all have the effect of increasing the value of the GMWB embedded derivative liability as of December 31, 2008 resulting in a realized loss in net income. Independent changes in any one of these assumptions moving in the opposite direction will have the effect of decreasing the value of the embedded derivative liability as of December 31, 2008 resulting in a realized gain in net income. As markets change, mature and evolve and actual policyholder behavior emerges, management continually evaluates the appropriateness of its assumptions. In addition, management regularly evaluates the valuation model, incorporating emerging valuation techniques where appropriate, including drawing on the expertise of market participants and valuation experts.
Valuation of Investments and Derivative Instruments
The Hartford’s investments in fixed maturities include bonds, redeemable preferred stock and commercial paper. These investments, along with certain equity securities, which include common and non-redeemable preferred stocks, are classified as “available-for-sale” and are carried at fair value. The after-tax difference from cost or amortized cost is reflected in stockholders’ equity as a component of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“AOCI”), after adjustments for the effect of deducting the life and pension policyholders’ share of the immediate participation guaranteed contracts and certain life and annuity deferred policy acquisition costs and reserve adjustments. The equity investments associated with the variable annuity products offered in Japan are recorded at fair value and are classified as “trading” with changes in fair value recorded in net investment income. Policy loans are carried at outstanding balance. Mortgage loans on real estate are recorded at the outstanding principal balance adjusted for amortization of premiums or discounts and net of valuation allowances, if any. Short-term investments are carried at amortized cost, which approximates fair value. Limited partnerships and other alternative investments are reported at their carrying value with the change in carrying value accounted for under the equity method and accordingly the Company’s share of earnings are included in net investment income. Recognition of limited partnerships and other alternative investment income is delayed due to the availability of the related financial statements, as private equity and other funds are generally on a three-month delay and hedge funds are on a one-month delay. Accordingly, income at December 31, 2008 may not include the full impact of current year changes in valuation of the underlying assets and liabilities. Other investments primarily consist of derivatives instruments which are carried at fair value.
Valuation of Fixed Maturity, Short-Term and Equity Securities, Available-for-Sale
The fair value for fixed maturity, short-term and equity securities, available-for-sale, is determined by management after considering one of three primary sources of information: third party pricing services, independent broker quotations or pricing matrices. Security pricing is applied using a “waterfall” approach whereby publicly available prices are first sought from third party pricing services, the remaining unpriced securities are submitted to independent brokers for prices, or lastly, securities are priced using a pricing matrix. Typical inputs used by these three pricing methods include, but are not limited to, reported trades, benchmark yields, issuer spreads, bids, offers, and/or estimated cash flows and prepayments speeds. Based on the typical trading volumes and the lack of quoted market prices for fixed maturities, third party pricing services will normally derive the security prices through recent reported trades for identical or similar securities making adjustments through the reporting date based upon available market observable information as outlined above. If there are no recent reported trades, the third party pricing services and brokers may use matrix or model processes to develop a security price where future cash flow expectations are developed based upon collateral performance and discounted at an estimated market rate. Included in the pricing of asset-backed securities (“ABS”), collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”), and mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) are estimates of the rate of future prepayments of principal over the remaining life of the securities. Such estimates are derived based on the characteristics of the underlying structure and prepayment speeds previously experienced at the interest rate levels projected for the underlying collateral. Actual prepayment experience may vary from these estimates.
Prices from third party pricing services are often unavailable for securities that are rarely traded or are traded only in privately negotiated transactions. As a result, certain securities are priced via independent broker quotations which utilize inputs that may be difficult to corroborate with observable market based data. Additionally, the majority of these independent broker quotations are non-binding. A pricing matrix is used to price securities for which the Company is unable to obtain either a price from a third party pricing service or an independent broker quotation. The pricing matrix used by the Company begins with current spread levels to determine the market price for the security. The credit spreads, as assigned by a knowledgeable private placement broker, incorporate the issuer’s credit rating and a risk premium, if warranted, due to the issuer’s industry and the security’s time to maturity. The issuer-specific yield adjustments, which can be positive or negative, are updated twice per year, as of June 30 and December 31, by the private placement broker and are intended to adjust security prices for issuer-specific factors. The Company assigns a credit rating to these securities based upon an internal analysis of the issuer’s financial strength.

 

55


Table of Contents

The Company performs a monthly analysis on the prices and credit spreads received from third parties to ensure that the prices represent a reasonable estimate of the fair value. This process involves quantitative and qualitative analysis and is overseen by investment and accounting professionals. Examples of procedures performed include, but are not limited to, initial and on-going review of third party pricing services methodologies, review of pricing statistics and trends, back testing recent trades and monitoring of trading volumes. In addition, the Company ensures whether prices received from independent brokers represent a reasonable estimate of fair value through the use of internal and external cash flow models developed based on spreads, and when available, market indices. As a result of this analysis, if the Company determines that there is a more appropriate fair value based upon the available market data, the price received from the third party is adjusted accordingly. At December 31, 2008, the Company made fair value determinations which lowered prices received from third party pricing services and brokers by a total of $139. The securities adjusted had an amortized cost and fair value after the adjustment of $623 and $232, respectively, and were primarily commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”).
In accordance with SFAS 157, the Company has analyzed the third party pricing services valuation methodologies and related inputs, and has also evaluated the various types of securities in its investment portfolio to determine an appropriate SFAS 157 fair value hierarchy level based upon trading activity and the observability of market inputs. The SFAS 157 fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs in the valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad levels (Level 1 — quoted prices in active markets for identical assets, Level 2 — significant observable inputs, or Level 3 — significant unobservable inputs). For further discussion of SFAS 157, see Note 4 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Based on this, each price was classified into Level 1, 2, or 3. Most prices provided by third party pricing services are classified into Level 2 because the inputs used in pricing the securities are market observable.
Due to a general lack of transparency in the process that brokers use to develop prices, most valuations that are based on brokers’ prices are classified as Level 3. Some valuations may be classified as Level 2 if the price can be corroborated. Internal matrix priced securities, primarily consisting of certain private placement debt, are also classified as Level 3. The matrix pricing of certain private placement debt includes significant non-observable inputs, the internally determined credit rating of the security and an externally provided credit spread.
The following table presents the fair value of fixed maturity, short-term and equity securities, available-for-sale, by pricing source and SFAS 157 hierarchy level as of December 31, 2008.
                                 
    Quoted Prices in                    
    Active Markets     Significant     Significant        
    for Identical     Observable     Unobservable        
    Assets     Inputs     Inputs        
    (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)     Total  
Priced via third party pricing services
  $ 3,787     $ 50,252     $ 2,976     $ 57,015  
Priced via independent broker quotations
                3,962       3,962  
Priced via matrices
          180       4,693       4,873  
Priced via other methods [1]
                720       720  
Short-term investments [2]
    7,025       2,997             10,022  
 
                       
Total
  $ 10,812     $ 53,429     $ 12,351     $ 76,592  
 
                       
% of Total
    14.1 %     69.8 %     16.1 %     100.0 %
 
                       
     
[1]  
Represents securities for which adjustments were made to reduce prices received from third parties and certain private equity investments that are carried at the Company’s determination of fair value from inception. [2] Short-term investments are primarily valued at amortized cost, which approximates fair value.
     
[2]  
Short-term investments are primarily valued at amortized cost, which approximates fair value.
The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between knowledgeable, unrelated willing parties using inputs, including assumptions and estimates, a market participant would utilize. As the estimated fair value of a financial instrument utilizes assumptions and estimates, the amount that may be realized may differ significantly.

 

56


Table of Contents

The following table presents the fair value of the significant asset sectors within the SFAS 157 Level 3 securities classification as of December 31, 2008.
                 
            % of Total  
    Fair Value     Fair Value  
ABS
               
Below prime
  $ 1,643       13.3 %
Collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”)
    2,131       17.3 %
Other
    560       4.5 %
Corporate
               
Matrix priced private placements
    4,641       37.6 %
Other
    1,755       14.2 %
CMBS
    802       6.5 %
Preferred stock
    337       2.7 %
Other
    482       3.9 %
 
           
Total Level 3 securities
  $ 12,351       100.0 %
 
           
 
ABS below prime primarily represents sub-prime and Alt-A securities which are classified as Level 3 due to the lack of liquidity in the market.
 
ABS CLOs represent senior secured bank loan CLOs which are primarily priced by independent brokers.
 
ABS other primarily represents broker priced securities.
 
Corporate matrix priced represents private placement securities that are thinly traded and priced using a pricing matrix which includes significant non-observable inputs.
 
Corporate other primarily represents broker priced public securities and private placement securities qualified for sale under rule 144A, and long-dated fixed maturities where the term of significant inputs may not be sufficient to be deemed observable.
 
CMBS primarily represents CMBS bonds and commercial real estate collateralized debt obligations (“CRE CDOs”) which were either fair valued by the Company or by independent brokers due to the illiquidity of this sector.
 
Preferred stock primarily represents lower quality preferred securities that are less liquid due to market conditions.
Valuation of Derivative Instruments, excluding embedded derivatives within liability contracts
Derivative instruments are reported on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value and are reported in Other Investments and Other Liabilities. Derivative instruments are fair valued using pricing valuation models, which utilize market data inputs or independent broker quotations. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, 94% and 89% of derivatives, respectively, based upon notional values, were priced by valuation models, which utilize independent market data. The remaining derivatives were priced by broker quotations. The derivatives are valued using mid-market level inputs, with the exception of the customized swap contracts that hedge GMWB liabilities, that are predominantly observable in the market. Inputs used to value derivatives include, but are not limited to, interest swap rates, foreign currency forward and spot rates, credit spreads and correlations, interest and equity volatility and equity index levels. The Company performs a monthly analysis on derivative valuations which includes both quantitative and qualitative analysis. Examples of procedures performed include, but are not limited to, review of pricing statistics and trends, back testing recent trades, analyzing the impacts of changes in the market environment, and review of changes in market value for each derivative including those derivatives priced by brokers.
The following table presents the notional value and net fair value of derivatives instruments by SFAS 157 hierarchy level as of December 31, 2008.
                 
    Notional Value     Fair Value  
Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets (Level 1)
  $ 4,502     $  
Significant observable inputs (Level 2)
    26,011       1,108  
Significant unobservable inputs (Level 3)
    23,915       2,330  
 
           
Total
  $ 54,428     $ 3,438  
 
           
The following table presents the notional value and net fair value of the derivative instruments within the SFAS 157 Level 3 securities classification as of December 31, 2008.
                 
    Notional Value     Fair Value  
Credit derivatives
  $ 3,629     $ (358 )
Interest derivatives
    3,152       49  
Equity derivatives
    15,735       2,759  
Other
    1,399       (120 )
 
           
Total Level 3
  $ 23,915     $ 2,330  
 
           

 

57


Table of Contents

Derivative instruments classified as Level 3 include complex derivatives, primarily consisting of equity options and swaps, interest rate derivatives which have interest rate optionality, certain credit default swaps, and long-dated interest rate swaps. These derivative instruments are valued using pricing models which utilize both observable and unobservable inputs and, to a lesser extent, broker quotations. A derivative instrument that is priced using both observable and unobservable inputs will be classified as a Level 3 financial instrument in its entirety if the unobservable input is significant in developing the price.
The Company utilizes derivative instruments to manage the risk associated with certain assets and liabilities. However, the derivative instrument may not be classified with the same fair value hierarchy level as the associated assets and liabilities.
Evaluation of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments on Available-for-Sale Securities
One of the significant estimates related to available-for-sale securities is the evaluation of investments for other-than-temporary impairments. If a decline in the fair value of an available-for-sale security is judged to be other-than-temporary, a charge is recorded in net realized capital losses equal to the difference between the fair value and cost or amortized cost basis of the security. In addition, for securities expected to be sold, an other-than-temporary impairment charge is recognized if the Company does not expect the fair value of a security to recover to cost or amortized cost prior to the expected date of sale. The fair value of the other-than-temporarily impaired investment becomes its new cost basis. For fixed maturities, the Company accretes the new cost basis to par or to the estimated future cash flows over the expected remaining life of the security by adjusting the security’s yield.
The evaluation of securities for impairments is a quantitative and qualitative process, which is subject to risks and uncertainties and is intended to determine whether declines in the fair value of investments should be recognized in current period earnings. The risks and uncertainties include changes in general economic conditions, the issuer’s financial condition or future prospects, the effects of changes in interest rates or credit spreads and the expected recovery period. The Company has a security monitoring process overseen by a committee of investment and accounting professionals (“the committee”) that identifies securities that, due to certain characteristics, as described below, are subjected to an enhanced analysis on a quarterly basis. Based on this evaluation, during 2008, the Company concluded $4.0 billion of unrealized losses were other-than-temporarily impaired and as of December 31, 2008, the Company’s unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities of $14.6 billion were temporarily impaired.
Securities not subject to Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 99-20, “Recognition of Interest Income and Impairment on Purchased Beneficial Interests and Beneficial Interests That Continued to Be Held by a Transferor in Securitized Financial Assets” (“non-EITF Issue No. 99-20 securities”) that are in an unrealized loss position, are reviewed at least quarterly to determine if an other-than-temporary impairment is present based on certain quantitative and qualitative factors. The primary factors considered in evaluating whether a decline in value for non-EITF Issue No. 99-20 securities is other-than-temporary include: (a) the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than cost or amortized cost of the security, (b) the financial condition, credit rating and future prospects of the issuer, (c) whether the debtor is current on contractually obligated interest and principal payments and (d) the intent and ability of the Company to retain the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for recovery.
Through September 30, 2008, for securitized financial assets with contractual cash flows, including those subject to EITF Issue No. 99-20, the Company periodically updated its best estimate of cash flows over the life of the security. The Company’s best estimate of cash flows used severe economic recession assumptions due to market uncertainty, similar to those the Company believed market participants would use. If the fair value of a securitized financial asset was less than its cost or amortized cost and there has been an adverse change in timing or amount of anticipated future cash flows since the last revised estimate, an other-than-temporary impairment charge was recognized. The Company also considered its intent and ability to retain a temporarily depressed security until recovery. Estimating future cash flows is a quantitative and qualitative process that incorporates information received from third party sources along with certain internal assumptions and judgments regarding the future performance of the underlying collateral. In addition, projections of expected future cash flows may change based upon new information regarding the performance of the underlying collateral. Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company implemented FSP No. EITF 99-20-1, “Amendments to the Impairment Guidance of EITF Issue No. 99-20” (see Note 1 in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements). Upon implementation, the Company continued to utilize the impairment process described above, however, rather than exclusively relying upon market participant assumptions, management judgment was also used in assessing the probability that an adverse change in future cash flows has occurred.
Each quarter, during this analysis, the Company asserts its intent and ability to retain until recovery those securities judged to be temporarily impaired. Once identified, these securities are systematically restricted from trading unless approved by the committee. The committee will only authorize the sale of these securities based on predefined criteria that relate to events that could not have been reasonably foreseen. Examples of the criteria include, but are not limited to, the deterioration in the issuer’s creditworthiness, a change in regulatory requirements or a major business combination or major disposition.
Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Obligations
The Company maintains a U.S. qualified defined benefit pension plan (the “Plan”) that covers substantially all employees, as well as unfunded excess plans to provide benefits in excess of amounts permitted to be paid to participants of the Plan under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code. The Company has also entered into individual retirement agreements with certain retired directors providing for unfunded supplemental pension benefits. In addition, the Company provides certain health care and life insurance benefits for eligible retired employees. The Company maintains international plans which represent an immaterial percentage of total pension assets, liabilities and expense and, for reporting purposes, are combined with domestic plans.

 

58


Table of Contents

Pursuant to accounting principles related to the Company’s pension and other postretirement obligations to employees under its various benefit plans, the Company is required to make a significant number of assumptions in order to calculate the related liabilities and expenses each period. The two economic assumptions that have the most impact on pension and other postretirement expense are the discount rate and the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets. In determining the discount rate assumption, the Company utilizes a discounted cash flow analysis of the Company’s pension and other postretirement obligations and currently available market and industry data. The yield curve utilized in the cash flow analysis is comprised of bonds rated Aa or higher with maturities primarily between zero and thirty years. Based on all available information, it was determined that 6.25% was the appropriate discount rate as of December 31, 2008 to calculate the Company’s pension and other postretirement obligation. Accordingly, the 6.25% discount rate will also be used to determine the Company’s 2009 pension and other postretirement expense. At December 31, 2007, the discount rate was also 6.25%.
As of December 31, 2008, a 25 basis point increase/decrease in the discount rate would decrease/increase the pension and other postretirement obligations by $116 and $9, respectively. However, because the Company employs a duration overlay program to adjust the duration of the fixed income component of the Plan assets to better match the duration of the liabilities, the funded status of the pension benefits would only increase/decrease by $43.
The Company determines the expected long-term rate of return assumption based on an analysis of the Plan portfolio’s historical compound rates of return since 1979 (the earliest date for which comparable portfolio data is available) and over 5 year and 10 year periods. The Company selected these periods, as well as shorter durations, to assess the portfolio’s volatility, duration and total returns as they relate to pension obligation characteristics, which are influenced by the Company’s workforce demographics. In addition, the Company also applies long-term market return assumptions utilized in Life’s DAC analysis to an investment mix that generally anticipates 60% fixed income securities, 20% equity securities and 20% alternative assets to derive an expected long-term rate of return. Based upon these analyses, management maintained the long-term rate of return assumption at 7.30% as of December 31, 2008. This assumption will be used to determine the Company’s 2009 expense. The long-term rate of return assumption at December 31, 2007, that was used to determine the Company’s 2008 expense, was also 7.30%.
Pension expense reflected in the Company’s net income was $122, $131 and $152 in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The Company estimates its 2009 pension expense will be approximately $134, based on current assumptions. To illustrate the impact of these assumptions on annual pension expense for 2009 and going forward, a 25 basis point decrease in the discount rate will increase pension expense by approximately $12 and a 25 basis point change in the long-term asset return assumption will increase/decrease pension expense by approximately $9.
In 2008, the deterioration of the global economy, together with the current credit crisis, caused significant volatility in interest rates and equity prices, which caused actual asset returns of the Plan’s investment portfolios to be less than expected. As provided for under SFAS No. 87, the Company uses a five-year averaging method to determine the market-related value of Plan assets, which is used to determine the expected return component of pension expense. Under this methodology, asset gains/losses that result from returns that differ from the Company’s long-term rate of return assumption are recognized in the market-related value of assets on a level basis over a five year period. The difference between actual asset returns for the plans of $(441) and $331 for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, as compared to expected returns of $279 and $283 for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, will be fully reflected in the market-related value of plan assets over the next five years using the methodology described above. The level of actuarial net losses continues to exceed the allowable amortization corridor as defined under SFAS No. 87. Based on the 6.25% discount rate selected as of December 31, 2008 and taking into account estimated future minimum funding, the difference between actual and expected performance in 2008 will increase annual pension expense in future years. The increase in pension expense will be approximately $30 in 2009 and will increase ratably to an increase of approximately $205 in 2014.
Contingencies Relating to Corporate Litigation and Regulatory Matters
Management follows the requirements of SFAS No. 5 “Accounting for Contingencies.” This statement requires management to evaluate each contingent matter separately. A loss is recorded if probable and reasonably estimable. Management establishes reserves for these contingencies at its “best estimate,” or, if no one number within the range of possible losses is more probable than any other, the Company records an estimated reserve at the low end of the range of losses.
The Company has a quarterly monitoring process involving legal and accounting professionals. Legal personnel first identify outstanding corporate litigation and regulatory matters posing a reasonable possibility of loss. These matters are then jointly reviewed by accounting and legal personnel to evaluate the facts and changes since the last review in order to determine if a provision for loss should be recorded or adjusted, the amount that should be recorded, and the appropriate disclosure. The outcomes of certain contingencies currently being evaluated by the Company, which relate to corporate litigation and regulatory matters, are inherently difficult to predict, and the reserves that have been established for the estimated settlement amounts are subject to significant changes. In view of the uncertainties regarding the outcome of these matters, as well as the tax-deductibility of payments, it is possible that the ultimate cost to the Company of these matters could exceed the reserve by an amount that would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated results of operations or cash flows in a particular quarterly or annual period.

 

59


Table of Contents

Goodwill Impairment
SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” requires that goodwill balances be reviewed for impairment at least annually or more frequently if events occur or circumstances change that would indicate that a triggering event, as defined in SFAS 142, has occurred. A reporting unit is defined as an operating segment or one level below an operating segment. Most of the Company’s reporting units, for which goodwill has been allocated, are equivalent to the Company’s operating segments as there is no discrete financial information available for the separate components of the segment or all of the components of the segment have similar economic characteristics. The fixed and variable annuity components of Individual Annuity have been aggregated into one reporting unit; the 401(k), 457 and 403(b) components of Retirement have been aggregated into one reporting unit; the variable life, universal life and term life components of Individual Life have been aggregated into one reporting unit; the private placement life insurance and institutional investment products components of the Institutional Solutions Group have been aggregated into one reporting unit; the group disability and group life components of Group Benefits have been aggregated into one reporting unit; the Japan, Brazil and U.K. components of International have been aggregated into one reporting unit, and the homeowners and automobile components of Personal Lines have been aggregated into one reporting unit. In circumstances where the components of an operating segment constitute a business for which discrete financial information is available and segment management regularly reviews the operating results of that component such as with Other Retail, which combined with Individual Annuity constitutes the Retail operating segment, and Hartford Financial Products, the Company has classified those components as reporting units.
As of December 31, 2008, the Company had goodwill allocated to the following reporting units:
                         
    Segment Goodwill     Goodwill in Corporate     Total  
Other Retail
  $ 159     $ 92     $ 251  
Retirement Plans [1]
    79       69       148  
Institutional Solutions Group
          32       32  
Individual Life
    224       118       342  
Group Benefits
          138       138  
Personal Lines
    119             119  
Hartford Financial Products within Specialty Commercial
    30             30  
 
                 
Total
  $ 611     $ 449     $ 1,060  
 
                 
     
[1]  
In 2008, the Company completed three acquisitions that resulted in additional goodwill of $79 in Retirement Plans.
As of December 31, 2007, the Company had goodwill allocated to the following reporting units:
                         
    Segment Goodwill     Goodwill in Corporate     Total  
Individual Annuity
  $ 422     $ 308     $ 730  
Other Retail
    159       92       251  
Retirement Plans
          69       69  
Institutional Solutions Group
          32       32  
Individual Life
    224       118       342  
Group Benefits
          138       138  
International
          15       15  
Personal Lines
    119             119  
Hartford Financial Products within Specialty Commercial
    30             30  
 
                 
Total
  $ 954     $ 772     $ 1,726  
 
                 
The goodwill impairment test follows a two step process as defined in SFAS 142. In the first step, the fair value of a reporting unit is compared to its carrying value. If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the impairment test is performed for purposes of measuring the impairment. In the second step, the fair value of the reporting unit is allocated to all of the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit to determine an implied goodwill value. This allocation is similar to a purchase price allocation performed in purchase accounting. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit goodwill exceeds the implied goodwill value, an impairment loss shall be recognized in an amount equal to that excess.
Management’s determination of the fair value of each reporting unit incorporates multiple inputs including discounted cash flow calculations, peer company price to earnings multiples, the level of the Company’s own share price and assumptions that market participants would make in valuing the reporting unit. Other assumptions include levels of economic capital, future business growth, earnings projections, assets under management for Life reporting units and the weighted average cost of capital used for purposes of discounting. Decreases in the amount of economic capital allocated to a reporting unit, decreases in business growth, decreases in earnings projections and increases in the weighted average cost of capital will all cause the reporting unit’s fair value to decrease.
The Company completed its annual goodwill assessment for the individual reporting units within Life and Property & Casualty as of January 1, 2008 and September 30, 2008, respectively. The conclusion reached as a result of the annual goodwill impairment testing was that the fair value of each reporting unit, for which goodwill had been allocated, was in excess of the respective reporting unit’s carrying value (the first step of the goodwill impairment test).

 

60


Table of Contents

However, as noted above, goodwill is reassessed at an interim date if certain circumstances occur which would cause the entity to conclude that it was more likely than not that the carrying value of one or more of its reporting units would be in excess of the respective reporting unit’s fair value. As a result of the sharp decline in the equity markets during the fourth quarter of 2008 and a sharp decline in The Hartford’s share price below book value per share, the Company concluded, in connection with the preparation of its year end financial statements, that the conditions had been met to warrant an interim goodwill impairment test.
The Company believes one of the significant drivers in the decline of its traded per share price is the risks associated with the death and living benefit guarantees offered with the products sold by the Individual Annuity and International reporting units and the related U.S. GAAP and statutory requirements.
As a result of the testing performed during the fourth quarter of 2008, which included the effects of decreasing sales outlooks and declining equity markets on future earnings, the fair value for each reporting unit continued to be in excess of the respective reporting unit’s carrying value except for the Life Individual Annuity and International reporting units. For both of these reporting units, the Company concluded that the fair value of the reporting unit had declined significantly, as evidenced by the decline in the Company’s share price, due to the significant risks associated with the product suite discussed above. As a result of the step 2 analysis, the allocation of the fair value of the Individual Annuity and International reporting units to their respective assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2008 indicated an implied level of goodwill of $0 for both reporting units. Therefore, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $730 and $15 of goodwill which had been allocated to the Individual Annuity and International reporting units, respectively.
The goodwill impairment charge of $745 included $323 that had resulted from the Company’s buyback of the Life operations in 2000. The buyback goodwill was reported in Corporate but had been allocated to Life reporting units for purposes of goodwill impairment testing, including $308 to Individual Annuity and $15 to International. This portion of the impairment was recorded in Corporate. The remaining impairment charge of $422 was recorded in Individual Annuity and related to the Company’s prior acquisitions of Planco, Inc. and Fortis Financial Group, Inc.
If current market conditions persist during 2009, in particular, if the Company’s share price remains below book value per share, or if the Company’s actions to limit risk associated with its products or investments causes a significant change in any one reporting unit’s fair value, the Company may need to reassess goodwill impairment at the end of each quarter as part of an annual or interim impairment test. Subsequent reviews of goodwill could result in additional impairment of goodwill during 2009.

 

61


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
                         
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
Operating Summary   2008     2007     2006  
Earned premiums
  $ 15,503     $ 15,619     $ 15,023  
Fee income
    5,135       5,436       4,739  
Net investment income (loss)
                       
Securities available-for-sale and other
    4,335       5,214       4,691  
Equity securities held for trading [1]
    (10,340 )     145       1,824  
 
                 
Total net investment income (loss)
    (6,005 )     5,359       6,515  
Other revenues
    504       496       474  
Net realized capital losses
    (5,918 )     (994 )     (251 )
 
                 
Total revenues
    9,219       25,916       26,500  
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses
    14,088       13,919       13,218  
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses — returns credited on International variable annuities [1]
    (10,340 )     145       1,824  
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and present value of future profits
    4,271       2,989       3,558  
Insurance operating costs and expenses
    3,993       3,894       3,252  
Interest expense
    343       263       277  
Goodwill impairment
    745              
Other expenses
    710       701       769  
 
                 
Total benefits, losses and expenses
    13,810       21,911       22,898  
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (4,591 )     4,005       3,602  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    (1,842 )     1,056       857  
 
                 
Net income (loss)
  $ (2,749 )   $ 2,949     $ 2,745  
 
                 
     
[1]  
Includes investment income and mark-to-market effects of equity securities held for trading supporting the international variable annuity business, which are classified in net investment income with corresponding amounts credited to policyholders within benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses.
                         
Net Income (Loss) by Operation and Life Segment   2008     2007     2006  
Life
                       
Retail
  $ (1,399 )   $ 812     $ 536  
Individual Life
    (43 )     182       150  
 
                 
Total Individual Markets Group
    (1,442 )     994       686  
Retirement Plans
    (157 )     61       101  
Group Benefits
    (6 )     315       298  
 
                 
Total Employer Markets Group
    (163 )     376       399  
International
    (325 )     223       231  
Institutional
    (502 )     17       78  
Other
    (11 )     (52 )     47  
 
                 
Total Life
    (2,443 )     1,558       1,441  
Property & Casualty
                       
Ongoing Operations
                       
Underwriting results
                       
Personal Lines
    280       322       429  
Small Commercial
    437       508       422  
Middle Market
    169       157       214  
Specialty Commercial
    71       (18 )     46  
 
                 
Ongoing Operations underwriting results
    957       969       1,111  
Net servicing income [1]
    31       52       53  
Net investment income
    1,056       1,439       1,225  
Net realized capital losses
    (1,669 )     (160 )     (17 )
Other expenses
    (219 )     (248 )     (222 )
Income tax (expense) benefit
    33       (575 )     (596 )
 
                 
Ongoing Operations
    189       1,477       1,554  
Other Operations
    (97 )     30       (35 )
 
                 
Total Property & Casualty
    92       1,507       1,519  
Corporate
    (398 )     (116 )     (215 )
 
                 
Net income (loss)
  $ (2,749 )   $ 2,949     $ 2,745  
 
                 
     
[1]  
Net of expenses related to service business.

 

62


Table of Contents

Operating Results
Year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007
Net income decreased primarily due to decreases in Life of $4.0 billion for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007. Additionally, Property & Casualty net income decreased $1.4 billion for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007. Corporate results decreased primarily due to a goodwill impairment charge of $323, after-tax.
The decrease in Life’s net income was due to the following:
 
Realized losses increased as compared to the comparable prior year period primarily due to impairments on investment securities and net losses from the adoption of SFAS 157. For further discussion, please refer to the Realized Capital Gains and Losses by Segment table under Life’s Operating Section of the MD&A.
 
Life recorded a DAC unlock charge of $941, after-tax, during the third quarter of 2008 as compared to a DAC unlock benefit of $210, after-tax, during the third quarter of 2007. See Critical Accounting Estimates with Managements Discussion and Analysis for a further discussion on the DAC unlock.
 
Declines in assets under management in Retail, primarily driven by market depreciation of $37.8 billion for Individual Annuity and $20.2 billion for retail mutual funds during 2008, drove declines in fee income compared to 2007.
 
Net investment income on securities, available-for-sale, and other declined primarily due to declines in limited partnership and other alternative investments income and a decrease in investment yield for fixed maturities.
 
A goodwill impairment of $274, after-tax, in Retail.
 
The effect of the triggering of the guaranteed minimum income benefit for the 3 Win product was $151, after-tax.
Property & Casualty results changed from net income of $1.5 billion in 2007 to net income of $92 in 2008, largely due to a $1.1 billion after-tax increase in net realized capital losses on investments, a $325 after-tax decrease in net investment income and a $238 after-tax increase in current accident year catastrophes, partially offset by a $147 after-tax net release of prior accident year reserves in 2008.
 
Ongoing Operations’ net income decreased by $1.3 billion in 2008, from net income of $1.5 billion in 2007 to net income of $189 in 2008. Before income taxes, Ongoing Operations’ results deteriorated by $1.9 billion, primarily due to a $1.5 billion increase in net realized capital losses on investments, a $383 decrease in net investment income and a $366 increase in current accident year catastrophes, partially offset by a $210 increase in net favorable prior accident year development and more favorable underwriting results from personal auto and workers’ compensation lines of business. The increase in net realized capital losses of $1.5 billion in 2008 was primarily due to impairments of subordinated fixed maturities and preferred equity securities in the financial services sector as well as of securitized assets. Contributing to the $383 decrease in net investment income was a change from net income to net losses on limited partnerships and other alternative investments in 2008 and decreased fixed maturity income. The $366 increase in current accident year catastrophes was largely due to losses incurred from hurricane Ike in September of 2008 and an increase in losses from tornadoes and thunderstorms in the South and Midwest. The $210 increase in net favorable prior accident year development was primarily due to larger net reserve releases for workers’ compensation, professional liability and personal auto liability claims.
 
Other Operations reported a net loss of $97 in 2008 compared to net income of $30 in 2007. Before income taxes, Other Operations’ results deteriorated by $184, primarily due to a $196 increase in net realized capital losses on investments, largely driven by impairments of subordinated fixed maturities and preferred equity securities in the financial services sector as well as of securitized assets, and a $51 decrease in net investment income, partially offset by a $64 decrease in net unfavorable prior accident year reserve development.
Year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the year ended December 31, 2006
Net income increased primarily due to increases in Life of $117 for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the year ended December 31, 2006. Additionally, Property & Casualty net income decreased $12 for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the year ended December 31, 2006. Also included in the year ended December 31, 2007 is an increase in reserve for regulatory matters of $30, after-tax, of which $21 and $9 relates to Life and Property & Casualty, respectively.

 

63


Table of Contents

The increase in Life’s net income was due to the following:
 
The DAC unlock benefit of $210 recorded in the third quarter of 2007.
 
Increased income on asset growth in the variable annuity, mutual fund, retirement and institutional businesses.
Partially offsetting the increase in Life’s net income were the following:
 
Increased non-deferrable individual annuity asset based commissions.
 
Unfavorable mortality in Individual Life.
 
Increased DAC amortization in Group Benefits due to the adoption of Statement of Position 05-1, “Accounting by Insurance Enterprises for Deferred Acquisition Costs in Connection with Modifications or Exchanges of Insurance Contracts” (“SOP 05-1”).
 
During the first quarter of 2006, the Company achieved favorable settlements in several cases brought against the Company by policyholders regarding their purchase of broad-based leveraged corporate owned life insurance (“leveraged COLI”) policies in the early to mid-1990s and therefore, released a reserve for these matters of $34, after-tax.
 
Realized losses increased for the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared to the comparable prior year periods primarily due to net losses on GMWB derivatives and impairments.
Property & Casualty net income decreased by $12 for the year ended December 31, 2007. Ongoing Operations’ net income decreased by $77 for the year, while Other Operations improved its results by $65, primarily due to a reduction in unfavorable loss reserve development.
 
Ongoing Operations’ net income decreased by $77, primarily due to a $92 after-tax decrease in underwriting results and a change from net realized capital gains of $29, after-tax, in 2006 to net realized capital losses of $104, after-tax, in 2007. The decrease in underwriting results and the change to net realized capital losses was partially offset by a $150 after-tax increase in net investment income. The decrease in underwriting results was primarily driven by an increase in the loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes and prior accident year development and an increase in insurance and operating costs and dividends, partially offset by a reduction in prior accident year reserves for workers’ compensation business.
 
Other Operations reported net income of $30 in 2007 compared to a net loss of $35 in 2006. The improvement in results was primarily due to a decrease in unfavorable prior accident year reserve development, partially offset by a change from net realized gains in 2006 to net realized losses in 2007 and a decrease in net investment income.
Net Realized Capital Gains and Losses
See “Investment Results” in the Investments section and the “Realized Capital Gains and Losses by Segment” table within the Life section of the MD&A.
Income Taxes
The effective tax rate for 2008, 2007 and 2006 was 40%, 26%, and 24%, respectively. The principal causes of the difference between the effective rate and the U.S. statutory rate of 35% for 2008, 2007 and 2006 were tax-exempt interest earned on invested assets and the separate account dividends received deduction (“DRD”). This caused an increase in the tax benefit on the 2008 pre-tax loss and a decrease in the tax expense on the 2007 and 2006 pre-tax income. Income taxes paid in 2008, 2007 and 2006 were $253, $451, and $179 respectively. For additional information, see Note 13 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
The separate account dividends-received deduction (“DRD”) is estimated for the current year using information from the prior year-end, adjusted for current year equity market performance and other appropriate factors, including estimated levels of corporate dividend payments. The estimated DRD was updated in the third quarter for the provision-to-filed-return adjustments, and in the fourth quarter based on current year ultimate mutual fund distributions and fee income from the Company’s variable insurance products. The actual current year DRD varied from earlier estimates based on, but not limited to, changes in eligible dividends received by the mutual funds, amounts of distributions from these mutual funds, amounts of short-term capital gains and asset values at the mutual fund level and the Company’s taxable income before the DRD. Given recent financial markets’ volatility, the Company intends to review its DRD computations on a quarterly basis, beginning in 2009. The Company recorded benefits of $176, $155 and $174 related to the separate account DRD in the years ended December 31, 2008, December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, respectively. The 2008 benefit included a benefit of $9 related to a true-up of the prior year tax return, the 2007 benefit included a charge of $1 related to a true-up of the prior year tax return, and the 2006 benefit included a benefit of $6 related to true-ups of prior years’ tax returns.
In Revenue Ruling 2007-61, issued on September 25, 2007, the IRS announced its intention to issue regulations with respect to certain computational aspects of the DRD on separate account assets held in connection with variable annuity contracts. Revenue Ruling 2007-61 suspended Revenue Ruling 2007-54, issued in August 2007 that purported to change accepted industry and IRS interpretations of the statutes governing these computational questions. Any regulations that the IRS may ultimately propose for issuance in this area will be subject to public notice and comment, at which time insurance companies and other members of the public will have the opportunity to raise legal and practical questions about the content, scope and application of such regulations. As a result, the ultimate timing and substance of any such regulations are unknown, but they could result in the elimination of some or all of the separate account DRD tax benefit that the Company receives. Management believes that it is highly likely that any such regulations would apply prospectively only.

 

64


Table of Contents

The Company receives a foreign tax credit (“FTC”) against its U.S. tax liability for foreign taxes paid by the Company including payments from its separate account assets. The separate account FTC is estimated for the current year using information from the most recent filed return, adjusted for the change in the allocation of separate account investments to the international equity markets during the current year. The actual current year FTC can vary from the estimates due to actual FTCs passed through by the mutual funds. The Company recorded benefits of $16, $11 and $17 related to separate account FTC in the years ended December 31, 2008, December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, respectively. These amounts included benefits related to true-ups of prior years’ tax returns of $4, $0 and $7 in 2008, 2007 and 2006 respectively.
The Company’s unrecognized tax benefits increased by $15 during 2008 as a result of tax positions taken on the Company’s 2007 tax return and expected to be taken on its 2008 tax return, bringing the total unrecognized tax benefits to $91 as of December 31, 2008. This entire amount, if it were recognized, would affect the effective tax rate.
Earnings (Losses) Per Common Share
The following table represents earnings per common share data for the past three years:
                         
    2008     2007     2006  
Basic earnings (losses) per share
  $ (8.99 )   $ 9.32     $ 8.89  
Diluted earnings (losses) per share
  $ (8.99 )   $ 9.24     $ 8.69  
Weighted average common shares outstanding (basic)
    306.7       316.3       308.8  
Weighted average common shares outstanding and dilutive potential common shares (diluted)
    306.7       319.1       315.9  
For additional information on earnings (losses) per common share see Note 2 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
Outlooks
The Hartford provides projections and other forward-looking information in the “Outlook” sections within MD&A. The “Outlook” sections contain many forward-looking statements, particularly relating to the Company’s future financial performance. These forward-looking statements are estimates based on information currently available to the Company, are made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and are subject to the precautionary statements set forth in the introduction to MD&A above. Actual results are likely to differ, and in the past have differed, materially from those forecast by the Company, depending on the outcome of various factors, including, but not limited to, those set forth in each “Outlook” section and in Item 1A, Risk Factors.
Outlook
During 2008, the Company has been negatively impacted by conditions in the global financial markets and economic conditions in general. As these conditions persist in 2009, the Company would anticipate that it would continue to be negatively impacted, including the effect of rating downgrades that have occurred and those that could occur in the future. See Risk Factors in Item 1A.
Life
Retail
In the long-term, management continues to believe the market for retirement products will expand as individuals increasingly save and plan for retirement. Demographic trends suggest that as the “baby boom” generation matures, a significant portion of the United States population will allocate a greater percentage of their disposable incomes to saving for their retirement years due to uncertainty surrounding the Social Security system and increases in average life expectancy.
Near-term, the industry and the Company are experiencing lower variable annuity sales as a result of recent market turbulence and uncertainty in the U.S. financial system. Current market pressures are also increasing the expected claim costs, the cost and volatility of hedging programs, and the level of capital needed to support living benefit guarantees. Some companies have already begun to increase the price of their guaranteed living benefits and change the level of guarantees offered. In 2009, the Company intends to adjust pricing levels and take certain actions to reduce the risks in its variable annuity product features in order to address the risks and costs associated with variable annuity benefit features in the current economic environment and explore other risk limiting techniques such as increased hedging or other reinsurance structures. Competitor reaction, including the extent of competitor risk limiting strategies, is difficult to predict and may result in a decline in Retail’s market share.
Significant declines in equity markets and increased equity market volatility are also likely to continue to impact the cost and effectiveness of our GMWB hedging program. Continued equity market volatility could result in material losses in our hedging program. For more information on the GMWB hedging program, see the Equity Risk Management section within Capital Markets Risk Management.
During periods of volatile equity markets, policyholders may allocate more of their variable account assets to the fixed account options and fixed annuities may see increased deposits. In the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company has seen an increase in fixed annuity deposits compared to prior quarters. Management expects this trend to continue throughout 2009 or until the equity markets begin to stabilize and improve.

 

65


Table of Contents

For the retail mutual fund business net sales can vary significantly depending on market conditions. The Company has seen a decline in mutual fund deposits and net flows during the fourth quarter as a result of increased equity market volatility and the declines in equity values throughout the fourth quarter. As this business continues to evolve, success will be driven by diversifying net sales across the mutual fund platform, delivering superior investment performance and creating new investment solutions for current and future mutual fund shareholders.
The decline in assets under management as a result of continued declines in the equity markets throughout 2008 have decreased the extent of the scale efficiencies that Retail has benefited from in recent years. The significant reduction in assets under management has resulted in revenues declining faster than expenses causing lower earnings during the fourth quarter of 2008 and management expects this strain to continue in 2009. Management will continue to actively evaluate its expense structure to ensure the business is controlling costs while maintaining its level of service to our customers.
Individual Life
Sales and account values for variable universal life products have been under pressure due to continued equity market volatility and declines. For the year ended December 31, 2008, variable universal life sales and account values decreased 30% and 34%, respectively, compared to prior year. Continued volatility and declines in the equity markets may reduce the attractiveness of variable universal life products and put additional strain on future earnings as variable life fees earned by the Company are driven by the level of assets under management. The variable universal life mix was 40% of total life insurance in-force for the year ended December 31, 2008.
Future sales for all products will be influenced by the Company’s management of current distribution relationships, including recent merger and consolidation activity, and the development of new sources of distribution, while offering competitive and innovative new products and product features. The current economic environment poses both opportunities and challenges for future sales; while life insurance products respond well to consumer demand for financial security and wealth accumulation solutions, individuals may be reluctant to transfer funds when market volatility has recently resulted in significant declines in investment values. In addition, the availability and terms of capital solutions in the marketplace, as discussed below, to support universal life products with secondary guarantees, may influence future growth.
Effective November 1, 2007, Individual Life reinsured the policy liability related to statutory reserves in universal life with secondary guarantees to a captive reinsurance subsidiary. These reserves are calculated under prevailing statutory reserving requirements as promulgated under Actuarial Guideline 38, “The Application of the Valuation of Life Insurance Policies Model Regulation”. An unaffiliated standby third party letter of credit supports a portion of the statutory reserves that have been ceded to this subsidiary. As of December 31, 2008, the transaction provided approximately $429 of statutory capital relief associated with the Company’s universal life products with secondary guarantees. The Company expects this transaction to accommodate future statutory capital needs for in-force business and new business written through approximately December 31, 2009. The use of the letter of credit will result in a decline in net investment income and increased expenses in future periods for Individual Life. As its business evolves in this product line, Individual Life will evaluate the need for, and availability of, an additional capital transaction, which may impact the capacity to write these policies in the future.
For risk management purposes, Individual Life accepts and retains up to $10 in risk on any one life. Individual Life uses reinsurance where appropriate to mitigate earnings volatility; however, death claim experience may lead to periodic short-term earnings volatility. Individual Life is currently evaluating and preparing to implement changes to its reinsurance structure in 2009 in an effort to balance the overall profitability of its business while minimizing earnings volatility associated with higher retention limits.
Individual Life continues to face uncertainty surrounding estate tax legislation, aggressive competition from other life insurance providers, reduced availability and higher price of reinsurance, and the current regulatory environment related to reserving for term insurance and universal life products with no-lapse guarantees. These risks may have a negative impact on Individual Life’s future earnings.
Retirement Plans
The future financial results of the Retirement Plans segment will depend on Life’s ability to increase assets under management across all businesses, achieve scale in areas with a high degree of fixed costs and maintain its investment spread earnings on the general account products sold largely in the 403(b)/457 business. Disciplined expense management will continue to be a focus and additional investments in service and technology will occur.
During 2008, the Company completed three Retirement Plans acquisitions. The acquisition of part of the defined contribution record keeping business of Princeton Retirement Group gives Life a foothold in the business of providing recordkeeping services to large financial firms which offer defined contribution plans to their clients and at acquisition added $2.9 billion in mutual funds to Retirement Plans assets under management and $5.7 billion of assets under administration. The acquisition of Sun Life Retirement Services, Inc., at acquisition added $15.8 billion in Retirement Plans assets under management across 6,000 plans and provides new service locations in Boston, Massachusetts and Phoenix, Arizona. The acquisition of TopNoggin LLC., provides web-based technology to address data management, administration and benefit calculations. These three acquisitions were not accretive to 2008 net income. Furthermore, net income as a percentage of assets is expected to be lower in 2009 reflecting a full year of the new business mix represented by the acquisitions, which includes larger, more institutionally priced plans, predominantly executed on a mutual fund platform, and the cost of maintaining multiple technology platforms during the integration period.

 

66


Table of Contents

Given the recent market declines and increased volatility during the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company has seen and expects that growth in Retirement deposits will be negatively affected if businesses reduce their workforces and offer more modest salary increases and as workers potentially allocate less to retirement accounts in the near term. The severe decline in equity markets in the second half of 2008 has significantly reduced Retirement Plans assets under management, which has strained its net income. This earnings strain is expected to continue throughout 2009 or until the equity markets improve.
Group Benefits
Group Benefits’ sales may fluctuate based on the competitive pricing environment in the marketplace. In 2008, the Company generated fully insured ongoing premium growth in the group life and disability operations. During 2007, the Company completed a renewal rights transaction associated with its medical stop loss business, which caused lower earned premium and sales growth in 2008. The Company anticipates relatively stable loss ratios and expense ratios based on underlying trends in the in-force business and disciplined new business and renewal underwriting. The Company has not seen a meaningful impact in disability loss ratios as a result of the recent economic downturn. While claims incidence may increase during a recession, the Company would expect the impact to the disability loss ratio to be within the normal range of volatility.
The current economic downturn has resulted in rising unemployment combined with the potential for employees to lessen spending on the Company’s products may impact future premium growth. Nonetheless, employees continue to look to the workplace for a broader and ever expanding array of insurance products. As employers design benefit strategies to attract and retain employees, while attempting to control their benefit costs, management believes that the need for the Company’s products will continue to expand. This combined with the significant number of employees who currently do not have coverage or adequate levels of coverage, creates opportunities for our products and services.
International
Financial results depend on the account values of our customers, which are affected by equity, bond and currency markets. Periods of favorable market performance will increase assets under management and thus increase fee income earned on those assets, while unfavorable market performance will have the reverse effect. In addition, higher or lower account value levels, whether driven by market or currency impacts on the underlying investments, will generally reduce or increase, respectively, certain costs for individual annuities to the Company, such as guaranteed minimum death benefits (“GMDB”), guaranteed minimum income benefits (“GMIB”), guaranteed minimum accumulation benefits (“GMAB”) and guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits (“GMWB”). In addition, International’s financial results are significantly impacted by the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and the Japanese yen. Prudent expense management is also an important component of product financial results.
Due to significant market declines in the fourth quarter, approximately 97% of our in-force 3 Win policies, or $3.1 billion in account value, have triggered the associated GMIB. As a result of the GMIB trigger, the majority of our 3 Win policies annuitized or surrendered free of charge in the fourth quarter of 2008. This significantly and negatively impacted fourth quarter net flows and will continue to reduce future profitability. For further details on the trigger of the GMIB associated with the 3 Win product, see Unlock and Sensitivity Analysis within Critical Accounting Estimates.
Competition has increased dramatically in the Japanese market from both domestic and foreign insurers. In addition to seeing new entrants in the Japanese market, our existing competitors are rapidly introducing new products, some of which include shorter guarantee periods as well as ratcheting guarantee features and higher equity asset allocation. This increase in competition has impacted current deposits and is expected to negatively impact future deposit levels. In addition, the Company continues to evaluate product designs that meet customers’ needs while maintaining prudent risk management. During the second and third quarters of 2008, the Company launched a new product called “Rising Income/Care Story,” which is a GMWB variable annuity combined with a nursing care rider, as well as the new product “Plus 5,” which is a 10-year GMAB variable annuity with a 5% bonus at year 10. The success of the Company’s product offerings will ultimately be based on customer acceptance in an increasingly competitive environment.
During 2008 the Company has experienced lower than expected surrenders and related surrender fees. In addition, the Company has experienced significant market declines and therefore some of the product guarantees have increased in cost. Specifically, the trigger of the 3 Win product, referenced above, has reduced variable annuity assets under management and will negatively impact overall financial results and is expected to result in a lower return on assets than in prior years.
In 2009, the Company intends to review its variable annuity product features in an effort to reduce the risks and costs associated with variable annuity benefit features in the current economic environment.

 

67


Table of Contents

Institutional
Institutional’s markets are highly competitive from a pricing perspective, and a small number of cases often account for a significant portion of deposits. Most Institutional product issuances depend on pricing levels as well as the Company’s credit ratings and perceived financial stability and may be negatively impacted by rating agency downgrades of the Company that have occurred during February 2009 or could occur in the future.
During 2008, the Company ceased issuance of retail and institutional funding agreement backed notes, largely due to the change in customer preference to FDIC-insured products. Prospectively, the Company will issue only Guaranteed Investment Contracts (GIC) and on a limited basis, funding agreements. The Company will be disciplined and opportunistic in capturing new GIC and funding agreement opportunities, and accordingly, deposits in 2009 are expected to be substantially lower than 2008 amounts. The Company expects stable value products will experience negative net flows in 2009 as contractual maturities and the payments associated with certain contracts which allow an investor to accelerate principal repayments (after a defined notice period of typically thirteen months). Approximately $3.9 billion of account value will be paid out on stable value contracts during 2009. As of December 31, 2008, Institutional has no remaining contracts that contain an unexercised investor option feature that allows for contract surrender at book value. The Company has the option to accelerate the repayment of principal for certain other stable value products and will evaluate calling these contracts individually based upon the financial benefits to the Company.
The net income of this segment will depend on Institutional’s ability to increase assets under management, mix of business, net investment spread and investment performance. The net investment spread, discussed in the Performance Measures section of this MD&A, has declined in 2008 versus prior year amounts and we expect investment spread will remain pressured in 2009 due to the anticipated performance of limited partnerships and other alternative investments as well as the decline in short term interest rates.
Property & Casualty
In 2009, management expects Ongoing Operations written premium to be flat to slightly lower, reflecting the continuation of competitive market conditions. However, written premium growth in 2009 may be significantly lower if the economy deteriorates more than management expects or if the market perceives greater uncertainty about the financial strength of the Company as a result of reductions in the financial strength ratings of the Company’s property and casualty subsidiaries that have occurred or could occur.
Within the Personal Lines segment, the Company expects written premium to be flat to modestly higher in 2009, with growth in AARP partially offset by a decline in Agency. The Company expects personal auto written premium to be flat to modestly higher and homeowners’ written premium to be flat to slightly lower. The expected increase in AARP written premium will be largely driven by continued direct marketing to AARP members and an expansion of underwriting appetite through the continued roll-out of the “Next Gen Auto” product. The expected decline in Agency written premium will be driven by the Company’s decision to stop renewing Florida homeowners’ policies sold through agents. Apart from the effect of non-renewing Florida homeowners business in Agency, management expects a slight increase in Agency written premium driven by appointing more agents and increasing market penetration in select markets.
In 2009, the Company expects to increase its auto and homeowners written premium generated from direct sales to the consumer and from agents selling the AARP product. In 2008, the Company launched a brand and channel expansion pilot in four states: Arizona, Illinois, Tennessee and Minnesota and expects to expand the initiative to additional states in 2009. In the targeted states, the Company will increase Personal Lines brand advertising and launch direct marketing efforts beyond its existing AARP program. In addition, certain agents in the targeted states will be authorized to offer the Company’s AARP product.
While carriers in the personal lines industry will continue to compete on price, management expects that written pricing in Personal Lines will continue to increase modestly in 2009 in response to rising loss costs. For the Company, written pricing in 2008 increased 2% in both auto and homeowners.
Within Small Commercial, management expects written premium in 2009 to be flat to slightly lower, primarily driven by an increase in workers’ compensation written premium with an expected decline in commercial auto written premium. Contributing to the expected increase in workers’ compensation written premium will be an expansion of underwriting appetite in selected industries and an expansion of business written through payroll service providers. In 2008, average premium per policy in Small Commercial is expected to continue to decline due to written pricing decreases, a lower average premium on Next Generation Auto business and the potential for an increase in mid-term endorsements as insureds reduce coverage due to the economic downturn. Written pricing in Small Commercial decreased by 2% in 2008.
Management expects that 2009 written premium for Middle Market will be lower as the Company takes a disciplined approach to evaluating and pricing risks in the face of declines in written pricing. Written pricing for Middle Market business declined by 5% in 2008 and while management expects written pricing to begin to stabilize in 2009, management expects carriers will continue to price new business more aggressively than renewals. Management expects to compete for new business and protect renewals in Middle Market by, among other actions, refining its pricing models, increasing its willingness to write more workers’ compensation business on a mono-line basis and writing larger property policies and umbrella general liability policies.
Within Specialty Commercial, management expects written premium to be flat to slightly lower, primarily driven by a decrease in property written premium, largely offset by an increase in professional liability, fidelity and surety written premium and an increase in casualty written premium.

 

68


Table of Contents

Excluding catastrophes and prior accident year development, Ongoing Operations underwriting margins will likely decline in 2009 due primarily to increases in both the loss and loss adjustment expense ratio as well as the expense ratio, partially offset by lower anticipated policyholder dividends. The Ongoing Operations’ 2009 accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes is expected to increase due to mid single-digit increases in claim cost severity and continued earned pricing decreases in commercial lines, partially offset by moderately favorable claim frequency.
For auto business, emerged claim frequency in 2008 was favorable to the prior year and claim severity was slightly higher. In 2009, management expects claim severity will increase and claim frequency will be less favorable than it was in 2008. Non-catastrophe loss costs of homeowners claims increased in 2008 due to higher claim frequency and severity and management expects loss costs to continue to increase in 2009, driven by higher claim severity.
Small Commercial experienced favorable frequency on workers’ compensation claims in recent accident years and management expects favorable frequency to continue for the 2009 accident year though not as favorable as it has been. While the Company experienced favorable non-catastrophe property losses on package business and commercial auto claims in 2008, management expects that severity will increase for non-catastrophe property claims in 2009 and that frequency will be less favorable.
For Middle Market, management expects an increase in claim cost severity in 2009 across all lines, although the increase in claim severity for non-catastrophe property claims will not likely be as high as it was in 2008 when the Company experienced a number of individually large property losses. Partially offsetting the expected increase in severity is an expectation of moderately lower frequency.
On professional liability business within Specialty Commercial, the Company expects its losses from the fallout of the sub-prime mortgage market and from the alleged Madoff fraud to be manageable based on several factors. Principal among them is the diversified nature of the product and customer portfolio, with the majority of the Company’s total in-force professional liability net written premium derived from policyholders with privately-held ownership and, therefore, relatively low shareholder class action exposure. The Company’s average net limit exposed is $8 at an average attachment point of $74 on reported claims or notices of potential claims on sub-prime exposed policies. While the Madoff alleged fraud case continues to evolve, based on the involved parties noted in press reports to date, the Company expects a limited number of its policies will be exposed and, based on the net limits expected to be at risk, does not expect its losses from the Madoff case will be material.
The Ongoing Operations expense ratio is expected to increase in 2009, in part, due to a lower expected earned premium in Middle Market, the amortization of a higher amount of acquisition costs on AARP business and an increase in the cost of investments in technology to support future growth. The policyholder dividend ratio was unusually high in 2008 due to the accrual of $26 in dividends due to certain workers’ compensation policyholders as a result of underwriting profits. (See the Property and Casualty MD&A section for further discussion.)
Current accident year catastrophe losses in 2008, at 5.3 percent of Ongoing Operations’ earned premium, were higher than the long-term historical average due principally to hurricane Ike and higher than average losses from tornadoes and thunderstorms in the South and Midwest. While catastrophe losses vary significantly from year to year and are unpredictable, management has assumed that catastrophe losses in 2009 will be closer to 3% to 3.5% of earned premium. The Company will continue to manage its exposure to catastrophe losses through the ongoing assessment of its risk, disciplined underwriting and the use of reinsurance and other risk transfer alternatives, as appropriate. As of January 1, 2009, the Company’s retention under its principal property catastrophe reinsurance program remained at $250 per catastrophe event. With the January 1, 2009 renewal, the cost of the Company’s principal property catastrophe reinsurance program increased modestly.
Driven primarily by an expected increase in loss costs and underwriting expenses, the Company expects the Ongoing Operations’ combined ratio before catastrophes and prior accident year development in 2009 to be higher than the 88.9 achieved in 2008. At the segment level, the combined ratio before catastrophes and prior accident year development is expected to be higher in 2009 for Personal Lines, Small Commercial and Middle Market as increases in loss costs are expected to outpace earned pricing. For Specialty Commercial, management expects that the combined ratio before catastrophes and prior accident year development for 2009 will be in line with the ratio for 2008.
Property & Casualty operating cash flow is expected to be less favorable in 2009 than in 2008, although still positive. Based upon the current interest rate and credit environment, Property & Casualty expects a slightly higher investment portfolio yield for 2009.
The Other Operations segment will continue to manage the discontinued operations of the Company as well as claims (and associated reserves) related to asbestos, environmental and other exposures. The Company will continue to review various components of all of its reserves on a regular basis. The Company expects to perform its regular reviews of asbestos liabilities in the second quarter of 2009, Other Operations reinsurance recoverables and the allowance for uncollectible reinsurance in the second quarter 2009, and environmental liabilities in the third quarter of 2009. If there are significant developments that affect particular exposures, reinsurance arrangements or the financial condition of particular reinsurers, the Company will make adjustments to its reserves, or the portion of liabilities it expects to cede to reinsurers.

 

69


Table of Contents

LIFE
Executive Overview
Life provides retail and institutional investment products such as variable and fixed annuities, mutual funds, PPLI, and retirement plan services, individual life insurance and group benefit products, such as group life and group disability insurance.
Retail offers individual variable and fixed market value adjusted (“MVA”) annuities, retail mutual funds, 529 college savings plans, Canadian and offshore investment products.
Individual Life sells a variety of life insurance products, including variable universal life, universal life, interest sensitive whole life and term life.
Retirement Plans offers retirement plan products and services to corporations and municipalities under Section 401(k), 403(b) and 457 plans.
Group Benefits provides individual members of employer groups, associations, affinity groups and financial institutions with group life, accident and disability coverage, along with other products and services, including voluntary benefits and group retiree health.
International, which has operations located in Japan, Brazil, Ireland and the United Kingdom, provides investments, retirement savings and other insurance and savings products to individuals and groups outside the United States and Canada.
Institutional provides customized investment, insurance, and income solutions to select markets. Products include structured settlements, institutional annuities (primarily terminal funding cases), stable value products, and income annuities. Furthermore, Institutional offers variable private placement life insurance (“PPLI”) owned by corporations and high net worth individuals, as well as mutual funds owned by institutional investors.
Life charges direct operating expenses to the appropriate segment and allocates the majority of indirect expenses to the segments based on an intercompany expense arrangement. Inter-segment revenues primarily occur between Life’s Other category and the reporting segments. These amounts primarily include interest income on allocated surplus and interest charges on excess separate account surplus.
Life derives its revenues principally from: (a) fee income, including asset management fees, on separate account and mutual fund assets and mortality and expense fees, as well as cost of insurance charges; (b) net investment income on general account assets; (c) fully insured premiums; and (d) certain other fees. Asset management fees and mortality and expense fees are primarily generated from separate account assets, which are deposited with Life through the sale of variable annuity and variable universal life products and from mutual funds. Cost of insurance charges are assessed on the net amount at risk for investment-oriented life insurance products. Premium revenues are derived primarily from the sale of group life, group disability and individual term insurance products.
Life’s expenses essentially consist of interest credited to policyholders on general account liabilities, insurance benefits provided, amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs, expenses related to selling and servicing the various products offered by the Company, dividends to policyholders, and other general business expenses.
Life’s financial results in its variable annuity, mutual fund and, to a lesser extent, variable universal life businesses, depends largely on the amount of the contract holder account value or assets under management on which it earns fees and the level of fees charged. Changes in account value or assets under management are driven by two main factors: net flows, which measure the success of the Company’s asset gathering and retention efforts, and the market return of the funds, which is heavily influenced by the return realized in the equity markets. Net flows are comprised of new sales and other deposits less surrenders, death benefits, policy charges and annuitizations of investment type contracts, such as variable annuity contracts. In the mutual fund business, net flows are known as net sales. Net sales are comprised of new sales less redemptions by mutual fund customers. Life uses the average daily value of the S&P 500 Index as an indicator for evaluating market returns of the underlying account portfolios in the United States. Relative financial results of variable products is highly correlated to the growth in account values or assets under management since these products generally earn fee income on a daily basis. Equity market movements could also result in benefits for or charges against deferred acquisition costs. See the Critical Accounting Estimates section of the MD&A for further information on DAC unlocks. During 2008, primarily as a result of current market conditions, the Company recorded an unlock charge of $932.
The profitability of Life’s fixed annuities and other “spread-based” products depends largely on its ability to earn target spreads between earned investment rates on its general account assets and interest credited to policyholders. Profitability is also influenced by operating expense management including the benefits of economies of scale in the administration of its United States variable annuity businesses in particular. In addition, the size and persistency of gross profits from these businesses is an important driver of earnings as it affects the rate of amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs.
Life’s profitability in its individual life insurance and group benefits businesses depends largely on the size of its in force block, the adequacy of product pricing and underwriting discipline, actual mortality and morbidity experience, and the efficiency of its claims and expense management.

 

70


Table of Contents

Performance Measures
Fee Income
Fee income is largely driven from amounts collected as a result of contractually defined percentages of assets under management. These fees are generally collected on a daily basis. For individual life insurance products, fees are contractually defined as percentages based on levels of insurance, age, premiums and deposits collected and contract holder value. Life insurance fees are generally collected on a monthly basis. Therefore, the growth in assets under management either through positive net flows or net sales, or favorable equity market performance will have a favorable impact on fee income. Conversely, either negative net flows or net sales, or unfavorable equity market performance will reduce fee income.
                         
    As of and for the years ended December 31,  
Product/Key Indicator Information   2008     2007     2006  
 
                       
Retail U.S. Individual Variable Annuities
                       
Account value, beginning of period
  $ 119,071     $ 114,365     $ 105,314  
Net flows
    (6,235 )     (2,733 )     (3,150 )
Change in market value and other
    (38,258 )     7,439       12,201  
 
                 
Account value, end of period
  $ 74,578     $ 119,071     $ 114,365  
 
                 
 
                       
Retail Mutual Funds
                       
Assets under management, beginning of period
  $ 48,383     $ 38,536     $ 29,063  
Net sales
    2,840       5,545       5,659  
Change in market value and other
    (20,191 )     4,302       3,814  
 
                 
Assets under management, end of period
  $ 31,032     $ 48,383     $ 38,536  
 
                 
 
                       
Individual Life Insurance
                       
Variable universal life account value, end of period
  $ 4,802     $ 7,284     $ 6,637  
Total life insurance in-force
    195,464       179,483       164,227  
 
                 
 
                       
Retirement Plans Group Annuities
                       
Account value, beginning of period
  $ 27,094     $ 23,575     $ 19,317  
Net flows
    2,418       1,669       2,545  
Change in market value and other
    (7,314 )     1,850       1,713  
 
                 
Account value, end of period
  $ 22,198     $ 27,094     $ 23,575  
 
                 
 
                       
Retirement Plans Mutual Funds
                       
Assets under management, beginning of period
  $ 1,454     $ 1,140     $ 947  
Net sales/(redemptions)
    (446 )     103       59  
Acquisitions
    18,725              
Change in market value and other
    (4,895 )     211       134  
 
                 
Assets under management, end of period
  $ 14,838     $ 1,454     $ 1,140  
 
                 
 
                       
Japan Annuities
                       
Account value, beginning of period
  $ 37,637     $ 31,343     $ 26,104  
Net flows [1]
    714       4,525       4,393  
Change in market value and other
    (10,921 )     (608 )     1,195  
Effect of currency translation
    7,065       2,377       (349 )
 
                 
Account value, end of period
  $ 34,495     $ 37,637     $ 31,343  
 
                 
 
                       
S&P 500 Index
                       
Year end closing value
    903       1,468       1,418  
Daily average value
    1,220       1,477       1,310  
 
                 
     
[1]  
Includes the effect of the triggering of the guaranteed minimum income benefit (“GMIB”) for the 3 Win product of which $(809) relates to policyholders surrendering and $(170) relates to the current period annuity payments.
Year ended December 31, 2008 compared to year ended December 31, 2007
Assets under management, across all businesses have had substantial reductions in values from prior year primarily due to declines in equity markets during 2008. The changes in line of business assets under management have also been affected by:
 
Retail U.S. individual variable annuity recorded increased negative net flows as a result of increased competition and equity market volatility.
 
Retail Mutual funds has seen positive net sales as a result of diversified sales growth.
 
Individual Life insurance in-force growth has occurred across multiple product lines, including term, universal life and variable universal life.
 
Retirement Plans group annuities has seen positive net flows driven by higher deposits as a result of the expanded sales force obtained through the 2008 acquisitions.

 

71


Table of Contents

 
Retirement Plans mutual funds reflects an increase of $18.7 billion from the acquisition of servicing rights of Sun Life Retirement Services, Inc and Princeton Retirement Group, both of which closed in the first quarter of 2008. Net sales for 2008 reflect expected outflows on the acquired business.
 
International — Japan Annuities has seen positive net flows and favorable effects from currency exchange rates for 2008. Net flows have decreased in Japan annuities due the 3 Win trigger and to increased competition from domestic and foreign insurers, particularly competition relating to products offered with living benefit guarantees.
Year ended December 31, 2007 compared to year ended December 31, 2006
 
Increases in Retail U.S. individual variable annuity account values as of December 31, 2007 can be primarily attributed to market growth during the year and improved net flows due to an increase in sales.
 
In addition to strong positive net flows, market appreciation and diversified sales growth during the year contributed to Retail mutual funds assets under management growth.
 
Individual Life variable universal life account values increased primarily due to market appreciation and positive net flows. Life insurance in-force increased from the prior periods due to business growth.
 
Retirement Plans account values increased for the year ended December 31, 2007 due to positive net flows driven by ongoing contributions and market appreciation during the year.
 
International — Japan annuity account values continue to grow as a result of positive net flows and a strengthening of the yen versus the dollar offset by a decline in market performance throughout the year
Net Investment Spread
Management evaluates performance of certain products based on net investment spread. These products include those that have insignificant mortality risk, such as fixed annuities, certain general account universal life contracts and certain institutional contracts. Net investment spread is determined by taking the difference between the earned rate and the related crediting rates on average general account assets under management. The net investment spreads shown below are for the total portfolio of relevant contracts in each segment and reflect business written at different times. When pricing products, the Company considers current investment yields and not the portfolio average. Net investment spread can be volatile period over period, which can have a significant positive or negative effect on the operating results of each segment. Investment earnings can also be influenced by factors such as the actions of the Federal Reserve and a decision to hold higher levels of short-term investments. The volatile nature of net investment spread is driven primarily by prepayment premiums on securities and earnings on limited partnership and other alternative investments.
Net investment spread is calculated as a percentage of general account assets and expressed in basis points (“bps”):
                         
    For the years ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Retail — Individual Annuity
  73.1  bps   173.5  bps   153.0  bps
Individual Life
  89.6  bps   130.3  bps   123.9  bps
Retirement Plans
  92.3  bps   161.9  bps   152.0  bps
Institutional — Stable Value
  20.5  bps   100.6  bps   84.8  bps
Year ended December 31, 2008 compared to year ended December 31, 2007
 
Retail — Individual Annuity, Individual Life, Retirement Plans and Institutional net investment spread decreased primarily due to negative earnings on limited partnership and other alternative investment income in 2008 compared to strong earnings in these classes in 2007 and lower yields on fixed maturities, partially offset by reduced credited rates.
Year ended December 31, 2007 compared to year ended December 31, 2006
 
Retail — Individual Annuity, Individual Life, Retirement Plans and Institutional net investment spreads increased primarily due to a higher allocation of investments in higher yield/higher risk investment classes, including limited partnerships and other alternative investments and relative strong performance of this asset class in 2007.

 

72


Table of Contents

Premiums
Traditional insurance type products, such as those sold by Group Benefits, collect premiums from policyholders in exchange for financial protection for the policyholder from a specified insurable loss, such as death or disability. These premiums together with net investment income earned from the overall investment strategy are used to pay the contractual obligations under these insurance contracts. Two major factors, new sales and persistency, impact premium growth. Sales can increase or decrease in a given year based on a number of factors, including but not limited to, customer demand for the Company’s product offerings, pricing competition, distribution channels and the Company’s reputation and ratings. Persistency refers to the percentage of policies remaining in-force from year-to-year.
                         
    For the years ended December 31,  
Group Benefits   2008     2007     2006  
Total premiums and other considerations
  $ 4,391     $ 4,301     $ 4,149  
Fully insured ongoing sales (excluding buyouts)
    820       770       861  
Persistency
    89 %     87 %     87 %
 
Earned premiums and other considerations include $1, $27 and $12 in buyout premiums for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Total premiums and other considerations, excluding buyouts, increased in 2008 compared to 2007 due to increases in sales and persistency that were offset by lower premiums in the medical stop loss business as a result of the renewal rights transaction that closed during the second quarter of 2007. The increase in premiums and other considerations for Group Benefits in 2007 compared to 2006 was driven by growth in the block of business.
 
Fully insured ongoing sales, excluding buyouts, increased in 2008 from 2007 primarily due to national account and small case sales growth. Fully insured ongoing sales, excluding buyouts, declined in 2007 from 2006 primarily due to fewer large national account sales, and the small case competitive environment remained intense. The Company also completed a renewal rights arrangement associated with its medical stop loss business during the second quarter of 2007 eliminating new sales related to this business. In addition, there was an anticipated decrease in association life sales from an unusually high comparable prior year period.
Expenses
There are three major categories for expenses. The first major category of expenses is benefits and losses. These include the costs of mortality and morbidity, particularly in the group benefits business, and mortality in the individual life businesses, as well as other contractholder benefits to policyholders. In addition, traditional insurance type products generally use a loss ratio which is expressed as the amount of benefits incurred during a particular period divided by total premiums and other considerations, as a key indicator of underwriting performance. Since Group Benefits occasionally buys a block of claims for a stated premium amount, the Company excludes this buyout from the loss ratio used for evaluating the underwriting results of the business as buyouts may distort the loss ratio.
The second major category is insurance operating costs and expenses, which is commonly expressed in a ratio of a revenue measure depending on the type of business. The third major category is the amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and the present value of future profits, which is typically expressed as a percentage of pre-tax income before the cost of this amortization (an approximation of actual gross profits). Retail — Individual Annuity business accounts for the majority of the amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and present value of future profits for Life.
                         
    For the years ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Retail
                       
General insurance expense ratio (individual annuity)
  21.0  bps   17.9  bps   17.2  bps
DAC amortization ratio (individual annuity) [1]
    218.5 %     25.5 %     65.3 %
DAC amortization ratio (individual annuity) excluding DAC Unlock [1] [3]
    65.2 %     47.9 %     52.4 %
 
                 
 
                       
Individual Life
                       
Death benefits
  $ 359     $ 298     $ 251  
 
                 
 
                       
Group Benefits
                       
Total benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses
  $ 3,144     $ 3,109     $ 3,002  
Loss ratio (excluding buyout premiums)
    71.6 %     72.1 %     72.3 %
Expense ratio (excluding buyout premiums)
    27.0 %     27.9 %     27.6 %
 
                 
 
                       
International — Japan
                       
General insurance expense ratio
  49.4  bps   48.4  bps   49.1  bps
DAC amortization ratio [2]
    109.3 %     35.3 %     30.2 %
DAC amortization ratio excluding DAC Unlock [2] [3]
    77.8 %     40.0 %     40.7 %
 
                 
 
                       
Institutional
                       
General insurance expense ratio
  14.1  bps   14.1  bps   14.7  bps
 
                 
     
[1]  
Excludes the effects of realized gains and losses.
 
[2]  
Excludes the effects of realized gains and losses except for net periodic settlements. Included in the net realized capital gains (losses) are amounts that represent the net periodic accruals on currency rate swaps used in the risk management of Japan fixed annuity products.
 
[3]  
See Unlock and Sensitivity Analysis in the Critical Accounting Estimates section of the MD&A.

 

73


Table of Contents

Year ended December 31, 2008 compared to year ended December 31, 2007
 
The Retail DAC amortization ratio (individual annuity), excluding the effects of the 2008 Unlock and realized losses, increased due to the impairment of goodwill in the fourth quarter of 2008, which reduced pre tax earnings but did not affect EGPs. Excluding the impacts of the goodwill impairment, realized losses, and DAC Unlock, the DAC amortization ratio was 43.3%, which reflects the 2008 effect of changes in assumptions made as part of the 2007 and 2008 Unlocks.
 
The Retail general insurance expense ratio increased due to the impact of a declining asset base on relatively consistent expenses.
 
Individual Life death benefits increased, primarily due to growth of life insurance in-force and unfavorable mortality.
 
Group Benefits loss ratio decreased due to favorable disability and medical stop loss experience partially offset by unfavorable mortality.
 
Group Benefits expense ratio, excluding buyouts decreased primarily due to lower commission expense.
 
International — Japan DAC amortization ratio, excluding DAC Unlock and certain realized gains or losses, increased due to actual gross profits being less than expected as a result of lower fees earned on declining assets resulting in negative true-ups and a higher DAC amortization rate, as well as the accelerated amortization associated with the impact of the 3 Win trigger.
 
Institutional general insurance expense ratio is unchanged, as additional product development expenses were offset by higher assets under management.
Year ended December 31, 2007 compared to year ended December 31, 2006
 
Retail — Individual Annuity general insurance expense ratio increased in 2007 primarily due to higher service and technology costs.
 
The Retail DAC amortization ratio (individual annuity) excluding DAC Unlock declined in 2007, primarily due to increased net investment income on allocated capital and an increase in limited partnership and other alternative investment income.
 
Individual Life death benefits increased in 2007 primarily due to growth of life insurance in-force and unfavorable mortality.
 
Group Benefits expense ratio, excluding buyouts, increased in 2007 primarily due to higher DAC amortization.
 
Institutional general insurance expense ratio decreased in 2007 primarily due to higher assets under management.

 

74


Table of Contents

Profitability
Management evaluates the rates of return various businesses can provide as an input in determining where additional capital should be invested to increase net income and shareholder returns. The Company uses the return on assets for the individual annuity business for evaluating profitability. In Group Benefits and Individual Life, after-tax margin is a key indicator of overall profitability.
                         
Ratios   2008     2007     2006  
Retail
                       
Individual annuity return on assets (“ROA”)
  (133.5 ) bps   58.9   bps   39.9   bps
Effect of net realized gains (losses), net of tax and DAC on ROA [1]
  (96.5 ) bps   (13.3 ) bps   (7.4 ) bps
Effect of DAC Unlock on ROA [3]
  (68.0 ) bps   15.6   bps   (6.0 ) bps
 
                 
ROA excluding realized gains (losses) and DAC Unlock
  31.0   bps   56.6   bps   53.3   bps
 
                 
 
                       
Individual Life
                       
After-tax margin
    (4.7 %)     16.0 %     13.3 %
Effect of net realized gains (losses), net of tax and DAC on after-tax margin [1]
    (13.1 %)     (1.3 %)     (1.5 %)
Effect of DAC Unlock on after-tax margin [3]
    (4.7 %)     1.4 %     (1.6 %)
 
                 
After-tax margin excluding realized gains (losses) and DAC Unlock
    13.1 %     15.9 %     16.4 %
 
                 
 
                       
Retirement Plans
                       
Retirement ROA
  (47.9 ) bps   22.9   bps   44.7   bps
Effect of net realized gains (losses), net of tax and DAC on ROA [1]
  (51.5 ) bps   (10.5 ) bps   (3.1 ) bps
Effect of DAC Unlock on ROA [3]
  (15.0 ) bps   (3.4 ) bps   8.9   bps
 
                 
ROA excluding realized gains (losses) and DAC Unlock
  18.6   bps   36.8   bps   38.9   bps
 
                 
 
                       
Group Benefits
                       
After-tax margin (excluding buyouts)
    (0.1 %)     6.7 %     6.6 %
Effect of net realized gains (losses), net of tax on after-tax margin (excluding buyouts) [1]
    (7.3 %)     (0.4 %)     (0.1 %)
 
                 
After-tax margin (excluding buyouts) excluding realized gains (losses)
    7.2 %     7.1 %     6.7 %
 
                 
 
                       
International – Japan
                       
International – Japan ROA
  (72.9 ) bps   73.4   bps   87.7   bps
Effect of net realized gains (losses) excluding net periodic settlements, net of tax and DAC on ROA [1] [2]
  (65.1 ) bps   (8.1 ) bps   (5.6 ) bps
Effect of DAC Unlock on ROA [3]
  (31.9 ) bps   6.4   bps   18.5   bps
 
                 
ROA excluding realized gains (losses) and DAC Unlock
  24.1   bps   75.1   bps   74.8   bps
 
                 
 
                       
Institutional
                       
Institutional ROA
  (83.3 ) bps   3.0   bps   16.6   bps
Effect of net realized gains (losses), net of tax and DAC on ROA [1]
  (85.0 ) bps   (21.5 ) bps   (5.1 ) bps
Effect of DAC Unlock on ROA [3]
    bps   0.2   bps     bps
 
                 
ROA excluding realized gains (losses) and DAC Unlock
  1.7   bps   24.3   bps   21.7   bps
 
                 
     
[1]  
See “Realized Capital Gains and Losses by Segment” table within the Life Section of the MD&A.
 
[2]  
Included in the net realized capital gain (losses) are amounts that represent the net periodic accruals on currency rate swaps used in the risk management of Japan fixed annuity products.
 
[3]  
See Unlock and Sensitivity Analysis within the Critical Accounting Estimates section of the MD&A.
Year ended December 31, 2008 compared to year ended December 31, 2007
 
The decrease in Individual Annuity’s ROA, excluding realized gains (losses) and the effect of the DAC Unlock, reflects the write-off of goodwill of $274 after-tax, or 19.4 bps; lower limited partnership and other alternative investment income; and the net effect of lower fees.
 
The decrease in Individual Life’s after-tax margin, excluding realized gains (losses) and the effect of the DAC Unlock, was due to lower net investment income from limited partnership and other alternative investments, unfavorable mortality expense, reduced net investment income associated with a more efficient capital approach for our secondary guarantee universal life business which released assets supporting capital and lower variable life insurance fees from equity market declines, partially offset by life insurance in-force growth, lower credited rates and higher surrender charges.
 
The decrease in Retirement Plans ROA, excluding realized gains (losses) and the effect of the DAC Unlock, was primarily driven by an increase in assets under management due to the acquired rights to service $18.7 billion in mutual funds, comprised of $15.8 billion in mutual funds from Sun Life Retirement Services, Inc., and $2.9 billion in mutual funds from Princeton Retirement Group, both of which closed in the first quarter of 2008. The acquired blocks of assets produce a lower ROA as they are comprised of mutual fund assets and assets under administration as opposed to traditional annuity contracts. Also contributing to the decrease was lower yields on fixed maturity investments and a decline in limited partnership and other alternative investment income, higher service and technology costs and additional expenses associated with the acquisitions. Partially offsetting these decreases were tax benefits primarily associated with DRD.

 

75


Table of Contents

 
The Group Benefit increase in after-tax margin was primarily due to the favorable expense ratio.
 
International-Japan ROA, excluding realized gains (losses) and the effect of the DAC Unlock, declined due to lower earned fees as a result of declining account values, lower surrender fees due to a reduction in lapses and an increase in the DAC amortization rate due to lower actual gross profits, as well as the accelerated DAC amortization associated with the 3 Win trigger.
 
The decrease in Institutional’s ROA, excluding realized gains (losses), is primarily due to a decline in limited partnership and other alternative investment income. The decrease is also due to unfavorable mortality and lower yields on fixed maturity investments.
Year ended December 31, 2007 compared to year ended December 31, 2006
 
The increase in Individual Annuity’s ROA, excluding realized gains (losses) and DAC Unlock, was primarily due to increased net investment income on allocated capital and an increase in limited partnership and other alternative investment income. This was partially offset by an increase in the effective tax rate as a result of revisions in the estimates of the separate account DRD and FTC.
 
Individual Life’s decrease in after-tax margin, excluding realized gains (losses) and DAC Unlock, was primarily due to unfavorable mortality experience.
 
The decrease in Retirement Plan’s ROA, excluding realized gains (losses) and DAC Unlock, was primarily due to a shift in product mix resulting in lower fees as a percent of assets.
 
The increase in Institutional’s ROA, excluding realized gains (losses) and DAC Unlock, was primarily due to an increase in limited partnership and other alternative investment income and increased net investment income on allocated capital.
 
The increase in the Group Benefits after-tax margin, excluding buyouts, excluding realized gains (losses), was due to an improvement in the loss ratio, partially offset by higher DAC amortization.
                         
Life Operating Summary   2008     2007     2006  
Earned premiums
  $ 5,165     $ 5,123     $ 4,590  
Fee income
    5,118       5,420       4,726  
Net investment income (loss)
                       
Securities available-for-sale and other
    3,045       3,497       3,184  
Equity securities held for trading [1]
    (10,340 )     145       1,824  
 
                 
Total net investment income (loss)
    (7,295 )     3,642       5,008  
Net realized capital losses
    (4,138 )     (819 )     (260 )
 
                 
Total revenues [2]
    (1,150 )     13,366       14,064  
 
                 
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses
    7,381       7,002       6,216  
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses — returns credited on International variable annuities [1]
    (10,340 )     145       1,824  
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and present value of future profits
    2,176       884       1,452  
Goodwill impairment
    422              
Insurance operating costs and other expenses
    3,300       3,230       2,708  
 
                 
Total benefits, losses and expenses
    2,939       11,261       12,200  
 
                 
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (4,089 )     2,105       1,864  
Income (loss) tax expense (benefit)
    (1,646 )     547       423  
 
                 
Net income (loss) [3]
  $ (2,443 )   $ 1,558     $ 1,441  
 
                 
     
[1]  
Net investment income includes investment income and mark-to-market effects of equity securities, held for trading, supporting the international variable annuity business, which are classified in net investment income with corresponding amounts credited to policyholders.
 
[2]  
The transition impact related to the SFAS 157 adoption was a reduction in revenues of $650 for the year ended December 31, 2008. For further discussion of the SFAS 157 transition impact, refer to Note 4 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
[3]  
The transition impact related to the SFAS 157 adoption was a reduction in net income of $220 for the year ended December 31, 2008. For further discussion of the SFAS 157 transition impact, refer to Note 4 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007
The decrease in Life’s net income was due to the following:
 
Realized losses increased as compared to the comparable prior year period primarily due to net losses from the adoption of SFAS 157 and impairments on investment securities. For further discussion, please refer to the Realized Capital Gains and Losses by Segment table under Life’s Operating Section of the MD&A.
 
Life recorded a DAC unlock charge of $941, after-tax, during the third quarter of 2008 as compared to a DAC unlock benefit of $210, after-tax, during the third quarter of 2007. See Critical Accounting Estimates with Managements Discussion and Analysis for a further discussion on the DAC unlock.
 
Declines in assets under management in Retail, primarily driven by market depreciation of $37.8 billion for Individual Annuity and $20.2 billion for retail mutual funds during 2008, drove declines in fee income compared to 2007.

 

76


Table of Contents

 
Net investment income on securities, available-for-sale, and other declined primarily due to declines in limited partnership and other alternative investments income and a decrease in investment yield for fixed maturities.
 
A goodwill impairment of $274, after-tax, in Retail.
 
The effect of the triggering of the guaranteed minimum income benefit for the 3 Win product was $151, after-tax.
Year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the year ended December 31, 2006
The increase in Life’s net income was due to the following:
 
The DAC Unlock benefit of $210 recorded in the third quarter of 2007.
 
Increased income on asset growth in the variable annuity, mutual fund, retirement and institutional businesses.
Partially offsetting the increase in Life’s net income were the following:
 
Increased non-deferrable individual annuity asset based commissions.
 
Unfavorable mortality in Individual Life.
 
Increased DAC amortization in Group Benefits due to the adoption of SOP 05-1.
 
During the first quarter of 2006, the Company achieved favorable settlements in several cases brought against the Company by policyholders regarding their purchase of broad-based leveraged corporate owned life insurance (“leveraged COLI”) policies in the early to mid-1990s and therefore, released a reserve for these matters of $34, after-tax.
 
Realized losses increased for the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared to the comparable prior year periods primarily due to net losses on GMWB derivatives and impairments.

 

77


Table of Contents

Realized Capital Gains and Losses by Segment
Life includes net realized capital gains and losses in each reporting segment. Following is a summary of the types of realized gains and losses by segment:
Net realized gains (losses) for the year ended December 31, 2008
                                                                 
            Individual             Group                          
    Retail     Life     Retirement     Benefits     International     Institutional     Other     Total  
Gains/losses on sales, net
  $ (31 )   $ (20 )   $ (38 )   $ (3 )   $ (20 )   $ 167     $ (32 )   $ 23  
Impairments
    (474 )     (245 )     (243 )     (513 )     (114 )     (740 )     (95 )     (2,424 )
Japanese fixed annuity contract hedges, net
    ––       ––       ––       ––       64       ––       ––       64  
Periodic net coupon settlements on credit derivatives/Japan
    (6 )     (2 )     (4 )     (1 )     (28 )     ––       6       (35 )
SFAS 157 transition impact
    (616 )     ––       ––       ––       (34 )     ––       ––       (650 )
Results of variable annuity hedge program
                                                               
GMWB derivatives, net
    (631 )     ––       ––       ––       (82 )     ––       ––       (713 )
Macro Hedge Program
    40       ––       ––       ––       34       ––       ––       74  
 
                                               
Total results of variable annuity hedge program
    (591 )     ––       ––       ––       (48 )     ––       ––       (639 )
Other, net
    (192 )     15       13       (23 )     (242 )     (216 )     168       (477 )
 
                                               
Total net realized capital gains (losses)
    (1,910 )     (252 )     (272 )     (540 )     (422 )     (789 )     47       (4,138 )
Income tax expense (benefit) and DAC
    (859 )     (89 )     (101 )     (188 )     (133 )     (277 )     13       (1,634 )
 
                                               
Total gains (losses), net of tax and DAC
  $ (1,051 )   $ (163 )   $ (171 )   $ (352 )   $ (289 )   $ (512 )   $ 34     $ (2,504 )
 
                                               
Net realized gains (losses) for the year ended December 31, 2007
                                                                 
            Individual             Group                          
    Retail     Life     Retirement     Benefits     International     Institutional     Other     Total  
Gains/losses on sales, net
  $ 17     $ 7     $ (11 )   $ 8     $     $ 13     $ 11     $ 45  
Impairments
    (87 )     (21 )     (22 )     (19 )     (48 )     (148 )     (13 )     (358 )
Japanese fixed annuity contract hedges, net
                            18                   18  
Periodic net coupon settlements on credit derivatives/Japan
    1                         (68 )     3       24       (40 )
Results of variable annuity hedge program
                                                               
GMWB derivatives, net
    (286 )     ––       ––       ––       ––       ––       ––       (286 )
Macro Hedge Program
    (12 )     ––       ––       ––       ––       ––       ––       (12 )
 
                                               
Total results of variable annuity hedge program
    (298 )     ––       ––       ––       ––       ––       ––       (298 )
Other, net
    (14 )     (14 )     (8 )     (19 )     (18 )     (56 )     (57 )     (186 )
 
                                               
Total net realized capital losses
    (381 )     (28 )     (41 )     (30 )     (116 )     (188 )     (35 )     (819 )
Income tax benefit and DAC
    (212 )     (13 )     (13 )     (12 )     (52 )     (67 )     (4 )     (373 )
 
                                               
Total losses, net of tax and DAC
  $ (169 )   $ (15 )   $ (28 )   $ (18 )   $ (64 )   $ (121 )   $ (31 )   $ (446 )
 
                                               

 

78


Table of Contents

Net realized gains (losses) for the year ended December 31, 2006
                                                                 
            Individual             Group                          
    Retail     Life     Retirement     Benefits     International     Institutional     Other     Total  
Gains/losses on sales, net
  $ (44 )   $ (1 )   $ (9 )   $ (6 )   $ (4 )   $ 23     $ (1 )   $ (42 )
Impairments
    (6 )     (18 )     (6 )     (3 )     (2 )     (32 )     (9 )     (76 )
Japanese fixed annuity contract hedges, net
                            (17 )                 (17 )
Periodic net coupon settlements on credit derivatives/Japan
    3       (1 )           1       (63 )     1       11       (48 )
Results of variable annuity hedge program
                                                               
GMWB derivatives, net
    (26 )                                         (26 )
Macro Hedge Program
    (14 )     ––       ––       ––       ––       ––       ––       (14 )
 
                                               
Total results of variable annuity hedge program
    (40 )     ––       ––       ––       ––       ––       ––       (40 )
Other, net
    ––       (5 )     (1 )     (5 )     (2 )     (29 )     5       (37 )
 
                                               
Total net realized capital gains (losses)
    (87 )     (25 )     (16 )     (13 )     (88 )     (37 )     6       (260 )
Income tax expense (benefit) and DAC
    3       (8 )     (9 )     (5 )     (41 )     (13 )     1       (72 )
 
                                               
Total losses, net of tax and DAC
  $ (90 )   $ (17 )   $ (7 )   $ (8 )   $ (47 )   $ (24 )   $ 5     $ (188 )
 
                                               
The circumstances giving rise to the changes in these components are as follows:
Year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006
         
Gross Gains and Losses on Sale
   
Gross gains and losses on sales for the year ended December 31, 2008 primarily resulted from the decision to reallocate the portfolio to securities with more favorable risk/return profiles. Also included was a gain of $141 from the sale of a synthetic CDO, as well as losses on sales of HIMCO managed CLOs in the first quarter. For more information regarding these CLO losses, refer to the Variable Interest Entities section below. During the year ended December 31, 2008, securities sold at a loss were depressed, on average, approximately 2% at the respective period’s impairment review date and were deemed to be temporarily impaired.
 
       
 
   
Gross gains and losses on sales for the year ended December 31, 2007 were primarily comprised of corporate securities. During the year ended December 31, 2007, securities sold at a loss were depressed, on average, approximately 1% at the respective period’s impairment review date and were deemed to be temporarily impaired.
 
       
 
   
Gross gains on sales for the year ended December 31, 2006 were primarily within fixed maturities and were concentrated in U.S. government, corporate and foreign government securities. Gross losses on sale for the year ended December 31, 2006 were primarily within fixed maturities and were concentrated in the corporate and CMBS sectors.
 
       
Impairments
   
See the Other-Than-Temporary Impairments section of the “Investments” section of the MD&A for information on impairment losses.
 
       
SFAS 157
   
See Note 4 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of the SFAS 157 transition impact.
 
       
Variable Annuity Hedge Program
   
See Note 4 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of variable annuity hedge program gains and losses.
 
       
Other
   
Other, net losses for the year ended December 31, 2008 were primarily related to net losses of $291 related to transactional foreign currency losses predominately on the internal reinsurance of the Japan variable annuity business, which is entirely offset in AOCI, resulting from appreciation of the Yen and credit derivative losses of $222 due to significant credit spread widening. Also included were losses on HIMCO managed CLOs in the first quarter and derivative related losses of $39 in the third quarter due to counterparty default related to the bankruptcy of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. For more information regarding the CLO losses, refer to the Variable Interest Entities section below.
 
       
 
   
Other, net losses for the year ended December 31, 2007 were primarily driven by the change in value of non-qualifying derivatives due to credit spread widening as well as fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. Credit spreads widened primarily due to the deterioration in the U.S. housing market, tightened lending conditions and the market’s flight to quality securities.
 
       
 
   
Other, net losses for the year ended December 31, 2006 were primarily driven from the change in value of non-qualifying derivatives due to fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. These losses were partially offset by a before-tax benefit of $25 received from the WorldCom security settlement.

 

79


Table of Contents

RETAIL
                         
Operating Summary   2008     2007     2006  
Fee income and other
  $ 2,757     $ 3,117     $ 2,695  
Earned premiums
    (4 )     (62 )     (86 )
Net investment income
    747       801       839  
Net realized capital losses
    (1,910 )     (381 )     (87 )
 
                 
Total revenues [1]
    1,590       3,475       3,361  
 
                 
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses
    1,008       820       819  
Insurance operating costs and other expenses
    1,187       1,221       994  
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and present value of future profits
    1,344       406       973  
Goodwill impairment
    422              
 
                 
Total benefits, losses and expenses
    3,961       2,447       2,786  
 
                 
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (2,371 )     1,028       575  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    (972 )     216       39  
 
                 
Net income (loss) [2]
  $ (1,399 )   $ 812     $ 536  
 
                 
 
                       
Assets Under Management     2008       2007       2006  
 
                 
Individual variable annuity account values
  $ 74,578     $ 119,071     $ 114,365  
Individual fixed annuity and other account values
    11,278       10,243       9,937  
Other retail products account values
    398       677       525  
 
                 
Total account values [3]
    86,254       129,991       124,827  
 
                 
Retail mutual fund assets under management
    31,032       48,383       38,536  
Other mutual fund assets under management
    1,678       2,113       1,489  
 
                 
Total mutual fund assets under management
    32,710       50,496       40,025  
 
                 
Total assets under management
  $ 118,964     $ 180,487     $ 164,852  
 
                 
     
[1]  
For the year ended December 31, 2008, the transition impact related to the SFAS 157 adoption was a reduction in revenues of $616. For further discussion of the SFAS 157 transition impact, refer to Note 4 in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
[2]  
For the year ended December 31, 2008, the transition impact related to the SFAS 157 adoption was a reduction in net income of $209. For further discussion of the SFAS 157 transition impact, refer to Note 4 in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
[3]  
Includes policyholders’ balances for investment contracts and reserves for future policy benefits for insurance contracts.
Retail focuses on the savings and retirement needs of the growing number of individuals who are preparing for retirement, or have already retired, through the sale of individual variable and fixed annuities, mutual funds and other investment products. Life is both a leading writer of individual variable annuities and a top seller of individual variable annuities through banks in the United States.
Year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007
Net income decreased primarily as a result of increased realized capital losses, the impact of the 2008 Unlock charge, the impairment of goodwill attributed to the individual annuity line of business and the effect of equity market declines on variable annuity and mutual fund fee income. Included in net realized capital losses in 2008 were changes in value on GMWB derivatives, impairments, and the adoption of SFAS 157 during the first quarter of 2008. For further discussion of the SFAS 157 transition impact, see Note 4 in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. For further discussion of realized capital losses, see the Realized Capital Gains and Losses by Segment table under Life’s Operating Section of the MD&A. For further discussion of the 2008 and 2007 Unlock; and the impairment of goodwill, see the Critical Accounting Estimates section of the MD&A. The following other factors contributed to the changes in net income:
         
Fee income and other
   
Fee income and other decreased $360 primarily as a result of lower variable annuity fee income due to a decline in average account values. The decrease in average variable annuity account values can be attributed to market depreciation of $38.2 billion and net outflows of $6.2 billion during the year. Net outflows were driven by surrender activity resulting from the aging of the variable annuity in-force block of business; increased sales competition, particularly competition related to guaranteed living benefits, and volatility in the equity markets. Also contributing to the decrease in fee income was lower mutual fund fees due to declining assets under management primarily driven by market depreciation of $20.1 billion, partially offset by $2.8 billion of net flows.
 
       
Earned Premiums
   
Earned Premiums increased primarily due to an increase in life contingent premiums combined with a decrease in reinsurance premiums as a result of the lapsing of business covered by reinsurance and the significant decline in the equity markets.

 

80


Table of Contents

         
Net investment income
   
Net investment income was lower primarily due to a $77 decline in income from limited partnerships and other alternative investments, combined with lower yields on fixed maturity investments due to interest rate declines, partially offset by an increase in general account assets from increased fixed account sales.
 
       
Net realized capital losses
   
Net realized capital losses increased primarily as a result of losses on GMWB derivatives of $(631); the adoption of SFAS 157 during the first quarter of 2008, which resulted in realized capital losses of $(616); and impairments of $(474).
 
       
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses
   
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses increased primarily as a result of the impact of the 2008 Unlock which increased the benefit ratio used in the calculation of GMDB reserves.
 
       
Insurance operating costs and other expenses
   
Insurance operating costs and other expenses decreased primarily as a result of lower non deferrable asset based trail commissions due to equity market declines.
 
       
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and present value of future profits (“DAC”)
   
Amortization of DAC increased primarily due to the impact of the 2008 Unlock charge as compared to the 2007 Unlock benefit. This was partially offset by a DAC benefit associated with the adoption of SFAS 157 at the beginning of the first quarter of 2008.
 
       
Goodwill impairment
   
As a result of testing performed during the fourth quarter of 2008, all goodwill attributed to the individual annuity business in Retail was deemed to be impaired and was written down to $0. For further discussion of this impairment, see the Critical Accounting Estimates section of the MD&A.
 
       
Income tax expense (benefit)
   
The effective tax rate increased from 21% to 41% for the year ended December 31, 2008 as compared to the prior year primarily due to losses before income taxes in 2008 compared to pre-tax earnings in 2007. The impact of DRD and other permanent differences caused an increase in the tax benefit to above 35% on the 2008 pre tax loss and a decrease in the tax expense on the 2007 pre tax income.

 

81


Table of Contents

Year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the year ended December 31, 2006
Net income in Retail increased for the year ended December 31, 2007, primarily driven by lower amortization of DAC resulting from the unlock benefit in the third quarter of 2007, fee income growth in the variable annuity and mutual fund businesses, partially offset by increased non-deferrable individual annuity asset based commissions and mutual fund commissions. In addition, realized capital losses increased $294 for the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared to 2006. For further discussion, see Realized Capital Gains and Losses by Segment table under Life’s Operating Section of the MD&A. A more expanded discussion of income growth is presented below:
         
Fee income and other
   
Fee income increased for the year ended December 31, 2007 primarily as a result of growth in variable annuity average account values. The year-over-year increase in average variable annuity account values can be attributed to market appreciation of $7.4 billion during the year. Variable annuities had net outflows of $2.7 billion in 2007. Net outflows were driven by surrender activity due to the aging of the variable annuity in force block of business and increased sales competition, particularly competition related to guaranteed living benefits.
 
       
 
   
Mutual fund fee income increased 23% for the year ended December 31, 2007 due to increased assets under management driven by net sales of $5.5 billion and market appreciation of $4.4 billion during 2007.
 
       
Net investment income
   
Net investment income declined for the year ended December 31, 2007 due to a decrease in variable annuity fixed option account values of 11% or $635. The decrease in these account values can be attributed to a combination of transfers into separate accounts and surrender activity. Offsetting this decrease in net investment income was an increase in the returns from limited partnership and other alternative investment income of $14 for the year ended December 31, 2007.
 
       
Insurance operating costs and other expenses
   
Insurance operating costs and other expenses increased for the year ended December 31, 2007. These increases were principally driven by mutual fund commission increases of $75 for the year ended December 31, 2007 due to growth in deposits of 29%. In addition, non-deferrable variable annuity asset based commissions increased $67 for the year ended December 31, 2007 due to a 4% growth in assets under management, as well as an increase in the number of contracts reaching anniversaries when trail commission payments begin.
 
       
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and present value of future profits (“DAC”)
   
Lower amortization of DAC resulted from the unlock benefit during the third quarter of 2007 as compared to an unlock expense during the fourth quarter of 2006. For further discussion, see Unlock and Sensitivity Analysis in the Critical Accounting Estimates section of the MD&A.
 
       
Income tax expense (benefit)
   
The effective tax rate increased from 7% to 21% for the year ended December 31, 2007 from the prior year due to an increase in income before income taxes and revisions in the estimates of the separate account DRD which resulted in an incremental tax of $17, and foreign tax credits.

 

82


Table of Contents

INDIVIDUAL LIFE
                         
Operating Summary   2008     2007     2006  
Fee income and other
  $ 899     $ 870     $ 885  
Earned premiums
    (71 )     (62 )     (53 )
Net investment income
    338       359       324  
Net realized capital losses
    (252 )     (28 )     (25 )
 
                 
Total revenues
    914       1,139       1,131  
 
                 
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses
    627       562       497  
Insurance operating costs and other expenses
    202       193       179  
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and present value of future profits
    169       121       243  
 
                 
Total benefits, losses and expenses
    998       876       919  
 
                 
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (84 )     263       212  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    (41 )     81       62  
 
                 
Net income (loss)
  $ (43 )   $ 182     $ 150  
 
                 
                         
Account Values   2008     2007     2006  
Variable universal life insurance
  $ 4,802     $ 7,284     $ 6,637  
Universal life/interest sensitive whole life
    4,727       4,388       4,035  
Modified guaranteed life and other
    653       677       699  
 
                 
Total account values
  $ 10,182     $ 12,349     $ 11,371  
 
                 
Life Insurance In-force
                       
Variable universal life insurance
  $ 78,853     $ 77,566     $ 73,770  
Universal life/interest sensitive whole life
    52,356       48,636       45,230  
Term life
    63,334       52,298       44,175  
Modified guaranteed life and other
    921       983       1,052  
 
                 
Total life insurance in-force
  $ 195,464     $ 179,483     $ 164,227  
 
                 
Individual Life provides life insurance solutions to a wide array of business intermediaries to solve the wealth protection, accumulation and transfer needs of their affluent, emerging affluent and small business insurance clients.
Year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007
Net income decreased for the year ended December 31, 2008, driven primarily by significantly higher realized capital losses and the impacts of the Unlock in the third quarter of 2008 as compared to the third quarter of 2007. For further discussion on the Unlock, see Unlock and Sensitivity Analysis in the Critical Accounting Estimates section of the MD&A. For further discussion of net realized capital losses, see Realized Capital Gains and Losses by Segment table under Life’s Operating Section of the MD&A. The following other factors contributed to the changes in net income:
         
Fee income and other
   
Fee income and other increased primarily due to an increase in cost of insurance charges of $45 as a result of growth in guaranteed universal life insurance in-force and fees on higher surrenders of $12 due to internal exchanges from non-guaranteed universal life insurance to variable universal life insurance. Partially offsetting these increases are the impacts of the 2008 and 2007 Unlocks as well as lower variable life fees as a result of equity market declines.
 
       
Earned premiums
   
Earned premiums, which include premiums for ceded reinsurance, decreased primarily due to increased ceded reinsurance premiums due to life insurance in-force growth.
 
       
Net investment income
   
Net investment income decreased primarily due to lower income from limited partnership and other alternative investments, lower yields on fixed maturity investments, and reduced net investment income associated with a more efficient capital approach for our secondary guarantee universal life business, which released assets supporting capital and the related net investment income earned on those assets (described further in the “Outlook” section), partially offset by growth in general account values.
 
       
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses
   
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses increased as a result of higher death benefits consistent with a larger life insurance in-force and unfavorable mortality, as well as the impact of the 2008 Unlock.

 

83


Table of Contents

         
Insurance operating costs and other expenses
   
Insurance operating costs and other increased less than the growth of in-force business as a result of active expense management efforts.
 
       
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and present value of future profits (“DAC”)
   
Amortization of DAC increased primarily as a result of the unlock expense in 2008 as compared to the unlock benefit in 2007, partially offset by reduced DAC amortization primarily attributed to net realized capital losses. This increase in DAC amortization had a partial offset in amortization of deferred revenues, included in fee income.
 
       
Income tax expense (benefit)
   
Income tax benefits were a result of lower income before income taxes primarily due to an increase in realized capital losses and DAC amortization.
Year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the year ended December 31, 2006
Net income increased for the year ended December 31, 2007, driven primarily by the unlock benefit in the third quarter of 2007 as compared to an unlock expense in the fourth quarter of 2006 partially offset by unfavorable mortality in 2007. For further discussion on the Unlock, see Unlock and Sensitivity Analysis in the Critical Accounting Estimates section of the MD&A. The year ended December 31, 2006 also included favorable revisions to prior period DAC estimates of $7, after-tax. A more expanded discussion of income growth is presented below:
         
Fee income and other
   
Fee income and other decreased primarily due to the impacts of the 2007 and 2006 Unlocks. Offsetting the impacts of the Unlocks, fee income increased primarily due to higher cost of insurance charges, the largest component of fee income, of $35 primarily driven by growth in variable universal and universal life insurance in-force. Variable fee income increased consistent with the growth in variable universal life insurance account value.
 
       
Earned premiums
   
Earned premiums, which include premiums for ceded reinsurance, decreased primarily due to increased ceded reinsurance premiums.
 
       
Net investment income
   
Net investment income increased consistent with growth in general account values. Individual Life earned additional net investment income throughout 2007 associated with higher returns from limited partnerships and other alternative investments.
 
       
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses
   
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses increased due to life insurance in-force growth and unfavorable mortality.
 
       
Insurance operating costs and other expenses
   
Insurance operating costs and other expenses increased in 2007 consistent with life insurance in-force growth.
 
       
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and present value of future profits (“DAC”)
   
Lower amortization of DAC resulted from the unlock benefit in 2007 as compared to an unlock expense in 2006. This decrease in DAC amortization had a partial offset in amortization of deferred revenues, included in fee income.

 

84


Table of Contents

RETIREMENT PLANS
                         
Operating Summary   2008     2007     2006  
Fee income and other
  $ 334     $ 238     $ 193  
Earned premiums
    4       4       19  
Net investment income
    342       355       326  
Net realized capital losses
    (272 )     (41 )     (16 )
 
                 
Total revenues
    408       556       522  
 
                 
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses
    271       249       250  
Insurance operating costs and other expenses
    335       170       136  
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and present value of future profits
    91       58       (4 )
 
                 
Total benefits, losses and expenses
    697       477       382  
 
                 
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (289 )     79       140  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    (132 )     18       39  
 
                 
Net income (loss)
  $ (157 )   $ 61     $ 101  
 
                 
                         
Assets Under Management   2008     2007     2006  
403(b)/457 account values
  $ 10,242     $ 12,363     $ 11,540  
401(k) account values
    11,956       14,731       12,035  
 
                 
Total account values [1]
    22,198       27,094       23,575  
 
                 
403(b)/457 mutual fund assets under management [2]
    99       26        
401(k) mutual fund assets under management [3]
    14,739       1,428       1,140  
 
                 
Total mutual fund assets under management
    14,838       1,454       1,140  
 
                 
Total assets under management
  $ 37,036     $ 28,548     $ 24,715  
 
                 
Total assets under administration – 401(k) [4]
  $ 5,122     $     $  
 
                 
     
[1]  
Includes policyholder balances for investment contracts and reserves for future policy benefits for insurance contracts.
 
[2]  
In 2007, Life began selling mutual fund based products in the 403(b) market.
 
[3]  
During the year ended December 31, 2008, Life acquired the rights to service mutual fund assets from Sun Life Retirement Services, Inc., and Princeton Retirement Group.
 
[4]  
During the year ended December 31, 2008, Life acquired the rights to service assets under administration (“AUA”) from Princeton Retirement Group. Servicing revenues from AUA are based on the number of plan participants and do not vary directly with asset levels. As such, they are not included in AUM upon which asset based returns are calculated.
The Retirement Plans segment primarily offers customized wealth creation and financial protection for corporate, government and tax-exempt employers through its two business units, 403(b)/457 and 401(k).
Year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007
Net income in Retirement Plans decreased due to higher net realized capital losses, the DAC Unlock in 2008 as compared to 2007 and increased operating expenses partially offset by growth in fee income. For further discussion of net realized capital losses, see Realized Capital Gains and Losses by Segment table under Life’s Operating section of the MD&A. For further discussion of the 2008 and 2007 Unlocks see Critical Accounting Estimates section of the MD&A. The following other factors contributed to the changes in net income:
         
Fee income and other
   
Fee income and other increased primarily due to $109 of fees earned on assets relating to the acquisitions in the first quarter of 2008. Offsetting this increase was lower annuity fees driven by lower average account values as a result of market depreciation of $7.3 billion, partially offset by positive net flows of $2.4 billion over the past four quarters.
 
       
Net investment income
   
Net investment income declined due to a decrease in the returns from limited partnership and other alternative investment income of $33, partially offset by growth in general account assets.
 
       
Insurance operating costs and other expenses
   
Insurance operating costs and other expenses increased primarily attributable to operating expenses associated with the acquired businesses. Also contributing to higher insurance operating costs were higher trail commissions resulting from an aging portfolio and higher service and technology costs.
 
       
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and present value of future profits
   
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs increased as a result of the higher Unlock in the third quarter of 2008 as compared to the Unlock in the third quarter of 2007, partially offset by lower DAC amortization associated with lower gross profits. For further discussion, see Unlock and Sensitivity Analysis in the Critical Accounting Estimates section of the MD&A.
 
       
Income tax expense (benefit)
   
The income tax benefit for 2008 as compared to the prior year periods income tax expense was due to lower income before income taxes primarily due to increased realized capital losses and increased tax benefits associated with the dividends received deduction of $12.

 

85


Table of Contents

Year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the year ended December 31, 2006
Net income in Retirement Plans decreased for the year ended December 31, 2007 due to higher amortization of DAC as a result of the unlock expense in the third quarter of 2007, partially offset by a growth in fee income. In addition, realized capital losses increased $25 for the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared to the prior year period. For further discussion, see Realized Capital Gains and Losses by Segment table under Life’s Operating Section of the MD&A. The following other factors contributed to the changes in income:
         
Fee income and other
   
Fee income increased for the year ended December 31, 2007 primarily due to an increase in 401(k) average account values. This growth in 401(k) business is primarily driven by positive net flows of $1.8 billion over the past four quarters resulting from strong sales and increased ongoing deposits. Market appreciation contributed an additional $888 to assets under management in 2007.
 
       
Net investment income
   
Net investment income increased for the year ended December 31, 2007 for 403(b)/457 business due to growth in general account assets along with an increase in return on limited partnership and other alternative investments.
 
       
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses
   
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses and earned premiums decreased for the year ended December 31, 2007 primarily due to a large case annuitization in the 401(k) business of $12 which occurred in the first quarter of 2006. This decrease was partially offset by an increase in interest credited resulting from the growth in general account assets.
 
       
Insurance operating costs and other expenses
   
Insurance operating costs and other expenses increased for the year ended December 31, 2007, primarily attributable to greater assets under management aging beyond their first year resulting in higher trail commissions. Also contributing to higher insurance operating costs for the year ended December 31, 2007 were higher service and technology costs.
 
       
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and present value of future profits
   
Higher amortization of DAC resulted from the unlock expense in the third quarter of 2007 as compared to an unlock benefit in the fourth quarter of 2006. For further discussion, see Unlock and Sensitivity Analysis in the Critical Accounting Estimates section of the MD&A.

 

86


Table of Contents

GROUP BENEFITS
                         
Operating Summary   2008     2007     2006  
Premiums and other considerations
  $ 4,391     $ 4,301     $ 4,149  
Net investment income
    419       465       415  
Net realized capital losses
    (540 )     (30 )     (13 )
 
                 
Total revenues
    4,270       4,736       4,551  
 
                 
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses
    3,144       3,109       3,002  
Insurance operating costs and other expenses
    1,128       1,131       1,101  
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs
    57       62       41  
 
                 
Total benefits, losses and expenses
    4,329       4,302       4,144  
 
                 
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (59 )     434       407  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    (53 )     119       109  
 
                 
Net income (loss)
  $ (6 )   $ 315     $ 298  
 
                 
                         
Earned Premiums and Other   2008     2007     2006  
Fully insured – ongoing premiums
  $ 4,355     $ 4,239     $ 4,100  
Buyout premiums
    1       27       12  
Other
    35       35       37  
 
                 
Total earned premiums and other
  $ 4,391     $ 4,301     $ 4,149  
 
                 
 
                       
Ratios, excluding buyouts
                       
Loss ratio
    71.6 %     72.1 %     72.3 %
Loss ratio, excluding financial institutions
    76.3 %     77.3 %     77.2 %
Expense ratio
    27.0 %     27.9 %     27.6 %
Expense ratio, excluding financial institutions
    22.4 %     23.0 %     22.9 %
The Group Benefits segment provides employers, associations, affinity groups and financial institutions with group life, accident and disability coverage, along with other products and services, including voluntary benefits, and group retiree health. The Company also offers disability underwriting, administration, claims processing services and reinsurance to other insurers and self-funded employer plans.
Group Benefits has a block of financial institution business that is experience rated. This business comprised approximately 9% to 10% of the segment’s 2008, 2007 and 2006 premiums and other considerations (excluding buyouts) respectively, and, on average, 4% to 5% of the segment’s 2008, 2007 and 2006 net income, excluding realized capital gains and losses.
Year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007
The decrease in net income for the year ended December 31, 2008, was primarily due to increased realized capital losses. For further discussion, see Realized Capital Gains and Losses by Segment table under Life’s Operating Section of the MD&A. The following other factors contributed to the changes in net income:
         
Premiums and other considerations
   
Premiums and other considerations increased largely due to business growth driven by new sales and persistency over the last twelve months.
 
       
Net investment income
   
Net investment income decreased primarily as a result of lower yields on fixed maturity investments and lower limited partnership and other alternative investment returns of $33.
 
       
Loss ratio
   
The segment’s loss ratio (defined as benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses as a percentage of premiums and other considerations excluding buyouts) decreased due to favorable disability and medical stop loss experience partially offset by unfavorable mortality.
 
       
Expense ratio
   
The segment’s expense ratio, excluding buyouts decreased compared to the prior year due primarily to lower commission expenses.

 

87


Table of Contents

Year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the year ended December 31, 2006
Net income increased in Group Benefits for the year ended December 31, 2007, primarily due to higher earned premiums, higher net investment income, a gain on a renewal rights transaction associated with the Company’s medical stop loss business and a change in assumptions underlying the valuation of long term disability claims incurred in 2007. Partially offsetting the higher net income was increased DAC amortization due to the adoption of SOP 05-1. In addition, realized capital losses increased $17 for the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared to the prior year period. For further discussion, see Realized Capital Gains and Losses by Segment table under Life’s Operating Section of the MD&A. A more expanded discussion of income growth is presented below:
         
Premiums and other considerations
   
Premiums and other considerations increased largely due to business growth driven by new sales and persistency over the last twelve months.
 
       
Net investment income
   
Net investment income increased due to a higher invested asset base and increased interest income on allocated surplus.
 
       
Loss ratio
   
The segment’s loss ratio (defined as benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses as a percentage of premiums and other considerations excluding buyouts) for the year ended December 31, 2007, decreased slightly. Loss ratios experience volatility in period over period comparisons due to fluctuation in mortality and morbidity experience. Additionally there was a change in assumptions underlying the valuation of long term disability claims incurred in 2007.
 
       
Expense ratio
   
The segment’s expense ratio, excluding buyouts, for the year ended December 31, 2007, increased primarily due to higher DAC amortization resulting from a shorter amortization period following the adoption of SOP 05-1.

 

88


Table of Contents

INTERNATIONAL
                         
Operating Summary   2008     2007     2006  
Fee income
  $ 881     $ 843     $ 709  
Earned premiums
    (9 )     (11 )     (8 )
Net investment income
    167       131       123  
Net realized capital losses
    (422 )     (116 )     (88 )
 
                 
Total revenues [1]
    617       847       736  
 
                 
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses
    270       32       3  
Insurance operating costs and other expenses
    321       246       208  
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs
    496       214       167  
 
                 
Total benefits, losses and expenses
    1,087       492       378  
 
                 
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (470 )     355       358  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    (145 )     132       127  
 
                 
Net income (loss) [2]
  $ (325 )   $ 223     $ 231  
 
                 
                         
Assets Under Management – Japan   2008     2007     2006  
Japan variable annuity account values
  $ 29,726     $ 35,793     $ 29,653  
Japan fixed annuity and other account values [3]
    4,769       1,844       1,690  
 
                 
Total assets under management – Japan
  $ 34,495     $ 37,637     $ 31,343  
 
                 
     
[1]  
The transition impact related to the SFAS 157 adoption was a reduction in revenues of $34, for the year ended December 31, 2008. For further discussion of the SFAS 157 transition impact, refer to Note 4 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
[2]  
The transition impact related to the SFAS 157 adoption was a reduction in net income of $11, for the year ended December 31, 2008. For further discussion of the SFAS 157 transition impact, refer to Note 4 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
[3]  
Japan fixed annuity and other account values includes an increase due to the net triggering impact of the GMIB pay-out annuity account value for the 3 Win product of $2.0 billion.
International, with operations in Japan, Brazil, Ireland and the United Kingdom, focuses on the savings and retirement needs of the growing number of individuals outside the United States who are preparing for retirement, or have already retired, through the sale of variable annuities, fixed annuities and other insurance and savings products. The Company’s Japan operation is the largest component of the International segment.

 

89


Table of Contents

Year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007
Net income decreased for the year ended December 31, 2008 as a result of the 2008 Unlock versus the 2007 Unlock along with increased realized capital losses from the adoption of SFAS 157, which resulted in a net realized capital loss of $34 during the first quarter of 2008, the impact of the 3 Win trigger, impairment charges, increases in insurance operating costs and other expenses, partially offset by an increase in fee income. For further discussion on the Unlock and 3 Win trigger, see Unlock and Sensitivity Analysis in the Critical Accounting Estimates section of the MD&A. For further discussion of the SFAS 157 transition impact, see Note 4 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. For further discussion of realized capital losses, see Realized Capital Gains and losses by Segment table under Life’s Operating Section of the MD&A. The following other factors contributed to the changes in net income:
         
Fee income
   
Fee income increased primarily due to growth in Japan’s variable annuity average assets under management. The increase in average assets under management over the past four quarters was driven by deposits of $3.0 billion and a $6.6 billion increase due to foreign currency exchange translation as the yen strengthened compared to the U.S. dollar. Deposits and favorable foreign currency exchange were offset by unfavorable market performance of $10.9 billion.
 
       
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses
   
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expense increased as a result of the impacts of the Unlock in the third quarter of 2008 as compared to the third quarter of 2007, the impact of the 3 Win trigger, as well as higher GMDB net amount at risk and increased claims costs. For further discussion of the 3 Win trigger, see Unlock and Sensitivity Analysis in the Critical Accounting Estimates section of the MD&A.
 
       
Insurance operating costs and other expenses
   
Insurance operating costs and other expenses increased due to the growth and strategic investment in the Japan and Other International operations, as well as lower capitalization of deferred policy acquisition costs, as acquisition costs exceeded pricing allowables.
 
       
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs
   
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs increased as a result of the impacts of the Unlock in the third quarter of 2008 as compared to the third quarter of 2007, as well as the accelerated amortization associated with the 3 Win trigger. For further discussion of the 3 Win trigger see Unlock and Sensitivity Analysis in the Critical Accounting Estimates section of the MD&A.
 
       
Income Tax expense
   
Income tax expense decreased primarily as a result of a decline in income before taxes.
Year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the year ended December 31, 2006
Net income decreased for the year ended December 31, 2007 due to a lower unlock benefit in 2007 compared with 2006 and an increase in realized capital losses of $28 for the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared to the prior year period. Losses were partially offset by increased fee income driven by growth in assets under management. For further discussion, see Realized Capital Gains and Losses by Segment table under Life’s Operating Section of the MD&A. The following other factors contributed to the change in income:
         
Fee income
   
Fee income increased for the year ended December 31, 2007 primarily due to growth in Japan’s variable annuity assets under management. As of December 31, 2007, Japan’s variable annuity assets under management were $35.8 billion, an increase of $6.1 billion or 21% from the prior year period. The increase in assets under management was driven by positive net flows of $4.5 billion, partially offset by unfavorable market performance of $620, which includes the impact of foreign currency movements on the Japanese customer’s foreign assets and a $2.3 billion increase due to foreign currency exchange translation as the yen strengthened compared to the U.S. dollar.
 
       
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses
   
The increase in benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses for the year ended December 31, 2007 over the prior year period was due to the unlock benefit in the fourth quarter of 2006 exceeding the unlock benefit in the third quarter of 2007. For further discussion, see Unlock and Sensitivity Analysis in the Critical Accounting Estimates section of the MD&A.
 
       
Insurance operating costs and other expenses
   
Insurance operating costs and other expenses increased for the year ended December 31, 2007 due to the growth in the Japan operation.
 
       
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and present value of future profits
   
Higher amortization of DAC resulted primarily from a decrease in the 2007 unlock benefit compared with the prior year period, as well as overall growth of operations. For further discussion, see Unlock and Sensitivity Analysis in the Critical Accounting Estimates section of the MD&A.

 

90


Table of Contents

INSTITUTIONAL
                         
Operating Summary   2008     2007     2006  
Fee income and other
  $ 152     $ 251     $ 125  
Earned premiums
    889       987       607  
Net investment income
    1,004       1,241       1,003  
Net realized capital losses
    (789 )     (188 )     (37 )
 
                 
Total revenues
    1,256       2,291       1,698  
 
                 
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses
    1,907       2,074       1,484  
Insurance operating costs and expenses
    120       185       78  
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs
    19       23       32  
 
                 
Total benefits, losses and expenses
    2,046       2,282       1,594  
 
                 
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (790 )     9       104  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    (288 )     (8 )     26  
 
                 
Net income (loss)
  $ (502 )   $ 17     $ 78  
 
                 
                         
Assets Under Management   2008     2007     2006  
Institutional account values [1] [3]
  $ 24,081     $ 25,103     $ 22,214  
Private Placement Life Insurance account values [1]
    32,459       32,792       26,131  
Mutual fund assets under management [2]
    2,578       3,581       2,567  
 
                 
Total assets under management
  $ 59,118     $ 61,476     $ 50,912  
 
                 
     
[1]  
Includes policyholder balances for investment contracts and reserves for future policy benefits for insurance contracts.
 
[2]  
Mutual fund assets under management include transfers from the Retirement Plans segment of $178 during 2006.
 
[3]  
Institutional investment product account values include transfers from Retirement Plans and Retail of $763 during 2006.
Institutional provides customized investment, insurance, and income solutions to select markets. Products include PPLI owned by corporations and high net worth individuals, institutional annuities, mutual funds owned by institutional investors, structured settlements, and stable value contracts. Furthermore, Institutional offers individual products including income annuities and longevity assurance.
Year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007
Net income in Institutional decreased primarily due to increased net realized capital losses and lower net investment income. For additional discussion of realized capital losses, see Realized Capital Gains and Losses by Segment table under Life’s Operating Section of the MD&A. Further discussion of income is presented below:
     
Fee income and other
 
     Fee income and other decreased primarily due to lower front-end loads on private placement life insurance (“PPLI”) cases during 2008. PPLI collects front-end loads recorded in fee income, offset by corresponding premium taxes reported in insurance operating costs and other expenses. For 2008 and 2007, PPLI deposits of $247 and $5.2 billion, respectively, resulted in fee income due to front-end loads of $2 and $107, respectively.
 
   
Earned premiums
 
     Earned premiums decreased as compared to the prior year due to greater amounts of life contingent business sold in 2007. The decrease in earned premiums was offset by a corresponding decrease in benefits, losses, and loss adjustment expenses.
 
   
Net investment income
 
     Net investment income declined due to a decrease in returns from limited partnership and other alternative investments income of $(127), lower yields on fixed maturity investments indexed to LIBOR, and lower assets under management. The decline in yield on fixed maturities was largely offset by a corresponding decrease in interest credited on liabilities reported in benefits, losses, and loss adjustment expenses. Assets under management decreased primarily due to stable value outflows.
 
   
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses
 
     Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses decreased primarily due to lower reserve increases as the result of lower sales in life contingent business, as well as lower interest credited on liabilities indexed to LIBOR. The decrease was partially offset by $8 greater mortality loss.
 
   
Insurance operating costs and other expenses
 
     Insurance operating costs and other expenses decreased due to a decline in premium tax, driven by reduced PPLI deposits, partially offset by discontinued administrative system projects and product development expenses.
 
   
Income tax expense (benefit)
 
     The income tax benefit increased compared to the prior year primarily due to a decline in income before taxes primarily due to increased realized capital losses.

 

91


Table of Contents

Year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the year ended December 31, 2006
Net income in Institutional decreased for the year ended December 31, 2007 primarily due to increased realized capital losses of $151 as compared to 2006. For further discussion, see Realized Capital Gains and Losses by Segment table under Life’s Operating Section of the MD&A. Offsetting the impact of realized capital losses, Institutional’s net income increased driven by higher assets under management, combined with increased returns on general account assets, primarily due to limited partnership and other alternative investment income. The following other factors contributed to the changes in income:
     
Fee income and other
 
     Fee income increased for the year ended December 31, 2007 primarily due to higher Mutual Fund and PPLI assets under management on net flows and change in market appreciation of $5.8 billion and $2.1 billion, respectively, during the year. In addition, PPLI collects front-end loads recorded in fee income, offset by corresponding premium taxes reported in insurance operating costs and other expenses. During the year ended December 31, 2007, PPLI had deposits of $5.2 billion, which resulted in an increase in fee income due to front-end loads of $107.
 
   
Earned premiums
 
     Earned premiums increased for the year ended December 31, 2007 primarily as a result of increased structured settlement life contingent sales, and one large terminal funding life contingent case sold in the third quarter. This increase in earned premiums was offset by a corresponding increase in benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses.
 
   
Net investment income
 
     Net investment income increased due to higher assets under management resulting from positive net flows of $1.5 billion during the year, and higher returns on limited partnerships and other alternative investments. Net flows were favorable primarily as a result of the Company’s funding agreement backed Investor Notes program.
 
   
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses
 
     Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses increased as compared to the comparable prior year period primarily due to higher assets under management, in addition to one large terminal funding life contingent case sold in the third quarter of 2007.
 
   
Insurance operating costs and other expenses
 
     Insurance operating costs and other expenses increased due to greater premium tax, driven by increased PPLI deposits.
 
   
Income tax expense (benefit)
 
     The change in income taxes was due to lower income before income taxes primarily driven by the increase in realized capital losses.

 

92


Table of Contents

OTHER
                         
Operating Summary   2008     2007     2006  
Fee income and other
  $ 60     $ 67     $ 81  
Net investment income (loss)
                       
Securities available-for-sale and other
    28       145       154  
Equity securities held for trading [1]
    (10,340 )     145       1,824  
 
                 
Total net investment income (loss)
    (10,312 )     290       1,978  
Net realized capital gains (losses)
    47       (35 )     6  
 
                 
Total revenues
    (10,205 )     322       2,065  
 
                 
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses [1]
    154       156       161  
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses — returns credited on International variable annuities [1]
    (10,340 )     145       1,824  
Insurance operating costs and other expenses
    7       84       12  
 
                 
Total benefits, losses and expenses
    (10,179 )     385       1,997  
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (26 )     (63 )     68  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    (15 )     (11 )     21  
 
                 
Net income (loss)
  $ (11 )   $ (52 )   $ 47  
 
                 
     
[1]  
Includes investment income and mark-to-market effects of equity securities held for trading supporting the international variable annuity business, which are classified in net investment income with corresponding amounts credited to policyholders within benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses.
Life includes in Other its leveraged PPLI product line of business; corporate items not directly allocated to any of its reportable operating segments; inter-segment eliminations and the mark-to-mark adjustment for the International variable annuity assets that are classified as equity securities held for trading reported in net investment income and the related change in interest credited reported as a component of benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses.
Year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007
     
Net investment income
 
     Net investment income on securities available-for-sale and other declined primarily due to decreases in yields on fixed maturity investments and declines in limited partnerships and other alternative investment income.
 
   
Realized capital gains (losses)
 
     See Realized Capital Gains and Losses by Segment table under Life’s Operating section of the MD&A.
 
   
Insurance operating costs and other expenses
 
     Insurance operating costs and other expenses decreased for the year ended December 31, 2008 as compared to the prior year period, primarily due to a charge of $21 for regulatory matters in the second quarter of 2007 and reallocation of expenses to the applicable lines of business in 2008.
Year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the year ended December 31, 2006
     
Insurance operating costs and other expenses
 
     During the first quarter of 2006, the Company achieved favorable settlements in several cases brought against the Company by policyholders regarding their purchase of broad-based leveraged corporate owned life insurance (“leveraged COLI”) policies in the early to mid-1990s. The Company ceased offering this product in 1996. Based on the favorable outcome of these cases, together with the Company’s current assessment of the few remaining leveraged COLI cases, the Company reduced its estimate of the ultimate cost of these cases as of June 30, 2006. This reserve reduction, recorded in insurance operating costs and other expenses, resulted in an after-tax benefit of $34.
 
   
 
 
     Also contributing to the increase in insurance operating costs and other expenses was $18, after-tax, of interest charged by Corporate on the amount of capital held by the Life operations in excess of the amount needed to support the capital requirements of the Life Operations for the year ended December 31, 2007
 
   
 
 
     The Company recorded a reserve in the second quarter of 2007 for market regulatory matters of $21, after-tax. During the year, the Company recorded an insurance recovery of $9, after-tax, against the litigation costs associated with the regulatory matters.
 
   
Realized capital gains (losses)
 
     Refer to Realized Capital Gains and Losses by Segment table under Life’s Operating section of the MD&A.

 

93


Table of Contents

PROPERTY & CASUALTY
Executive Overview
Property & Casualty is organized into five reporting segments: the underwriting segments of Personal Lines, Small Commercial, Middle Market and Specialty Commercial (collectively “Ongoing Operations”); and the Other Operations segment. Property & Casualty provides a number of coverages, as well as insurance related services, to businesses throughout the United States, including workers’ compensation, property, automobile, liability, umbrella, specialty casualty, marine, livestock, fidelity, surety, professional liability and directors and officers’ liability coverages. Property & Casualty also provides automobile, homeowners and home-based business coverage to individuals throughout the United States as well as insurance-related services to businesses.
Property & Casualty derives its revenues principally from premiums earned for insurance coverages provided to insureds, investment income, and, to a lesser extent, from fees earned for services provided to third parties and net realized capital gains and losses. Premiums charged for insurance coverages are earned principally on a pro rata basis over the terms of the related policies in force.
Service fees principally include revenues from third party claims administration services provided by Specialty Risk Services and revenues from member contact center services provided through the AARP Health program.
Total Property & Casualty Financial Highlights
Earned Premiums
Earned premium growth is an objective for Personal Lines, Small Commercial and Middle Market. Earned premium growth is not a specific objective for Specialty Commercial since Specialty Commercial is largely comprised of transactional businesses where premium writings may fluctuate based on the segment’s view of perceived market opportunity. Written premiums are earned over the policy term, which is six months for certain Personal Lines auto business and 12 months for substantially all of the remainder of the Company’s business. Written pricing, new business growth and premium renewal retention are factors that contribute to growth in written and earned premium.
                         
Written premiums [1]   2008     2007     2006  
Personal Lines
  $ 3,925     $ 3,947     $ 3,877  
Small Commercial
    2,696       2,747       2,728  
Middle Market
    2,242       2,326       2,515  
Specialty Commercial
    1,361       1,415       1,538  
Other Operations
    7       5       4  
 
                 
Total
  $ 10,231     $ 10,440     $ 10,662  
 
                 
 
                       
Earned premiums [1]
                       
Personal Lines
  $ 3,926     $ 3,889     $ 3,760  
Small Commercial
    2,724       2,736       2,652  
Middle Market
    2,299       2,420       2,523  
Specialty Commercial
    1,382       1,446       1,493  
Other Operations
    7       5       5  
 
                 
Total
  $ 10,338     $ 10,496     $ 10,433  
 
                 
     
[1]  
The difference between written premiums and earned premiums is attributable to the change in unearned premium reserve.

 

94


Table of Contents

Year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007
Earned Premiums
Total Property & Casualty earned premiums decreased $158, or 2%, primarily due to lower earned premiums in Middle Market and Specialty Commercial, partially offset by increased earned premiums in Personal Lines.
     
Personal Lines
 
     Earned premium grew by $37, or 1%, due to a $97, or 4%, increase in AARP earned premiums, partially offset by a $60, or 5%, decrease in Agency and other earned premiums. AARP earned premiums grew primarily due to modest earned pricing increases for both auto and homeowners and the effect of new business premium outpacing non-renewals in the last nine months of 2007. Agency earned premium decreased $43, or 4%, largely due to a decline in new business premium and premium renewal retention since the middle of 2007, partially offset by the effect of modest earned pricing increases.
 
   
Small Commercial
 
     Earned premium decreased slightly, to $2,724, as a decrease in commercial auto was largely offset by an increase in worker’s compensation. Earned premium decreases were largely due to the effect of non-renewals outpacing new business for commercial auto business in 2008 and to earned pricing decreases, largely offset by new business outpacing non-renewals in workers’ compensation business over the last nine months of 2007 and first nine months of 2008.
 
   
Middle Market
 
     Earned premium decreased by $121, or 5%, driven primarily by decreases in commercial auto, workers’ compensation and general liability. Earned premium decreases were driven primarily by a decline in earned pricing in 2008 and the effect of non-renewals outpacing new business in commercial auto and general liability over the last nine months of 2007 and first nine months of 2008, partially offset by the effect of new business outpacing non-renewals in workers’ compensation since the fourth quarter of 2007.
 
   
Specialty Commercial
 
     Earned premium decreased by $64, or 4%, driven primarily by a decrease in property earned premiums and, to a lesser extent, casualty earned premiums. Property earned premiums decreased due largely to the Company’s decision to stop writing specialty property business with large, national accounts and lower new business and renewal retention for core excess and surplus lines business. Casualty earned premiums decreased primarily because of lower earned premium from captive programs and a decline in new business premium on loss-sensitive business written with larger accounts over the last nine months of 2007 and first three months of 2008.
Year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the year ended December 31, 2006
Earned Premiums
Total Property & Casualty earned premiums increased by $63 due to an increase in Personal Lines and Small Commercial, partially offset by a decrease in Middle Market and Specialty Commercial.
     
Personal Lines
 
     Earned premium grew by $129, or 3%, primarily due to an increase in AARP and Agency earned premiums. AARP earned premium grew primarily due to an increase in the size of the AARP target market, the effect of direct marketing programs and the effect of cross selling homeowners insurance to insureds who have auto policies. Agency earned premium grew as a result of an increase in the number of agency appointments and further refinement of the Dimensions class plans. Partially offsetting this growth was the effect of the sale of the Omni non-standard auto business in the fourth quarter of 2006 which accounted for $127 of earned premium in 2006. Excluding Omni, Personal Lines’ earned premiums grew $251, or 7%, for the year ended December 31, 2007.
 
   
Small Commercial
 
     Earned premium increased $84, or 3%, primarily due to new business premiums outpacing non-renewals for workers’ compensation business over the last six months of 2006 and the first six months of 2007.
 
   
Middle Market
 
     Earned premium decreased by $103, or 4%, driven by decreases in all lines, including commercial auto, general liability, workers’ compensation and property. Earned premium decreases were driven by declines in earned pricing and premium renewal retention in all lines and a decline in new business premiums in all lines except workers’ compensation.
 
   
Specialty Commercial
 
     Earned premium decreased by $47, or 3%, primarily driven by a decrease in casualty and property and a decrease in earned premiums assumed under inter-segment arrangements, partially offset by an increase in professional liability, fidelity and surety.

 

95


Table of Contents

Net income
                         
    2008     2007     2006  
Underwriting results before catastrophes and prior accident year development
  $ 1,129     $ 984     $ 1,240  
Current accident year catastrophes
    543       177       199  
Unfavorable (favorable) prior accident year reserve development
    (226 )     48       296  
 
                 
Underwriting results
    812       759       745  
Net servicing and other income [1]
    31       52       53  
Net investment income
    1,253       1,687       1,486  
Other expenses
    (222 )     (249 )     (223 )
Net realized capital gains (losses)
    (1,877 )     (172 )     9  
 
                 
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (3 )     2,077       2,070  
Income tax benefit (expense)
    95       (570 )     (551 )
 
                 
Net income
  $ 92     $ 1,507     $ 1,519  
 
                 
     
[1]  
Net of expenses related to service business.
Net realized capital gains (losses)
                         
    2008     2007     2006  
Gross gains on sales
  $ 180     $ 159     $ 205  
Gross losses on sales
    (448 )     (121 )     (164 )
Impairments
    (1,533 )     (125 )     (45 )
Periodic net coupon settlements on credit derivatives
    2       15       4  
Other, net
    (78 )     (100 )     9  
 
                 
Net realized capital gains (losses), before-tax
  $ (1,877 )   $ (172 )   $ 9  
 
                 
Year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007
Net income decreased by $1,415, from net income of $1,507 in 2007 to net income of $92 in 2008, primarily driven by an increase in net realized capital losses and a decrease in net investment income.
     
Realized capital gains (losses)
  Gross gains (losses) on sales, net
 
   
 
 
     Gross gains and losses on sales in 2008 primarily resulted from the sale of corporate fixed maturities resulting from the decision to reallocate the portfolio to securities with more favorable risk/return profiles. Also included were losses on sales of CLOs in the first quarter for which HIMCO is the collateral manager. For more information regarding losses on the sale of HIMCO managed CLOs, refer to the Variable Interest Entities section of the “Investments” section of the MD&A.
 
   
 
 
     Gross gains and losses on sales in 2007 were primarily comprised of sales of foreign government, corporate, and municipal fixed maturity securities.
 
   
 
  Impairments
 
   
 
 
     Impairments of $1.5 billion in 2008 were primarily of subordinated fixed maturities and preferred equities within the financial services sector, as well as of securitized assets. (See the Other-Than-Temporary Impairments discussion within “Investment Results” in the “Investments” section of the MD&A for more information on the impairments recorded in 2008).
 
   
 
  Other, net
 
   
 
 
     Other, net realized capital losses in 2008 were primarily related to net losses on credit derivatives as a result of credit spread widening on credit derivatives that assume credit exposure. Also included were derivative related losses of $7 for the year ended December 31, 2008 due to counterparty default related to the bankruptcy of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc.
 
   
 
 
     Other, net realized capital losses in 2007 primarily resulted from the change in value associated with credit derivatives due to credit spreads widening. Credit spreads widened primarily due to the deterioration in the U.S. housing market, tightened lending conditions, and the market’s flight to quality securities.
 
   
Net investment income
 
     Investment income decreased $434, or 26%, due to a change from net income to net losses on limited partnerships and other alternative investments in 2008 and decreased fixed maturity income. The net losses on limited partnerships and other alternative investments were largely due to negative returns on hedge funds and real estate partnerships as a result of the lack of liquidity in the financial markets and credit spreads widening. The decrease in income from fixed maturities was attributable to lower income on variable rate securities due to declines in short term interest rates as well as an increased allocation to lower yielding U.S. Treasuries and short-term investments.

 

96


Table of Contents

     
Underwriting results
 
     Underwriting results before catastrophes and prior accident year reserve development increased by $145 as the result of a lower current accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes, partially offset by the effect of the decline in earned premiums in Middle Market and Specialty Commercial. The 2008 results benefited from a lower current accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes for Small Commercial and Middle Market workers’ compensation claims, lower claim frequency on Personal Lines auto claims and lower non-catastrophe loss costs on Small Commercial package business, partially offset by higher non-catastrophe losses on Middle Market property and Personal Lines homeowners’ business.
 
   
 
 
     The $366 increase in current accident year catastrophe losses was primarily due to more severe catastrophes in 2008, including losses from hurricane Ike and tornadoes and thunderstorms in the South and Midwest.
 
   
 
 
     The change to favorable prior accident year reserve development was largely due to a $210 increase in net favorable reserve development in Ongoing Operations, driven largely by an increase in net reserve releases for workers’ compensation, professional liability and personal auto liability claims. Refer to the “Reserves” section of the MD&A for further discussion.
 
   
Net servicing and other income
 
     The $21 decrease in net servicing income was primarily driven by a decrease in servicing income from the AARP Health program, Specialty Risk Services and the Write Your Own flood program and the write-off of software used in administering policies for third parties.
 
   
Income tax expense
 
     Income taxes changed from income tax expense of $570 in 2007 to an income tax benefit of $95 in 2008. Despite near break-even pre-tax income in 2008, there was a net income tax benefit in 2008 because the income tax benefit on realized capital losses was greater than the income tax expense on all other components of pre-tax income. A portion of the Company’s net investment income was generated from tax-exempt securities.

 

97


Table of Contents

Year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the year ended December 31, 2006
Net income decreased by $12, or 1%, in 2007, primarily driven by a decrease in Ongoing Operations’ current accident year underwriting results before catastrophes and a change to net realized capital losses, largely offset by an increase in net investment income and a decrease in Other Operations’ net unfavorable reserve development.
     
Underwriting results
 
     Current accident year underwriting results before catastrophes decreased by $256, primarily due to a higher loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes and prior accident year development, partially offset by the effect of exiting the Omni non-standard auto business, which generated a current accident year underwriting loss before catastrophes in 2006. The higher current accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes was driven by increased severity on Personal Lines auto liability claims, increased frequency on Personal Lines auto property damage claims and, to a lesser extent, increased severity on Personal Lines homeowners claims and a higher loss and loss adjustment expense ratio for both Small Commercial package business and Middle Market workers’ compensation claims.
 
   
 
 
     Current accident year catastrophe losses decreased by $22. The largest catastrophe losses in 2007 were from wildfires in California, spring windstorms in the Southeast and Northeast, tornadoes and thunderstorms in the Midwest and a December ice storm in the Midwest. Catastrophes in 2006 included tornadoes and hail storms in the Midwest and windstorms in Texas and on the East coast.
 
   
 
 
     The $248 reduction in net unfavorable prior accident year development was due to a $167 decrease in unfavorable reserve development in Other Operations and an $81 increase in net favorable reserve development in Ongoing Operations. The lower adverse development in Other Operations was primarily due to a $243 charge in 2006 to recognize the effect of the Equitas agreement and strengthening of the allowance for uncollectible reinsurance, partially offset by a $99 strengthening of reserves in 2007, primarily related to an adverse arbitration decision. The $81 increase in net favorable reserve development in Ongoing Operations was primarily due to a $151 release of workers’ compensation loss and loss adjustment expenses reserves in 2007 related to accident years 2002 to 2006, partially offset by an $83 net release of prior accident year hurricane reserves in 2006. Refer to the “Reserves” section of the MD&A for further discussion.
 
   
Realized capital gains (losses)
  Gross gains (losses) on sales, net
 
   
 
 
     Gross gains and losses on sales in 2007 were primarily comprised of sales of foreign government, corporate, and municipal fixed maturity securities.
 
   
 
 
     Gross gains on sales in 2006 were primarily from sales of corporate, foreign government and municipal fixed maturity securities. Gross losses on sales in 2006 were primarily from sales of corporate fixed maturities and CMBS.
 
   
 
  Impairments
 
   
 
 
     Impairments in 2007 primarily consisted of impairments of asset-backed securities backed by sub-prime residential mortgage loans and impairments of corporate securities in the financial services and homebuilders sectors. (See the Other-than-Temporary Impairments discussion within Investment Results for more information on the impairments recorded in 2007.)
 
   
 
  Other, net
 
   
 
 
     Other net realized capital losses in 2007 were primarily due to decreases in the fair value of non-qualifying derivatives attributable to credit spreads widening. Credit spreads widened primarily due to the deterioration in the U.S. housing market, tightened lending conditions, and the market’s flight to quality securities.
 
   
Net investment income
 
     Primarily driving the $201 increase in net investment income was a higher average invested asset base and income earned from a higher portfolio yield. The increase in the average invested asset base contributing to the increase in investment income was primarily due to positive operating cash flows, partially offset by the return of capital to Corporate. Contributing to the increase in net investment income was an increase in income from limited partnerships and other alternative investments, driven by a higher yield on these investments and shifting a greater allocation of investments to these asset classes.
 
   
Other expenses
 
     The $26 increase in other expenses was primarily due to $49 of interest charged by Corporate on the amount of capital held by the Property & Casualty operation in excess of the amount needed to support the capital requirements of the Property & Casualty operation, partially offset by a reduction in the estimated cost of legal settlements in 2007.
 
   
Income tax expense
 
     Income taxes increased by $19, reflecting the increase in pre-tax income from 2006 to 2007, partially offset by a $20 benefit in 2007 from a tax true-up.

 

98


Table of Contents

Key Performance Ratios and Measures
The Company considers several measures and ratios to be the key performance indicators for the property and casualty underwriting businesses. The following table and the segment discussions for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 include various ratios and measures of profitability. Management believes that these ratios and measures are useful in understanding the underlying trends in The Hartford’s property and casualty insurance underwriting business. However, these key performance indicators should only be used in conjunction with, and not in lieu of, underwriting income for the underwriting segments of Personal Lines, Small Commercial, Middle Market and Specialty Commercial and net income for the Property & Casualty business as a whole, Ongoing Operations and Other Operations. These ratios and measures may not be comparable to other performance measures used by the Company’s competitors.
                         
Ongoing Operations earned premium growth   2008     2007     2006  
Personal Lines
    1 %     3 %     4 %
Small Commercial
          3 %     10 %
Middle Market
    (5 %)     (4 %)     4 %
Specialty Commercial
    (4 %)     (3 %)     (12 %)
 
                 
Ongoing Operations
    (2 %)     1 %     3 %
 
                 
 
                       
Ongoing Operations combined ratio
                       
Combined ratio before catastrophes and prior year development
    88.9       90.5       88.0  
 
                 
Catastrophe ratio
                       
Current year
    5.3       1.7       1.9  
Prior years
    (0.2 )     0.1       (0.7 )
 
                 
Total catastrophe ratio
    5.0       1.8       1.2  
Non-catastrophe prior year development
    (3.2 )     (1.5 )     0.1  
 
                 
Combined ratio
    90.7       90.8       89.3  
 
                 
 
                       
Other Operations net income (loss)
  $ (97 )   $ 30     $ (35 )
 
                 
Total Property & Casualty measures of net investment income
                       
Investment yield, after-tax
    3.2 %     4.4 %     4.1 %
Average annual invested assets at cost
  $ 29,797     $ 29,760     $ 27,324  
 
                 
Year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007
Ongoing Operations earned premium growth
     
Personal Lines
 
     The decrease in the earned premium growth rate from 2007 to 2008 was due to a significantly lower growth rate on AARP business and a change to declining earned premium in Agency, partially offset by the effect of the sale of Omni in 2006 which lowered the growth rate in 2007. Excluding Omni, Personal Lines earned premium grew 7% in 2007. The effects of larger declines in auto and homeowners’ new business premium and a change to declining homeowners’ renewal retention since the middle of 2007 were largely offset by the effect of a change to modest earned pricing increases in auto.
 
   
Small Commercial
 
     The earned premium growth rate in 2008 was reduced from moderate earned premium increases in 2007 to no growth in 2008. The decrease in the growth rate was primarily attributable to slightly larger earned pricing decreases in 2008 compared to 2007 and a change to decreasing premium renewal retention since the middle of 2007.
 
   
Middle Market
 
     Earned premium declined in the mid-single digits in both 2007 and 2008. The effect of slightly larger earned pricing decreases in 2008 has been largely offset by the effect of a change to new business growth since the second quarter of 2008.
 
   
Specialty Commercial
 
     Earned premium decreased by 4% in 2008 compared to a decrease of 3% in 2007. A larger earned premium decrease in property and a change from earned premium growth in professional liability, fidelity and surety in 2007 to no growth in 2008, was partially offset by an improvement in the rate of earned premium decline in casualty. Property earned premium decreased more significantly in 2008 than in 2007 due, in part, to a decision to stop writing specialty property business with large, national accounts. Also contributing to the larger decrease in property earned premium in 2008 were the effects of a change to decreasing earned pricing and a change to decreasing new business in 2008 on core excess and surplus lines business. The change to no growth in professional liability, fidelity and surety earned premium in 2008 was largely due to larger earned pricing decreases in 2008 than in 2007 and a change to declining new business in professional liability since the third quarter of 2007.

 

99


Table of Contents

Ongoing Operations combined ratio
For 2008, the Ongoing Operations’ combined ratio was relatively flat at 90.7 as a 1.7 point increase in net favorable non-catastrophe prior accident year reserve development and a 1.6 point reduction in the current accident year combined ratio before catastrophes and prior year development was almost entirely offset by a 3.2 point increase in catastrophes, driven by higher current accident year catastrophes.
     
Combined ratio before catastrophes and prior accident year development
 
     The combined ratio before catastrophes and prior accident year development decreased by 1.6 points, to 88.9, as the effects of a lower loss and loss adjustment expense ratio for Small Commercial and Middle Market workers’ compensation claims, lower claim frequency on Personal Lines auto claims and lower non-catastrophe losses on Small Commercial package business were partially offset by earned pricing decreases across the commercial lines businesses and higher non-catastrophe losses on Middle Market property and Personal Lines homeowners’ business.
 
   
Catastrophes
 
     The catastrophe ratio increased by 3.2 points, primarily due to an increase in current accident year catastrophes in 2008, driven by losses from hurricane Ike and losses from tornadoes and thunderstorms in the South and Midwest.
 
   
Non-catastrophe prior accident year development
 
     Net non-catastrophe prior accident year reserve development in Ongoing Operations was more favorable in 2008 than in 2007. Favorable non-catastrophe reserve development of 3.2 points, or $333, in 2008 included, among other reserve changes, a $156 release of reserves for workers’ compensation claims, primarily related to accident years 2000 to 2007, a $105 release of general liability claims, primarily related to accident years 2001 to 2007, and a $75 release of reserves for professional liability claims related to accident years 2003 through 2006. See the “Reserves” section for a discussion of prior accident year reserve development for Ongoing Operations in 2008.
Other Operations net income (loss)
 
Other Operations reported a net loss of $97 in 2008 compared to net income of $30 in 2007. The change from net income in 2007 to a net loss in 2008 was primarily due to an increase in net realized capital losses and lower net investment income, partially offset by a decrease in net unfavorable prior accident year reserve development. See the Other Operations segment MD&A for further discussion.
Investment yield and average invested assets
 
In 2008, the after-tax investment yield decreased due to a change from net income to net losses from limited partnerships and other alternative investments in 2008 and, to a lesser extent, a lower investment yield for fixed maturities.
 
Average annual invested assets at cost increased modestly due to positive operating cash flows, partially offset by the effects of impairments of securities and dividends paid to Corporate.

 

100


Table of Contents

Year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the year ended December 31, 2006
Ongoing Operations earned premium growth
     
Personal Lines
 
     The decrease in the earned premium growth rate from 2006 to 2007 was due to the Company’s exit from the Omni non-standard auto business. Omni, which was sold in the fourth quarter of 2006, accounted for $127 of earned premium in 2006. Excluding Omni, the Personal Lines earned premium growth rate was 7% in both 2006 and 2007. In 2007, an increase in the growth rate of AARP earned premium was offset by the effect of a decrease in the growth rate of Agency earned premium.
 
   
Small Commercial
 
     The decrease in the earned premium growth rate was primarily attributable to a decrease in new business written premium and premium renewal retention over the last six months of 2006 and the first six months of 2007. Also contributing to the lower growth rate was a decrease in earned pricing.
 
   
Middle Market
 
     The change from an increase in earned premium in 2006 to a decrease in earned premium in 2007 was primarily attributable to earned pricing decreases, a decrease in new business written premium over the last six months of 2006 and the first six months of 2007 and a decrease in premium renewal retention over the first six months of 2007.
 
   
Specialty Commercial
 
     The rate of decline in Specialty Commercial earned premium slowed in 2007, primarily due to a lower earned premium decrease in casualty and property, partially offset by a lower earned premium increase in professional liability, fidelity and surety. Casualty earned premium experienced a larger decrease in 2006, primarily because of a decrease in 2006 earned premium from a single captive insured program that expired in 2005. Earned premium decreases in property were larger in 2006 than in 2007 as a result of a strategic decision in 2006 not to renew certain accounts with properties in catastrophe-prone areas. The growth rate in professional liability, fidelity and surety earned premium slowed in 2007 due to a decrease in earned pricing and a decline in new business growth and premium renewal retention.
Ongoing Operations combined ratio
For the year ended December 31, 2007, the Ongoing Operations’ combined ratio increased 1.5 points, to 90.8, due to a 2.5 point increase in the combined ratio before catastrophes and prior accident year development, partially offset by a 0.8 point improvement in prior accident year reserve development and the effect of the sale of Omni in the fourth quarter of 2006. Omni had a higher combined ratio before catastrophes and prior accident year development than other business written by the Company.
     
Combined ratio before catastrophes and prior accident year development
 
     The increase in the combined ratio before catastrophes and prior accident year development, from 88.0 to 90.5, was primarily due to a 1.4 point increase in the current accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes and, to a lesser extent, an increase in the expense ratio. The increase in the loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes and prior accident year development was primarily due to increased severity on Personal Lines auto liability claims, increased frequency on Personal Lines auto property damage claims and, to a lesser extent, increased severity on Personal Lines homeowners claims and a higher loss and loss adjustment expense ratio for both Small Commercial package business and Middle Market workers’ compensation claims. Contributing to the increase in the expense ratio was the effect of a $41 reduction of estimated Florida Citizens’ assessments in 2006 related to the 2005 Florida hurricanes.
 
   
Catastrophes
 
     The catastrophe ratio increased, primarily due to the effect of net favorable reserve development of prior accident year catastrophe losses in 2006. In 2006, the Company recognized $83 of net reserve releases related to the 2005 and 2004 hurricanes.
 
   
Non-catastrophe prior accident year development
 
     Net non-catastrophe prior accident year reserve development was slightly unfavorable in 2006, but favorable in 2007. Favorable reserve development in 2007 was largely attributable to the release of reserves for workers’ compensation claims, primarily related to accident years 2002 to 2006. See the “Reserves” section for a discussion of prior accident year reserve development for Ongoing Operations in 2007.
Other Operations net income (loss)
 
Other Operations reported net income of $30 in 2007 compared to a net loss of $35 in 2006. The improvement in results was primarily due to a decrease in unfavorable prior accident year reserve development, partially offset by a change from net realized gains in 2006 to net realized losses in 2007 and a decrease in net investment income. See the Other Operations segment MD&A for further discussion.

 

101


Table of Contents

Investment yield and average invested assets
 
In 2007, the after-tax investment yield increased due to a higher yield on limited partnerships and other alternative investments and mortgage loans as well as due to a change in asset mix, including shifting a greater share of investments to these asset classes.
 
The average annual invested assets at cost increased as a result of positive operating cash flows and an increase in collateral held from increased securities lending activities.
How Property & Casualty seeks to earn income
Net income is a measure of profit or loss used in evaluating the performance of Total Property & Casualty and the Ongoing Operations and Other Operations segments. Within Ongoing Operations, the underwriting segments of Personal Lines, Small Commercial, Middle Market and Specialty Commercial are evaluated by The Hartford’s management primarily based upon underwriting results. Underwriting results within Ongoing Operations are influenced significantly by changes in earned premium and the adequacy of the Company’s pricing. Underwriting profitability over time is also greatly influenced by the Company’s underwriting discipline, which seeks to manage exposure to loss through favorable risk selection and diversification, its management of claims, its use of reinsurance and its ability to manage its expense ratio which it accomplishes through economies of scale and its management of acquisition costs and other underwriting expenses.
Pricing adequacy depends on a number of factors, including the ability to obtain regulatory approval for rate changes, proper evaluation of underwriting risks, the ability to project future loss cost frequency and severity based on historical loss experience adjusted for known trends, the Company’s response to rate actions taken by competitors, and expectations about regulatory and legal developments and expense levels. Property & Casualty seeks to price its insurance policies such that insurance premiums and future net investment income earned on premiums received will cover underwriting expenses and the ultimate cost of paying claims reported on the policies and provide for a profit margin. For many of its insurance products, Property & Casualty is required to obtain approval for its premium rates from state insurance departments.
In setting its pricing, Property & Casualty assumes an expected level of losses from natural or man-made catastrophes that will cover the Company’s exposure to catastrophes over the long-term. In most years, however, Property & Casualty’s actual losses from catastrophes will be more or less than that assumed in its pricing due to the significant volatility of catastrophe losses. Insurance Services Office, Inc. (“ISO”) defines a catastrophe loss as an event that causes $25 or more in industry insured property losses and affects a significant number of property and casualty policyholders and insurers.
Given the lag in the period from when claims are incurred to when they are reported and paid, final claim settlements may vary from current estimates of incurred losses and loss expenses, particularly when those payments may not occur until well into the future. Reserves for lines of business with a longer lag (or “tail”) in reporting are more difficult to estimate. Reserve estimates for longer tail lines are initially set based on loss and loss expense ratio assumptions estimated when the business was priced and are adjusted as the paid and reported claims develop, indicating that the ultimate loss and loss expense ratio will differ from the initial assumptions. Adjustments to previously established loss and loss expense reserves, if any, are reflected in underwriting results in the period in which the adjustment is determined to be necessary.
The investment return, or yield, on Property & Casualty’s invested assets is an important element of the Company’s earnings since insurance products are priced with the assumption that premiums received can be invested for a period of time before loss and loss adjustment expenses are paid. For longer tail lines, such as workers’ compensation and general liability, claims are paid over several years and, therefore, the premiums received for these lines of business can generate significant investment income. Due to the need to maintain sufficient liquidity to satisfy claim obligations, the vast majority of Property & Casualty’s invested assets have been held in fixed maturities, including, among other asset classes, corporate bonds, municipal bonds, government debt, short-term debt, mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities.
Through its Other Operations segment, Property & Casualty is responsible for managing operations of The Hartford that have discontinued writing new or renewal business as well as managing the claims related to asbestos and environmental exposures.
Definitions of key ratios and measures
Written and earned premiums
Written premium is a statutory accounting financial measure which represents the amount of premiums charged for policies issued, net of reinsurance, during a fiscal period. Earned premium is a U.S. GAAP and statutory measure. Premiums are considered earned and are included in the financial results on a pro rata basis over the policy period. Management believes that written premium is a performance measure that is useful to investors as it reflects current trends in the Company’s sale of property and casualty insurance products. Written and earned premium are recorded net of ceded reinsurance premium.
Reinstatement premiums
Reinstatement premium represents additional ceded premium paid for the reinstatement of the amount of reinsurance coverage that was reduced as a result of a reinsurance loss payment.

 

102


Table of Contents

Policies in force
Policies in force represent the number of policies with coverage in effect as of the end of the period. The number of policies in force is a growth measure used for Personal Lines, Small Commercial and Middle Market and is affected by both new business growth and premium renewal retention.
Written pricing increase (decrease)
Written pricing increase (decrease) over the comparable period of the prior year includes the impact of rate filings, the impact of changes in the value of the rating bases and individual risk pricing decisions. A number of factors impact written pricing increases (decreases) including expected loss costs as projected by the Company’s pricing actuaries, rate filings approved by state regulators, risk selection decisions made by the Company’s underwriters and marketplace competition. Written pricing changes reflect the property and casualty insurance market cycle. Prices tend to increase for a particular line of business when insurance carriers have incurred significant losses in that line of business in the recent past or the industry as a whole commits less of its capital to writing exposures in that line of business. Prices tend to decrease when recent loss experience has been favorable or when competition among insurance carriers increases.
Earned pricing increase (decrease)
Written premiums are earned over the policy term, which is six months for certain Personal Lines auto business and 12 months for substantially all of the remainder of the Company’s business. Because the Company earns premiums over the 6 to 12 month term of the policies, earned pricing increases (decreases) lag written pricing increases (decreases) by 6 to 12 months.
New business written premium
New business written premium represents the amount of premiums charged for policies issues to customers who were not insured with the Company in the previous policy term. New business written premium plus renewal policy written premium equals total written premium.
Premium renewal retention
Premium renewal retention represents the ratio of net written premium in the current period that is not derived from new business divided by total net written premium of the prior period. Accordingly, premium renewal retention includes the effect of written pricing changes on renewed business. In addition, the renewal retention rate is affected by a number of other factors, including the percentage of renewal policy quotes accepted and decisions by the Company to non-renew policies because of specific policy underwriting concerns or because of a decision to reduce premium writings in certain lines of business or states. Premium renewal retention is also affected by advertising and rate actions taken by competitors.
Loss and loss adjustment expense ratio
The loss and loss adjustment expense ratio is a measure of the cost of claims incurred in the calendar year divided by earned premium and includes losses incurred for both the current and prior accident years. Among other factors, the loss and loss adjustment expense ratio needed for the Company to achieve its targeted return on equity fluctuates from year to year based on changes in the expected investment yield over the claim settlement period, the timing of expected claim settlements and the targeted returns set by management based on the competitive environment.
The loss and loss adjustment expense ratio is affected by claim frequency and claim severity, particularly for shorter-tail property lines of business, where the emergence of claim frequency and severity is credible and likely indicative of ultimate losses. Claim frequency represents the percentage change in the average number of reported claims per unit of exposure in the current accident year compared to that of the previous accident year. Claim severity represents the percentage change in the estimated average cost per claim in the current accident year compared to that of the previous accident year. As one of the factors used to determine pricing, the Company’s practice is to first make an overall assumption about claim frequency and severity for a given line of business and then, as part of the ratemaking process, adjust the assumption as appropriate for the particular state, product or coverage.
Current accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes
The current accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes is a measure of the cost of non-catastrophe claims incurred in the current accident year divided by earned premiums. Management believes that the current accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes is a performance measure that is useful to investors as it removes the impact of volatile and unpredictable catastrophe losses and prior accident year reserve development.
Current accident year catastrophe ratio
The current accident year catastrophe ratio represents the ratio of catastrophe losses (net of reinsurance) to earned premiums for catastrophe claims incurred during the current accident year. A catastrophe is an event that causes $25 or more in industry insured property losses and affects a significant number of property and casualty policyholders and insurers. The catastrophe ratio includes the effect of catastrophe losses, but does not include the effect of reinstatement premiums.

 

103


Table of Contents

Prior accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio
The prior year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio represents the increase (decrease) in the estimated cost of settling catastrophe and non-catastrophe claims incurred in prior accident years as recorded in the current calendar year divided by earned premiums.
Expense ratio
The expense ratio is the ratio of underwriting expenses, excluding bad debt expense, to earned premiums. Underwriting expenses include the amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and insurance operating costs and expenses. Deferred policy acquisition costs include commissions, taxes, licenses and fees and other underwriting expenses and are amortized over the policy term.
Policyholder dividend ratio
The policyholder dividend ratio is the ratio of policyholder dividends to earned premium.
Combined ratio
The combined ratio is the sum of the loss and loss adjustment expense ratio, the expense ratio and the policyholder dividend ratio. This ratio is a relative measurement that describes the related cost of losses and expenses for every $100 of earned premiums. A combined ratio below 100.0 demonstrates underwriting profit; a combined ratio above 100.0 demonstrates underwriting losses.
Catastrophe ratio
The catastrophe ratio (a component of the loss and loss adjustment expense ratio) represents the ratio of catastrophe losses (net of reinsurance) to earned premiums. By their nature, catastrophe losses vary dramatically from year to year. Based on the mix and geographic dispersion of premium written and estimates derived from various catastrophe loss models, the Company’s expected catastrophe ratio over the long-term is 3.0 to 3.5 points. See “Risk Management Strategy” below for a discussion of the Company’s catastrophe risk management program that serves to mitigate the Company’s net exposure to catastrophe losses. Catastrophe losses used to calculate the catastrophe ratio do not include the effect of reinstatement premiums or assessments.
Combined ratio before catastrophes and prior accident year development
The combined ratio before catastrophes and prior accident year development represents the combined ratio for the current accident year, excluding the impact of catastrophes. The Company believes this ratio is an important measure of the trend in profitability since it removes the impact of volatile and unpredictable catastrophe losses and prior accident year reserve development.
Underwriting results
Underwriting results is a before-tax measure that represents earned premiums less incurred losses, loss adjustment expenses, underwriting expenses and policyholder dividends. The Hartford believes that underwriting results provides investors with a valuable measure of before-tax profitability derived from underwriting activities, which are managed separately from the Company’s investing activities. Within Ongoing Operations, the underwriting segments of Personal Lines, Small Commercial, Middle Market and Specialty Commercial are evaluated by management primarily based upon underwriting results. Underwriting results is also presented for Ongoing Operations and Other Operations. A reconciliation of underwriting results to net income for Ongoing Operations and Other Operations is set forth in their respective discussions herein.
Investment yield
The investment yield, or return, on the Company’s invested assets primarily includes interest income on fixed maturity investments. Based upon the fair value of Property & Casualty’s investments as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, approximately 82% and 89%, respectively, of invested assets were held in fixed maturities. A number of factors affect the yield on fixed maturity investments, including fluctuations in interest rates and the level of prepayments. The Company also invests in equity securities, mortgage loans, limited partnership arrangements and other alternative investments.
Property & Casualty’s insurance business has been written by a number of writing companies that, under a pooling arrangement, participate in the Hartford Fire Insurance Pool, the lead company of which is the Hartford Fire Insurance Company (“Hartford Fire”).
Property & Casualty maintains one portfolio of invested assets for all business written by the Hartford Fire Insurance Pool companies, including business reported in both the Ongoing Operations and Other Operations segments. Separate investment portfolios are maintained within Other Operations for the runoff of international assumed reinsurance claims and for the runoff business of Heritage Holdings, Inc., including its subsidiaries, Excess Insurance Company Ltd., First State Insurance Company and Heritage Reinsurance Company, Ltd. Within the Hartford Fire Insurance Pool, invested assets are attributed to Ongoing Operations and Other Operations pursuant to the Company’s capital attribution process.
The Hartford attributes capital to each line of business or segment using an internally-developed, risk-based capital attribution methodology that incorporates management’s assessment of the relative risks within each line of business or segment, as well as the capital requirements of external parties, such as regulators and rating agencies. Net investment income earned on the Hartford Fire invested asset portfolio is allocated between Ongoing Operations and Other Operations based on the allocation of invested assets to each segment and the expected investment yields earned by each segment. Net investment income earned on the separate portfolios within Other Operations is recorded entirely within Other Operations. Based on the Company’s method of allocating net investment income for the Hartford Fire Insurance Pool and the net investment income earned by Other Operations on its separate investment portfolios, in 2008, the after-tax investment yield for Ongoing Operations was 3.2% and the after-tax investment yield for Other Operations was 3.6%.

 

104


Table of Contents

Net realized capital gains (losses)
When fixed maturity, equity or other investments are sold, any gain or loss is reported in net realized capital gains (losses). Individual securities may be sold for a variety of reasons, including a decision to change the Company’s asset allocation in response to market conditions and the need to liquidate funds to meet large claim settlements. Accordingly, net realized capital gains (losses) for any particular period are not predictable and can vary significantly. In addition, net realized capital gains (losses) include other-than-temporary impairments in the fair value of investments, changes in the fair value of non-qualifying derivatives and hedge ineffectiveness on qualifying derivative instruments. Refer to the Investment section of MD&A for further discussion of net investment income and net realized capital gains (losses).
Reserves
Reserving for property and casualty losses is an estimation process. As additional experience and other relevant claim data become available, reserve levels are adjusted accordingly. Such adjustments of reserves related to claims incurred in prior years are a natural occurrence in the loss reserving process and are referred to as “reserve development”. Reserve development that increases previous estimates of ultimate cost is called “reserve strengthening”. Reserve development that decreases previous estimates of ultimate cost is called “reserve releases”. Reserve development can influence the comparability of year over year underwriting results and is set forth in the paragraphs and tables that follow. The “prior accident year development (pts.)” in the following table represents the ratio of reserve development to earned premiums. For a detailed discussion of the Company’s reserve policies, see Notes 1, 11 and 12 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and the Critical Accounting Estimates section of the MD&A.
Based on the results of the quarterly reserve review process, the Company determines the appropriate reserve adjustments, if any, to record. Recorded reserve estimates are changed after consideration of numerous factors, including but not limited to, the magnitude of the difference between the actuarial indication and the recorded reserves, improvement or deterioration of actuarial indications in the period, the maturity of the accident year, trends observed over the recent past and the level of volatility within a particular line of business. In general, changes are made more quickly to more mature accident years and less volatile lines of business. For information regarding reserving for asbestos and environmental claims within Other Operations, refer to the Other Operations segment discussion.
As part of its quarterly reserve review process, the Company is closely monitoring reported loss development in certain lines where the recent emergence of paid losses and case reserves could indicate a trend that may eventually lead the Company to change its estimate of ultimate losses in those lines. If, and when, the emergence of reported losses is determined to be a trend that changes the Company’s estimate of ultimate losses, prior accident year reserves would be adjusted in the period the change in estimate is made.
For example, the Company has experienced favorable emergence of reported workers’ compensation claims for recent accident years and, during 2008, released workers’ compensation reserves in Small Commercial and Middle Market by a total of $156, primarily related to accident years 2000 to 2007. If reported losses on workers’ compensation claims for recent accident years continue to emerge favorably, reserves could be reduced further.
The Company has also seen favorable emergence during 2008 on Personal Lines auto liability claims. The severity of reported claims for the 2005 through 2007 accident years and the frequency of reported claims for the 2008 accident year have been lower than expected and reserves were released in the third and fourth quarter of 2008 as a result. If these favorable trends continue, future releases are possible.
The Company expects to perform its regular reviews of asbestos liabilities in the second quarter of 2009, Other Operations’ reinsurance recoverables and the allowance for uncollectible reinsurance in the second quarter of 2009 and environmental liabilities in the third quarter of 2009. If there are significant developments that affect particular exposures, reinsurance arrangements or the financial conditions of particular reinsurers, the Company will make adjustments to its reserves, or the portion of liabilities it expects to cede to reinsurers.

 

105


Table of Contents

A rollforward of liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses by segment for Property & Casualty for the year ended December 31, 2008 follows:
For the year ended December 31, 2008
                                                         
    Personal     Small     Middle     Specialty     Ongoing     Other     Total  
    Lines     Commercial     Market     Commercial     Operations     Operations     P&C  
Beginning liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses-gross
  $ 2,042     $ 3,470     $ 4,697     $ 6,873     $ 17,082     $ 5,071     $ 22,153  
Reinsurance and other recoverables
    81       177       414       2,316       2,988       934       3,922  
 
                                         
Beginning liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses-net
    1,961       3,293       4,283       4,557       14,094       4,137       18,231  
 
                                         
Provision for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses
                                                       
Current accident year before catastrophes
    2,542       1,447       1,460       941       6,390             6,390  
Current accident year catastrophes
    258       122       116       47       543             543  
Prior accident years
    (51 )     (89 )     (134 )     (81 )     (355 )     129       (226 )
 
                                         
Total provision for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses
    2,749       1,480       1,442       907       6,578       129       6,707  
Payments
    (2,718 )     (1,377 )     (1,418 )     (593 )     (6,106 )     (485 )     (6,591 )
 
                                         
Ending liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses-net
    1,992       3,396       4,307       4,871       14,566       3,781       18,347  
 
                                         
Reinsurance and other recoverables
    60       176       437       2,110       2,783       803       3,586  
Ending liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses-gross
  $ 2,052     $ 3,572     $ 4,744     $ 6,981     $ 17,349     $ 4,584     $ 21,933  
 
                                         
Earned premiums
  $ 3,926     $ 2,724     $ 2,299     $ 1,382     $ 10,331     $ 7 $       10,338  
Loss and loss expense paid ratio [1]
    69.2       50.5       61.6       42.8       59.1                  
Loss and loss expense incurred ratio
    70.0       54.3       62.7       65.6       63.7                  
Prior accident year development (pts.) [2]
    (1.3 )     (3.3 )     (5.9 )     (5.8 )     (3.4 )                
 
                                         
     
[1]  
The “loss and loss expense paid ratio” represents the ratio of paid losses and loss adjustment expenses to earned premiums.
 
[2]  
“Prior accident year development (pts)” represents the ratio of prior accident year development to earned premiums.

 

106


Table of Contents

Current accident year catastrophes
For 2008, net current accident year catastrophe loss and loss adjustment expenses totaled $543, of which $237 related to hurricane Ike. In addition to the $237 of net catastrophe loss and loss adjustment expenses from hurricane Ike, the Company incurred $20 of assessments due to hurricane Ike. The following table shows total current accident year catastrophe impacts in the year ended December 31, 2008:
For the Year Ended December 31, 2008
                                                         
    Personal     Small     Middle     Specialty     Ongoing     Other     Total  
    Lines     Commercial     Market     Commercial     Operations     Operations     P&C  
Gross incurred claim and claim adjustment expenses for current accident year catastrophes
  $ 260     $ 124     $ 130     $ 58     $ 572     $     $ 572  
Ceded claim and claim adjustment expenses for current accident year catastrophes
    2       2       14       11       29             29  
 
                                         
Net incurred claim and claim adjustment expenses for current accident year catastrophes
    258       122       116       47       543             543  
Assessments owed to Texas Windstorm Insurance Association due to hurricane Ike
    10       7       3             20             20  
Reinstatement premium ceded to reinsurers due to hurricane Ike
    1                         1             1  
 
                                         
Total current accident year catastrophe impacts
  $ 269     $ 129     $ 119     $ 47     $ 564     $     $ 564  
 
                                         
A portion of the gross incurred loss and loss adjustment expenses are recoverable from reinsurers under the Company’s principal catastrophe reinsurance program in addition to other reinsurance programs. Reinsurance recoveries under the Company’s principal catastrophe reinsurance program, which covers multiple lines of business, are allocated to the segments in accordance with a pre-established methodology that is consistent with the method used to allocate the ceded premium to each segment.
The Company’s estimate of ultimate loss and loss expenses arising from hurricanes and other catastrophes is based on covered losses under the terms of the policies. The Company does not provide residential flood insurance on its Personal Lines homeowners policies so the Company’s estimate of hurricane losses on Personal Lines homeowners business does not include any provision for damages arising from flood waters. The Company acts as an administrator for the Write Your Own flood program on behalf of the National Flood Insurance Program under FEMA, for which it earns a fee for collecting premiums and processing claims. Under the program, the Company services both personal lines and commercial lines flood insurance policies and does not assume any underwriting risk. As a result, catastrophe losses in the above table do not include any losses related to the Write Your Own flood program.

 

107


Table of Contents

Prior accident year development recorded in 2008
Included within prior accident year development for the year ended December 31, 2008 were the following reserve strengthenings (releases).
                                                         
    Personal     Small     Middle     Specialty     Ongoing     Other     Total  
    Lines     Commercial     Market     Commercial     Operations     Operations     P&C  
Released workers’ compensation reserves, primarily related to accident years 2000 to 2007
  $     $ (92 )   $ (64 )   $     $ (156 )   $     $ (156 )
Released reserves for general liability claims, primarily related to accident years 2001 to 2007
          (15 )     (90 )           (105 )           (105 )
Released reserves for directors and officers claims and errors and omissions claims for accident years 2003 to 2006
                      (75 )     (75 )           (75 )
Released reserves for personal auto liability claims related to accident years 2005 to 2007
    (46 )                       (46 )           (46 )
Released commercial auto liability reserves, primarily related to accident years 2002 to 2007
                (27 )           (27 )           (27 )
Released reserves for extra-contractual liability claims under non-standard personal auto policies
    (24 )                       (24 )           (24 )
Released reserves for construction defect claims for accident years 2005 and prior
                      (10 )     (10 )           (10 )
Strengthened reserves for general liability and products liability claims primarily for accident years 2004 and prior
          17       50             67             67  
Strengthened reserves for national account general liability allocated loss adjustment expense reserves related to accident years 2004 and prior
                      25       25             25  
Strengthening of net environmental reserves
                                  53       53  
Strengthening of net asbestos reserves
                                  50       50  
Other reserve re-estimates, net [1]
    19       1       (3 )     (21 )     (4 )     26       22  
 
                                         
Total prior accident year development for the year ended December 31, 2008
  $ (51 )   $ (89 )   $ (134 )   $ (81 )   $ (355 )   $ 129     $ (226 )
 
                                         
     
[1]  
Includes reserve discount accretion of $26, including $6 in Small Commercial, $9 in Middle Market, $8 in Specialty Commercial and $3 in Other Operations.

 

108


Table of Contents

During 2008, the Company’s re-estimates of prior accident year reserves included the following significant reserve changes:
Ongoing Operations
 
Released workers’ compensation reserves primarily related to accident years 2000 to 2007 by $156. These reserve releases are a continuation of favorable developments first recognized in 2005 and recognized in both 2006 and 2007. The reserve releases in 2008 resulted from a determination that workers’ compensation losses continue to develop even more favorably from prior expectations due, in part, to state legal reforms, including in California and Florida, and underwriting actions as well as cost reduction initiatives first instituted in 2003. In particular, the state legal reforms and underwriting actions have resulted in lower than expected medical claim severity. The $156 reserve release represented 3% of the Company’s net reserves for workers’ compensation claims as of December 31, 2007.
 
 
Released reserves for general liability claims primarily related to the 2001 to 2007 accident years by $105. Beginning in the third quarter of 2007, the Company observed that reported losses for high hazard and umbrella general liability claims, primarily related to the 2001 to 2006 accident years, were emerging favorably and this caused management to reduce its estimate of the cost of future reported claims for these accident years, resulting in a reserve release in each quarter since the third quarter of 2007. During 2008, the Company observed that this favorable trend continued with the 2007 accident year. The number of reported claims for this line of business has been lower than expected, a trend first observed in 2005. Over time, management has come to believe that the lower than expected number of claims reported to date will not be offset by a higher than expected number of late reported claims. The $105 reserve release represented 4% of the Company’s net reserves for general liability claims as of December 31, 2007.
 
 
Released reserves for professional liability claims for accident years 2003 to 2006 by $75. During 2008, the Company updated its analysis of certain professional liability claims and the new analysis showed that claim severity for directors and officers losses in the 2003 to 2006 accident years were favorable to previous expectations, resulting in a reduction of reserves. The analysis also showed favorable emergence of claim severity on errors and omission policy claims for the 2004 and 2005 accident years, resulting in a release of reserves. The $75 reserve release represented 13% of the Company’s net reserves for professional liability claims as of December 31, 2007.
 
 
Released reserves for Personal Lines auto liability claims by $46, principally related to AARP business for the 2005 through 2007 accident years. Beginning in the first quarter of 2008, management observed an improvement in emerged claim severity for the 2005 through 2007 accident years attributed, in part, to changes made in claim handling procedures in 2007. In the third and fourth quarter of 2008, the Company recognized that favorable development in reported severity was a sustained trend and, accordingly, management reduced its reserve estimate. The $46 reserve release represented 3% of the Company’s net reserves for Personal Lines auto liability claims as of December 31, 2007.
 
 
Released commercial auto liability reserves by $27, primarily related to accident years 2002 to 2007. Management has observed fewer than previously expected large losses in accident years 2006 and 2007 and lower than previously expected severity on large claims in accident years 2002 to 2005. In 2008, management recognized that favorable development in reported claim severity was a sustained trend and, accordingly, management reduced its estimate of the reserves. The $27 reserve release represented 9% of the Company’s net reserves for Middle Market commercial auto liability claims as of December 31, 2007.
 
 
Released reserves for extra-contractual liability claims under non-standard personal auto policies by $24. As part of the agreement to sell its non-standard auto insurance business in November, 2006, the Company continues to be obligated for certain extra-contractual liability claims arising prior to the date of sale. Reserve estimates for extra-contractual liability claims are subject to significant variability depending on the expected settlement of individually large claims and, during 2008, the Company determined that the settlement value of a number of these claims was expected to be less than previously anticipated, resulting in a $24 release of reserves. The $24 reserve release represented 1% of the Company’s net reserves for Personal Lines auto liability claims as of December 31, 2007.
 
 
Released reserves for construction defect claims in Specialty Commercial by $10 for accident years 2005 and prior due to lower than expected reported claim activity. Lower than expected claim activity was first noted in the first quarter of 2007 and continued throughout 2007. In the first quarter of 2008, management determined that this was a verifiable trend and reduced reserves accordingly. The $10 reserve release represented 1% of the Company’s net reserves for Specialty Commercial general liability claims as of December 31, 2007.
 
 
Strengthened reserves for general liability and products liability claims primarily for accident years 2004 and prior by $67 for losses expected to emerge after 20 years of development. In 2007, management observed that long outstanding general liability claims have been settling for more than previously anticipated and, during the first quarter of 2008, the Company increased the estimate of late development of general liability claims. The $67 reserve strengthening represented 3% of the Company’s net reserves for general liability claims as of December 31, 2007.
 
 
Strengthened reserves for allocated loss adjustment expenses on national account general liability claims within Specialty Commercial by $25. Allocated loss adjustment expense reserves on general liability excess and umbrella claims were strengthened for accident years 2004 and prior as the Company observed that the cost of settling these claims has exceeded previous expectations. The $25 reserve strengthening represented 2% of the Company’s net reserves for Specialty Commercial general liability claims as of December 31, 2007.

 

109


Table of Contents

Other Operations
 
During the third quarter of 2008, the Company completed its annual ground up environmental reserve evaluation. As part of this evaluation, the Company reviewed all of its open direct domestic insurance accounts exposed to environmental liability as well as assumed reinsurance accounts and its London Market exposures for both direct insurance and assumed reinsurance. The Company found estimates for individual cases changed based upon the particular circumstances of each account. These changes were case specific and not as a result of any underlying change in the current environment. In addition, the decline in the reporting of new accounts and sites has been slower than anticipated in our previous review. The net effect of these changes resulted in a $53 increase in net environmental reserves.
 
During the second quarter of 2008, the Company completed its annual ground up asbestos reserve evaluation. As part of this evaluation, the Company reviewed all of its open direct domestic insurance accounts exposed to asbestos liability as well as assumed reinsurance accounts and its London Market exposures for both direct insurance and assumed reinsurance. The Company found estimates for individual cases changed based upon the particular circumstances of each account. These changes were case specific and not as a result of any underlying change in the current environment. The net effect of these changes resulted in a $50 increase in net asbestos reserves.
 
Among other net reserve re-estimates for Other Operations in 2008, the Company recognized favorable prior year development of $30 on its HartRe assumed reinsurance liabilities as the result of lower than expected reported losses and $25 of adverse development for assumed reinsurance obligations of the Company’s Bermuda operations.
A rollforward of liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses by segment for Property & Casualty for the year ended December 31, 2007 follows:
For the year ended December 31, 2007
                                                         
    Personal     Small     Middle     Specialty     Ongoing     Other     Total  
    Lines     Commercial     Market     Commercial     Operations     Operations     P&C  
Beginning liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses-gross
  $ 1,959     $ 3,421     $ 4,536     $ 6,359     $ 16,275     $ 5,716     $ 21,991  
Reinsurance and other recoverables
    134       214       479       2,260       3,087       1,300       4,387  
 
                                         
Beginning liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses-net
    1,825       3,207       4,057       4,099       13,188       4,416       17,604  
 
                                         
Provision for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses
                                                       
Current accident year before catastrophes
    2,576       1,594       1,561       961       6,692             6,692  
Current accident year catastrophes
    125       28       15       9       177             177  
Prior accident years
    (4 )     (209 )     (16 )     84       (145 )     193       48  
 
                                         
Total provision for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses
    2,697       1,413       1,560       1,054       6,724       193       6,917  
Payments
    (2,503 )     (1,222 )     (1,248 )     (720 )     (5,693 )     (597 )     (6,290 )
Reallocation of reserves for unallocated loss adjustment expenses [1]
    (58 )     (105 )     (86 )     124       (125 )     125        
 
                                         
Ending liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses-net
    1,961       3,293       4,283       4,557       14,094       4,137       18,231  
 
                                         
Reinsurance and other recoverables
    81       177       414       2,316       2,988       934       3,922  
Ending liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses-gross
  $ 2,042     $ 3,470     $ 4,697     $ 6,873     $ 17,082     $ 5,071     $ 22,153  
 
                                         
Earned premiums
  $ 3,889     $ 2,736     $ 2,420     $ 1,446     $ 10,491     $ 5     $ 10,496  
Loss and loss expense paid ratio [2]
    64.4       44.7       51.5       49.8       54.3                  
Loss and loss expense incurred ratio
    69.3       51.6       64.5       73.0       64.1                  
Prior accident year development (pts.) [3]
    (0.1 )     (7.6 )     (0.7 )     5.8       (1.4 )                
 
                                         
     
[1]  
Prior to the second quarter of 2007, the Company evaluated the adequacy of the reserves for unallocated loss adjustment expenses on a company-wide basis. During the second quarter of 2007, the Company refined its analysis of the reserves at the segment level, resulting in the reallocation of reserves among segments, including a reallocation of reserves from Ongoing Operations to Other Operations.
 
[2]  
The “loss and loss expense paid ratio” represents the ratio of paid loss and loss adjustment expenses to earned premiums.
 
[3]  
“Prior accident year development (pts)” represents the ratio of prior accident year development to earned premiums.

 

110


Table of Contents

Prior accident year development recorded in 2007
Included within prior accident year development for the year ended December 31, 2007 were the following reserve strengthenings (releases).
                                                         
    Personal     Small     Middle     Specialty     Ongoing     Other     Total  
    Lines     Commercial     Market     Commercial     Operations     Operations     P&C  
Release of workers’ compensation loss and loss adjustment expense reserves, primarily for accident years 2002 to 2006
  $     $ (151 )   $     $     $ (151 )   $     $ (151 )
Release of general liability loss and loss adjustment expense reserves for accident years 2003 to 2006
                (49 )           (49 )           (49 )
Release of workers’ compensation loss reserves for accident years 1987 to 2000
          (33 )                 (33 )           (33 )
Release of loss reserves for package business for accident years 2003 to 2006
          (30 )                 (30 )           (30 )
Release of reserves for surety business for accident years 2003 to 2006
                      (22 )     (22 )           (22 )
Release of commercial auto liability reserves for accident years 2003 and 2004
                (18 )           (18 )           (18 )
Release of reserves on Personal Lines auto liability claims for accident years 2002 to 2006
    (16 )                       (16 )           (16 )
Release of reserves on errors & omissions policies for accident year 2005
                      (15 )     (15 )           (15 )
Strengthening of workers’ compensation loss and loss adjustment expense reserves for accident years 1987 to 2001
                      47       47             47  
Strengthening of workers’ compensation reserves for accident years 1973 & prior
                40             40             40  
Strengthening of general liability reserves for accident years more than 20 years old
                14       25       39             39  
Strengthening of general liability reserves primarily related to accident years 1987 to 1997
                      34       34             34  
Strengthening or reserves primarily as a result of an adverse arbitration decision
                                  99       99  
Strengthening of environmental reserves
                                  25       25  
Other reserve reestimates, net [1]
    12       5       (3 )     15       29       69       98  
 
                                         
Total prior accident year development for the year ended December 31, 2007
  $ (4 )   $ (209 )   $ (16 )   $ 84     $ (145 )   $ 193     $ 48  
 
                                         
     
[1]  
Includes reserve discount accretion of $31, including $6 in Small Commercial, $8 in Middle Market, $11 in Specialty Commercial and $6 in Other Operations.

 

111


Table of Contents

During the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company’s reestimates of prior accident year reserves included the following significant reserve changes.
Ongoing Operations
 
Released Small Commercial workers’ compensation reserves by $151, primarily related to accident years 2002 to 2006. This reserve release is a continuation of favorable developments first recognized in 2005 and 2006. The workers’ compensation reserve releases in 2007 resulted from a determination that workers’ compensation losses continue to develop even more favorably from prior expectations due to the California and Florida legal reforms and underwriting actions as well as cost reduction initiatives first instituted in 2003. In particular, the state legal reforms and underwriting actions have resulted in lower than expected medical claim severity. In addition, the Company determined that paid losses related to workers’ compensation policies sold through payroll service providers were emerging favorably, leading to a release of reserves for the 2003 to 2006 accident years. The $151 reserve release represented 9% of the Company’s net reserves for Small Commercial workers’ compensation claims as of December 31, 2006.
 
Released reserves for Middle Market general liability claims related to the 2003 to 2006 accident years by $49. Beginning in the third quarter of 2007, the Company observed that reported losses for high hazard and umbrella general liability claims for the 2003 to 2006 accident years were emerging favorably and this caused management to reduce its estimate of the cost of future reported claims for these accident years, resulting in a reserve release in the third and fourth quarter of 2007. This reserve development is unrelated to the reserve strengthening in 2005 and 2006 of other Middle Market general liability claims which developed unfavorably due to higher than anticipated loss payments beyond four years of development. The $49 reserve release represented 6% of the Company’s net reserves for Middle Market general liability claims as of December 31, 2006.
 
Released Small Commercial workers’ compensation reserves related to accident years 2000 and prior by $33. The severity of workers’ compensation medical claims for these accident years has emerged favorably to previous expectations. As the continued development of these claims has resulted in a sustained favorable trend, management released reserves in the fourth quarter of 2007. The $33 reserve release represented 2% of the Company’s net reserves for Small Commercial workers’ compensation claims as of December 31, 2006.
 
Recorded a $30 net release of reserves for Small Commercial package business related to the 2003 to 2006 accident years. Reserve reviews completed during 2007 identified that the frequency of reported liability claims on Small Commercial package business policies for these accident years was lower than the previously expected frequency. In addition, reported loss costs on property coverages have emerged favorably for the 2006 accident year. In recognition of these trends, in the second and fourth quarter of 2007, management reduced reserves by a total of $30. The $30 reserve release represented 3% of the Company’s net reserves for Small Commercial package business claims as of December 31, 2006.
 
Released reserves for commercial surety business by $22 for accident years 2003 to 2006. Reported losses for commercial surety business have been emerging favorably resulting in the Company lowering its estimate of ultimate unpaid losses during the third quarter of 2007. The $22 reserve release represented 14% of the Company’s net reserves for fidelity and surety claims as of December 31, 2006.
 
Released Middle Market commercial auto liability reserves by $18 for accident years 2003 and 2004. Since the first quarter of 2007, reported losses for commercial auto liability claims in these accident years have emerged favorably although management did not determine that this was a verifiable trend until the third quarter of 2007 when it released the reserves. The $18 reserve release represented 6% of the Company’s net reserves for Middle Market auto liability claims as of December 31, 2006.
 
Released reserves for Personal Lines auto liability claims for accident years 2002 to 2006 by $16. This reserve release was a continuation of trends first observed in 2006. During the first quarter of 2006, the Company released auto liability reserves related to the 2005 accident year due to frequency emerging favorable to initial expectations. During the second quarter of 2006, the Company observed that loss cost severity on auto liability claims for the 2004 accident year was emerging favorable to initial expectations and released reserves to recognize this trend. For each of the 2002 to 2006 accident years, the Company has continued to observe favorable trends in reported severity and, in the fourth quarter of 2007, the Company released an additional $16 in reserves. The $16 reserve release represented 1% of the Company’s net reserves for Personal Lines auto liability claims as of December 31, 2006.
 
Released reserves for errors and omissions claims for accident year 2005 by $15. During the fourth quarter of 2007, the Company updated its analysis of certain professional liability claims and the new analysis showed that claims under errors and omissions policies were emerging favorable to initial expectations, resulting in this reserve release. The $15 reserve release represented 3% of the Company’s net reserves for professional liability claims as of December 31, 2006.
 
Strengthened Specialty Commercial workers’ compensation reserves by $47, primarily related to accident years 1987 to 2001. Management has been observing larger than expected increases in loss cost severity, particularly on high deductible and excess policies. The $47 reserve strengthening represented 2% of the Company’s net reserves for Specialty Commercial workers’ compensation claims as of December 31, 2006.

 

112


Table of Contents

 
Strengthened Middle Market workers’ compensation reserves by $40 for accident years 1973 and prior, primarily driven by a reduction in reinsurance recoverables from the commutation of certain reinsurance treaties. Due to the commutations, within the past two years, net paid losses on these claims have begun to emerge unfavorably to initial expectations and, during 2007, the Company determined that this trend in higher paid losses would ultimately result in unpaid losses settling for more than management’s previous estimates. The $40 reserve strengthening represented 2% of net reserves for Middle Market workers’ compensation claims as of December 31, 2006.
 
Strengthened general liability reserves by $39 for accident years more than 20 years old. The Company has experienced an increase in defense costs for certain mass tort claims and, during 2007, the Company determined that the increase in defense costs was a sustained trend that resulted in an increase in reserves. The $39 reserve strengthening represented 2% of the Company’s net reserves for general liability claims as of December 31, 2006.
 
Strengthened reserves for Specialty Commercial general and products liability claims by $34, primarily related to the 1987 to 1997 accident years. Reported losses on general and products liability claims have been emerging unfavorably to previous expectations and loss adjustment expenses have been higher than expected on late emerging claims. The $34 reserve strengthening represented 3% of the Company’s net reserves for Specialty Commercial general liability claims as of December 31, 2006.
 
Also during 2007, the Company refined its processes for allocating IBNR reserves by accident year, resulting in a reclassification of $347 of IBNR reserves from the 2003 to 2006 accident years to the 2002 and prior accident years. This reclassification of reserves by accident year had no effect on total recorded reserves within any segment or on total recorded reserves for any line of business within a segment.
Other Operations
 
During the second quarter of 2007, an arbitration panel found that a Hartford subsidiary, established as a captive reinsurance company in the 1970s by The Hartford’s former parent, ITT Corporation (“ITT”), had additional obligations to ITT’s primary insurance carrier under ITT’s captive insurance program, which ended in 1993. When ITT spun off The Hartford in 1995, the former captive became a Hartford subsidiary. The arbitration concerned whether certain claims could be presented to the former captive in a different manner than ITT’s primary insurance carrier historically had presented them. The Company recorded a charge of $99 principally as a result of this adverse arbitration decision.
 
The Company completed its environmental reserve evaluation and increased its environmental reserves by $25. As part of this evaluation, the Company reviewed all of its open direct domestic insurance accounts exposed to environmental liability as well as assumed reinsurance accounts and its London Market exposures for both direct and assumed reinsurance. The Company found estimates for individual cases changed based upon the particular circumstances of each account. These changes were case specific and not as a result of any underlying change in the current environment.

 

113


Table of Contents

A rollforward of liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses by segment for Property & Casualty for the year ended December 31, 2006 follows:
For the year ended December 31, 2006
                                                         
    Personal     Small     Middle     Specialty     Ongoing     Other     Total  
    Lines     Commercial     Market     Commercial     Operations     Operations     P&C  
Beginning liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses-gross
  $ 2,152     $ 3,023     $ 4,185     $ 6,060     $ 15,420     $ 6,846     $ 22,266  
Reinsurance and other recoverables
    385       192       565       2,306       3,448       1,955       5,403  
 
                                         
Beginning liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses-net
    1,767       2,831       3,620       3,754       11,972       4,891       16,863  
 
                                         
Provision for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses
                                                       
Current accident year before catastrophes
    2,396       1,509       1,577       1,025       6,507             6,507  
Current accident year catastrophes
    120       34       36       9       199             199  
Prior years
    (38 )     (75 )     13       36       (64 )     360       296  
 
                                         
Total provision for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses
    2,478       1,468       1,626       1,070       6,642       360       7,002  
Payments
    (2,309 )     (1,092 )     (1,189 )     (725 )     (5,315 )     (835 )     (6,150 )
Net reserves of Omni business sold
    (111 )                       (111 )           (111 )
 
                                         
Ending liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses-net
    1,825       3,207       4,057       4,099       13,188       4,416       17,604  
Reinsurance and other recoverables
    134       214       479       2,260       3,087       1,300       4,387  
 
                                         
Ending liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses-gross
  $ 1,959     $ 3,421     $ 4,536     $ 6,359     $ 16,275     $ 5,716     $ 21,991  
 
                                         
Earned premiums
  $ 3,760     $ 2,652     $ 2,523     $ 1,493     $ 10,428     $ 5     $ 10,433  
Loss and loss expense paid ratio [1]
    61.4       41.1       47.3       48.4       51.0                  
Loss and loss expense incurred ratio
    65.9       55.3       64.6       71.5       63.7                  
Prior accident year development (pts.) [2]
    (1.0 )     (2.8 )     0.5       2.5       (0.6 )                
 
                                         
     
[1]  
The “loss and loss expense paid ratio” represents the ratio of paid loss and loss adjustment expenses to earned premiums.
 
[2]  
“Prior accident year development (pts)” represents the ratio of prior accident year development to earned premiums.

 

114


Table of Contents

Prior accident year development recorded in 2006
Included within prior accident year development for the year ended December 31, 2006 were the following reserve strengthenings (releases).
                                                         
    Personal     Small     Middle     Specialty     Ongoing     Other     Total  
    Lines     Commercial     Market     Commercial     Operations     Operations     P&C  
Net release of catastrophe loss reserves for 2004 and 2005 hurricanes
  $ (23 )   $ (22 )   $ (3 )   $ (35 )   $ (83 )   $     $ (83 )
Release of Personal Lines auto liability reserves for accident year 2005
    (31 )                       (31 )           (31 )
Strengthening of Personal Lines auto liability reserves for claims with exposure in excess of policy limits
    30                         30             30  
Strengthening of general liability loss and loss adjustment expense reserves for accident years 1998 to 2005
                20             20             20  
Release of allocated loss adjustment expense reserves for workers’ compensation and package business for accident years 2003 to 2005
          (33 )     (25 )           (58 )           (58 )
Release of Personal Lines auto liability reserves for accident year 2003 to 2005
    (22 )                       (22 )           (22 )
Strengthening of Specialty Commercial construction defect claim reserves for accident years 1997 and prior
                10       35       45             45  
Strengthening of Specialty Commercial workers’ compensation allocated loss adjustment expense reserves
                      20       20             20  
Effect of Equitas agreement and strengthening of allowance for uncollectible reinsurance
                                  243       243  
Strengthening of environmental reserves
                                  43       43  
Other reserve re-estimates, net [1]
    8       (20 )     11       16       15       74       89  
 
                                         
Total prior accident year development for the year ended December 31, 2006
  $ (38 )   $ (75 )   $ 13     $ 36     $ (64 )   $ 360     $ 296  
 
                                         
     
[1]  
Includes reserve discount accretion of $32, including $6 in Small Commercial, $8 in Middle Market, $11 in Specialty Commercial and $7 in Other Operations.
During the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company’s re-estimates of prior accident year reserves included the following significant reserve changes.
Ongoing Operations
 
Released net reserves related to prior year hurricanes by a total of $83, including $57 for hurricanes Katrina and Rita in 2005 and $26 for hurricanes Charley, Frances and Jeanne in 2004. Initial reserve estimates for the 2005 and 2004 hurricanes were higher because of the difficulty claim adjusters had in accessing the most significantly impacted areas and initially higher estimates of the cost of building materials and contractors due to “demand surge”. As the reported claims have matured, the estimated settlement value of the claims has decreased from the initial estimates. The ultimate estimate for hurricane Katrina was increased in the first quarter of 2006 because of higher than expected claim reporting, particularly in Personal Lines. Net loss reserves within Specialty Commercial decreased, primarily because hurricane Katrina losses on specialty property business were reimbursable under a specialty property reinsurance treaty as well as under the Company’s principal property catastrophe reinsurance program. After the first quarter of 2006, Katrina new claim intake abated and settlement percentages increased, resulting in a reduction of reserves in the last nine months of 2006. In addition, the rate of newly reported compensable claims for Rita and the 2004 hurricanes was less than expected, resulting in a reduction of reserves for these hurricanes.
 
Released Personal Lines auto liability reserves by $31 related to the fourth accident quarter of 2005 as a result of better than expected frequency trends. During the third and fourth quarter of 2005, the Company had reduced the 2005 accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio for Personal Lines auto liability claims related to the first three accident quarters of 2005. Favorable frequency for the fourth accident quarter of 2005 emerged during the fourth quarter of 2005. However, the Company did not release reserves at that time, since reserve indications at only three months of development were not reliable. The Company released reserves in 2006 after further development indicated that early indications of reduced frequency were representative of a real trend. The $31 reserve release represented 2% of the Company’s net reserves for Personal Lines auto liability claims as of December 31, 2005.

 

115


Table of Contents

 
Strengthened reserves for personal auto liability claims by $30 due to an increase in estimated severity on claims where the Company is exposed to losses in excess of policy limits. From the Company’s reserve review during the first quarter of 2006, the Company determined that the facts and circumstances necessitated an increase in the reserve estimate. The $30 of reserve strengthening represented 2% of the Company’s net reserves for Personal Lines auto liability claims as of December 31, 2005.
 
 
Strengthened Middle Market general liability loss and loss adjustment expense reserves by $20 for accident years 1998 to 2005, primarily as a result of increasing allocated loss adjustment expenses associated with closing older claims. The $20 of reserve strengthening represented 2% of the Company’s net reserves for general liability claims as of December 31, 2005.
 
 
Released allocated loss adjustment expense reserves by $58 for accident years 2003 to 2005, primarily for workers’ compensation business and package business, as a result of cost reduction initiatives implemented by the Company to reduce allocated loss adjustment expenses for both legal and non-legal expenses. The Company began implementing cost reduction initiatives in late 2003. It was initially uncertain what effect those efforts would have on controlling allocated loss adjustment expenses. During 2004, favorable trends started to emerge, particularly on shorter-tailed auto liability claims, but it was not clear if these trends would be sustained. In early 2005, favorable trends continued and the Company analyzed claims involving legal expenses separate from claims that do not involve legal expenses. This analysis included a review of the trends in the number of claims involving legal expenses, the average expenses incurred and trends in legal expenses. During the second quarter of 2005, the Company released allocated loss adjustment expense reserves on shorter-tailed auto liability claims as the favorable trends on shorter-tailed business emerged more quickly and were determined to be reliable. During both the second and fourth quarter of 2006, the Company determined that the favorable development on package business and workers’ compensation business had become a verifiable trend and, accordingly, reserves were reduced. The $58 release represented 1% of total net reserves for workers’ compensation and package business as of December 31, 2005.
 
 
Released Personal Lines auto liability reserves related to AARP and other affinity business by $22. AARP auto liability reserves for accident year 2004 were reduced as a result of favorable loss cost severity trends. AARP auto liability severity, as measured by reported data, began declining in 2005; however, the Company was uncertain whether this trend would prove persistent over time since paid loss data did not support a decline. During the second quarter of 2006, the Company determined that all the metrics supported a decline in severity estimates and, therefore, the Company released reserves. Auto liability reserves for other affinity business related to accident years 2003 to 2005 were reduced to recognize favorable developments in loss costs that have emerged. The $22 reserve release represented 1% of the Company’s net reserves for Personal Lines auto liability claims as of December 31, 2005.
 
 
Strengthened construction defect claim reserves by $45 for accident years 1997 and prior as a result of an increase in claim severity trends. In 2004, two large construction defects claims were reported, but these were not viewed as an indication of an increase in the severity trend for all claims. In 2005, two additional large cases were reported. Management performed an expanded review of construction defects claims in the second quarter of 2006. Based on the expanded review and additional reported claim experience, management concluded that reported losses would likely continue at a higher level in the future and this resulted in strengthening the recorded reserves. The $35 of reserve strengthening in Specialty Commercial represented 4% of the Company’s net reserves for Specialty Commercial general liability claims as of December 31, 2005. The $10 of strengthening in Middle Market represented 1% of net reserves for Middle Market general liability claims as of December 31, 2005.
 
 
Strengthened Specialty Commercial workers’ compensation allocated loss adjustment expense reserves by $20 for loss adjustment expense payments expected to emerge after 20 years of development. During 2005, the Company had done an in-depth study of loss payments expected to emerge after 20 years of development. At that time, it was believed that allocated loss adjustment expenses for a particular subset of business (primary policies on national accounts business) developed more quickly than allocated loss adjustment expenses for smaller insureds and that a similar reserve strengthening for national accounts business was not required. During the second quarter of 2006, the Company’s reserve review indicated that the development pattern for this business should be adjusted to be more consistent with that for smaller insureds. Because the Company has written very little of this business in recent years, the increase in reserves affects accident years 1995 and prior. The $20 of reserve strengthening represented 1% of the Company’s net reserves for Specialty Commercial workers’ compensation claims as of December 31, 2005.
Other Operations
 
Reduced the reinsurance recoverable asset associated with older, longer-term casualty liabilities by $243. The Company reviewed the reinsurance recoverables and allowance for uncollectible reinsurance associated with older, long-term casualty liabilities in the second quarter 2006. As a result of this study, and the outcome of an agreement that resolved, with minor exception, all of the Company’s ceded and assumed domestic reinsurance exposures with Equitas, Other Operations recorded prior accident year development of $243.
 
Strengthened environmental reserves by $43 as a result of an environmental reserve evaluation completed in the third quarter of 2006. As part of this evaluation, the Company reviewed all of its domestic direct and assumed reinsurance accounts exposed to environmental liability. The Company also examined its London Market exposures for both direct insurance and assumed reinsurance. The Company found estimates for individual cases changed based upon the particular circumstances of each account, although the review found no underlying cause or change in the claim environment. The $43 of reserve strengthening represented 2% of the Company’s net reserves for asbestos and environmental claims as of December 31, 2005.

 

116


Table of Contents

Impact of Re-estimates
As explained in connection with the Company’s discussion of Critical Accounting Estimates, the establishment of property and casualty reserves is an estimation process, using a variety of methods, assumptions and data elements. Ultimate losses may vary significantly from the current estimates. Many factors can contribute to these variations and the need to change the previous estimate of required reserve levels. Subsequent changes can generally be thought of as being the result of the emergence of additional facts that were not known or anticipated at the time of the prior reserve estimate and/or changes in interpretations of information and trends.
The table below shows the range of annual reserve re-estimates experienced by The Hartford over the past four years. The amount of prior accident year development (as shown in the reserve rollforward) for a given calendar year is expressed as a percent of the beginning calendar year reserves, net of reinsurance. The percentage relationships presented are significantly influenced by the facts and circumstances of each particular year and by the fact that only the last four years are included in the range. Accordingly, these percentages are not intended to be a prediction of the range of possible future variability. See “Impact of key assumptions on reserve volatility” within Critical Accounting Estimates for further discussion of the potential for variability in recorded loss reserves.
                                                         
    Personal     Small     Middle     Specialty     Ongoing     Other     Total  
    Lines     Commercial     Market     Commercial     Operations     Operations     P&C  
Range of prior accident year development for the four years ended December 31, 2008 [1] [2]
    (5.2) – (0.2 )     (6.5) – (1.0 )     (3.1) – 1.6       (1.8) – 3.1       (2.5) – 0.3       3.1 – 7.4       (1.2) – 1.5  
     
[1]  
Bracketed prior accident year development indicates favorable development. Unbracketed amounts represent unfavorable development.
 
[2]  
Over the past ten years, reserve re-estimates for total Property & Casualty ranged from (1.3)% to 21.5%. Excluding the reserve strengthening for asbestos and environmental reserves, over the past ten years reserve re-estimates for total Property & Casualty ranged from (3.0)% to 1.6%.
The potential variability of the Company’s Property & Casualty reserves would normally be expected to vary by segment and the types of loss exposures insured by those segments. Illustrative factors influencing the potential reserve variability for each of the segments are discussed under Critical Accounting Estimates.
Risk Management Strategy
The Hartford’s property and casualty operations have processes to manage risk to natural disasters, such as hurricanes and earthquakes, and other perils, such as terrorism. The Hartford’s risk management processes include, but are not limited to, disciplined underwriting protocols, exposure controls, sophisticated risk modeling, risk transfer, and capital management strategies.
In managing risk, The Hartford’s management processes involve establishing underwriting guidelines for both individual risks, including individual policy limits, and in aggregate, including aggregate exposure limits by geographic zone and peril. The Company establishes risk limits and actively monitors the risk exposures as a percent of Property & Casualty statutory surplus. For natural catastrophe perils, the Company generally limits its estimated loss to natural catastrophes from a single 250-year event prior to reinsurance to less than 30% of statutory surplus of the Property & Casualty operations and its estimated loss to natural catastrophes from a single 250-year event after reinsurance to less than 15% of statutory surplus of the Property & Casualty operations. From time to time, the estimated loss to natural catastrophes from a single 250-year event prior to reinsurance may fluctuate above or below 30% of statutory surplus due to changes in modeled loss estimates, exposures, or statutory surplus. Currently, the Company’s estimated pre-tax loss to a single 250-year natural catastrophe event prior to reinsurance is 31% of statutory surplus of the Property & Casualty operations and the Company’s estimated pre-tax loss net of reinsurance is less than 15% of statutory surplus of the Property & Casualty operations. For terrorism, the Company monitors its exposure in major metropolitan areas to a single-site conventional terrorism attack scenario, and manages its potential estimated loss, including exposures resulting from the Company’s Group Life operations, to less than $1.3 billion, which is approximately 10% of the combined statutory surplus of the Life and Property & Casualty operations as of December 31, 2008. Among the 251 locations specifically monitored by the Company, the largest estimated modeled loss arising from a single event is approximately $1.2 billion. The Company monitors exposures monthly and employs both internally developed and vendor-licensed loss modeling tools as part of its risk management discipline.
Use of Reinsurance
In managing risk, The Hartford utilizes reinsurance to transfer risk to well-established and financially secure reinsurers. Reinsurance is used to manage aggregations of risk as well as specific risks based on accumulated property and casualty liabilities in certain geographic zones. All treaty purchases related to the Company’s property and casualty operations are administered by a centralized function to support a consistent strategy and ensure that the reinsurance activities are fully integrated into the organization’s risk management processes.

 

117


Table of Contents

A variety of traditional reinsurance products are used as part of the Company’s risk management strategy, including excess of loss occurrence-based products that protect property and workers’ compensation exposures, and individual risk or quota share arrangements, that protect specific classes or lines of business. There are no significant finite risk contracts in place and the statutory surplus benefit from all such prior year contracts is immaterial. Facultative reinsurance is also used to manage policy-specific risk exposures based on established underwriting guidelines. The Hartford also participates in governmentally administered reinsurance facilities such as the Florida Hurricane Catastrophe Fund (“FHCF”), the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program established under The Terrorism Risk Insurance Program Reauthorization Act of 2007 (“TRIPRA”) and other reinsurance programs relating to particular risks or specific lines of business.
The Company has several catastrophe reinsurance programs, including reinsurance treaties that cover property and workers’ compensation losses aggregating from single catastrophe events. The following table summarizes the primary catastrophe treaty reinsurance coverages that the Company has in place as of January 1, 2009:
                                 
            % of layer(s)                
Coverage   Treaty term     reinsured     Per occurrence limit     Retention  
Principal property catastrophe program covering property catastrophe losses from a single event
  1/1/2009 to 1/1/2010     Varies by layer, but averages 90% across all layers   Aggregates to $750 across all layers     $250  
               
               
               
 
                               
Property catastrophe losses from a single event on excess and surplus property business
  1/1/2009 to 1/1/2010       95%     Aggregates to $280 across all layers     20  
 
                       
Layer covering property catastrophe losses from a single wind or earthquake event affecting the northeast of the United States from Virginia to Maine
  6/1/2008 to 6/1/2009       90%       $300       1,000  
 
                       
Reinsurance with the FHCF covering Florida Personal Lines property catastrophe losses from a single event
  6/1/2008 to
6/1/2009
      90%             382[1]       83  
 
                               
Workers’ compensation losses arising from a single catastrophe event
  7/1/2008 to
7/1/2009
    95%       280       20  
     
[1]  
The per occurrence limit on the FHCF treaty is $382 for the 6/1/2008 to 6/1/2009 treaty year based on the Company’s election to purchase additional limits under the “Temporary Increase in Coverage Limit (TICL)” statutory provision in excess of the coverage the Company is required to purchase from the FHCF.
In addition to the property catastrophe reinsurance coverage described in the above table, the Company has other treaties and facultative reinsurance agreements that cover property catastrophe losses on an aggregate excess of loss and on a per risk basis. The principal property catastrophe reinsurance program and other reinsurance programs include a provision to reinstate limits in the event that a catastrophe loss exhausts limits on one or more layers under the treaties.

 

118


Table of Contents

In addition to the reinsurance protection provided by The Hartford’s reinsurance program described above, the Company has fully collateralized reinsurance coverages from Foundation Re and Foundation Re II for losses sustained from qualifying hurricane and earthquake loss events and other qualifying catastrophe losses. Foundation Re and Foundation Re II are Cayman Islands reinsurance companies which financed the provision of the reinsurance through the issuance of catastrophe bonds. Under the terms of the treaties with Foundation Re and Foundation Re II, the Company is reimbursed for losses from natural disaster events using a customized industry index contract designed to replicate The Hartford’s own catastrophe losses, with a provision that the actual losses incurred by the Company for covered events, net of reinsurance recoveries, cannot be less than zero.
The following table summarizes the terms of the reinsurance treaties with Foundation Re and Foundation Re II that were in place as of January 1, 2009:
                         
                    Bond amount issued by  
                    Foundation Re or  
Covered perils   Treaty term     Covered losses     Foundation Re II  
Hurricane loss events affecting the Gulf and Eastern Coast of the United States and loss events arising from California, Pacific Northwest, and New Madrid earthquakes.
  2/17/2006 to 2/24/2010     26% of $400 in losses in excess of an index loss trigger equating to approximately $1.3 billion in Hartford losses     $105  
 
                       
Hurricane loss events affecting the Gulf and Eastern Coast of the United States
  11/17/2006 to 11/26/2010   45% of $400 in losses in excess of an index loss trigger equating to approximately $1.85 billion in Hartford losses     180  
As of December 31, 2008, there have been no events that are expected to trigger a recovery under any of the reinsurance programs with Foundation Re or Foundation Re II and, accordingly, the Company has not recorded any recoveries from the associated reinsurance treaties.
Estimated Catastrophe Exposures
The Company uses third party models to estimate the potential loss resulting from various catastrophe events and the potential financial impact those events would have on the Company’s financial position and results of operations. The following table shows modeled loss estimates before expected reinsurance recoveries and after expected reinsurance recoveries. The loss estimates represent total property losses for hurricane events and property and workers’ compensation losses for earthquake events resulting from a single event. The estimates provided are based on 250-year return period loss estimates, which have a 0.4% likelihood of being exceeded in any single year. The net loss estimates assume that the Company would be able to recover all losses ceded to reinsurers under its reinsurance programs. There are various methodologies used in the industry to estimate the potential property and workers’ compensation losses that would arise from various catastrophe events and companies may use different models and assumptions in their estimates. Therefore, the Company’s estimates of gross and net losses arising from a 250-year hurricane or earthquake event may not be comparable to estimates provided by other companies. Furthermore, the Company’s estimates are subject to significant uncertainty and could vary materially from the actual losses that would arise from these events.

 

119


Table of Contents

The Company’s modeled loss estimates are derived by averaging 21 modeled loss events representing a 250-year return period loss. For the peril of earthquake, the 21 events averaged to determine the modeled loss estimate include events occurring in California as well as the Northwestern, Northeastern, Southeastern and Midwestern regions of the United States with associated magnitudes ranging from 6.9 to 7.9 on the Richter scale. For the peril of hurricane, the 21 events averaged to determine the modeled loss estimate include category 3, 4 and 5 events in Florida as well as other Southeastern, Northeastern and Gulf region landfalls.
                                 
    Hurricane     Earthquake  
            Net of                
            Expected             Net of Expected  
    Before       Reinsurance     Before     Reinsurance  
    Reinsurance     Recoveries     Reinsurance     Recoveries  
Estimated 250-year probable maximum loss, before-tax
  $ 1,891     $ 671     $ 953     $ 316  
 
After-tax effect as a percentage of statutory surplus of the Property & Casualty operations as of December 31, 2008
            7 %             3 %
Terrorism
The Company is exposed to losses from terrorist attacks, including losses caused by nuclear, biological, chemical or radiological weapons (NBCR) attacks. For terrorism, private sector catastrophe reinsurance capacity is limited and generally unavailable for terrorism losses caused by nuclear, biological, chemical or radiological weapons attacks. As such, the Company’s principal reinsurance protection against large-scale terrorist attacks is the coverage currently provided through the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program Reauthorization Act (“TRIPRA”). On December 26, 2007, the President signed TRIPRA extending the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002 (“TRIA”) through the end of 2014. TRIPRA provides a backstop for insurance-related losses resulting from any “act of terrorism” certified by the Secretary of the Treasury, in concurrence with the Secretary of State and Attorney General, that result in industry losses in excess of $100. In addition, TRIPRA revised the TRIA definition of a certified “act of terrorism” by removing the requirement that an act be committed “on behalf of any foreign person or foreign interest.” As a result, domestic acts of terrorism can now be certified as “acts of terrorism” under the program, subject to the other requirements of TRIPRA. Under the program, in any one calendar year, the federal government would pay 85% of covered losses from a certified act of terrorism after an insurer’s losses exceed 20% of the company’s eligible direct commercial earned premiums of the prior calendar year, up to a combined annual aggregate limit for the federal government and all insurers of $100 billion. If an act of terrorism or acts of terrorism result in covered losses exceeding the $100 billion annual industry aggregate limit, a future Congress would be responsible for determining how additional losses in excess of $100 billion will be paid.
Among other items, TRIPRA required that the President’s Working Group on Financial Markets (“PWG”) continue to perform an analysis regarding the long-term availability and affordability of insurance for terrorism risk.  Among the findings detailed in the PWG’s initial report, released October 2, 2006, were that the high level of uncertainty associated with predicting the frequency of terrorist attacks, coupled with the unwillingness of some insurance policyholders to purchase insurance coverage, makes predicting long term development of the terrorism risk market difficult, and that there is likely little potential for future market development for nuclear, biological, chemical and radiological (“NBCR”) coverage.  A December 2008 study by the U.S. Government Accountability Office (GAO) found that property and casualty insurers still generally seek to exclude NBCR coverage from their commercial policies when permitted. However, while nuclear, pollution and contamination exclusions are contained in many property and liability insurance policies, the GAO report concluded that such exclusions may be subject to challenges in court because they were not specifically drafted to address terrorist attacks. Furthermore, workers’ compensation policies generally have no exclusions or limitations. The GAO found that commercial property and casualty policyholders, including companies that own high-value properties in large cities, generally reported that they could not obtain NBCR coverage. Commercial property and casualty insurers generally remain unwilling to offer NBCR coverage because of uncertainties about the risk and the potential for catastrophic losses.
The Texas Windstorm Insurance Association (“TWIA”)
The Texas Windstorm Insurance Association (“TWIA”) provides hail and windstorm coverage to Texas residents of 14 counties along the Texas Gulf coast who are unable to obtain insurance from other carriers. Insurance carriers who write property insurance in the state of Texas, including The Hartford, are required to be members of TWIA and are obligated to pay assessments in the event that TWIA losses exceed funds on hand, the available funds in the Texas Catastrophe Reserve Trust Fund (“CRTF”) and any available reinsurance. Assessments are allocated to carriers based on their share of premium writings in the state of Texas, as defined.
During 2008, the board of directors of TWIA notified its member companies that it would assess them $100 to cover TWIA losses from hurricane Dolly and a total of $430 for hurricane Ike. For hurricane Dolly, the Company’s share of the assessment was $4, which was recorded as incurred losses within current accident year catastrophes in 2008.

 

120


Table of Contents

For hurricane Ike, the TWIA board indicated that the first $370 of TWIA losses from hurricane Ike would be covered by the CRTF, but that the cost of TWIA losses and reinstatement premium above that amount would be funded by assessments. Of the $430 in assessments, $230 is to fund the first $230 of TWIA losses in excess of the $370 available in the CRTF and $200 is to fund additional reinsurance premiums that TWIA must pay to reinstate a layer of coverage that reimburses TWIA for up to $1.5 billion of TWIA losses in excess of $600 per occurrence. Thus, TWIA’s assessment notice for $430 is based on an estimate that TWIA losses from hurricane Ike will total approximately $2.1 billion. If TWIA losses exceed $2.1 billion, the entire amount in excess of $2.1 billion would be recovered from assessing member companies according to their market share. In notifying member companies, TWIA’s board of directors stated that actual TWIA losses will likely be greater than $2.1 billion and management has accrued a total of $27 in assessments for Ike based on an estimate that TWIA’s Ike losses will be approximately $2.5 billion and that TWIA assessments to the industry will ultimately be approximately $830. Of the $27 in assessments for Ike recorded in 2008, $7 has been recorded as incurred losses within current accident year catastrophes and $20 has been recorded as insurance operating costs and expenses.
Through premium tax credits, member companies may recoup a portion of Ike-related assessments made to cover the first $2.1 billion of TWIA losses and may recoup all of the Ike-related assessments made to fund losses in excess of that amount. None of the assessments for hurricane Dolly may be recouped. Under generally accepted accounting principles, the Company is required to accrue the assessments in the period the assessments become probable and estimable and the obligating event has occurred. However, premium tax credits may not be recorded as an asset until the related premium is earned and TWIA requires that premium tax credits be spread over a period of at least five years. The Company estimates that of the $27 of accrued assessments for Ike, it will ultimately be able to recoup $20 through premium tax credits.
Florida Citizens Assessments
Citizens Property Insurance Corporation in Florida (“Citizens”) provides property insurance to Florida homeowners and businesses that are unable to obtain insurance from other carriers, including for properties deemed to be “high risk”. Citizens maintains a Personal Lines account, a Commercial Lines account and a High Risk account. If Citizens incurs a deficit in any of these accounts, Citizens may impose a “regular assessment” on other insurance carriers in the state to fund the deficits, subject to certain restrictions and subject to approval by the Florida Office of Insurance Regulation. Carriers are then permitted to surcharge policyholders to recover the assessments over the next few years. Citizens may also opt to finance a portion of the deficits through issuing bonds and may impose “emergency assessments” on other insurance carriers to fund the bond repayments. Unlike with regular assessments, however, insurance carriers only serve as a collection agent for emergency assessments and are not required to remit surcharges for emergency assessments to Citizens until they collect surcharges from policyholders. Under generally accepted accounting principles, the Company is required to accrue for regular assessments in the period the assessments become probable and estimable and the obligating event has occurred. Surcharges to recover the amount of regular assessments may not be recorded as an asset until the related premium is written. Emergency assessments that may be levied by Citizens are not recorded in the income statement.
In 2006, Citizens assessed the Company to fund deficits arising from hurricane losses in 2004 and 2005. In 2006, the Company reduced its estimate of Citizens assessments by $41 from the amount that had been originally estimated in 2005.
Reinsurance Recoverables
The following table shows the components of the gross and net reinsurance recoverable as of December 31, 2008 and 2007:
                 
Reinsurance Recoverable   December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
Paid loss and loss adjustment expenses
  $ 326     $ 347  
Unpaid loss and loss adjustment expenses
    3,492       3,788  
 
           
Gross reinsurance recoverable
    3,818       4,135  
Less: allowance for uncollectible reinsurance
    (379 )     (404 )
 
           
Net reinsurance recoverable
  $ 3,439     $ 3,731  
 
           

 

121


Table of Contents

Reinsurance recoverables represent loss and loss adjustment expenses recoverable from a number of entities, including reinsurers and pools. As shown in the following table, a portion of the total gross reinsurance recoverable relates to the Company’s mandatory participation in various involuntary assigned risk pools and the value of annuity contracts held under structured settlement agreements. Reinsurance recoverables due from mandatory pools are backed by the financial strength of the property and casualty insurance industry. Annuities purchased from third party life insurers under structured settlements are recognized as reinsurance recoverables in cases where the Company has not obtained a release from the claimant. Of the remaining gross reinsurance recoverable as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the following table shows the portion of recoverables due from companies rated by A.M. Best.
                                 
Distribution of gross reinsurance recoverable   December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
Gross reinsurance recoverable
  $ 3,818             $ 4,135          
Less: mandatory (assigned risk) pools and structured settlements
    (638 )             (635 )        
 
                       
Gross reinsurance recoverable excluding mandatory pools and structured settlements
  $ 3,180             $ 3,500          
 
                       
 
                               
 
          % of Total           % of Total
Rated A- (Excellent) or better by A.M. Best [1]
  $ 2,426       76.3 %   $ 2,614       74.7 %
Other rated by A.M. Best
    52       1.6 %     90       2.6 %
 
                       
Total rated companies
    2,478       77.9 %     2,704       77.3 %
Voluntary pools
    181       5.7 %     195       5.6 %
Captives
    220       6.9 %     231       6.6 %
Other not rated companies
    301       9.5 %     370       10.5 %
 
                       
Total
  $ 3,180       100.0 %   $ 3,500       100.0 %
 
                       
     
[1]  
Based on A.M. Best ratings as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
Where its contracts permit, the Company secures future claim obligations with various forms of collateral, including irrevocable letters of credit, secured trusts, funds held accounts and group wide offsets. As part of its reinsurance recoverable review, the Company analyzes recent developments in commutation activity between reinsurers and cedants, recent trends in arbitration and litigation outcomes in disputes between cedants and reinsurers and the overall credit quality of the Company’s reinsurers. Due largely to investment losses sustained by reinsurers in 2008, the financial strength ratings of some reinsurers have been downgraded and the financial strength ratings of other reinsurers have been put on negative watch. Nevertheless, as indicated in the above table, approximately 98% of the gross reinsurance recoverables due from reinsurers rated by A.M. Best were rated A- (excellent) or better as of December 31, 2008. Due to the inherent uncertainties as to collection and the length of time before such amounts will be due, it is possible that future adjustments to the Company’s reinsurance recoverables, net of the allowance, could be required, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated results of operations or cash flows in a particular quarterly or annual period.
Annually, the Company completes an evaluation of the reinsurance recoverable asset associated with older, long-term casualty liabilities reported in the Other Operations segment. As a result of this evaluation, the Company reduced its net reinsurance recoverable by $243 in 2006. See the “Other Operations” section of the MD&A for further discussion.
Monitoring Reinsurer Security
To manage the potential credit risk resulting from the use of reinsurance, management evaluates the credit standing, financial performance, management and operational quality of each potential reinsurer. Through that process, the Company maintains a list of reinsurers approved for participation on all treaty and facultative reinsurance placements. The Company’s approval designations reflect the differing credit exposure associated with various classes of business. Participation authorizations are categorized along property, short-tail casualty and long-tail casualty lines. In addition to defining participation eligibility, the Company regularly monitors each active reinsurer’s credit risk exposure in the aggregate and limits that exposure based upon independent credit rating levels.
Unless otherwise specified, the following discussion speaks to changes for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007 and the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the year ended December 31, 2006.

 

122


Table of Contents

TOTAL PROPERTY & CASUALTY
                         
Operating Summary   2008     2007     2006  
Earned premiums
  $ 10,338     $ 10,496     $ 10,433  
Net investment income
    1,253       1,687       1,486  
Other revenues [1]
    504       496       473  
Net realized capital gains (losses)
    (1,877 )     (172 )     9  
 
                 
Total revenues
    10,218       12,507       12,401  
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
                       
Current accident year before catastrophes
    6,390       6,692       6,507  
Current accident year catastrophes
    543       177       199  
Prior accident years
    (226 )     48       296  
 
                 
Total losses and loss adjustment expenses
    6,707       6,917       7,002  
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs
    2,095       2,104       2,106  
Insurance operating costs and expenses
    724       716       580  
Other expense
    695       693       643  
 
                 
Total benefits, losses and expenses
    10,221       10,430       10,331  
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (3 )     2,077       2,070  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    (95 )     570       551  
 
                 
Net income [2]
  $ 92     $ 1,507     $ 1,519  
 
                 
Net Income
                       
Ongoing Operations
  $ 189     $ 1,477     $ 1,554  
Other Operations
    (97 )     30       (35 )
 
                 
Total Property & Casualty net income
  $ 92     $ 1,507     $ 1,519  
 
                 
     
[1]  
Primarily servicing revenue.
 
[2]  
Includes net realized capital gains (losses), after tax, of $(1,223), $(112) and $46 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007
Net income decreased by $1,415, from net income of $1,507 in 2007 to net income of $92 in 2008. The decrease in net income was due to a $1,288 decrease in Ongoing Operations’ net income and a decrease in Other Operations’ results, from net income of $30 in 2007 to a net loss of $97 in 2008. See the Ongoing Operations and Other Operations segment MD&A discussions for an analysis of the underwriting results and investment performance driving the decrease in net income.
Year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the year ended December 31, 2006
Net income decreased by $12, or 1%, as a result of a $77 decrease in Ongoing Operations’ net income, partially offset by an improvement in Other Operations’ results, from a net loss of $35 in 2006 to net income of $30 in 2007. See the Ongoing Operations and Other Operations segment MD&A discussions for an analysis of the underwriting results and investment performance driving the change in net income.

 

123


Table of Contents

ONGOING OPERATIONS
Ongoing Operations includes the four underwriting segments of Personal Lines, Small Commercial, Middle Market and Specialty Commercial.
Operating Summary
Net income for Ongoing Operations includes underwriting results for each of its segments, income from servicing businesses, net investment income, other expenses and net realized capital gains (losses), net of related income taxes.
                         
Ongoing Operations   2008     2007     2006  
Written premiums
  $ 10,224     $ 10,435     $ 10,658  
Change in unearned premium reserve
    (107 )     (56 )     230  
 
                 
Earned premiums
    10,331       10,491       10,428  
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
                       
Current accident year before catastrophes
    6,390       6,692       6,507  
Current accident year catastrophes
    543       177       199  
Prior accident years
    (355 )     (145 )     (64 )
 
                 
Total losses and loss adjustment expenses
    6,578       6,724       6,642  
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs
    2,095       2,104       2,106  
Insurance operating costs and expenses
    701       694       569  
 
                 
Underwriting results
    957       969       1,111  
Net servicing income [1]
    31       52       53  
Net investment income
    1,056       1,439       1,225  
Net realized capital losses
    (1,669 )     (160 )     (17 )
Other expenses
    (219 )     (248 )     (222 )
 
                 
Income before income taxes
    156       2,052       2,150  
Income tax benefit (expense)
    33       (575 )     (596 )
 
                 
Net income
  $ 189     $ 1,477     $ 1,554  
 
                 
Loss and loss adjustment expense ratio
                       
Current accident year before catastrophes
    61.9       63.8       62.4  
Current accident year catastrophes
    5.3       1.7       1.9  
Prior accident years
    (3.4 )     (1.4 )     (0.6 )
 
                 
Total loss and loss adjustment expense ratio
    63.7       64.1       63.7  
Expense ratio
    26.6       26.3       25.6  
Policyholder dividend ratio
    0.5       0.4       0.1  
 
                 
Combined ratio
    90.7       90.8       89.3  
 
                 
Catastrophe ratio
                       
Current accident year
    5.3       1.7       1.9  
Prior accident years
    (0.2 )     0.1       (0.7 )
 
                 
Total catastrophe ratio
    5.0       1.8       1.2  
 
                 
Combined ratio before catastrophes
    85.7       89.0       88.1  
Combined ratio before catastrophes and prior accident year development
    88.9       90.5       88.0  
     
[1]  
Net of expenses related to service business.
Year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007
Net income
Net income decreased by $1,288, from $1,477 in 2007 to $189 in 2008, due primarily to an increase in net realized capital losses and a decrease in net investment income.
Net realized capital losses increased by $1,509
The increase in net realized capital losses of $1,509 in 2008 was primarily due to realized losses in 2008 from impairments of subordinated fixed maturities and preferred equity securities in the financial services sector as well as of securitized assets. (See the Other-Than-Temporary Impairments discussion within “Investment Results” in the “Investments” section of the MD&A for more information on the impairments recorded in 2008).

 

124


Table of Contents

Net investment income decreased by $383
Primarily driving the $383 decrease in net investment income were a change from net income to net losses on limited partnerships and other alternative investments in 2008 and decreased fixed maturity income. The net losses on limited partnerships and other alternative investments in 2008 were largely due to negative returns on hedge funds and real estate partnerships as a result of the lack of liquidity in the financial markets and credit spread widening. The decrease in income from fixed maturities was attributable to lower income on variable rate securities due to declines in short term interest rates as well as an increased allocation to lower yielding U.S. Treasuries and short-term investments.
Underwriting results decreased by $12
Underwriting results decreased by $12 due to:
         
Change in underwriting results        
Decrease in earned premiums
  $ (160 )
 
       
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
       
Ratio change — A decrease in the current accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes
    200  
Volume change — Decrease in current accident year losses and loss adjustment expenses before catastrophes due to the decrease in earned premium
    102  
 
     
Decrease in current accident year losses and loss adjustment expenses before catastrophes
    302  
Catastrophes — Increase in current accident year catastrophe losses
    (366 )
Reserve changes — An increase in net favorable prior accident year reserve development
    210  
 
     
Net decrease in losses and loss adjustment expenses
    146  
 
       
Operating expenses
       
Decrease in amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs
    9  
Increase in insurance operating costs and expenses
    (7 )
 
     
Net decrease in operating expenses
    2  
 
     
 
       
Decrease in underwriting results from 2007 to 2008
  $ (12 )
 
     
Earned premium decreased by $160
Ongoing Operations’ earned premium decreased by $160, or 2%, primarily due to a 5% decrease in Middle Market and a 4% decrease in Specialty Commercial. Refer to the earned premium discussion in the Executive Overview section of the Property & Casualty MD&A for further discussion of the decrease in earned premium.
Losses and loss adjustment expenses decreased by $146
Current accident year losses and loss adjustment expenses before catastrophes decreased by $302
Ongoing Operations’ current accident year losses and loss adjustment expenses before catastrophes decreased by $302 due to a decrease in the current accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes and a decrease in earned premium. The current accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes decreased by 1.9 points, to 61.9, due primarily to decreases in Personal Lines, Small Commercial and Middle Market.

 

125


Table of Contents

     
Personal Lines
 
    The current accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes in Personal Lines decreased by 1.4 points, primarily due to favorable expected frequency on auto liability claims and the effect of earned pricing increases for both auto and homeowners, partially offset by increased frequency and severity of non-catastrophe losses on homeowners’ business.
 
   
Small Commercial
 
    The current accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes in Small Commercial decreased by 5.2 points, primarily due to a lower loss and loss adjustment expense ratio for workers’ compensation business and, to a lesser extent, a lower loss and loss adjustment expense ratio for package business. The lower loss and loss adjustment expense ratio for workers’ compensation business was primarily due to lower expected claim frequency, partially offset by the effect of earned pricing decreases.
 
   
Middle Market
 
    The current accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes in Middle Market decreased by 1.0 point, primarily due to a lower loss and loss adjustment expense ratio for workers’ compensation and general liability business, largely offset by higher non-catastrophe losses on property and marine business and the effect of earned pricing decreases. The higher non-catastrophe losses on property business were driven by increased severity, including a number of large individual claims, and the higher non-catastrophe losses on marine business were primarily driven by increased frequency.
 
   
Specialty Commercial
 
    The current accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes in Specialty Commercial increased by 1.5 points, primarily due to a higher loss and loss adjustment ratio on directors and officers insurance in professional liability driven by earned pricing decreases.
Current accident year catastrophes increased by $366
Current accident year catastrophe losses of $543, or 5.3 points, in 2008 were higher than current accident year catastrophe losses of $177, or 1.7 points, in 2007, primarily due to losses from hurricane Ike and tornadoes and thunderstorms in the South and Midwest.
An increase in net favorable prior accident year reserve development of $210
Net favorable prior accident year reserve development increased from net favorable development of $145, or 1.4 points, in 2007, to net favorable development of $355, or 3.4 points, in 2008. Among other reserve developments, net favorable development in 2008 included a $156 release of workers’ compensation reserves, primarily related to accident years 2000 to 2007, a $105 release of general liability reserves, primarily related to accident years 2001 to 2007 and a $75 release of reserves for directors’ and officers insurance and errors and omissions insurance claims related to accident years 2003 to 2006. Refer to the “Reserves” section of the MD&A for further discussion of the prior accident year reserve development in 2008.
Net favorable reserve development of $145 in 2007 included several changes in reserves, including a $151 release of workers’ compensation loss and loss adjustment expense reserves, primarily for accident years 2002 to 2006. Refer to the “Reserves” section of the MD&A for further discussion of the prior accident year reserve development in 2007.
Operating expenses decreased by $2
The $9 decrease in the amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs was primarily due to the decrease in earned premium, partially offset by the amortization of higher acquisition costs on AARP business and higher underwriting costs in Middle Market. Insurance operating costs and expenses increased by $7, primarily due to higher IT costs and an estimated $20 of assessments owed to TWIA to fund Texas Gulf Coast losses sustained by TWIA in 2008 due to hurricane Ike, partially offset by lower compensation-related costs. The expense ratio increased by 0.3 points, to 26.6, primarily due to the amortization of higher acquisition costs on AARP business and higher underwriting costs in Middle Market and the increase in insurance operating costs and expenses.
Net servicing income decreased by $21
The decrease in net servicing income was primarily driven by a decrease in servicing income from the AARP Health program, Specialty Risk Services and the Write Your Own flood program and the write-off of software used in administering policies for third parties.
A $608 change from income tax expense to an income tax benefit
Income taxes changed from income tax expense of $575 in 2007 to an income tax benefit of $33 in 2008. Despite pre-tax income in 2008, there was a net income tax benefit in 2008 because the income tax benefit on realized capital losses was greater than the income tax expense on all other components of pre-tax income. A portion of the Company’s net investment income was generated from tax-exempt securities.

 

126


Table of Contents

Year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the year ended December 31, 2006
Net income decreased by $77, or 5%, due primarily to a decrease in underwriting results and an increase in net realized capital losses, partially offset by an increase in net investment income.
Underwriting results decreased by $142
Underwriting results decreased by $142, from $1,111 to $969, with a corresponding 1.5 point increase in the combined ratio, from 89.3 to 90.8, due to:
         
Change in underwriting results        
Earned premiums
       
Excluding Omni, a 2% increase in earned premium
  $ 185  
Decrease in earned premium due to the sale of Omni in the fourth quarter of 2006
    (122 )
 
     
Net increase in earned premiums
    63  
 
       
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
       
Ratio change — An increase in the current accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes, excluding Omni
    (176 )
Volume change — Increase in current accident year loss and loss adjustment expenses before catastrophes due to the increase in earned premium, excluding Omni
    (114 )
Sale of Omni — Decrease in current accident year loss and loss adjustment expenses before catastrophes as a result of the sale of Omni
    105  
 
     
Net increase in current accident year loss and loss adjustment expenses before catastrophes
    (185 )
Catastrophes — Decrease in current accident year catastrophe losses
    22  
Reserve changes — Increase in net favorable prior accident year reserve development
    81  
 
     
Net increase in losses and loss adjustment expenses
    (82 )
 
       
Operating expenses
       
Decrease in amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs
    2  
Increase in insurance operating costs and expenses
    (125 )
 
     
Net increase in operating expenses
    (123 )
 
     
 
       
Decrease in underwriting results from 2006 to 2007
  $ (142 )
 
     
Sale of Omni
The Company sold its Omni non-standard auto business in the fourth quarter of 2006. Omni accounted for an underwriting loss of $52 in 2006, including $127 of earned premiums, $140 of loss and loss adjustment expenses, $30 of amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and $9 of insurance operating costs and expenses.
Earned premium increased by $63
Ongoing Operations’ earned premium increased by $63, or 1%, to $10,491, driven by a 3% increase in both Personal Lines and Small Commercial, partially offset by a 4% decrease in Middle Market and a 3% decrease in Specialty Commercial. Excluding Omni, earned premium increased by $185, or 2%. Refer to the earned premium discussion in the Executive Overview section of the Property & Casualty MD&A for further discussion of the increase in earned premium.
Losses and loss adjustment expenses increased by $82
Current accident year loss and loss adjustment expenses before catastrophes increased by $185
Ongoing Operations’ current accident year loss and loss adjustment expenses before catastrophes increased by $185 in 2007, to $6,692, due largely to an increase in the current accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio and an increase in earned premium, partially offset by a decrease due to the sale of Omni. Excluding Omni, the current accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes increased by 1.7 points, to 63.8, due to an increase in the current accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes of 3.3 points in Personal Lines, 1.4 points in Small Commercial and 1.9 points in Middle Market, partially offset by a decrease in the current accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes of 1.8 points in Specialty Commercial.

 

127


Table of Contents

     
Personal Lines
 
    Excluding the effect of Omni, the 3.3 point increase in the current accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes in Personal Lines was primarily due to increased severity on auto liability claims, increased frequency on auto property damage claims and, to a lesser extent, increased severity on homeowners claims, partially offset by the effect of earned pricing increases in homeowners.
 
   
Small Commercial
 
    The 1.4 point increase in the current accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes in Small Commercial was primarily due to a higher loss ratio and loss adjustment expense ratio for package business and commercial auto claims, partially offset by a lower loss and loss adjustment expense ratio for workers’ compensation claims.
 
   
Middle Market
 
    The 1.9 point increase in the current accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes in Middle Market was primarily due to a higher loss and loss adjustment expense ratio for workers’ compensation, general liability and commercial auto claims driven, in part, by earned pricing decreases. For commercial auto, loss costs increased for both liability and property damage claims.
 
   
Specialty Commercial
 
    The 1.8 point decrease in the current accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes in Specialty Commercial was primarily due to a lower loss and loss adjustment ratio on directors and officers insurance in professional liability, partially offset by a higher loss and loss adjustment expense ratio on casualty business.
Current accident year catastrophes decreased by $22
Current accident year catastrophe losses decreased by $22, from $199, or 1.9 points, in 2006 to $177, or 1.7 points, in 2007. The largest catastrophe losses in 2007 were from wildfires in California, spring windstorms in the Southeast and Northeast, tornadoes and thunderstorms in the Midwest and a December ice storm in the Midwest. Catastrophes in 2006 included tornadoes and hail storms in the Midwest and windstorms in Texas and on the East coast.
Increase in net favorable prior accident year reserve development by $81
Net favorable prior accident year reserve development increased from $64, or 0.6 points, in 2006 to $145, or 1.4 points, in 2007. Net favorable reserve development of $145 in 2007 included several changes in reserves, including a $151 release of workers’ compensation loss and loss adjustment expense reserves, primarily for accident years 2002 to 2006. Refer to the “Reserves” section of the MD&A for further discussion of the prior accident year reserve development in 2007.
The $64 of net favorable prior accident year development in 2006 included several changes in reserves, including an $83 net release of prior accident year hurricane reserves. Refer to the “Reserves” section of the MD&A for further discussion of the prior accident year reserve development in 2006.
Operating expenses increased by $123
The 0.7 point increase in the expense ratio and the 0.3 point increase in the policyholder dividend ratio was primarily due to an increase in insurance operating costs and expenses. Insurance operating costs and expenses increased by $125, partly because insurance operating costs and expenses in 2006 included the effect of a $41 reduction of estimated Citizens’ assessments related to the 2005 Florida hurricanes. Also contributing to the increase in insurance and operating costs and expenses was a $34 increase in policyholder dividends due largely to a $20 increase in the estimated amount of dividends payable to certain workers’ compensation policyholders due to underwriting profits. Apart from the effect of Citizens assessments and policyholder dividends, insurance operating costs and expenses increased by $50, primarily due to an increase in IT costs and an increase in non-deferrable salaries and benefits and other internal operating costs.
Despite the increase in earned premium, amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs remained relatively flat from 2006 to 2007 due to the effect of the sale of Omni. Excluding the effect of Omni, amortization increased by $28, or 1%, primarily driven by the 2% growth in earned premiums excluding Omni. In 2006, Omni accounted for $127 of earned premiums and $30 of amortization.
Net investment income increased by $214
Primarily driving the $214 increase in net investment income was a higher average invested asset base and income earned from a higher portfolio yield. The increase in the average invested asset base contributing to the increase in investment income was primarily due to positive operating cash flows, partially offset by the return of capital to Corporate. Contributing to the increase in net investment income was an increase in income from limited partnerships and other alternative investments, driven by a higher yield on these investments and shifting a greater allocation of investments to these asset classes.

 

128


Table of Contents

Net realized capital losses increased by $143
Net realized capital losses increased from $17 in 2006 to $160 in 2007, primarily due to an increase in impairments and decreases in the fair value of non-qualifying derivatives attributable to changes in value associated with credit derivatives due to credit spread widening. Impairments in 2007 primarily consisted of impairments of asset-backed securities backed by sub-prime residential mortgage loans and impairments of corporate securities in the financial services and homebuilders sectors. (See the Other-Than-Temporary Impairments discussion within Investment Results for more information on the impairments recorded in 2007).
Other expenses increased by $26
Other expenses increased by $26, primarily due to $49 of interest charged by Corporate on the amount of capital held by the Property & Casualty operation in excess of the amount needed to support the capital requirements of the Property & Casualty operation, partially offset by a reduction in the estimated cost of legal settlements in 2007.

 

129


Table of Contents

PERSONAL LINES
Personal Lines sells automobile, homeowners and home-based business coverages directly to the consumer and through a network of independent agents. Most of the Company’s personal lines business sold directly to the consumer is to the members of AARP through a direct marketing operation. Up until the sale of the business on November 30, 2006, the Company also sold non-standard auto insurance through the Company’s Omni Insurance Group, Inc. (“Omni”) subsidiary. Personal Lines also operates a member contact center for health insurance products offered through the AARP Health program. The Hartford’s exclusive licensing arrangement with AARP continues until January 1, 2020 for automobile, homeowners and home-based business. The AARP Health program agreement continues through 2009.
                         
Written Premiums [1]   2008     2007     2006  
Business Unit
                       
AARP
  $ 2,813     $ 2,750     $ 2,580  
Agency
    1,050       1,123       1,100  
Other
    62       74       197  
 
                 
Total
  $ 3,925     $ 3,947     $ 3,877  
 
                 
Product Line
                       
Automobile
  $ 2,829     $ 2,848     $ 2,856  
Homeowners
    1,096       1,099       1,021  
 
                 
Total
  $ 3,925     $ 3,947     $ 3,877  
 
                 
                         
Earned Premiums [1]   2008     2007     2006  
Business Unit
                       
AARP
  $ 2,778     $ 2,681     $ 2,466  
Agency
    1,080       1,123       1,068  
Other
    68       85       226  
 
                 
Total
  $ 3,926     $ 3,889     $ 3,760  
 
                 
Product Line
                       
Automobile
  $ 2,824     $ 2,822     $ 2,792  
Homeowners
    1,102       1,067       968  
 
                 
Total
  $ 3,926     $ 3,889     $ 3,760  
 
                 
     
[1]   The difference between written premiums and earned premiums is attributable to the change in unearned premium reserve.
                         
Premium Measures   2008     2007     2006  
 
Policies in force at year end
                       
Automobile
    2,323,882       2,349,402       2,276,165  
Homeowners
    1,455,954       1,481,542       1,440,399  
 
                 
Total policies in force at year end
    3,779,836       3,830,944       3,716,564  
 
                 
 
                       
New business premium
                       
Automobile
  $ 364     $ 424     $ 469  
Homeowners
  $ 106     $ 140     $ 161  
 
                 
Premium Renewal Retention
                       
Automobile
    87 %     88 %     87 %
Homeowners
    89 %     96 %     94 %
 
                 
Written Pricing Increase (Decrease)
                       
Automobile
    2 %           (1 %)
Homeowners
    2 %     5 %     5 %
 
                 
Earned Pricing Increase (Decrease)
                       
Automobile
    1 %     (1 %)     (1 %)
Homeowners
    3 %     6 %     5 %
 
                 

 

130


Table of Contents

Earned Premiums
Year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007
Earned premiums increased $37, or 1%, due primarily to earned premium growth in AARP, partially offset by earned premium decreases in Agency and Other.
 
AARP earned premium grew $97, reflecting modest earned pricing increases for both auto and homeowners and the effect of new business premium outpacing non-renewals in the last nine months of 2007. New business has offset non-renewals in 2008 and new business in 2008 has been driven by growth in the size of the AARP target market, the effect of direct marketing programs and the effect of cross selling homeowners insurance to insureds who have auto policies.
 
Agency earned premium decreased by $43 as the effect of a decline in new business premium and premium renewal retention since the middle of 2007 was partially offset by the effect of modest earned pricing increases. The market environment continues to be intensely competitive. The increase in advertising for auto business among the top carriers is also occurring with homeowners’ business, particularly in non-coastal and non-catastrophe prone areas. In 2008, a number of Personal Lines carriers began to increase rates although a significant portion of the market continues to compete heavily on price.
 
Other earned premium decreased by $17, primarily due to a decision to reduce other affinity business.
Auto earned premium was relatively flat in 2008 as the effect of earned pricing increases of 1% was largely offset by a decrease in new business since the middle of 2007. Homeowners’ earned premium grew 3% largely due to earned pricing increases of 3%.
     
New business premium
 
    Both auto and homeowners’ new business written premium decreased in 2008. Auto new business decreased by $60, or 14%, including decreases in both AARP and Agency. Homeowners’ new business decreased by $34, or 24%, including decreases in both AARP and Agency. AARP new business written premium decreased primarily due to lower auto and homeowners’ policy conversion rates, driven by increased competition, including the effect of price decreases by some carriers and the effect of continued advertising among carriers for new business. Agency new business written premium decreased primarily due to price competition driven, in part, by a greater number of agents using comparative rating software to obtain quotes from multiple carriers.
 
   
Premium renewal retention
 
     Premium renewal retention for auto decreased from 88% to 87%, driven primarily by a decrease in policy retention for both AARP and Agency business, partially offset by the effect of modest written pricing increases in 2008. Premium renewal retention for homeowners decreased from 96% to 89% driven by a decrease in retention for both AARP and Agency business. The decrease in premium renewal retention for AARP homeowners’ business was driven by increased price competition by some carriers and mandated homeowners rate declines in Florida for AARP policies. The decrease in premium renewal retention for Agency homeowners’ business was due, in part, to Florida policyholders non-renewing as a result of the Company’s decision to stop renewing Florida homeowners’ policies sold through agents.
 
   
Earned pricing increase (decrease)
 
    Auto earned pricing increases of 1% represent the portion of the 2% increase in written pricing for 2008 that is reflected in earned premium. While auto written pricing was flat in 2007, in 2008 the Company has increased auto insurance rates in certain states for certain classes to maintain profitability in the face of rising loss costs. Although moderating, written pricing increases in 2008 included the effect of policyholders purchasing newer vehicle models in place of older models. Homeowners’ earned pricing increases of 3% primarily reflect the earning of a blend of mid-single digit written pricing increases recognized over the last nine months of 2007 and 2% written pricing increases recognized in the first nine months of 2008. Written pricing increases in homeowners were largely driven by increases in coverage limits due to rising replacement costs.
 
   
Policies in-force
 
    The number of policies in-force decreased slightly for both auto and homeowners, primarily due to a 7% decline in the number of Agency policies in-force, partially offset by a 1% increase in the number of AARP policies in-force.
Year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the year ended December 31, 2006
Earned premiums increased $129, or 3%, primarily due to earned premium growth in both AARP and Agency, partially offset by a reduction in Other earned premium.
 
AARP earned premium grew $215, or 9%, reflecting growth in the size of the AARP target market, the effect of direct marketing programs and the effect of cross selling homeowners insurance to insureds who have auto policies.
 
Agency earned premium grew $55, or 5%, as a result of an increase in the number of agency appointments and further refinement of the Dimensions class plans first introduced in 2003. Dimensions allows Personal Lines to write a broader class of risks. The plan, which is available through the Company’s network of independent agents, was enhanced beginning in the third quarter of 2006 as “Dimensions with Auto Packages” and the enhanced plan is now offered in 34 states with four distinct package offerings as of December 31, 2007.
 
Other earned premium decreased by $141, primarily due to the sale of Omni on November 30, 2006 and a strategic decision to reduce other affinity business. Omni accounted for earned premiums of $127 for the year ended December 31, 2006.

 

131


Table of Contents

The earned premium growth in AARP and Agency was primarily due to auto and homeowners new business written premium outpacing non-renewals over the last six months of 2006 and the first six months of 2007.
Auto earned premium grew slightly, by $30, or 1%, for the year ended December 31, 2007, primarily due to new business outpacing non-renewals in AARP and Agency over the last six months of 2006 and the first six months of 2007, partially offset by the effect of the sale of Omni. Before considering the effect of the sale of Omni, auto earned premium grew $152, or 6%, for the year ended December 31, 2007. Homeowners’ earned premium grew $99, or 10%, primarily due to earned pricing increases and due to new business outpacing non-renewals in AARP business over the last six months of 2006 and the first six months of 2007 and new business outpacing non-renewals in Agency over the last three months of 2006 and the first six months of 2007.
     
New business premium
 
     Omni accounted for $25 of new business written premium during the 2006 calendar year. Excluding Omni business, auto new business written premium decreased by $20, or 5%, to $424, for the year ended December 31, 2007. The decrease in auto new business premium was due to a decrease in AARP and Agency auto new business as a result of increased competition. Homeowners’ new business written premium decreased by $21, or 13%, primarily due to a decrease in Agency new business, partially offset by an increase in AARP new business.
 
   
Premium renewal retention
 
     Premium renewal retention for auto increased from 87% to 88% for the year ended December 31, 2007, primarily due to the sale of the Omni non-standard auto business during 2006, which had a lower premium renewal retention than the Company’s standard auto business. Excluding Omni business, premium renewal retention decreased slightly, from 89% to 88%, as renewal retention remained flat in AARP and decreased in Agency. Premium renewal retention for homeowners increased from 94% to 96% for the year ended December 31, 2007, primarily due to an increase in retention of Agency business.
 
   
Earned pricing increase (decrease)
 
     The trend in earned pricing during 2007 was primarily a reflection of the written pricing changes in the last six months of 2006 and the first six months of 2007. Written pricing remained flat in auto primarily due to an extended period of favorable results factoring into the rate setting process. Homeowners’ written pricing continued to increase due largely to increases in insurance to value and an increase in the value of insured properties. Insurance to value is the ratio of the amount of insurance purchased to the value of the insured property.
 
   
Policies in-force
 
     Consistent with the growth in earned premium, the number of policies in-force has increased in auto and homeowners. The growth in policies in-force does not correspond directly with the growth in earned premiums due to the effect of earned pricing changes and because policy in-force counts are as of a point in time rather than over a period of time.

 

132


Table of Contents

                         
Personal Lines - Underwriting Summary   2008     2007     2006  
Written premiums
  $ 3,925     $ 3,947     $ 3,877  
Change in unearned premium reserve
    (1 )     58       117  
 
                 
Earned premiums
    3,926       3,889       3,760  
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
                       
Current accident year before catastrophes
    2,542       2,576       2,396  
Current accident year catastrophes
    258       125       120  
Prior accident years
    (51 )     (4 )     (38 )
 
                 
Total losses and loss adjustment expenses
    2,749       2,697       2,478  
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs
    633       617       622  
Insurance operating costs and expenses
    264       253       231  
 
                 
Underwriting results
  $ 280     $ 322     $ 429  
 
                 
Loss and loss adjustment expense ratio
                       
Current accident year before catastrophes
    64.8       66.2       63.8  
Current accident year catastrophes
    6.6       3.2       3.2  
Prior accident years
    (1.3 )     (0.1 )     (1.0 )
 
                 
Total loss and loss adjustment expense ratio
    70.0       69.3       65.9  
Expense ratio
    22.8       22.4       22.7  
 
                 
Combined ratio
    92.9       91.7       88.6  
 
                 
Catastrophe ratio
                       
Current accident year
    6.6       3.2       3.2  
Prior accident years
    0.2       0.2       (0.4 )
 
                 
Total catastrophe ratio
    6.8       3.4       2.8  
 
                 
Combined ratio before catastrophes
    86.1       88.3       85.8  
Combined ratio before catastrophes and prior accident year development
    87.6       88.6       86.4  
Other revenues [1]
  $ 135     $ 141     $ 135  
 
                 
     
[1]   Represents servicing revenue
                         
Combined Ratios   2008     2007     2006  
Automobile
    91.0       96.2       93.6  
Homeowners
    97.6       79.8       74.0  
 
                 
Total
    92.9       91.7       88.6  
 
                 
Underwriting Results and Ratios
Year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007
Underwriting results decreased by $42, from $322 in 2007 to $280 in 2008, with a corresponding 1.2 point increase in the combined ratio, from 91.7 to 92.9 due to:
         
Change in underwriting results        
Increase in earned premiums
  $ 37  
 
       
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
       
Ratio change — A decrease in the current accident loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes
    59  
Volume change — Increase in current accident year losses and loss adjustment expenses before catastrophes due to the increase in earned premium
    (25 )
 
     
Decrease in current accident year losses and loss adjustment expenses before catastrophes
    34  
Catastrophes — Increase in current accident year catastrophes
    (133 )
Reserve changes — An increase in net favorable prior accident year reserve development
    47  
 
     
Net increase in losses and loss adjustment expenses
    (52 )
 
       
Operating expenses
       
Increase in amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs
    (16 )
Increase in insurance operating costs and expenses
    (11 )
 
     
Increase in operating expenses
    (27 )
 
     
 
Decrease in underwriting results from 2007 to 2008
  $ (42 )
 
     

 

133


Table of Contents

Earned premium increased by $37
Earned premiums increased $37, or 1%, primarily due to earned premium growth in AARP, partially offset by a decrease in Agency and Other earned premium. Refer to the earned premium section above for further discussion.
Losses and loss adjustment expenses increased by $52
Current accident year losses and loss adjustment expenses before catastrophes decreased by $34
Personal Lines current accident year losses and loss adjustment expenses before catastrophes decreased by $34, to $2,542, due to a decrease in the current accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes, partially offset by the effect of higher earned premium. The current accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes decreased by 1.4 points, to 64.8. The decrease was primarily due to favorable expected frequency on auto liability claims and the effect of earned pricing increases for both auto and homeowners, partially offset by increased frequency and severity of non-catastrophe losses on homeowners business.
Current accident year catastrophes increased by $133
Current accident year catastrophe losses of $258, or 6.6 points, in 2008 were higher than current accident year catastrophe losses of $125, or 3.2 points, in 2007, primarily due to losses from hurricane Ike and tornadoes and thunderstorms in the South and Midwest.
Net favorable prior accident year reserve development increased by $47
Net favorable reserve development of $51 in 2008 included a $46 release of auto liability reserves, primarily related to accident years 2005 to 2007 and a $24 release of reserves for extra-contractual liability claims under non-standard personal auto policies. Net favorable reserve development of $4 in 2007 included a $16 release of reserves for loss and allocated loss and loss adjustment expenses on Personal Lines auto liability claims for accident years 2002 to 2006.
Operating expenses increased by $27
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs increased by $16, driven primarily by the increase in earned premium and the amortization of a higher amount of acquisition costs for AARP business. Insurance operating costs and expenses increased by $11, primarily due to an estimated $10 of assessments owed to TWIA in 2008. The expense ratio increased 0.4 points, to 22.8, due to the increase in insurance operating costs and expenses and the amortization of a higher amount of acquisition costs on AARP business.
Year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the year ended December 31, 2006
Underwriting results decreased by $107, from $429 to $322, with a corresponding 3.1 point increase in the combined ratio, from 88.6 to 91.7, due to:
         
Change in underwriting results        
Earned premiums
       
Excluding Omni, a 7% increase in earned premium
  $ 251  
Decrease in earned premium due to the sale of Omni in the fourth quarter of 2006
    (122 )
 
     
Net increase in earned premiums
    129  
 
       
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
       
Volume change — Increase in current accident year loss and loss adjustment expenses before catastrophes due to the increase in earned premiums, excluding Omni
    (160 )
Ratio change — An increase in the current accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes, excluding Omni
    (125 )
Sale of Omni — Decrease in current accident year loss and loss adjustment expenses before catastrophes as a result of the sale of Omni
    105  
 
     
Net increase in current accident year loss and loss adjustment expenses before catastrophes
    (180 )
Catastrophes — Increase in current accident year catastrophe losses
    (5 )
Reserve changes — A decrease in net favorable prior accident year reserve development
    (34 )
 
     
Net increase in losses and loss adjustment expenses
    (219 )
 
       
Operating expenses
       
Decrease in amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs
    5  
Increase in insurance operating costs and expenses
    (22 )
 
     
Net increase in operating expenses
    (17 )
 
     
 
       
Decrease in underwriting results from 2006 to 2007
  $ (107 )
 
     

 

134


Table of Contents

Sale of Omni
The Company sold its Omni non-standard auto business in the fourth quarter of 2006. Omni accounted for an underwriting loss of $52 in 2006, including $127 of earned premiums, $140 of loss and loss adjustment expenses, $30 of amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and $9 of insurance operating costs and expenses.
Earned premium increased by $129
Personal Lines earned premium increased by $129, or 3%, to $3,889, primarily driven by an increase in AARP and Agency earned premium, partially offset by a decrease of $122 due to the sale of Omni in 2006. Refer to the earned premium discussion for a description of the increase in earned premium.
Losses and loss adjustment expenses increased by $219
Current accident year loss and loss adjustment expenses before catastrophes increased by $180
Personal Lines current accident year loss and loss adjustment expenses before catastrophes increased by $180 in 2007, to $2,576, due to an increase in earned premium and an increase in the current accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes, partially offset by a decrease due to the sale of Omni. Excluding the effect of Omni, the current accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes increased by 3.3 points, to 66.2. The increase was primarily due to a higher loss and loss adjustment expense ratio for auto liability claims, increased frequency on auto property damage claims and, to a lesser extent, increased severity on homeowners claims, partially offset by the effect of earned pricing increases in homeowners. The higher loss and loss adjustment expense ratio for auto liability claims was primarily driven by increased bodily injury severity.
Current accident year catastrophes increased by $5
Current accident year catastrophe losses of $125, or 3.2 points, in 2007 were slightly higher than current accident year catastrophe losses of $120, or 3.2 points, in 2006. The largest catastrophe losses in 2007 were from wildfires in California, spring windstorms in the Southeast and Northeast, tornadoes and thunderstorms in the Midwest and a December ice storm in the Midwest. Catastrophes losses during 2006 included tornadoes and hail storms in the Midwest and windstorms in Texas and on the East coast.
Net favorable prior accident year reserve development decreased by $34
Net favorable prior accident year reserve development decreased from $38, or 1.0 point, in 2006 to $4, or 0.1 points, in 2007. Net favorable reserve development of $4 in 2007 included a $16 release of reserves for loss and allocated loss and loss adjustment expenses on Personal Lines auto liability claims for accident years 2002 to 2006.
Net favorable prior accident year reserve development of $38 in 2006 included a $53 reduction in prior accident year reserves for auto liability claims related to accident years 2003 to 2005 and a $23 reduction in hurricane catastrophe reserves related to the 2004 and 2005 hurricanes, partially offset by a $30 increase in reserves for personal auto liability claims due to an increase in estimated severity on claims where the Company is exposed to losses in excess of policy limits.
Operating expenses increased by $17
The expense ratio decreased by 0.3 points, to 22.4, in 2007, due largely to an increase in insurance operating costs and expenses. Omni accounted for $9 of insurance operating costs and expenses in 2006. Excluding Omni, insurance operating costs and expenses increased by $31, or 14%, primarily due to the effect of a $19 reduction of estimated Citizen’s assessments in 2006 related to 2005 Florida hurricanes. Also contributing to the increase in insurance and operating costs was an increase in AARP distribution costs and other insurance operating costs, partially offset by lower IT costs.
Omni accounted for $30 of amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs in 2006. Excluding Omni, amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs increased by $25, or 4%, driven primarily by the increase in earned premium.

 

135


Table of Contents

SMALL COMMERCIAL
Small Commercial provides standard commercial insurance coverage to small commercial businesses, primarily throughout the United States, with up to $5 in annual payroll, $15 in annual revenues or $15 in total property values. This segment offers workers’ compensation, property, automobile, liability and umbrella coverages.
                         
Premiums [1]   2008     2007     2006  
Written premiums
  $ 2,696     $ 2,747     $ 2,728  
Earned premiums
  $ 2,724     $ 2,736     $ 2,652  
     
[1]  
The difference between written premiums and earned premiums is attributable to the change in unearned premium reserve.
                         
Premium Measures   2008     2007     2006  
 
                       
New business premium
  $ 446     $ 481     $ 533  
Premium renewal retention
    82 %     84 %     87 %
Written pricing increase (decrease)
    (2 %)     (2 %)     1 %
Earned pricing increase (decrease)
    (2 %)     (1 %)     1 %
Policies in-force end of period
    1,055,463       1,038,542       991,979  
Earned Premiums
Year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007
Earned premiums for the Small Commercial segment were down slightly as a decrease in commercial auto was largely offset by an increase in worker’s compensation. The earned premium decrease was largely due to the effect of non-renewals outpacing new business for commercial auto business in 2008 and to earned pricing decreases, largely offset by new business outpacing non-renewals in workers’ compensation business over the last nine months of 2007 and the first nine months of 2008. While the Company has focused on increasing new business from its agents and expanding writings in certain territories, actions taken by some of the Company’s competitors to increase market share and increase business appetite in certain classes of risks and actions taken by the Company to reduce workers’ compensation rates in certain states have contributed to the decrease in written premiums from 2007 to 2008.
     
New business premium
 
     New business written premium was down $35, or 7%, driven by a decrease in new package and commercial automobile business. New business for package and commercial auto business declined due to increased competition despite the use of lower pricing on targeted accounts and an increase in commissions paid to agents. New business written premium for workers’ compensation was up modestly.
 
   
Premium renewal retention
 
     Premium renewal retention decreased from 84% to 82% due largely to the effect of a decrease in retention of workers’ compensation business, including the effect of larger written pricing decreases.
 
   
Earned pricing increase (decrease)
 
     Earned pricing decreased for workers’ compensation and commercial auto and was flat for package business. As written premium is earned over the 12-month term of the policies, the earned pricing changes during 2008 were primarily a reflection of written pricing decreases of 2% over the last nine months of 2007 and 2% over the first nine months of 2008.
 
   
Policies in-force
 
     While earned premium was slightly down for 2008, the number of policies in-force has increased 2%. The growth in policies in-force does not correspond directly with the change in earned premiums due to the effect of changes in earned pricing and changes in the average premium per policy.

 

136


Table of Contents

Year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the year ended December 31, 2006
Earned premiums for the Small Commercial segment increased $84, or 3%, primarily due to new business premiums outpacing non-renewals for workers’ compensation business over the last six months of 2006 and the first six months of 2007.
     
New business premium
 
     New business written premium for Small Commercial decreased by $52, or 10%, as increased competition led to a reduction in new business for workers’ compensation, package business and commercial auto. While the Company has focused on increasing new business from its agents and expanding writings in certain territories, actions taken by some of the Company’s competitors to increase market share and increase business appetite in certain classes of risks may be contributing to the Company’s lower new business growth. Also contributing to the decrease in new business premium is lower average premium per account partly due to writing more liability-only policies.
 
   
Premium renewal retention
 
     Premium renewal retention for Small Commercial decreased due, in part, to lower retention of larger accounts and a reduction in average premium per account.
 
   
Earned pricing increase (decrease)
 
     As written premium is earned over the 12-month term of the policies, the earned pricing changes during 2007 are primarily a reflection of the written pricing changes over the last six months of 2006 and the first six months of 2007.
 
   
Policies in-force
 
     Consistent with the increase in earned premium, the number of policies in force has increased. The growth in policies in force does not correspond directly with the change in earned premiums due to the effect of changes in earned pricing, changes in the average premium per policy and because policy in force counts are as of a point in time rather than over a period of time.
                         
Small Commercial — Underwriting Summary   2008     2007     2006  
Written premiums
  $ 2,696     $ 2,747     $ 2,728  
Change in unearned premium reserve
    (28 )     11       76  
 
                 
Earned premiums
    2,724       2,736       2,652  
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
                       
Current accident year before catastrophes
    1,447       1,594       1,509  
Current accident year catastrophes
    122       28       34  
Prior accident years
    (89 )     (209 )     (75 )
 
                 
Total losses and loss adjustment expenses
    1,480       1,413       1,468  
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs
    636       635       634  
Insurance operating costs and expenses
    171       180       128  
 
                 
Underwriting results
  $ 437     $ 508     $ 422  
 
                 
Loss and loss adjustment expense ratio
                       
Current accident year before catastrophes
    53.1       58.3       56.9  
Current accident year catastrophes
    4.5       1.0       1.3  
Prior accident years
    (3.3 )     (7.6 )     (2.8 )
 
                 
Total loss and loss adjustment expense ratio
    54.3       51.6       55.3  
Expense ratio
    29.1       29.2       28.5  
Policyholder dividend ratio
    0.5       0.6       0.2  
 
                 
Combined ratio
    84.0       81.4       84.1  
 
                 
Catastrophe ratio
                       
Current accident year
    4.5       1.0       1.3  
Prior accident years
    (0.1 )     0.2       (0.7 )
 
                 
Total catastrophe ratio
    4.4       1.2       0.6  
 
                 
Combined ratio before catastrophes
    79.6       80.3       83.5  
 
                 
Combined ratio before catastrophes and prior accident year development
    82.8       88.0       85.6  
 
                 

 

137


Table of Contents

Underwriting results and ratios
Year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007
Underwriting results decreased by $71, from $508 to $437, with a corresponding 2.6 point increase in the combined ratio, from 81.4 to 84.0, due to:
         
Change in underwriting results        
Decrease in earned premiums
  $ (12 )
 
       
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
       
Ratio change — A decrease in the current accident loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes
    140  
Volume change — Decrease in current accident year losses and loss adjustment expenses before catastrophes due to the decrease in earned premium
    7  
 
     
Decrease in current accident year losses and loss adjustment expenses before catastrophes
    147  
Catastrophes — Increase in current accident year catastrophes
    (94 )
Reserve changes — Decrease in net favorable prior accident year reserve development
    (120 )
 
     
Net increase in losses and loss adjustment expenses
    (67 )
 
       
Operating expenses
       
Increase in amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs
    (1 )
Decrease in insurance operating costs and expenses
    9  
 
     
Decrease in operating expenses
    8  
 
     
 
       
Decrease in underwriting results from 2007 to 2008
  $ (71 )
 
     
Earned premium decreased by $12
Refer to the earned premium section above for discussion.
Losses and loss adjustment expenses increased by $67
Current accident year losses and loss adjustment expenses before catastrophes decreased by $147
Small Commercial’s current accident year losses and loss adjustment expenses before catastrophes decreased by $147 in 2008, to $1,447, primarily due to a 5.2 point decrease in the current accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes, to 53.1. The decrease in this ratio was primarily due to a lower loss and loss adjustment expense ratio for workers’ compensation business and, to a lesser extent, a lower loss and loss adjustment expense ratio for package business. Workers’ compensation claim frequency has been trending favorably for recent accident years due to improved workplace safety and underwriting actions and the lower loss and loss adjustment expense ratio for the 2008 accident year includes an assumption that this lower of claim frequency would continue for the 2008 accident year. The loss and loss adjustment expense ratio for the 2007 accident year recorded in 2007 did not give as much credence to this lower level of claim frequency. The effect of lower claim frequency for workers’ compensation claims was partially offset by the effect of earned pricing decreases.
Current accident year catastrophes increased by $94
Current accident year catastrophe losses of $122, or 4.5 points, in 2008 were higher than current accident year catastrophe losses of $28, or 1.0 point, in 2007, primarily due to hurricane Ike and tornadoes and thunderstorms in the South and Midwest.
Net favorable prior accident year development decreased by $120
Net favorable prior accident year development of $89 in 2008 included a $92 release of workers’ compensation reserves related to accident years 2000 to 2007. Net favorable reserve development of $209 in 2007 included a $151 release of workers’ compensation loss and loss adjustment expense reserves for accident years 2002 to 2006, a $33 release of workers’ compensation loss reserves accident years 1987 to 2000 and a $30 release of loss reserves for package business for accident years 2003 to 2006.
Operating expenses decreased by $8
Insurance operating costs and expenses decreased by $9, primarily due to lower compensation-related and servicing costs, partially offset by an estimated $7 of TWIA assessments in 2008. Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs of $636 was relatively flat consistent with the change in earned premium. The expense ratio decreased slightly in 2008, to 29.1, driven by the decrease in insurance operating costs and expenses.

 

138


Table of Contents

Year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the year ended December 31, 2006
Underwriting results increased by $86, from $422 to $508, with a corresponding 2.7 point improvement in the combined ratio, from 84.1 to 81.4, due to:
         
Change in underwriting results        
Increase in earned premiums
  $ 84  
 
       
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
       
Volume change — Increase in current accident year loss and loss adjustment expenses before catastrophes due to the increase in earned premium
    (47 )
Ratio change — An increase in the current accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes
    (38 )
 
     
Net increase in current accident year loss and loss adjustment expenses before catastrophes
    (85 )
Catastrophes — Decrease in current accident year catastrophe losses
    6  
Reserve changes — Increase in net favorable prior accident year reserve development
    134  
 
     
Net decrease in losses and loss adjustment expenses
    55  
 
       
Operating expenses
       
Increase in amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs
    (1 )
Increase in insurance operating costs and expenses
    (52 )
 
     
Increase in operating expenses
    (53 )
 
     
 
       
Increase in underwriting results from 2006 to 2007
  $ 86  
 
     
Earned premium increased by $84
Small Commercial earned premium increased by $84, or 3%, to $2,736. Refer to the earned premium discussion for a description of the increase in earned premium.
Losses and loss adjustment expenses decreased by $55
Current accident year loss and loss adjustment expenses before catastrophes increased by $85
Small Commercial current accident year loss and loss adjustment expenses before catastrophes increased by $85 in 2007, to $1,594, due to an increase in earned premium and a 1.4 point increase in the current accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes, to 58.3. The 1.4 point increase in the current accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes was primarily due to a higher loss ratio and loss adjustment expense ratio for package business and commercial auto claims, partially offset by a lower loss and loss adjustment expense ratio for workers’ compensation claims. The higher loss and loss adjustment expense ratio on package business was primarily driven by an increase in the number of individual large losses and the higher loss and loss adjustment expense ratio for auto claims was driven, in part, by earned pricing decreases. Expected loss and loss adjustment expenses on workers’ compensation claims for the 2007 accident year were lower as the assumed level of medical claim severity was not as high as it had been for the 2006 accident year.
Current accident year catastrophes decreased by $6
Current accident year catastrophe losses in 2007 of $28, or 1.0 point, were moderately lower than current accident year catastrophes of $34, or 1.3 points, in 2006. The largest catastrophe losses in 2007 were from spring windstorms in the Southeast and Northeast, tornadoes and thunderstorms in the Midwest and wildfires in California. Catastrophes in 2006 included tornadoes and hail storms in the Midwest.
Increase in net favorable prior accident year development by $134
Net favorable prior accident year reserve development increased from $75, or 2.8 points, in 2006 to $209, or 7.6 points, in 2007. Net favorable reserve development of $209 in 2007 included a $151 release of workers’ compensation loss and loss adjustment expense reserves for accident years 2002 to 2006, a $33 release of workers’ compensation loss reserves accident years 1987 to 2000 and a $30 release of loss reserves for package business for accident years 2003 to 2006.
Net favorable reserve development of $75 in 2006 included a $33 reduction in allocated loss adjustment expense reserves, primarily for workers’ compensation and package business related to accident years 2003 to 2005, and a $22 reduction in prior accident year catastrophe reserves in 2006 related to hurricanes Katrina, Rita and Wilma in 2005 and hurricanes Charley, Frances and Jeanne in 2004.
Operating expenses increased by $53
The 0.7 point increase in the expense ratio and the 0.4 point increase in the policyholder dividend ratio was primarily due to an increase in insurance operating costs and expenses. Insurance operating costs increased by $52 due to an increase in IT and other operating costs, a $10 decrease in estimated Citizens’ assessments in 2006 and a $10 increase in policyholder dividends in 2007. The increase in policyholder dividends in 2007 was largely attributable to a $10 increase in the estimated amount of dividends payable to certain workers’ compensation policyholders due to underwriting profits. Despite a 3% increase in earned premium, amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs was relatively flat from 2006 to 2007 due largely to an increase in non-deferrable salaries and benefits and other internal operating costs.

 

139


Table of Contents

MIDDLE MARKET
Middle Market provides standard commercial insurance coverage to middle market commercial businesses, primarily throughout the United States, with greater than $5 in annual payroll, $15 in annual revenues or $15 in total property values. This segment offers workers’ compensation, property, automobile, liability, umbrella, marine and livestock coverages.
                         
Premiums [1]   2008     2007     2006  
Written premiums
  $ 2,242     $ 2,326     $ 2,515  
Earned premiums
  $ 2,299     $ 2,420     $ 2,523  
     
[1]  
The difference between written premiums and earned premiums is attributable to the change in unearned premium reserve.
                         
Premium Measures   2008     2007     2006  
New business premium
  $ 420     $ 394     $ 464  
Premium renewal retention
    79 %     78 %     82 %
Written pricing decrease
    (5 %)     (5 %)     (5 %)
Earned pricing decrease
    (6 %)     (5 %)     (5 %)
Policies in-force as of end of period
    90,478       88,254       86,640  
Earned Premiums
Year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007
Earned premiums for the Middle Market segment decreased by $121, or 5%, driven primarily by decreases in commercial auto, workers’ compensation and general liability. Earned premium decreases were primarily due to a decline in earned pricing in 2008 and the effect of non-renewals outpacing new business in commercial auto and general liability over the last nine months of 2007 and the first nine months of 2008, partially offset by the effect of new business written premium outpacing non-renewals in workers’ compensation since the fourth quarter of 2007.
     
New business premium
 
     New business written premium increased by $26, or 7%, in 2008 as an increase in new business written premium for workers’ compensation was partially offset by a decrease in new business for general liability, marine and commercial auto. While continued price competition and the effect of some state-mandated rate reductions in workers’ compensation has lessened the attractiveness of new business in certain lines and regions, the Company has increased new business for workers’ compensation due, in part, to the effect of targeting business in selected industries and regions of the country.
 
   
Premium renewal
retention
 
     Premium renewal retention increased from 78% to 79% due largely to an increase in retention of property and marine business, partially offset by the effect of larger written pricing decreases on workers’ compensation and property business. The Company continued to take actions to protect renewals in 2008, including the use of reduced pricing on targeted accounts.
 
   
Earned pricing
decrease
 
     Earned pricing decreased in all lines of business, including workers’ compensation, commercial auto, general liability, property and marine. As written premium is earned over the 12-month term of the policies, the earned pricing decreases in 2008 were primarily a reflection of mid-single digit written pricing decreases over the last nine months of 2007 and the first nine months of 2008. A number of carriers have continued to compete fairly aggressively on price, particularly on larger accounts within Middle Market, which has contributed to mid-single digit price decreases across the industry.
 
   
Policies in-force
 
     The number of policies in-force increased by 3%, due largely to growth on smaller accounts.

 

140


Table of Contents

Year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the year ended December 31, 2006
Earned premiums for the Middle Market segment decreased by $103, or 4%. The decrease was primarily due to earned pricing decreases and a decrease in new business written premium and premium renewal retention over the last six months of 2006 and the first six months of 2007.
     
New business premium
 
     The decrease in new business written premium was primarily due to continued price competition and the effect of state-mandated rate reductions in workers’ compensation. New business written premium declined in all lines except workers’ compensation. As written premium is earned over the 12-month term of the policies, the earned pricing changes during 2007 were primarily a reflection of the written pricing changes over the last six months of 2006 and the first six months of 2007.
 
   
Premium renewal retention
 
     The decrease in premium renewal retention was primarily due to continued price competition and the effect of state-mandated rate reductions in workers’ compensation. Premium renewal retention decreased in all lines of business, including property, commercial auto, general liability, workers’ compensation and marine.
 
   
Earned pricing increase (decrease)
 
     Earned pricing decreased in all lines of business, including property, commercial auto, general liability, workers’ compensation and marine.
 
   
Policies in-force
 
     Despite the decrease in earned premium, the number of policies in force has increased. The change in policies in force does not correspond directly with the change in earned premiums due to a reduction in the average premium per policy and because policy in force counts are as of a point in time rather than over a period of time.
                         
Middle Market — Underwriting Summary   2008     2007     2006  
Written premiums
  $ 2,242     $ 2,326     $ 2,515  
Change in unearned premium reserve
    (57 )     (94 )     (8 )
 
                 
Earned premiums
    2,299       2,420       2,523  
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
                       
Current accident year before catastrophes
    1,460       1,561       1,577  
Current accident year catastrophes
    116       15       36  
Prior accident years
    (134 )     (16 )     13  
 
                 
Total losses and loss adjustment expenses
    1,442       1,560       1,626  
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs
    513       529       544  
Insurance operating costs and expenses
    175       174       139  
 
                 
Underwriting results
  $ 169     $ 157     $ 214  
 
                 
Loss and loss adjustment expense ratio
                       
Current accident year before catastrophes
    63.5       64.5       62.6  
Current accident year catastrophes
    5.1       0.6       1.5  
Prior accident years
    (5.9 )     (0.7 )     0.5  
 
                 
Total loss and loss adjustment expense ratio
    62.7       64.5       64.6  
Expense ratio
    29.0       28.5       26.7  
Policyholder dividend ratio
    0.9       0.6       0.2  
 
                 
Combined ratio
    92.6       93.5       91.5  
 
                 
Catastrophe ratio
                       
Current accident year
    5.1       0.6       1.5  
Prior accident years
    (0.5 )     (0.1 )      
 
                 
Total catastrophe ratio
    4.6       0.5       1.4  
 
                 
Combined ratio before catastrophes
    88.1       93.0       90.1  
 
                 
Combined ratio before catastrophes and prior accident year development
    93.4       93.5       89.6  
 
                 

 

141


Table of Contents

Underwriting results and ratios
Year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007
Underwriting results increased by $12, from $157 in 2007 to $169 in 2008, with a corresponding 0.9 point decrease in the combined ratio, from 93.5 to 92.6, due to:
         
Change in underwriting results        
Decrease in earned premiums
  $ (121 )
 
       
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
       
Volume change — Decrease in current accident year loss and loss adjustment expenses before catastrophes due to the decrease in earned premium
    78  
Ratio change — A decrease in the current accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes
    23  
 
     
Decrease in current accident year loss and loss adjustment expenses before catastrophes
    101  
Catastrophes — Increase in current accident year catastrophe losses
    (101 )
Reserve changes — Increase in net favorable prior accident year reserve development
    118  
 
     
Net decrease in losses and loss adjustment expenses
    118  
Operating expenses
       
Decrease in amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs
    16  
Increase in insurance operating costs and expenses
    (1 )
 
     
Decrease in operating expenses
    15  
 
     
 
       
Increase in underwriting results from 2007 to 2008
  $ 12  
 
     
Earned premium decreased by $121
Earned premiums for the Middle Market segment decreased by $121, or 5%, driven primarily by decreases in commercial auto, workers’ compensation and general liability. Refer to the earned premium section for further discussion.
Losses and loss adjustment expenses decreased by $118
Current accident year losses and loss adjustment expenses before catastrophes decreased by $101
Middle Market current accident year losses and loss adjustment expenses before catastrophes decreased by $101 due largely to a decrease in earned premium. Before catastrophes, the current accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio decreased by 1.0 point, to 63.5, primarily due to a lower loss and loss adjustment expense ratio on workers’ compensation and general liability business, largely offset by higher non-catastrophe losses on property and marine business and the effect of earned pricing decreases. The higher non-catastrophe losses on property business were driven by increased severity, including a number of large individual claims, and the higher non-catastrophe losses on marine business were primarily driven by increased frequency.
Current accident year catastrophes increased by $101
Current accident year catastrophe losses of $116, or 5.1 points, in 2008 were higher than current accident year catastrophe losses of $15, or 0.6 points, in 2007, primarily due to losses from hurricane Ike and tornadoes and thunderstorms in the South and Midwest.
Net favorable prior accident year development increased by $118
Net favorable prior accident year reserve development increased from $16, or 0.7 points, in 2007 to $134, or 5.9 points, in 2008. Net favorable reserve development of $134 in 2008 primarily included a $90 release of reserves for high hazard and umbrella general liability claims, primarily related to the 2001 to 2007 accident years, a $64 release of workers’ compensation reserves, primarily related to accident years 2000 to 2007 and a $27 release of commercial auto liability reserves, primarily related to accident years 2002 to 2007, partially offset by a $50 strengthening of reserves for general liability and products liability claims primarily for accident years 2004 and prior.
Net unfavorable reserve development of $16 in 2007 primarily included a $49 release of general liability loss and loss adjustment expense reserves for accident years 2003 to 2006 and an $18 release of commercial auto liability reserves for accident years 2003 and 2004, partially offset by a $40 strengthening of workers’ compensation reserves for accident years 1973 & prior and a $14 strengthening of general liability reserves for accident years more than 20 years old.

 

142


Table of Contents

Operating expenses decreased by $15
The $16 decrease in the amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs was largely due to the decrease in earned premium, partially offset by the amortization of higher underwriting costs. Insurance operating costs and expenses included policyholder dividends of $21 in 2008 and $14 in 2007 which increased primarily due to a $6 increase in the estimated amount of dividends payable to certain workers’ compensation policyholders due to underwriting profits. Apart from policyholder dividends, insurance operating costs and expenses decreased by $6 as the effect of lower compensation-related costs was partially offset by higher IT costs and an estimated $3 of TWIA assessments in 2008. The expense ratio increased by 0.5 points, to 29.0, due to the amortization of higher underwriting costs, the TWIA assessments in 2008 and the effect of lower earned premiums, partially offset by the effect of lower compensation-related costs.
Year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the year ended December 31, 2006
Underwriting results decreased by $57, from $214 to $157, with a corresponding 2.0 point increase in the combined ratio, from 91.5 to 93.5, due to:
         
Change in underwriting results        
Decrease in earned premiums
  $ (103 )
 
       
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
       
Volume change — Decrease in current accident year loss and loss adjustment expenses before catastrophes due to the decrease in earned premium
    61  
Ratio change — An increase in the current accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes
    (45 )
 
     
Net decrease in current accident year loss and loss adjustment expenses before catastrophes
    16  
Catastrophes — Decrease in current accident year catastrophe losses
    21  
Reserve changes — Change to net favorable prior accident year reserve development
    29  
 
     
Net decrease in losses and loss adjustment expenses
    66  
Operating expenses
       
Decrease in amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs
    15  
Increase in insurance operating costs and expenses
    (35 )
 
     
Net increase in operating expenses
    (20 )
 
     
 
       
Decrease in underwriting results from 2006 to 2007
  $ (57 )
 
     
Earned premium decreased by $103
Middle Market earned premium decreased by $103, or 4%, to $2,420. Refer to the earned premium discussion for a description of the decrease in earned premium.
Losses and loss adjustment expenses decreased by $66
Current accident year loss and loss adjustment expenses before catastrophes decreased by $16
Middle Market current accident year loss and loss adjustment expenses before catastrophes decreased by $16 in 2007, to $1,561, due to a decrease in earned premium, largely offset by the effect of an increase in the current accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes. Before catastrophes, the current accident year loss and loss adjustment expense ratio increased by 1.9 points, to 64.5, primarily due to a higher loss and loss adjustment expense ratio for workers’ compensation, general liability and commercial auto claims driven, in part, by earned pricing decreases. For commercial auto, loss costs increased for both liability and property damage claims.
Current accident year catastrophes decreased by $21
Current accident year catastrophe losses decreased by $21, from $36, or 1.5 points, in 2006 to $15, or 0.6 points, in 2007. Compared to 2007, there were more severe catastrophes in 2006, including tornadoes and hail storms in the Midwest and windstorms in Texas and on the East coast. The largest catastrophe losses in 2007 were from spring windstorms in the Southeast and wildfires in California.
Change to favorable prior accident year development by $29
Prior accident year reserve development changed from net unfavorable prior accident year reserve development of $13, or 0.5 points, in 2006 to net favorable prior accident year reserve development of $16, or 0.7 points, in 2007. Net favorable reserve development of $16 in 2007 included a $49 release of general liability loss and loss adjustment expense reserves for accident years 2003 to 2006 and an $18 release of commercial auto liability reserves for accident years 2003 and 2004, partially offset by a $40 strengthening of workers’ compensation reserves for accident years 1973 & prior and a $14 strengthening of general liability reserves for accident years more than 20 years old.

 

143


Table of Contents

Net unfavorable reserve development of $13 in 2006 consisted primarily of a $20 increase in general liability loss and loss adjustment expense reserves related to accident years 1998 to 2005 and a $10 increase in marine loss reserves, partially offset by a $25 reduction in allocated loss adjustment expense reserves for workers’ compensation business related to accident years 2003 to 2005.
Operating expenses increased by $20
The 1.8 point increase in the expense ratio and the 0.4 point increase in the policyholder dividend ratio was primarily due to an increase in insurance operating costs and expenses and the decrease in earned premiums. Insurance operating costs and expenses increased by $35, partially due to the effect of a $12 reduction of estimated Citizens’ assessments related to the 2005 Florida hurricanes recorded in 2006. Also contributing to the increase in insurance operating costs and expenses was an increase in IT costs, an increase in non-deferrable salaries and benefits, and an $8 increase in policyholder dividends. The increase in policyholder dividends was largely due to an $8 increase in the estimated amount of dividends payable to certain workers’ compensation policyholders due to underwriting profits.
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs decreased by $15, due largely to the decrease in earned premium and corresponding decrease in acquisition costs.

 

144


Table of Contents

SPECIALTY COMMERCIAL
Specialty Commercial offers a variety of customized insurance products and risk management services. The segment provides standard commercial insurance products including workers’ compensation, automobile and liability coverages to large-sized companies. Specialty Commercial also provides professional liability, fidelity and surety and specialty casualty coverages, as well as core property and excess and surplus lines coverages not normally written by standard lines insurers. Specialty Commercial provides other insurance products and services primarily to captive insurance companies, pools and self-insurance groups. In addition, Specialty Commercial provides third-party administrator services for claims administration, integrated benefits and loss control through Specialty Risk Services.
                         
Written Premiums [1]   2008     2007     2006  
Property
  $ 50     $ 111     $ 142  
Casualty
    538       534       582  
Professional liability, fidelity and surety
    691       689       697  
Other
    82       81       117  
 
                 
Total
  $ 1,361     $ 1,415     $ 1,538  
 
                 
Earned Premiums [1]
                       
Property
  $ 87     $ 133     $ 144  
Casualty
    526       543       579  
Professional liability, fidelity and surety
    685       685       650  
Other
    84       85       120  
 
                 
Total
  $ 1,382     $ 1,446     $ 1,493  
 
                 
     
[1]  
The difference between written premiums and earned premiums is attributable to the change in unearned premium reserve.
Earned Premiums
Year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007
Earned premiums for the Specialty Commercial segment decreased by $64, or 4%, primarily due to a decrease in property earned premiums and, to a lesser extent, casualty earned premiums.
 
Property earned premiums decreased by $46, or 35%, primarily due to the Company’s decision to stop writing specialty property business with large, national accounts and the effect of increased competition for core excess and surplus lines business. As a result of increased competition and capacity for core excess and surplus lines business, the Company has experienced a decrease in earned pricing, lower new business growth and lower premium renewal retention since the third quarter of 2007, particularly for catastrophe-exposed business.
 
Casualty earned premiums decreased by $17, or 3%, primarily because of lower earned premium from captive programs and a decline in new business premium on loss-sensitive business written with larger accounts over the last nine months of 2007 and first three months of 2008.
 
Professional liability, fidelity and surety earned premium was flat. Earned premium for professional liability was relatively flat as the effect of earned pricing decreases in 2008 and the effect of a decline in new business written premium over the last nine months of 2007 and the first six months of 2008 were largely offset by the effect of a decrease in the portion of risks ceded to outside reinsurers. Earned premium for fidelity and surety business was also relatively flat as a modest decrease in commercial surety was largely offset by a modest increase in contract surety.
 
Within the “Other” category, earned premium remained relatively flat from 2007 to 2008. The “Other” category of earned premiums includes premiums assumed under inter-segment arrangements.
Year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the year ended December 31, 2006
Earned premiums for the Specialty Commercial segment decreased by $47, or 3%, for the year ended December 31, 2007, primarily due to a decrease in casualty, property and other earned premiums, partially offset by an increase in professional liability, fidelity and surety earned premiums.
 
Property earned premiums decreased by $11, or 8%, primarily due to lower premium renewal retention and the effect of an arrangement with Berkshire Hathaway to share premiums written under subscription policies. Under the arrangement with Berkshire Hathaway that commenced in the second quarter of 2007, a share of excess and surplus lines business that was previously written entirely by the Company is now being written in conjunction with Berkshire Hathaway under subscription policies, whereby both companies share, or participate, in the business written. The arrangement with Berkshire Hathaway enables the Company to offer its insureds larger policy limits and thereby enhance its competitive position in the marketplace. The decrease in earned premium was partially offset by the effect of earned pricing increases, new business growth, lower reinsurance costs and a decrease in reinstatement premium payable to reinsurers. Renewal retention has decreased in 2007, primarily due to increased competition on national account business as well as in the standard excess and surplus lines market. After experiencing significant rate increases throughout 2006 and smaller rate increases for the first six months of 2007, written pricing decreased in the last six months of the year. While new business decreased in the fourth quarter of 2007, new business increased for the full year, largely because the Company had significantly curtailed new business in 2006 in order to reduce catastrophe loss exposures in certain geographic areas.

 

145


Table of Contents

 
Casualty earned premiums decreased by $36, or 6%, for the year ended December 31, 2007, primarily because of a decline in new business written premium and lower premium renewal retention on business written through industry trade groups. Also contributing to the decrease in earned premiums was an increase in the estimated return premium due to insureds under retrospectively-rated policies.
 
Professional liability, fidelity and surety earned premium grew $35, or 5%, for the year ended December 31, 2007 due to an increase in earned premiums in professional liability and surety business. The increase in earned premium from professional liability business was primarily due to a decrease in the portion of risks ceded to outside reinsurers and an increase in the mix of lower limit middle market professional liability premium, partially offset by the effect of earned pricing decreases and a decrease in new business written premium. A lower frequency of class action cases in the past couple of years has put downward pressure on rates during 2006 and 2007. The increase in earned premium from surety business was primarily due to an increase in public construction spending and construction costs, resulting in more bonded work programs for current clients and larger bond limits.
 
Within the “other” category, earned premium decreased by $35, or 29%. The “Other” category of earned premiums includes premiums assumed under inter-segment arrangements. Beginning in the third quarter of 2006, the Company reduced the premiums assumed by Specialty Commercial under inter-segment arrangements covering certain liability claims.
                         
Specialty Commercial — Underwriting Summary   2008     2007     2006  
Written premiums
  $ 1,361     $ 1,415     $ 1,538  
Change in unearned premium reserve
    (21 )     (31 )     45  
 
                 
Earned premiums
    1,382       1,446       1,493  
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
                       
Current accident year before catastrophes
    941       961       1,025  
Current accident year catastrophes
    47       9       9  
Prior accident years
    (81 )     84       36  
 
                 
Total losses and loss adjustment expenses
    907       1,054       1,070  
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs
    313       323       306  
Insurance operating costs and expenses
    91       87       71  
 
                 
Underwriting results
  $ 71     $ (18 )   $ 46  
 
                 
Loss and loss adjustment expense ratio
                       
Current accident year before catastrophes
    68.1       66.6       68.4  
Current accident year catastrophes
    3.4       0.6       0.6  
Prior accident years
    (5.8 )     5.8       2.5  
 
                 
Total loss and loss adjustment expense ratio
    65.6       73.0       71.5  
Expense ratio
    28.3       27.4       25.6  
Policyholder dividend ratio
    0.9       0.9       (0.1 )
 
                 
Combined ratio
    94.8       101.3       97.0  
 
                 
Catastrophe ratio
                       
Current accident year
    3.4       0.6       0.6  
Prior accident years
    (1.2 )     0.1       (2.6 )
 
                 
Total catastrophe ratio
    2.2       0.7       (2.0 )
 
                 
Combined ratio before catastrophes
    92.6       100.6       99.0  
Combined ratio before catastrophes and prior accident year development
    97.3       94.9       93.9  
Other revenues [1]
  $ 371     $ 354     $ 337  
 
                 
     
[1]  
Represents servicing revenue.

 

146


Table of Contents

Underwriting Results and Ratios
Year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007
Underwriting results increased by $89, with a corresponding 6.5 point decrease in the combined ratio, from 101.3 to 94.8, due to:
         
Change in underwriting results        
Decrease in earned premiums
  $ (64 )
 
       
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
       
Volume change — Decrease in current accident year loss and loss adjustment expenses before catastrophes due to the decrease in earned premium
    42  
Ratio change — Increase in the current accident year non-catastrophe loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes
    (22 )
 
     
Net decrease in current accident year losses and loss adjustment expenses before catastrophes
    20  
Catastrophes — Increase in current accident year catastrophe losses
    (38 )
Reserve changes — A change to net favorable prior accident year reserve development
    165  
 
     
Net decrease in losses and loss adjustment expenses
    147  
 
       
Operating expenses
       
Decrease in amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs
    10  
Increase in insurance operating costs and expenses
    (4 )
 
     
Net decrease in operating expenses
    6  
 
     
 
       
Increase in underwriting results from 2007 to 2008
  $ 89  
 
     
Earned premium decreased by $64
Earned premiums for the Specialty Commercial segment decreased by $64, or 4%, primarily due to a decrease in property and, to a lesser extent, casualty earned premiums. Refer to the earned premium section above for further discussion.
Losses and loss adjustment expenses decreased by $147
Current accident year losses and loss adjustment expenses before catastrophes decreased by $20
Specialty Commercial current accident year losses and loss adjustment expenses before catastrophes decreased by $20 in 2008, to $941, due to a decrease in earned premium, partially offset by an increase in the loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes and prior accident year development. The loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes and prior accident year development increased by 1.5 points, to 68.1, primarily due to a higher loss and loss adjustment expense ratio for directors and officers insurance in professional liability, driven by earned pricing decreases, and a lower mix of property business which has a lower loss and loss adjustment ratio than other businesses within Specialty Commercial.
Current accident year catastrophes increased by $38
Current accident year catastrophe losses increased $38, or 2.8 points, primarily due to losses from hurricane Ike.
Change to net favorable prior accident year reserve development by $165
Prior accident year reserve development changed from net unfavorable prior accident year reserve development of $84, or 5.8 points, in 2007 to net favorable prior accident year reserve development of $81, or 5.8 points, in 2008. Net favorable prior accident year reserve development of $81 in 2008 primarily included a $75 release of reserves for directors’ and officers insurance and errors and omissions insurance claims related to accident years 2003 to 2006.
Prior accident year reserve development in 2007 consisted primarily of a $47 strengthening of workers’ compensation loss and loss adjustment expense reserves for accident years 1987 to 2001, a $34 strengthening of general liability reserves, primarily related to accident years 1987 to 1997, and a $25 strengthening of general liability reserves for accident years more than 20 years old. Partially offsetting the unfavorable reserve development in 2007 was a $22 release of reserves for surety business for accident years 2003 to 2006.
Operating expenses decreased by $6
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs decreased by $10 due to the decrease in earned premium, partially offset by the effect of an increase in net acquisition costs related to writing a greater mix of higher net commission small commercial and private directors’ and officers’ insurance. Insurance operating costs and expenses increased by $4, primarily due to an increase in IT costs. The expense ratio increased by 0.9 points, to 28.3, primarily due to the increase in insurance operating costs and expenses, the increase in net acquisition costs for directors’ and officers’ insurance and the effect of the decrease in earned premium.

 

147


Table of Contents

Year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the year ended December 31, 2006
Underwriting results decreased by $64, with a corresponding 4.3 point increase in the combined ratio, to 101.3, due to:
         
Change in underwriting results        
Decrease in earned premiums
  $ (47 )
 
       
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
       
Volume change — Decrease in current accident year loss and loss adjustment expenses before catastrophes due to the decrease in earned premium
    31  
Ratio change — Decrease in the current accident year non-catastrophe loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes
    33  
 
     
Total decrease in current accident year loss and loss adjustment expenses before catastrophes
    64  
Reserve changes — Increase in net unfavorable prior accident year reserve development
    (48 )
 
     
Net decrease in losses and loss adjustment expenses
    16  
 
       
Operating expenses
       
Increase in amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs
    (17 )
Increase in insurance operating costs and expenses
    (16 )
 
     
Increase in operating expenses
    (33 )
 
     
 
       
Decrease in underwriting results from 2006 to 2007
  $ (64 )
 
     
Earned premium decreased by $47
Specialty Commercial earned premium decreased by $47, or 3%, to $1,446. Refer to the earned premium discussion for a description of the decrease in earned premium.
Losses and loss adjustment expenses decreased by $16
Current accident year loss and loss adjustment expenses before catastrophes decreased by $64
Specialty Commercial current accident year loss and loss adjustment expenses before catastrophes decreased by $64 in 2007 to $961, due to a decrease in earned premium and a 1.8 point decrease in the loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes and prior accident year development, to 66.6. The decrease in the loss and loss adjustment expense ratio before catastrophes and prior accident year development was driven by a lower loss and loss adjustment ratio on directors and officers insurance in professional liability and a decrease in non-catastrophe property loss costs on property business, partially offset by a higher loss and loss adjustment expense ratio on casualty business.
Increase in net unfavorable prior accident year development by $48
Net unfavorable prior accident year reserve development increased from $36, or 2.5 points, in 2006 to $84, or 5.8 points, in 2007. Net unfavorable prior accident year reserve development of $84 in 2007 consisted primarily of a $47 strengthening of workers’ compensation loss and loss adjustment expense reserves for accident years 1987 to 2001, a $34 strengthening of general liability reserves, primarily related to accident years 1987 to 1997, and a $25 strengthening of general liability reserves for accident years more than 20 years old. Partially offsetting the unfavorable reserve development in 2007 was a $22 release of reserves for surety business for accident years 2003 to 2006.
Net unfavorable prior accident year reserve development of $36 in 2006 included a $35 strengthening of reserves for construction defects claims on casualty business for accident years 1997 and prior and a $20 strengthening of allocated loss adjustment expense reserves on workers’ compensation policies for claim payments expected to emerge after 20 years of development, partially offset by a $35 reduction in catastrophe reserves related to the 2005 hurricanes.
Operating expenses increased by $33
Insurance operating costs and expenses increased by $16, primarily due to a $16 increase in policyholder dividends. The $16 increase in policyholder dividends was largely due to a $10 reduction in estimated policyholder dividends recorded in 2006 and a $7 increase in estimated policyholder dividends recorded in 2007. The $7 increase in dividends in 2007 was primarily driven by an increase in the estimated amount of dividends payable to certain workers’ compensation policyholders due to underwriting profits. Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs increased by $17, due largely to an increase in amortization for professional liability, fidelity and surety business driven largely by the increase in earned premiums for that business and a reduction in ceding commissions. The expense ratio increased by 1.8 points, to 27.4, due largely to the reduction in ceding commission on professional liability business and the decrease in earned premiums.

 

148


Table of Contents

OTHER OPERATIONS (INCLUDING ASBESTOS AND ENVIRONMENTAL CLAIMS)
Operating Summary
                         
    2008     2007     2006  
Written premiums
  $ 7     $ 5     $ 4  
Change in unearned premium reserve
                (1 )
 
                 
Earned premiums
    7       5       5  
Losses and loss adjustment expenses — prior year
    129       193       360  
Insurance operating costs and expenses
    23       22       11  
 
                 
Underwriting results
    (145 )     (210 )     (366 )
Net investment income
    197       248       261  
Net realized capital gains (losses)
    (208 )     (12 )     26  
Other expenses
    (3 )     (1 )     (1 )
 
                 
Net income (loss) before income taxes
    (159 )     25       (80 )
Income tax benefit
    62       5       45  
 
                 
Net income (loss)
  $ (97 )   $ 30     $ (35 )
 
                 
The Other Operations segment includes operations that are under a single management structure, Heritage Holdings, which is responsible for two related activities. The first activity is the management of certain subsidiaries and operations of the Company that have discontinued writing new business. The second is the management of claims (and the associated reserves) related to asbestos, environmental and other exposures. The Other Operations book of business contains policies written from approximately the 1940s to 2003. The Company’s experience has been that this book of run-off business has, over time, produced significantly higher claims and losses than were contemplated at inception.
Year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007
Other Operations reported a net loss of $97 in 2008 compared to net income of $30 in 2007, driven by the following:
 
A $65 increase in underwriting results, primarily due to a $64 decrease in unfavorable prior year loss development. Reserve development in 2008 included $50 of asbestos reserve strengthening and $53 of environmental reserve strengthening. In 2007, reserve development included $99 principally as a result of an adverse arbitration decision and $25 of environmental reserve strengthening.
 
A $51 decrease in net investment income, primarily as a result of net losses on limited partnerships and other alternative investments in 2008 and decreased fixed maturity income.
 
A $196 increase in net realized capital losses, primarily due to realized losses in 2008 from impairments of subordinated fixed maturities and preferred equity securities in the financial services sector as well as of securitized assets.
 
A $57 increase in income tax benefit, primarily as a result of a change from pre-tax income in 2007 to a pre-tax loss in 2008.
Year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the year ended December 31, 2006
Other Operations reported net income of $30 in 2007 compared to a net loss of $35 in 2006, driven by the following:
 
A $156 increase in underwriting results, primarily due to a $167 decrease in unfavorable prior year loss development. Reserve development in 2007 included $99 principally as a result of an adverse arbitration decision and $25 of environmental reserve strengthening. In 2006, reserve development included a $243 reduction in net reinsurance recoverables, $43 of environmental reserve strengthening and $12 of reserve strengthening for assumed reinsurance.
 
A $13 decrease in net investment income, primarily as a result of a decrease in invested assets resulting from net losses and loss adjustment expenses paid.
 
A change from $26 of net realized capital gains in 2006 to $12 of net realized capital losses in 2007, primarily due to an increase in impairments and decreases in the fair value of non-qualifying derivatives attributable to changes in value associated with credit derivatives due to credit spreads widening.
 
A $40 decrease in income tax benefit, primarily as a result of a change from a pre-tax loss in 2006 to pre-tax income in 2007.

 

149


Table of Contents

Asbestos and Environmental Claims
The Company continues to receive asbestos and environmental claims. Asbestos claims relate primarily to bodily injuries asserted by people who came in contact with asbestos or products containing asbestos. Environmental claims relate primarily to pollution and related clean-up costs.
The Company wrote several different categories of insurance contracts that may cover asbestos and environmental claims. First, the Company wrote primary policies providing the first layer of coverage in an insured’s liability program. Second, the Company wrote excess policies providing higher layers of coverage for losses that exhaust the limits of underlying coverage. Third, the Company acted as a reinsurer assuming a portion of those risks assumed by other insurers writing primary, excess and reinsurance coverages. Fourth, subsidiaries of the Company participated in the London Market, writing both direct insurance and assumed reinsurance business.
With regard to both environmental and particularly asbestos claims, significant uncertainty limits the ability of insurers and reinsurers to estimate the ultimate reserves necessary for unpaid losses and related expenses. Traditional actuarial reserving techniques cannot reasonably estimate the ultimate cost of these claims, particularly during periods where theories of law are in flux. The degree of variability of reserve estimates for these exposures is significantly greater than for other more traditional exposures. In particular, the Company believes there is a high degree of uncertainty inherent in the estimation of asbestos loss reserves.
In the case of the reserves for asbestos exposures, factors contributing to the high degree of uncertainty include inadequate loss development patterns, plaintiffs’ expanding theories of liability, the risks inherent in major litigation, and inconsistent emerging legal doctrines. Furthermore, over time, insurers, including the Company, have experienced significant changes in the rate at which asbestos claims are brought, the claims experience of particular insureds, and the value of claims, making predictions of future exposure from past experience uncertain. Plaintiffs and insureds also have sought to use bankruptcy proceedings, including “pre-packaged” bankruptcies, to accelerate and increase loss payments by insurers. In addition, some policyholders have asserted new classes of claims for coverages to which an aggregate limit of liability may not apply. Further uncertainties include insolvencies of other carriers and unanticipated developments pertaining to the Company’s ability to recover reinsurance for asbestos and environmental claims. Management believes these issues are not likely to be resolved in the near future.
In the case of the reserves for environmental exposures, factors contributing to the high degree of uncertainty include expanding theories of liability and damages, the risks inherent in major litigation, inconsistent decisions concerning the existence and scope of coverage for environmental claims, and uncertainty as to the monetary amount being sought by the claimant from the insured.
It is also not possible to predict changes in the legal and legislative environment and their effect on the future development of asbestos and environmental claims. Although potential Federal asbestos-related legislation was considered by the Senate in 2006, it is uncertain whether such legislation will be reconsidered or enacted in the future and, if enacted, what its effect would be on the Company’s aggregate asbestos liabilities.
The reporting pattern for assumed reinsurance claims, including those related to asbestos and environmental claims, is much longer than for direct claims. In many instances, it takes months or years to determine that the policyholder’s own obligations have been met and how the reinsurance in question may apply to such claims. The delay in reporting reinsurance claims and exposures adds to the uncertainty of estimating the related reserves.
Given the factors described above, the Company believes the actuarial tools and other techniques it employs to estimate the ultimate cost of claims for more traditional kinds of insurance exposure are less precise in estimating reserves for its asbestos and environmental exposures. For this reason, the Company relies on exposure-based analysis to estimate the ultimate costs of these claims and regularly evaluates new information in assessing its potential asbestos and environmental exposures.

 

150


Table of Contents

Reserve Activity
Reserves and reserve activity in the Other Operations segment are categorized and reported as asbestos, environmental, or “all other”. The “all other” category of reserves covers a wide range of insurance and assumed reinsurance coverages, including, but not limited to, potential liability for construction defects, lead paint, silica, pharmaceutical products, molestation and other long-tail liabilities. In addition, within the “all other” category of reserves, Other Operations records its allowance for future reinsurer insolvencies and disputes that might affect reinsurance collectability associated with asbestos, environmental, and other claims recoverable from reinsurers.
The following table presents reserve activity, inclusive of estimates for both reported and incurred but not reported claims, net of reinsurance, for Other Operations, categorized by asbestos, environmental and all other claims, for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.
Other Operations Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses
                                 
    Asbestos     Environmental     All Other [1][6]     Total  
2008
                               
Beginning liability — net [2] [3]
  $ 1,998     $ 251     $ 1,888     $ 4,137  
Losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred
    68       54       7       129  
Losses and loss adjustment expenses paid
    (182 )     (36 )     (267 )     (485 )
 
                       
Ending liability — net [2] [3]
  $ 1,884 [5]     $ 269     $ 1,628     $ 3,781  
 
                       
 
                               
2007
                               
Beginning liability — net [2] [3]
  $ 2,242     $ 316     $ 1,858     $ 4,416  
Losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred
    43       28       122       193  
Losses and loss adjustment expenses paid
    (287 )     (93 )     (217 )     (597 )
Reallocation of reserves for unallocated loss adjustment expenses [4]
                125       125  
 
                       
Ending liability — net [2] [3]
  $ 1,998     $ 251     $ 1,888     $ 4,137  
 
                       
 
                               
2006
                               
Beginning liability — net [2] [3]
  $ 2,291     $ 360     $ 2,240     $ 4,891  
Losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred
    314       62       (16 )     360  
Losses and loss adjustment expenses paid
    (363 )     (106 )     (366 )     (835 )
 
                       
Ending liability — net [2] [3]
  $ 2,242     $ 316     $ 1,858     $ 4,416  
 
                       
     
[1]  
“All Other” includes unallocated loss adjustment expense reserves and the allowance for uncollectible reinsurance.
 
[2]  
Excludes asbestos and environmental net liabilities reported in Ongoing Operations of $12 and $6, respectively, as of December 31, 2008, $9 and $6, respectively, as of December 31, 2007, and $9 and $6, respectively, as of December 31, 2006. Total net losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred in Ongoing Operations for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 includes $16, $10 and $11, respectively, related to asbestos and environmental claims. Total net losses and loss adjustment expenses paid in Ongoing Operations for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 includes $13, $10 and $12, respectively, related to asbestos and environmental claims.
 
[3]  
Gross of reinsurance, asbestos and environmental reserves, including liabilities in Ongoing Operations, were $2,498 and $309, respectively, as of December 31, 2008, $2,707 and $290, respectively, as of December 31, 2007, and $3,242 and $362, respectively, as of December 31, 2006.
 
[4]  
Prior to the second quarter of 2007, the Company evaluated the adequacy of the reserves for unallocated loss adjustment expenses on a company-wide basis. During the second quarter of 2007, the Company refined its analysis of the reserves at the segment level, resulting in the reallocation of reserves among segments, including a reallocation of reserves from Ongoing Operations to Other Operations.
 
[5]  
The one year and average three year net paid amounts for asbestos claims, including Ongoing Operations, were $189 and $283, respectively, resulting in a one year net survival ratio of 10.0 and a three year net survival ratio of 6.7. Net survival ratio is the quotient of the net carried reserves divided by the average annual payment amount and is an indication of the number of years that the net carried reserve would last (i.e. survive) if the future annual claim payments were consistent with the calculated historical average.
 
[6]  
The Company includes its allowance for uncollectible reinsurance in the “All Other” category of reserves. When the Company commutes a ceded reinsurance contract or settles a ceded reinsurance dispute, the portion of the allowance for uncollectible reinsurance attributable to that commutation or settlement, if any, is reclassified to the appropriate cause of loss.
In the fourth quarters of 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company completed evaluations of certain of its non-asbestos and environmental reserves, including its assumed reinsurance liabilities. Based on these evaluations, the Company recognized favorable prior year development of $30 and $18 in 2008 and 2007, respectively, and unfavorable prior year development of $12 in 2006 for its HartRe assumed reinsurance liabilities. The improvement in 2008 and 2007 was the result of lower than expected reported losses. In 2008 and 2007, the favorable HartRe assumed reinsurance development was offset by unfavorable other non-asbestos and environmental prior year development of $30 and $17 in 2008 and 2007, respectively, including $25 of adverse development in 2008 for assumed reinsurance obligations of the Company’s Bermuda operations.
During the third quarters of 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company completed its annual ground up environmental reserve evaluations. In each of these evaluations, the Company reviewed all of its open direct domestic insurance accounts exposed to environmental liability as well as assumed reinsurance accounts and its London Market exposures for both direct insurance and assumed reinsurance. In all three years, the Company found estimates for individual cases changed based upon the particular circumstances of each account. These changes were case specific and not as a result of any underlying change in the current environment. The Company also found that, during 2008, the decline in the reporting of new accounts and sites has been slower than anticipated in the previous review. The net effect of these changes resulted in $53, $25 and $43 increases in net environmental liabilities in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The Company currently expects to continue to perform an evaluation of its environmental liabilities annually.

 

151


Table of Contents

In reporting environmental results, the Company divides its gross exposure into Direct, which is subdivided further as: Accounts with future exposure greater than $2.5, Accounts with future exposure less than $2.5, and Other direct; Assumed Reinsurance; and London Market. The unallocated amounts in the Other direct category include an estimate of the necessary reserves for environmental claims related to direct insureds who have not previously tendered environmental claims to the Company.
An account may move between categories from one evaluation to the next. For example, an account with future expected exposure of greater than $2.5 in one evaluation may be reevaluated due to changing conditions and re-categorized as less than $2.5 in a subsequent evaluation or vice versa.
The following table displays gross environmental reserves and other statistics by category as of December 31, 2008.
Summary of Gross Environmental Reserves
As of December 31, 2008
                 
    Number of     Total  
Gross Environmental Reserves as of September 30, 2008 [1]   Accounts [2]     Reserves  
Accounts with future exposure > $2.5
    9     $ 44  
Accounts with future exposure < $2.5
    565       100  
Other direct [3]
          62  
 
           
Total Direct
    574       206  
 
           
Assumed Reinsurance
            61  
London Market
            56  
 
             
Total gross environmental reserves as of September 30, 2008 [1]
            323  
Gross paid loss activity for the fourth quarter 2008
            (16 )
Gross incurred loss activity for the fourth quarter 2008
            2  
 
             
Total gross environmental reserves as of December 31, 2008 [4] [5]
          $ 309  
 
             
     
[1]  
Gross Environmental Reserves based on the third quarter 2008 environmental reserve study.
 
[2]  
Number of accounts established as of June 2008.
 
[3]  
Includes unallocated IBNR.
 
[4]  
The one year gross paid amount for total environmental claims is $52, resulting in a one year gross survival ratio of 5.9.
 
[5]  
The three year average gross paid amount for total environmental claims is $95, resulting in a three year gross survival ratio of 3.2.
During the second quarters of 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company completed its annual ground up asbestos reserve evaluations. As part of these evaluations, the Company reviewed all of its open direct domestic insurance accounts exposed to asbestos liability as well as assumed reinsurance accounts and its London Market exposures for both direct insurance and assumed reinsurance. In the second quarter of 2008, the Company found estimates for individual cases changed based upon the particular circumstances of each account. These changes were case specific and not as a result of any underlying change in the current environment. The net effect of these changes resulted in a $50 increase in net asbestos reserves. In 2007 and 2006, these evaluations resulted in no addition to the Company’s net asbestos reserves. The Company currently expects to continue to perform an evaluation of its asbestos liabilities annually.
The Company divides its gross asbestos exposures into Direct, Assumed Reinsurance and London Market. The Company further divides its direct asbestos exposures into the following categories: Major Asbestos Defendants (the “Top 70” accounts in Tillinghast’s published Tiers 1 and 2 and Wellington accounts), which are subdivided further as: Structured Settlements, Wellington, Other Major Asbestos Defendants; Accounts with Future Expected Exposures greater than $2.5, Accounts with Future Expected Exposures less than $2.5 and Unallocated.
 
Structured Settlements are those accounts where the Company has reached an agreement with the insured as to the amount and timing of the claim payments to be made to the insured.
 
The Wellington subcategory includes insureds that entered into the “Wellington Agreement” dated June 19, 1985. The Wellington Agreement provided terms and conditions for how the signatory asbestos producers would access their coverage from the signatory insurers.
 
The Other Major Asbestos Defendants subcategory represents insureds included in Tiers 1 and 2, as defined by Tillinghast that are not Wellington signatories and have not entered into structured settlements with The Hartford. The Tier 1 and 2 classifications are meant to capture the insureds for which there is expected to be significant exposure to asbestos claims.
 
The Unallocated category includes an estimate of the reserves necessary for asbestos claims related to direct insureds that have not previously tendered asbestos claims to the Company and exposures related to liability claims that may not be subject to an aggregate limit under the applicable policies.
An account may move between categories from one evaluation to the next. For example, an account with future expected exposure of greater than $2.5 in one evaluation may be reevaluated due to changing conditions and recategorized as less than $2.5 in a subsequent evaluation or vice versa.

 

152


Table of Contents

The following table displays gross asbestos reserves and other statistics by policyholder category as of December 31, 2008.
Summary of Gross Asbestos Reserves
As of December 31, 2008
                                 
    Number of     All Time     Total     All Time  
Gross Asbestos Reserves as of June 30, 2008 [1]   Accounts [2]     Paid [3]     Reserves     Ultimate [3]  
Major asbestos defendants [5]
                               
Structured settlements (includes 3 Wellington accounts)
    5     $ 194     $ 408     $ 602  
Wellington (direct only)
    31       968       67       1,035  
Other major asbestos defendants
    29       482       168       650  
No known policies (includes 3 Wellington accounts)
    5                    
Accounts with future exposure > $2.5
    74       715       603       1,318  
Accounts with future exposure < $2.5
    1,090       282       119       401  
Unallocated [6]
            1,653       444       2,097  
 
                       
Total Direct
            4,294       1,809       6,103  
Assumed Reinsurance
            1,058       497       1,555  
London Market
            558       370       928  
 
                       
Total as of June 30, 2008 [1]
            5,910       2,676       8,586  
 
                       
Gross paid loss activity for the third quarter and fourth quarter 2008
            183       (183 )      
Gross incurred loss activity for the third quarter and fourth quarter 2008
                  5       5  
 
                       
Total as of December 31, 2008 [4]
          $ 6,093     $ 2,498     $ 8,591  
 
                       
     
[1]  
Gross Asbestos Reserves based on the second quarter 2008 asbestos reserve study.
 
[2]  
An account may move between categories from one evaluation to the next. Reclassifications were made as a result of the reserve evaluation completed in the second quarter of 2008.
 
[3]  
“All Time Paid” represents the total payments with respect to the indicated claim type that have already been made by the Company as of the indicated balance sheet date. “All Time Ultimate” represents the Company’s estimate, as of the indicated balance sheet date, of the total payments that are ultimately expected to be made to fully settle the indicated payment type. The amount is the sum of the amounts already paid (e.g. “All Time Paid”) and the estimated future payments (e.g. the amount shown in the column labeled “Total Reserves”).
 
[4]  
Survival ratio is a commonly used industry ratio for comparing reserve levels between companies. While the method is commonly used, it is not a predictive technique. Survival ratios may vary over time for numerous reasons such as large payments due to the final resolution of certain asbestos liabilities, or reserve re-estimates. The survival ratio is computed by dividing the recorded reserves by the average of the past three years of payments. The ratio is the calculated number of years the recorded reserves would survive if future annual payments were equal to the average annual payments for the past three years. The 3-year gross survival ratio of 5.7 as of December 31, 2008 is computed based on total paid losses of $1.307 billion for the period from January 1, 2006 to December 31, 2008. As of December 31, 2008, the one year gross paid amount for total asbestos claims is $294 resulting in a one year gross survival ratio of 8.5.
 
[5]  
Includes 25 open accounts at June 30, 2008. Included 26 open accounts at June 30, 2007.
 
[6]  
Includes closed accounts (exclusive of Major Asbestos Defendants) and unallocated IBNR.
For paid and incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses reporting, the Company classifies its asbestos and environmental reserves into three categories: Direct, Assumed — Domestic and London Market. Direct insurance includes primary and excess coverage. Assumed reinsurance includes both “treaty” reinsurance (covering broad categories of claims or blocks of business) and “facultative” reinsurance (covering specific risks or individual policies of primary or excess insurance companies). London Market business includes the business written by one or more of the Company’s subsidiaries in the United Kingdom, which are no longer active in the insurance or reinsurance business. Such business includes both direct insurance and assumed reinsurance.
Of the three categories of claims (Direct, Assumed — Domestic and London Market), direct policies tend to have the greatest factual development from which to estimate the Company’s exposures.
Assumed reinsurance exposures are inherently less predictable than direct insurance exposures because the Company may not receive notice of a reinsurance claim until the underlying direct insurance claim is mature. This causes a delay in the receipt of information at the reinsurer level and adds to the uncertainty of estimating related reserves.
London Market exposures are the most uncertain of the three categories of claims. As a participant in the London Market (comprised of both Lloyd’s of London and London Market companies), certain subsidiaries of the Company wrote business on a subscription basis, with those subsidiaries’ involvement being limited to a relatively small percentage of a total contract placement. Claims are reported, via a broker, to the “lead” underwriter and, once agreed to, are presented to the following markets for concurrence. This reporting and claim agreement process makes estimating liabilities for this business the most uncertain of the three categories of claims.

 

153


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth, for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, paid and incurred loss activity by the three categories of claims for asbestos and environmental.
Paid and Incurred Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses (“LAE”) Development — Asbestos and Environmental
                                 
    Asbestos [1]     Environmental [1]  
    Paid     Incurred     Paid     Incurred  
    Losses & LAE     Losses & LAE     Losses & LAE     Losses & LAE  
2008
                               
Gross
                               
Direct
  $ 207     $ 76     $ 32     $ 69  
Assumed — Domestic
    61             9       (17 )
London Market
    19             6       13  
 
                       
Total
    287       76       47       65  
Ceded
    (105 )     (8 )     (11 )     (11 )
 
                       
Net
  $ 182     $ 68     $ 36     $ 54  
 
                       
2007
                               
Gross
                               
Direct
  $ 251     $ (289 )   $ 90     $ 43  
Assumed — Domestic
    112       72       16        
London Market
    31       76       8        
 
                       
Total
    394       (141 )     114       43  
Ceded
    (107 )     184       (21 )     (15 )
 
                       
Net
  $ 287     $ 43     $ 93     $ 28  
 
                       
2006
                               
Gross
                               
Direct
  $ 346     $ 5     $ 45     $ 57  
Assumed — Domestic
    199       4       50       (25 )
London Market
    66             9       3  
 
                       
Total
    611       9       104       35  
Ceded
    (248 )     305       2       27  
 
                       
Net
  $ 363     $ 314     $ 106     $ 62  
 
                       
     
[1]  
Excludes asbestos and environmental paid and incurred loss and LAE reported in Ongoing Operations. Total gross loss and LAE incurred in Ongoing Operations for the twelve months ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 includes $15, $9 and $10, respectively, related to asbestos and environmental claims. Total gross loss and LAE paid in Ongoing Operations for the twelve months ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 includes $12, $10 and $12, respectively, related to asbestos and environmental claims.
A number of factors affect the variability of estimates for asbestos and environmental reserves including assumptions with respect to the frequency of claims, the average severity of those claims settled with payment, the dismissal rate of claims with no payment and the expense to indemnity ratio. The uncertainty with respect to the underlying reserve assumptions for asbestos and environmental adds a greater degree of variability to these reserve estimates than reserve estimates for more traditional exposures. While this variability is reflected in part in the size of the range of reserves developed by the Company, that range may still not be indicative of the potential variance between the ultimate outcome and the recorded reserves. The recorded net reserves as of December 31, 2008 of $2.18 billion ($1.90 billion and $275 for asbestos and environmental, respectively) is within an estimated range, unadjusted for covariance, of $1.80 billion to $2.42 billion. The process of estimating asbestos and environmental reserves remains subject to a wide variety of uncertainties, which are detailed in the “Critical Accounting Estimates—Property & Casualty Reserves, Net of Reinsurance” section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. The Company believes that its current asbestos and environmental reserves are reasonable and appropriate. However, analyses of further developments could cause the Company to change its estimates and ranges of its asbestos and environmental reserves, and the effect of these changes could be material to the Company’s consolidated operating results, financial condition and liquidity. If there are significant developments that affect particular exposures, reinsurance arrangements or the financial condition of particular reinsurers, the Company will make adjustments to its reserves or to the amounts recoverable from its reinsurers.
During the second quarter of 2007, an arbitration panel found that a Hartford subsidiary, established as a captive reinsurance company in the 1970s by The Hartford’s former parent, ITT, had additional obligations to ITT’s primary insurance carrier under ITT’s captive insurance program, which ended in 1993. When ITT spun off The Hartford in 1995, the former captive became a Hartford subsidiary. The arbitration concerned whether certain claims could be presented to the former captive in a different manner than ITT’s primary insurance carrier historically had presented them. Principally as a result of this adverse arbitration decision, the Company recorded a charge of $99.

 

154


Table of Contents

During the second quarters of 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company completed its annual evaluations of the collectability of the reinsurance recoverables and the adequacy of the allowance for uncollectible reinsurance associated with older, long-term casualty liabilities reported in the Other Operations segment. The evaluations in the second quarters of 2008 and 2007 resulted in no addition to the allowance for uncollectible reinsurance. In the second quarter of 2006, the Company entered into an agreement with Equitas and all Lloyd’s syndicates reinsured by Equitas (collectively, “Equitas”) that resolved, with minor exception, all of the Company’s ceded and assumed domestic reinsurance exposures with Equitas, including all of the Company’s reinsurance recoveries from Equitas under the Blanket Casualty Treaty (BCT). As a result of the settlement with Equitas and the 2006 reinsurance recoverable evaluation, the Company reduced its net reinsurance recoverable by $243.
In conducting these evaluations of reinsurance recoverables, the Company used its most recent detailed evaluations of ceded liabilities reported in the segment. The Company analyzed the overall credit quality of the Company’s reinsurers, recent trends in arbitration and litigation outcomes in disputes between cedants and reinsurers, and recent developments in commutation activity between reinsurers and cedants. The Company also considered the effect of the Equitas settlement on the collectability of amounts due from other upper-layer reinsurers under the BCT. The allowance for uncollectible reinsurance reflects management’s current estimate of reinsurance cessions that may be uncollectible in the future due to reinsurers’ unwillingness or inability to pay. As of December 31, 2008, the allowance for uncollectible reinsurance for Other Operations totals $254. The Company currently expects to perform its regular comprehensive review of Other Operations reinsurance recoverables annually. Uncertainties regarding the factors that affect the allowance for uncollectible reinsurance could cause the Company to change its estimates, and the effect of these changes could be material to the Company’s consolidated results of operations or cash flows.
Consistent with the Company’s long-standing reserving practices, the Company will continue to review and monitor its reserves in the Other Operations segment regularly and, where future developments indicate, make appropriate adjustments to the reserves. For a discussion of the Company’s reserving practices, please see the “Critical Accounting Estimates—Property & Casualty Reserves, Net of Reinsurance” section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

 

155


Table of Contents

INVESTMENTS
General
The Hartford’s investment portfolios are primarily divided between Life and Property & Casualty. The investment portfolios of Life and Property & Casualty are managed by Hartford Investment Management Company (“HIMCO”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of The Hartford. HIMCO manages the portfolios to maximize economic value, while attempting to generate the income necessary to support the Company’s various product obligations, within internally established objectives, guidelines and risk tolerances. The portfolio objectives and guidelines are developed based upon the asset/liability profile, including duration, convexity and other characteristics within specified risk tolerances. The risk tolerances considered include, for example, asset and credit issuer allocation limits, maximum portfolio below investment grade (“BIG”) holdings and foreign currency exposure. The Company attempts to minimize adverse impacts to the portfolio and the Company’s results of operations due to changes in economic conditions through asset allocation limits, asset/liability duration matching and through the use of derivatives. For a further discussion of how the investment portfolio’s credit and market risks are assessed and managed, see the Investment Credit Risk and Capital Markets Risk Management sections of the MD&A.
HIMCO portfolio managers may sell securities (except those securities in an unrealized loss position for which the Company has indicated its intent and ability to hold until the price recovers) due to portfolio guidelines or market technicals or trends. For example, the Company may sell securities to manage risk, capture market valuation inefficiencies or relative value opportunities, to remain compliant with internal asset/liability duration matching guidelines, or to modify a portfolio’s duration to capitalize on interest rate levels or the yield curve slope.
HIMCO believes that advantageously buying and selling securities within a disciplined framework, provides the greatest economic value for the Company over the long-term.
Return on general account invested assets is an important element of The Hartford’s financial results. Significant fluctuations in the fixed income or equity markets could weaken the Company’s financial condition or its results of operations. Additionally, changes in market interest rates may impact the period of time over which certain investments, such as MBS, are repaid and whether certain investments are called by the issuers. Such changes may, in turn, impact the yield on these investments and also may result in re-investment of funds received from calls and prepayments at rates below the average portfolio yield. Net investment income and net realized capital gains and losses reduced the Company’s consolidated revenues by $11.9 billion for the year ended December 31, 2008, and contributed to the Company’s consolidated revenues by $4.4 billion and $6.3 billion for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Net investment income and net realized capital gains and losses, excluding net investment income from trading securities, reduced the Company’s consolidated revenues by $1.6 billion for the year ended December 31, 2008, and contributed to the Company’s consolidated revenues by $4.2 billion and $4.4 billion for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The reduction to consolidated revenues for 2008, as compared to prior year periods, is primarily due to a net loss in the value of equity securities, held for trading, and realized capital losses.
Fluctuations in interest rates affect the Company’s return on, and the fair value of, fixed maturity investments, which comprised approximately 54% and 61% of the fair value of its invested assets as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Other events beyond the Company’s control, including changes in credit spreads, a downgrade of an issuer’s credit rating or default of payment by an issuer, could also adversely impact the fair value of these investments.
The Company invests in private placement securities, mortgage loans and limited partnerships and other alternative investments in order to further diversify its investment portfolio. These investment types comprised approximately 20% and 23% of the fair value of its invested assets as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. These security types are typically less liquid than direct investments in publicly traded fixed income or equity investments. However, generally these securities have higher yields over the life of the investment to compensate for the liquidity risk.
A decrease in the fair value of any investment that is deemed other-than-temporary would result in the Company’s recognition of a net realized capital loss in its financial results prior to the actual sale of the investment. Following the recognition of an other-than-temporary impairment for fixed maturities, the Company accretes the new cost basis to par or to estimated future value over the remaining life of the security based on future estimated cash flows by adjusting the security’s yields. For a further discussion of the evaluation of other-than-temporary impairments, see the Critical Accounting Estimates section of the MD&A under “Evaluation of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments on Available-for-Sale Securities”.

 

156


Table of Contents

Life
The primary investment objective of Life’s general account is to maximize economic value within acceptable risk parameters, including the management of the interest rate sensitivity of invested assets, while generating sufficient after-tax income to support policyholder and corporate obligations, as discussed in the Capital Markets Risk Management section of the MD&A under “Market Risk — Life”.
The following table identifies the invested assets by type held in the general account.
Composition of Invested Assets
                                 
    December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
    Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
Fixed maturities, available-for-sale, at fair value
  $ 45,182       71.3 %   $ 52,542       82.6 %
Equity securities, available-for-sale, at fair value
    711       1.1 %     1,284       2.0 %
Mortgage loans, at amortized cost [1]
    5,684       9.0 %     4,739       7.5 %
Policy loans, at outstanding balance
    2,208       3.5 %     2,061       3.2 %
Limited partnerships and other alternative investments [2]
    1,129       1.8 %     1,306       2.1 %
Short-term investments
    6,937       11.0 %     1,158       1.8 %
Other investments [3]
    1,473       2.3 %     534       0.8 %
 
                       
Total investments excl. equity securities, held for trading
    63,324       100.0 %     63,624       100.0 %
Equity securities, held for trading, at fair value [4]
    30,820               36,182          
 
                           
Total investments
  $ 94,144             $ 99,806          
 
                           
     
[1]  
Consist of commercial and agricultural loans.
 
[2]  
Includes a real estate joint venture.
 
[3]  
Primarily relates to derivative instruments.
 
[4]  
These assets primarily support the International variable annuity business. Changes in these balances are also reflected in the respective liabilities.
Total investments decreased $5.7 billion since December 31, 2007 primarily as a result of a decline in value of equity securities, held for trading, and increased unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities due to credit spread widening, offset by positive operating cash flows. The decline in value in equity securities, held for trading, was due to negative market performance of the underlying investment funds supporting the Japanese variable annuity product and policyholder transfers from the accumulation to the annuitization phase of the contract. These losses were partially offset by gains resulting from translation as the Yen strengthened compared to the U.S. dollar. In addition, Life increased its investment in short-term securities in preparation for funding liability outflows and to maintain higher than average liquidity while waiting for market and asset valuations to stabilize. Mortgage loans increased due to diversification opportunities.
Limited partnerships and other alternative investments decreased by $177 during 2008. Life continuously evaluates its allocation to limited partnerships and other alternative investments and has taken steps to reduce its exposure to hedge funds, most of which will occur in 2009. In addition, HIMCO does not expect significant additions to limited partnerships and other alternative investments in 2009 except for unfunded commitments. HIMCO closely monitors the impact of these investments in relationship to the overall investment portfolio and the consolidated balance sheets.
The following table summarizes Life’s limited partnerships and other alternative investments.
Composition of Limited Partnerships and Other Alternative Investments
                                 
    December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
    Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
Hedge funds [1]
  $ 273       24.2 %   $ 506       38.7 %
Mortgage and real estate [2]
    259       22.9 %     309       23.7 %
Mezzanine debt [3]
    95       8.4 %     72       5.5 %
Private equity and other [4]
    502       44.5 %     419       32.1 %
 
                       
Total
  $ 1,129       100.0 %   $ 1,306       100.0 %
 
                       
     
[1]  
Hedge funds include investments in funds of funds as well as direct funds. The hedge funds of funds invest in approximately 25 to 50 different hedge funds within a variety of investment styles. Examples of hedge fund strategies include long/short equity or credit, event driven strategies and structured credit.
 
[2]  
Mortgage and real estate funds consist of investments in funds whose assets consist of mortgage loans, participations in mortgage loans, mezzanine loans or other notes which may be below investment grade credit quality as well as equity real estate. Also included is the investment in a real estate joint venture.
 
[3]  
Mezzanine debt funds consist of investments in funds whose assets consist of subordinated debt that often times incorporates equity-based options such as warrants and a limited amount of direct equity investments.
 
[4]  
Private equity and other funds primarily consist of investments in funds whose assets typically consist of a diversified pool of investments in small non-public businesses with high growth potential.

 

157


Table of Contents

Investment Results
The following table summarizes Life’s net investment income.
                                                 
    2008     2007     2006  
(Before-tax)   Amount     Yield [1]     Amount     Yield [1]     Amount     Yield [1]  
Fixed maturities [2]
  $ 2,858       5.2 %   $ 3,114       5.9 %   $ 2,860       5.8 %
Equity securities, available-for-sale
    96       7.5 %     86       7.0 %     56       7.3 %
Mortgage loans
    293       5.7 %     255       6.2 %     142       6.3 %
Policy loans
    139       6.5 %     135       6.5 %     142       6.9 %
Limited partnerships and other alternative investments
    (233 )     (17.2 %)     115       12.0 %     69       12.6 %
Other [3]
    (36 )           (133 )           (22 )      
Investment expense
    (72 )           (75 )           (63 )      
 
                                   
Total net investment income excluding equity securities held for trading
    3,045       4.8 %     3,497       6.0 %     3,184       5.8 %
Equity securities held for trading [4]
    (10,340 )             145               1,824          
 
                                         
Total net investment income (loss)
  $ (7,295 )           $ 3,642             $ 5,008          
 
                                         
     
[1]  
Yields calculated using investment income before investment expenses divided by the monthly weighted average invested assets at cost, amortized cost, or adjusted carrying value, as applicable excluding collateral received associated with the securities lending program and consolidated variable interest entity minority interests. Included in the fixed maturity yield is Other income (loss) as it primarily relates to fixed maturities (see footnote [3] below). Included in the total net investment income yield is investment expense.
 
[2]  
Includes net investment income on short-term bonds.
 
[3]  
Includes fees associated with securities lending activities of $70, $97 and $0, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. The income from securities lending activities is included within fixed maturities. Also included are derivatives that qualify for hedge accounting under SFAS 133. These derivatives hedge fixed maturities.
 
[4]  
Includes investment income and mark-to-market effects of equity securities, held for trading.
Year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007
Net investment income, excluding equity securities, held for trading, decreased $452, or 13%, for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to the prior year period. The decrease in net investment income was primarily due to lower yield on variable rate securities due to declines in short term interest rates, increased allocation to lower yielding U.S. Treasuries and short-term investments, and a decrease in investment yield for limited partnership and other alternative investments. The decrease in limited partnerships and other alternative investments yield was largely due to negative returns on hedge funds and real estate partnerships as a result of the lack of liquidity in the financial markets and a wider credit spread environment. Based upon the current interest rate and credit environment, Life expects a slightly higher average portfolio yield for 2009 as compared to 2008.
The decrease in net investment income on equity securities, held for trading, for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the prior year period was primarily attributed to a decline in the value of the underlying investment funds supporting the Japanese variable annuity product due to negative market performance year over year.
Year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the year ended December 31, 2006
Net investment income, excluding securities held for trading, increased $313, or 10%, for the year ended December 31, 2007, compared to the prior year period. The increase in net investment income was primarily due to a higher average invested asset base and a higher total portfolio yield. The increase in the average invested assets base as compared to the prior year period was primarily due to positive operating cash flows, investment contract sales such as retail and institutional notes, and universal life-type product sales. Limited partnerships and other alternative investments contributed to the increase in income compared to the prior year period, despite a lower yield, due to a greater allocation of investments to this asset class. While the limited partnership and other alternative investment yield continued to exceed the overall portfolio yield, it decreased compared to the prior year period primarily due to the market performance of Life’s hedge fund investments largely due to disruptions in the credit market associated with structured securities.
Net investment income on equity securities, held for trading, for the year ended December 31, 2007 was primarily attributed to a change in the value of the underlying investment funds supporting the Japanese variable annuity product due to market performance.

 

158


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes Life’s net realized capital gains and losses results.
                         
(Before-tax)   2008     2007     2006  
 
                       
Gross gains on sale
  $ 422     $ 213     $ 215  
Gross losses on sale
    (399 )     (168 )     (257 )
Impairments
    (2,424 )     (358 )     (76 )
Japanese fixed annuity contract hedges, net [1]
    64       18       (17 )
Periodic net coupon settlements on credit derivatives/Japan
    (35 )     (40 )     (48 )
SFAS 157 transition impact [2]
    (650 )            
Results of variable annuity hedge program
                       
GMWB derivatives, net
    (713 )     (286 )     (26 )
Macro hedge program
    74       (12 )     (14 )
 
                 
Total results of variable annuity hedge program
    (639 )     (298 )     (40 )
Other, net [3]
    (477 )     (186 )     (37 )
 
                 
Net realized capital losses, before-tax
  $ (4,138 )   $ (819 )   $ (260 )
 
                 
     
[1]  
Relates to the Japanese fixed annuity product (product and related derivative hedging instruments excluding periodic net coupon settlements).
 
[2]  
Includes SFAS 157 implementation losses of $616, $10 and $24 related to the embedded derivatives within GMWB-US, GMWB-UK and GMAB liabilities, respectively.
 
[3]  
Primarily consists of changes in fair value on non-qualifying derivatives, hedge ineffectiveness on qualifying derivative instruments, foreign currency gains and losses, and other investment gains and losses.
The circumstances giving rise to the changes in these components are as follows:
Year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006
     
Gross Gains and Losses on Sale
 
     Gross gains and losses on sales for the year ended December 31, 2008 primarily resulted from the decision to reallocate the portfolio to securities with more favorable risk/return profiles. Also included was a gain of $141 from the sale of a synthetic CDO, as well as losses on sales of HIMCO managed CLOs in the first quarter. For more information regarding these CLO losses, refer to the Variable Interest Entities section below. During the year ended December 31, 2008, securities sold at a loss were depressed, on average, approximately 2% at the respective period’s impairment review date and were deemed to be temporarily impaired.
 
   
 
 
     Gross gains and losses on sales for the year ended December 31, 2007 were primarily comprised of corporate securities. During the year ended December 31, 2007, securities sold at a loss were depressed, on average, approximately 1% at the respective period’s impairment review date and were deemed to be temporarily impaired.
 
   
 
 
     Gross gains on sales for the year ended December 31, 2006 were primarily within fixed maturities and were concentrated in U.S. government, corporate and foreign government securities. Gross losses on sale for the year ended December 31, 2006 were primarily within fixed maturities and were concentrated in the corporate and CMBS sectors.
 
   
Impairments
 
     See the Other-Than-Temporary Impairments section that follows for information on impairment losses.
 
   
SFAS 157
 
     See Note 4 in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of the SFAS 157 transition impact.
 
   
Variable Annuity
Hedge Program
 
     See Note 4 in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of variable annuity hedge program gains and losses.
 
   
Other
 
     Other, net losses for the year ended December 31, 2008 were primarily related to net losses of $291 related to transactional foreign currency losses predominately on the internal reinsurance of the Japan variable annuity business, which is entirely offset in AOCI, resulting from appreciation of the Yen and credit derivative losses of $222 due to significant credit spread widening. Also included were losses on HIMCO managed CLOs in the first quarter and derivative related losses of $39 in the third quarter due to counterparty default related to the bankruptcy of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. For more information regarding the CLO losses, refer to the Variable Interest Entities section below.
 
   
 
 
     Other, net losses for the year ended December 31, 2007 were primarily driven by the change in value of non-qualifying derivatives due to credit spread widening as well as fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. Credit spreads widened primarily due to the deterioration in the U.S. housing market, tightened lending conditions and the market’s flight to quality securities.
 
   
 
 
     Other, net losses for the year ended December 31, 2006 were primarily driven from the change in value of non-qualifying derivatives due to fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. These losses were partially offset by a before-tax benefit of $25 received from the WorldCom security settlement.

 

159


Table of Contents

Separate Account Products
Separate account products are those for which a separate investment and liability account is maintained on behalf of the policyholder. The Company’s separate accounts reflect accounts wherein the policyholder assumes substantially all the risk and reward. Investment objectives for separate accounts, which consist of the participants’ account balances, vary by fund account type, as outlined in the applicable fund prospectus or separate account plan of operations. Separate account products include variable annuities (except those sold in Japan), variable universal life insurance contracts, 401(k), and variable corporate owned life insurance. The assets and liabilities associated with variable annuity products sold in Japan and the United Kingdom do not meet the criteria to be recognized as a separate account because the assets are not legally insulated from the Company. Therefore, these assets are included with the Company’s general account assets. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company’s separate accounts totaled $130.2 billion and $199.9 billion, respectively.
Property & Casualty
The primary investment objective for Property & Casualty’s Ongoing Operations segment is to maximize economic value while generating sufficient after-tax income to meet policyholder and corporate obligations. For Property & Casualty’s Other Operations segment, the investment objective is to ensure the full and timely payment of all liabilities. Property & Casualty’s investment strategies are developed based on a variety of factors including business needs, regulatory requirements and tax considerations.
The following table identifies the invested assets by type held.
Composition of Invested Assets
                                 
    December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
    Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
Fixed maturities, available-for-sale, at fair value
  $ 19,775       81.7 %   $ 27,205       88.8 %
Equity securities, available-for-sale, at fair value
    674       2.8 %     1,208       3.9 %
Mortgage loans, at amortized cost [1]
    785       3.2 %     671       2.2 %
Limited partnerships and other alternative investments [2]
    1,166       4.8 %     1,260       4.1 %
Short-term investments
    1,597       6.6 %     284       0.9 %
Other investments [3]
    207       0.9 %     38       0.1 %
 
                       
Total investments
  $ 24,204       100.0 %   $ 30,666       100.0 %
 
                       
     
[1]  
Consist of commercial and agricultural loans.
 
[2]  
Includes hedge fund investments outside of limited partnerships and a real estate joint venture.
 
[3]  
Primarily relates to derivative instruments.
Total investments decreased $6.5 billion since December 31, 2007 primarily as a result of increased unrealized losses. Unrealized losses increased as a result of market deterioration due to significant credit spread widening. In addition, P&C increased its investment in short-term securities to maintain higher than average liquidity while waiting for market and asset valuations to stabilize.
Limited partnerships and other alternative investments decreased by $94 during 2008. Property & Casualty continuously evaluates its allocation to limited partnerships and other alternative investments and has taken steps to reduce its exposure to hedge funds, some of which will occur in 2009. In addition, HIMCO does not expect significant additions to limited partnerships and other alternative investments in 2009 except for unfunded commitments. HIMCO closely monitors the impact of these investments in relationship to the overall investment portfolio and the consolidated balance sheets.

 

160


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes Property & Casualty’s limited partnerships and other alternative investments.
Composition of Limited Partnerships and Other Alternative Investments
                                 
    December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
    Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
Hedge funds [1]
  $ 561       48.1 %   $ 728       57.8 %
Mortgage and real estate [2]
    292       25.1 %     291       23.1 %
Mezzanine debt [3]
    61       5.2 %     48       3.8 %
Private equity and other [4]
    252       21.6 %     193       15.3 %
 
                       
Total
  $ 1,166       100.0 %   $ 1,260       100.0 %
 
                       
     
[1]  
Hedge funds include investments in funds of funds as well as direct funds. The hedge funds of funds invest in approximately 25 to 50 different hedge funds within a variety of investment styles. Examples of hedge fund strategies include long/short equity or credit, event driven strategies and structured credit.
 
[2]  
Mortgage and real estate funds consist of investments in funds whose assets consist of mortgage loans, participations in mortgage loans, mezzanine loans or other notes which may be below investment grade credit quality as well as equity real estate. Also included is the investment in a real estate joint venture.
 
[3]  
Mezzanine debt funds consist of investments in funds whose assets consist of subordinated debt that often times incorporates equity-based options such as warrants and a limited amount of direct equity investments.
 
[4]  
Private equity and other funds primarily consist of investments in funds whose assets typically consist of a diversified pool of investments in small non-public businesses with high growth potential.
Investment Results
The following table below summarizes Property & Casualty’s net investment income.
                                                 
    2008     2007     2006  
(Before-tax)   Amount     Yield [1]     Amount     Yield [1]     Amount     Yield [1]  
Fixed maturities [2]
  $ 1,418       5.4 %   $ 1,511       5.7 %   $ 1,386       5.5 %
Equity securities, available-for-sale
    68       6.5 %     50       6.0 %     35       5.5 %
Mortgage loans
    40       5.5 %     38       6.2 %     16       5.6 %
Limited partnerships and other alternative investments
    (212 )     (15.5 %)     140       14.5 %     64       9.9 %
Other [3]
    (36 )           (27 )           9        
Investment expense
    (25 )           (25 )           (24 )      
 
                                   
Net investment income, before-tax
  $ 1,253       4.4 %   $ 1,687       5.9 %   $ 1,486       5.5 %
 
                                   
Net investment income, after-tax [4]
  $ 921       3.2 %   $ 1,246       4.4 %   $ 1,107       4.1 %
 
                                   
     
[1]  
Yields calculated using investment income before investment expenses divided by the monthly weighted average invested assets at cost, amortized cost, or adjusted carrying value, as applicable excluding collateral received associated with the securities lending program. Included in the fixed maturity yield is Other income (loss) as it primarily relates to fixed maturities (see footnote [3] below). Included in the total net investment income yield is investment expense.
 
[2]  
Includes net investment income on short-term bonds.
 
[3]  
Includes fees associated with securities lending activities of $30, $41 and $0, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. The income from securities lending activities is included within fixed maturities. Also included are derivatives that qualify for hedge accounting under SFAS 133. These derivatives hedge fixed maturities.
 
[4]  
Due to significant holdings in tax-exempt investments, after-tax net investment income and yield are also included.
Year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007
Before-tax net investment income decreased $434, or 26%, and after-tax net investment income decreased $325, or 26%, compared to the prior year period. The decrease in net investment income was primarily due to lower yield on variable rate securities due to declines in short term interest rates, increased allocation to lower yielding U.S. Treasuries and short-term investments, and a decrease in investment yield for limited partnership and other alternative investments. The decrease in limited partnerships and other alternative investments yield was largely due to negative returns on hedge funds and real estate partnerships as a result of the lack of liquidity in the financial markets and a wider credit spread environment. Based upon the current interest rate and credit environment, Property & Casualty expects a slightly higher average portfolio yield for 2009 as compared to 2008.
Year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the year ended December 31, 2006
Before-tax net investment income increased $201, or 14%, and after-tax net investment income increased $139, or 13%, compared to the prior year period. The increase in net investment income was primarily due to a higher average invested asset base and a higher portfolio yield. The increase in the average invested asset base as compared to the prior year period, was primarily due to positive operating cash flows. Limited partnerships and other alternative investments contributed to the increase in income compared to the prior year period due to a higher portfolio yield and greater allocation of investments to this asset class.

 

161


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes Property & Casualty’s net realized capital gains and losses results.
                         
    2008     2007     2006  
Gross gains on sale
  $ 180     $ 159     $ 205  
Gross losses on sale
    (448 )     (121 )     (164 )
Impairments
    (1,533 )     (125 )     (45 )
Periodic net coupon settlements on credit derivatives
    2       15       4  
Other, net [1]
    (78 )     (100 )     9  
 
                 
Net realized capital gains (losses), before-tax
  $ (1,877 )   $ (172 )   $ 9  
 
                 
     
[1]  
Primarily consists of changes in fair value on non-qualifying derivatives, hedge ineffectiveness on qualifying derivative instruments, and other investment gains and losses.
Year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006
     
Gross Gains and Losses on Sale
 
     Gross gains and losses on sales for the year ended December 31, 2008 primarily resulted from the decision to reallocate the portfolio to securities with more favorable risk/return profiles. Also included were losses on sales of HIMCO managed CLOs in the first quarter. For more information regarding these CLO losses, refer to the Variable Interest Entities section below. During the year ended December 31, 2008, securities sold at a loss were depressed, on average, approximately 2% at the respective period’s impairment review date and were deemed to be temporarily impaired.
 
   
 
 
     Gross gains and losses on sales for the year ended December 31, 2007 were primarily comprised of foreign government, corporate, and municipal securities. During the year ended December 31, 2007, securities sold at a loss were depressed, on average, approximately 1% at the respective period’s impairment review date and were deemed to be temporarily impaired.
 
   
 
 
     Gross gains on sales for the year ended December 31, 2006 were concentrated in the corporate, foreign government and municipal sectors. Gross losses on sales for the year ended December 31, 2006 were concentrated in the corporate and CMBS sectors.
 
   
Impairments
 
     See the Other-Than-Temporary Impairments section that follows for information on impairment losses.
 
   
Other
 
     Other, net losses for the year ended December 31, 2008 were primarily related to net losses on credit derivatives of $90 as a result of credit spread widening on credit derivatives that assume credit exposure. Also included were losses on HIMCO managed CLOs in the first quarter and derivative related losses of $7 during the third quarter due to counterparty default related to the bankruptcy of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. For more information regarding the CLO losses, refer to the Variable Interest Entities section below.
 
   
 
 
     Other, net losses for the year ended December 31, 2007 primarily resulted from the change in value associated with credit derivatives due to credit spreads widening. Credit spreads widened primarily due to the deterioration in the U.S. housing market, tightened lending conditions and the market’s flight to quality securities.
Corporate
The investment objective of Corporate is to raise capital through financing activities to support the Life and Property & Casualty operations of the Company and to maintain sufficient funds to support the cost of those financing activities including the payment of interest for The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. (“HFSG”) issued debt and dividends to shareholders of The Hartford’s common stock. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, Corporate held $155 and $308, respectively, of fixed maturity investments, $1.5 billion and $160, respectively, of short-term investments and $73 and $103, respectively, of equity securities, available-for-sale. Short-term investments are intended to be used for general corporate purposes, which may include the capital and liquidity needs of our operations. For further information, see “Capital Resources and Liquidity” section under Liquidity Requirements. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, a put option agreement for the Company’s contingent capital facility with a fair value of $43 was included in Other invested assets. Realized capital gains for the year ended December 31, 2008, included gains of $110 resulting from a decrease in the liability related to certain warrants associated with the Allianz transaction. For further discussion on Allianz, see the Capital Resources and Liquidity section.
Securities Lending
The Company participates in securities lending programs to generate additional income, whereby certain domestic fixed income securities are loaned from the Company’s portfolio to qualifying third party borrowers, in return for collateral in the form of cash or U.S. government securities. Borrowers of these securities provide collateral of 102% of the market value of the loaned securities and can return the securities to the Company for cash at varying maturity dates. As of December 31, 2008, the Company loaned securities with a fair value of $2.9 billion and had received collateral against the loaned securities in the amount of $3.0 billion. The Company reduced its securities lending program by $1.4 billion since December 31, 2007 and plans to significantly reduce its term lending program in 2009 as securities mature.

 

162


Table of Contents

The following table represents when the borrowers can return the loaned securities to the Company and, in turn, when the cash collateral would be returned to the borrower.
         
    Cash Collateral  
    December 31, 2008  
Thirty days or less
  $ 917  
Thirty one to 90 days
    838  
Over three to six months
    784  
Over six to nine months
    430  
Over nine months to one year
     
 
     
Total
  $ 2,969  
 
     
Variable Interest Entities (“VIE”)
The Company is involved with variable interest entities primarily as a collateral manager and as an investor through normal investment activities. The Company’s involvement includes providing investment management and administrative services for a fee and holding ownership or other interests as an investor. The Company also has involvement with VIEs as a means of accessing capital.
VIEs may or may not be consolidated on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. When the Company is the primary beneficiary of the VIE, all of the assets and liabilities of the VIE are consolidated into the Company’s financial statements. The Company also reports a liability for the portion of the VIE that represents the minority interest of other investors in the VIE. When the Company concludes that it is not the primary beneficiary of the VIE, only the fair value of the Company’s interest in the VIE is recorded in the Company’s financial statements.
As of December 31, 2007, HIMCO was the collateral manager of four VIEs with provisions that allowed for termination if the fair value of the aggregate referenced bank loan portfolio declined below a stated level. These VIEs were market value CLOs that invested in senior secured bank loans through total return swaps. Two of these market value CLOs were consolidated, and two were not consolidated. During the first quarter of 2008, the fair value of the aggregate referenced bank loan portfolio declined below the stated level in all four market value CLOs and the total return swap counterparties terminated the transactions. Three of these CLOs were restructured from market value CLOs to cash flow CLOs without market value triggers and the remaining CLO terminated in January 2009. The Company realized a capital loss of $90, before-tax, from the termination of these CLOs. In connection with the restructurings, the Company purchased interests in two of the resulting VIEs, one of which the Company is the primary beneficiary. These purchases resulted in an increase in the Company’s maximum exposure to loss for both consolidated and non-consolidated VIEs.
At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company had relationships with five and seven VIEs, respectively, where the Company was the primary beneficiary. The following table sets forth the carrying value of assets and liabilities, and the Company’s maximum exposure to loss on these consolidated VIEs.
                                                 
    December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
                    Maximum                     Maximum  
    Total     Total     Exposure     Total     Total     Exposure  
    Assets     Liabilities [1]     to Loss [2]     Assets     Liabilities [1]     to Loss  
CLOs
  $ 339     $ 69     $ 257     $ 128     $ 47     $ 107  
Limited partnerships
    151       43       108       309       47       262  
Other investments
    249       59       221       377       71       317  
 
                                   
Total
  $ 739     $ 171     $ 586     $ 814     $ 165     $ 686  
 
                                   
     
[1]  
Creditors have no recourse against the Company in the event of default by the VIE.
 
[2]  
The Company’s maximum exposure to loss represents the maximum loss amount that the Company could recognize as a reduction in net investment income or as a realized capital loss and is the consolidated assets net of liabilities at cost. The Company has no implied or unfunded commitments to these VIEs.
CLOs represent one fund at December 31, 2008, which is a cash flow CLO financed by issuing debt in tranches of varying seniority and is a VIE due to the lack of voting equity in the capital structure. The Company provides collateral management services to the CLO and earns a fee for those services and also has investments in debt issued by the CLO. Taking those interests into consideration, the Company has performed a quantitative analysis and determined that it will absorb a majority of the expected losses or residual returns in the fund and as a result is the primary beneficiary. Consolidated assets are classified in cash and fixed maturities and consolidated liabilities are classified in other liabilities. At December 31, 2007, CLOs represent two market value CLOs, one of which converted to the cash flow CLO described above and the second which terminated during the fourth quarter of 2008.

 

163


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2008 and 2007, limited partnerships represent investments in two hedge funds that are financed by issuing equity shares to investors, and are VIEs based on the lack of decision making ability held by the equity investors. The primary source of variability generated by these VIEs is the fund’s investment portfolio and that variability is passed to equity holders. The Company holds a majority interest in the equity of the funds and as a result will absorb the majority of the funds’ expected losses or residual returns and therefore is the primary beneficiary. Consolidated assets and liabilities are classified in other investments and other liabilities, respectively.
Other investments at December 31, 2008 consist of two investment trusts that are financed by issuing beneficial interests that do not have voting rights to investors. The Company holds a majority of the beneficial interests issued by these trusts and as the majority holder, will absorb a majority of expected losses or residual returns and therefore is the primary beneficiary. The Company was not the primary beneficiary of one of those trusts at December 31, 2007. Consolidated assets and liabilities are classified in fixed maturities and other liabilities, respectively. At December 31, 2007, other investments included three investment trusts, two of which have liquidated and the third remains at December 31, 2008.
As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company also held significant variable interests in four and five VIEs, respectively, where the Company is not the primary beneficiary. That determination has been made based on a quantitative analysis of whether the Company will absorb a majority of the expected losses or residual returns of the VIE, considering its variable interests as well as those of other variable interest holders. These investments have been held by the Company for two years.
The following table sets forth the carrying value of assets and liabilities that relate to the Company’s variable interests in unconsolidated VIEs, and the Company’s maximum exposure to loss resulting from involvement with those VIEs.
                                                 
    December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
                    Maximum                     Maximum  
                    Exposure                     Exposure  
    Assets     Liabilities     to Loss     Assets     Liabilities     to Loss  
CLOs [1]
  $ 308     $     $ 349     $ 26     $     $ 37  
CDOs [1]
    3             15       76             108  
Other [2]
    42       40       5       43       43       5  
 
                                   
Total [3]
  $ 353     $ 40     $ 369     $ 145     $ 43     $ 150  
 
                                   
     
[1]  
Maximum exposure to loss represents the Company’s investment in securities issued by CLOs/CDOs at cost.
 
[2]  
Maximum exposure to loss represents issuance costs that were incurred to establish the contingent capital facility.
 
[3]  
The Company has no implied or unfunded commitments to these VIEs.
At December 31, 2008, CLOs include one fund that is financed by issuing debt securities in tranches of varying seniority. That fund is a cash flow CLO and a VIE due to the lack of voting equity in its capital structure. The Company holds variable interests through fees earned as the collateral manager and investments in debt and preferred equity issued by the fund with a carrying amount at December 31, 2008 of $306 and $2, respectively. At December 31, 2007, CLOs represent two market value CLOs, one of which converted to the cash flow CLO described above and the second for which the Company is no longer involved with following its conversion from a market value to a cash flow CLO.
At December 31, 2008 and 2007, CDOs consist of two VIEs that are financed by issuing debt having no voting rights to investors. The Company has variable interests in each CDO by virtue of its investment in that debt and fees received as the collateral manager. The carrying amount of the investment in debt issued by the CDOs is $3 at December 31, 2008 and is classified in fixed maturities.
Other, at December 31, 2008 and 2007, represents the Company’s variable interest in the Glen Meadow ABC Trust, which is a put option agreement that requires the trust, at any time, to purchase the Company’s junior subordinated notes in a maximum principal amount not to exceed $500. There is no equity investment and thus the trust is a VIE based on that lack of voting equity. The put option agreement held by the Company is a variable interest in the trust. The carrying amount of that option at December 31, 2008 classified in other assets is $42 and the carrying value of the liability for premiums due under the option contract at December 31, 2008 classified in other liabilities is $40.
Other-Than-Temporary Impairments
The Company has a comprehensive security monitoring process overseen by a committee of investment and accounting professionals that, on a quarterly basis, identifies securities that could potentially be other-than-temporarily impaired. When a security is deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired, its cost or amortized cost is written down to current fair value and a realized loss is recorded in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. For fixed maturities, the Company accretes the new cost basis to par or to the estimated future value over the expected remaining life of the security by adjusting the security’s yield. For further discussion regarding the Company’s other-than-temporary impairment policy, see “Evaluation of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments on Available-for-Sale Securities” included in the Critical Accounting Estimates section of the MD&A, Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and Item 1A, Risk Factors.

 

164


Table of Contents

The following table identifies the Company’s other-than-temporary impairments by type.
                         
    2008     2007     2006  
ABS
                       
Sub-prime residential mortgages
  $ 235     $ 212     $ 1  
Other
    27       19       7  
CMBS
                       
Bonds
    141       18        
IOs
    61             2  
CRE CDOs
    398              
CMOs/MBS
    37              
Corporate
                       
Financial Services
    1,342       67        
Other
    510       98       103  
Equities
                       
Financial Services
    1,142       36        
Other
    19       20       8  
Other
    52       13        
 
                 
Total other-than-temporary impairments
  $ 3,964     $ 483     $ 121  
 
                 
The following discussion provides an analysis of significant other-than-temporary impairments (“impairments”) recognized during 2008, 2007 and 2006 and the related circumstances giving rise to the impairments.
2008
For the year ended December 31, 2008, impairments of $3,964 were concentrated in subordinated fixed maturities and preferred equities within the financial services sector, as well as, in CMBS securities.
Of the $2,484 of impairments on financial services companies for 2008, the Company does not anticipate substantial recovery of $850 due to bankruptcy, financial restructurings or concerns about the issuer’s ability to continue to make contractual payments. The remaining balance primarily relates to securities that experienced extensive credit spread widening and the Company could not reasonably assert that the security would recover in value in a reasonable period of time or the Company did not wish to assert its intent to hold the security until recovery. To the extent the Company does not sell these securities, the Company expects to recover principal and interest in accordance with the security’s contractual terms over a period up to and including the security’s contractual maturity.
Impairments on securitized securities totaled $899 for the year ended December 31, 2008. For these securities, the Company determines impairments by modeling cash flows in a severe negative economic outlook scenario. If the results of this cash flow modeling result in an economic loss, an impairment was taken. The Company continues to receive contractual principal and interest payments on the majority of CMBS and sub-prime ABS securities impaired, however the Company is uncertain of its ability to recover principal and interest in accordance with the security’s original contractual terms.
The remaining impairments of $581 were primarily recorded on securities in various sectors, primarily high yield non-financial services corporate securities that experienced significant credit spread widening and for which the Company was uncertain of its intent to retain the investments for a period of time sufficient to allow for recovery.
2007
For the year ended December 31, 2007, impairments of $483 were concentrated in securitized assets and corporate fixed maturities. Impairments for securitized assets totaled $249 and were primarily on securities backed by sub-prime residential mortgage loans rated A and below in the 2006 and 2007 vintage years. Impairments on corporate fixed maturities of $165 were primarily within the financial services and home builders sectors. The majority of these securities experienced extensive credit spread widening and the Company could not reasonably assert that the security would recover in value in a reasonable period of time. For the majority of these securities, the Company expects to recover principal and interest substantially greater than what the market price indicates.
The remaining impairments were primarily recorded on securities in various sectors that had declined in value for which the Company was uncertain of its intent to retain the investments for a period of time sufficient to allow for recovery.
2006
For the year ended December 31, 2006, impairments were primarily recorded on corporate fixed maturities and ABS. Other than a $16 impairment on a single issuer in the utilities sector, there were no other significant impairments (i.e., $15 or greater) recorded on any single security or issuer. The impairments on ABS primarily related to investments backed by aircraft lease receivables. Impairments resulted from higher than expected maintenance expenses.

 

165


Table of Contents

INVESTMENT CREDIT RISK
The Company has established investment credit policies that focus on the credit quality of obligors and counterparties, limit credit concentrations, encourage diversification and require frequent creditworthiness reviews. Investment activity, including setting of policy and defining acceptable risk levels, is subject to regular review and approval by senior management.
The Company invests primarily in securities which are rated investment grade and has established exposure limits, diversification standards and review procedures for all credit risks including borrower, issuer and counterparty. Creditworthiness of specific obligors is determined by consideration of external determinants of creditworthiness, typically ratings assigned by nationally recognized ratings agencies and is supplemented by an internal credit evaluation. Obligor, asset sector and industry concentrations are subject to established Company limits and are monitored on a regular basis.
Other than U.S. government and certain U.S. government agencies backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government, the Company’s only exposure to any credit concentration risk of a single issuer greater than 10% of the Company’s stockholders’ equity, is the Government of Japan, which represents $2.3 billion, or 25%, of stockholders’ equity. For further discussion of concentration of credit risk, see the “Concentration of Credit Risk” section in Note 5 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
Derivative Instruments
In the normal course of business, the Company uses various derivative counterparties in executing its derivative transactions. The use of counterparties creates credit risk that the counterparty may not perform in accordance with the terms of the derivative transaction. The Company has developed a derivative counterparty exposure policy which limits the Company’s exposure to credit risk.
The derivative counterparty exposure policy establishes market-based credit limits, favors long-term financial stability and creditworthiness of the counterparty and typically requires credit enhancement/credit risk reducing agreements.
The Company minimizes the credit risk of derivative instruments by entering into transactions with high quality counterparties rated A2/A or better, which are monitored and evaluated by the Company’s risk management team and reviewed by senior management. In addition, the internal compliance unit monitors counterparty credit exposure on a monthly basis to ensure compliance with Company policies and statutory limitations. The Company also maintains a policy of requiring that derivative contracts, other than exchange traded contracts, currency forward contracts, and certain embedded derivatives, be governed by an International Swaps and Derivatives Association Master Agreement which is structured by legal entity and by counterparty and permits right of offset.
The Company has developed credit exposure thresholds which are based upon counterparty ratings. Credit exposures are measured using the market value of the derivatives, resulting in amounts owed to the Company by its counterparties or potential payment obligations from the Company to its counterparties. Credit exposures are generally quantified daily based on the prior business day’s market value and collateral is pledged to and held by, or on behalf of, the Company to the extent the current value of derivatives exceeds the contractual thresholds. In accordance with industry standards and the contractual agreements, collateral is typically settled on the next business day. The Company has exposure to credit risk for amounts below the exposure thresholds which are uncollateralized as well as for market fluctuations that may occur between contractual settlement periods of collateral movements.
The maximum uncollateralized threshold for a derivative counterparty for a single legal entity is $10, excluding reinsurance derivatives. The Company currently transacts derivatives in five legal entities and therefore the maximum combined threshold for a single counterparty over all legal entities that use derivatives is $50. In addition, the Company may have exposure to multiple counterparties in a single corporate family due to a common credit support provider. As of December 31, 2008, the maximum combined threshold for all counterparties under a single credit support provider over all legal entities that use derivatives is $100. Based on the contractual terms of the collateral agreements, these thresholds may be immediately reduced due to a downgrade in a counterparty’s credit rating.
For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company has incurred losses of $46 on derivative instruments due to counterparty default related to the bankruptcy of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. These losses were a result of the contractual collateral threshold amounts and open collateral calls in excess of such amounts immediately prior to the bankruptcy filing, as well as interest rate and credit spread movements from the date of the last collateral call to the date of the bankruptcy filing.
In addition to counterparty credit risk, the Company enters into credit derivative instruments to manage credit exposure. Credit derivatives used by the Company include credit default swaps, credit index swaps, and total return swaps.
Credit default swaps involve a transfer of credit risk of one or many referenced entities from one party to another in exchange for periodic payments. The party that purchases credit protection will make periodic payments based on an agreed upon rate and notional amount, and for certain transactions there will also be an upfront premium payment. The second party, who assumes credit exposure, will typically only make a payment if there is a credit event and such payment will be equal to the notional value of the swap contract less the value of the referenced security issuer’s debt obligation. A credit event is generally defined as default on contractually obligated interest or principal payments or bankruptcy of the referenced entity.
Credit index swaps and total return swaps involve the periodic exchange of payments with other parties, at specified intervals, calculated using the agreed upon index and notional principal amounts. Generally, no cash or principal payments are exchanged at the inception of the contract.

 

166


Table of Contents

The Company uses credit derivatives to assume credit risk from and reduce credit risk to a single entity, referenced index, or asset pool. The credit default swaps in which the Company assumes credit risk reference investment grade single corporate issuers, baskets of up to five corporate issuers and diversified portfolios of corporate issuers. The diversified portfolios of corporate issuers are established within sector concentration limits and are typically divided into tranches which possess different credit ratings ranging from AAA through the CCC rated first loss position. In addition to the credit default swaps that assume credit exposure, the Company also purchases credit protection through credit default swaps to economically hedge and manage credit risk of certain fixed maturity investments across multiple sectors of the investment portfolio.
The credit default swaps are carried on the balance sheet at fair value. The Company received upfront premium payments on certain credit default swaps, which reduces the Company’s overall credit exposure. The following table summarizes the credit default swaps used by the Company to manage credit risk within the portfolio, excluding credit default swaps in offsetting positions, which had a notional amount of $2.6 billion as of December 31, 2008.
Credit Default Swaps
                                                 
    December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
            Initial                     Initial        
    Notional     Premium             Notional     Premium        
    Amount     Received     Fair Value     Amount     Received     Fair Value  
Assuming credit risk
  $ 1,082     $ (2 )   $ (399 )   $ 2,715     $ (203 )   $ (416 )
Reducing credit risk
    3,668       (1 )     340       5,166       (1 )     81  
 
                                   
Total credit default swaps
  $ 4,750     $ (3 )   $ (59 )   $ 7,881     $ (204 )   $ (335 )
 
                                   
During 2008, the Company continued to reduce overall credit risk exposure to general credit spread movements by both reducing and rebalancing the total notional amount of the credit default swap portfolio. In addition, all credit derivatives that reference the first loss position of a basket of corporate issuers were terminated during 2008. The Company’s credit default swap portfolio has experienced and may continue to experience market value fluctuations based upon certain market conditions, including credit spread movement of specific referenced entities. For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company realized losses of $153, including net periodic coupon settlements, on credit default swaps.
Prior to the first quarter of 2008, the Company also assumed credit exposure through credit index swaps referencing AAA rated CMBS indices. During the first and second quarter of 2008, the Company realized a loss of $100 and $3, before-tax, respectively, as a result of these swaps maturing as well as the Company eliminating exposure to the remaining swaps by entering into offsetting positions. As of December 31, 2008, the Company does not have exposure to CMBS through credit derivatives.
Available-for-Sale Securities
The following table identifies fixed maturities by credit quality on a consolidated basis. The ratings referenced below are based on the ratings of a nationally recognized rating organization or, if not rated, assigned based on the Company’s internal analysis of such securities.
Consolidated Fixed Maturities by Credit Quality
                                                 
    December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
                    Percent of                     Percent of  
    Amortized             Total Fair     Amortized             Total Fair  
    Cost     Fair Value     Value     Cost     Fair Value     Value  
AAA
  $ 17,844     $ 13,489       20.7 %   $ 28,547     $ 28,318       35.4 %
AA
    14,093       11,646       17.9 %     11,326       10,999       13.7 %
A
    18,742       15,831       24.4 %     16,999       17,030       21.3 %
BBB
    15,749       12,794       19.6 %     15,093       14,974       18.7 %
United States Government/Government agencies
    9,409       9,568       14.7 %     5,165       5,229       6.5 %
BB & below
    2,401       1,784       2.7 %     3,594       3,505       4.4 %
 
                                   
Total fixed maturities
  $ 78,238     $ 65,112       100.0 %   $ 80,724     $ 80,055       100.0 %
 
                                   
The Company’s investment ratings as a percentage of total fixed maturities experienced a downward shift from AAA since December 31, 2007 primarily due to rating agency downgrades of monoline insurers, as well as, downgrades of sub-prime, CMBS, and financial services sector securities. The movement in both government rated and BB & below securities is attributable to efforts to reallocate the portfolio to higher quality, risk adverse assets through purchases of U.S. Treasuries and sales of high yield securities.

 

167


Table of Contents

The following table identifies available-for-sale securities by type on a consolidated basis.
Consolidated Available-for-Sale Securities by Type
                                                                                 
    December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
                                    Percent                                     Percent  
    Cost or     Gross     Gross             of Total     Cost or     Gross     Gross             of Total  
    Amortized     Unrealized     Unrealized     Fair     Fair     Amortized     Unrealized     Unrealized     Fair     Fair  
    Cost     Gains     Losses     Value     Value     Cost     Gains     Losses     Value     Value  
ABS
                                                                               
Auto
  $ 545     $     $ (124 )   $ 421       0.6 %   $ 692     $     $ (16 )   $ 676       0.9 %
CLOs [1]
    2,865             (735 )     2,130       3.3 %     2,590             (114 )     2,476       3.1 %
Credit cards
    942             (188 )     754       1.2 %     957       3       (22 )     938       1.2 %
RMBS [2]
    2,532       7       (891 )     1,648       2.5 %     2,999       10       (343 )     2,666       3.3 %
Student loan
    764             (277 )     487       0.7 %     786       1       (40 )     747       0.9 %
Other [3]
    1,215       6       (393 )     828       1.3 %     1,491       19       (98 )     1,412       1.7 %
CMBS
                                                                               
Agency backed [4]
    433       16             449       0.7 %     445       10             455       0.6 %
Bonds
    11,144       10       (4,370 )     6,784       10.4 %     13,196       116       (421 )     12,891       16.1 %
CRE CDOs
    1,763       2       (1,302 )     463       0.7 %     2,243       1       (390 )     1,854       2.3 %
Interest only (“IOs”)
    1,396       17       (333 )     1,080       1.7 %     1,741       117       (27 )     1,831       2.3 %
CMOs
                                                                               
Agency backed
    849       46       (8 )     887       1.4 %     1,191       32       (4 )     1,219       1.5 %
Non-agency backed [5]
    413       1       (124 )     290       0.4 %     525       4       (3 )     526       0.7 %
Corporate [6]
                                                                               
Basic industry
    2,138       33       (338 )     1,833       2.8 %     2,508       61       (34 )     2,535       3.2 %
Capital goods
    2,480       32       (322 )     2,190       3.3 %     2,194       86       (26 )     2,254       2.8 %
Consumer cyclical
    2,335       34       (388 )     1,981       3.0 %     3,011       87       (60 )     3,038       3.8 %
Consumer non-cyclical
    3,435       60       (252 )     3,243       5.0 %     3,008       89       (37 )     3,060       3.8 %
Energy
    1,669       24       (146 )     1,547       2.4 %     1,595       71       (12 )     1,654       2.1 %
Financial services
    8,422       254       (1,543 )     7,133       10.9 %     11,153       227       (512 )     10,868       13.5 %
Tech. & comm.
    3,738       86       (400 )     3,424       5.3 %     3,763       181       (40 )     3,904       4.9 %
Transportation
    508       8       (90 )     426       0.7 %     401       12       (13 )     400       0.5 %
Utilities
    4,859       92       (578 )     4,373       6.7 %     4,500       181       (104 )     4,577       5.7 %
Other [7]
    1,475             (444 )     1,031       1.6 %     1,985       27       (104 )     1,908       2.4 %
Gov./Gov. agencies
                                                                               
Foreign
    2,786       100       (65 )     2,821       4.3 %     999       59       (5 )     1,053       1.3 %
United States
    5,883       112       (39 )     5,956       9.2 %     836       22       (3 )     855       1.1 %
MBS
    2,243       42       (7 )     2,278       3.5 %     2,757       26       (20 )     2,763       3.5 %
Municipal
                                                                               
Taxable
    1,115       8       (229 )     894       1.4 %     1,376       33       (23 )     1,386       1.7 %
Tax-exempt
    10,291       194       (724 )     9,761       15.0 %     11,776       394       (67 )     12,103       15.1 %
Red. preferred stock
                                  6                   6        
 
                                                           
Fixed maturities
  $ 78,238     $ 1,184     $ (14,310 )   $ 65,112       100.0 %   $ 80,724     $ 1,869     $ (2,538 )   $ 80,055       100.0 %
Equity securities, available-for-sale
                                                                               
Financial Services
    973       13       (196 )     790               2,062       13       (224 )     1,851          
Other
    581       190       (103 )     668               549       205       (10 )     744          
 
                                                           
Total securities, available-for-sale [8]
  $ 79,792     $ 1,387     $ (14,609 )   $ 66,570             $ 83,335     $ 2,087     $ (2,772 )   $ 82,650          
 
                                                           
     
[1]  
As of December 31, 2008, 99% of these senior secured bank loan CLOs were AAA rated with an average subordination of 29%.
 
[2]  
Includes securities with an amortized cost and fair value of $14 and $10, respectively, as of December 31, 2008, and $40 and $37, respectively, as of December 31, 2007, which were backed by pools of loans issued to prime borrowers. Includes securities with an amortized cost and fair value of $91 and $62, respectively, as of December 31, 2008, and $96 and $87, respectively, as of December 31, 2007, which were backed by pools of loans issued to Alt-A borrowers.
 
[3]  
Includes CDO securities with an amortized cost and fair value of $8 and $5, respectively, as of December 31, 2008, and $16 and $15, respectively, as of December 31, 2007, that contain a below-prime residential mortgage loan component. Typically these CDOs are also backed by assets other than below-prime loans.
 
[4]  
Represents securities with pools of loans by the Small Business Administration whose issued loans are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.
 
[5]  
Includes securities with an amortized cost and fair value of $214 and $135, respectively, as of December 31, 2008, and $270 as of December 31, 2007, which were backed by pools of loans issued to Alt-A borrowers.
 
[6]  
As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, 95% and 92%, respectively, of corporate securities were rated investment grade.
 
[7]  
Includes structured investments with an amortized cost and fair value of $526 and $364, respectively, as of December 31, 2008, and $782 and $730, respectively, as of December 31, 2007. The underlying securities supporting these investments are primarily diversified pools of investment grade corporate issuers which can withstand a 15% cumulative default rate, assuming a 35% recovery.
 
[8]  
Gross unrealized gains represent gains of $860, $526, and $1 for Life, Property & Casualty, and Corporate, respectively, as of December 31, 2008 and $1,339, $734, and $14, respectively, as of December 31, 2007. Gross unrealized losses represent losses of $10,766 $3,835, and $8 for Life, Property & Casualty, and Corporate, respectively, as of December 31, 2008 and $1,985, $781, and $6, respectively, as of December 31, 2007.

 

168


Table of Contents

The Company’s investment sector allocations as a percentage of total fixed maturities have significantly changed since December 31, 2007 primarily due to efforts to reallocate the portfolio to higher quality, risk averse assets, such as U.S. government/government agencies, and recession resistant sectors, such as consumer non-cyclical, while reducing its exposure to CMBS, financial services and consumer cyclical sectors.
The available-for-sale net unrealized loss position increased $12.5 billion since December 31, 2007 primarily as a result of credit spread widening, partially offset by declining interest rates and impairments. Credit spreads widened primarily due to continued deterioration in the U.S. housing market, tightened lending conditions and the market’s flight to quality securities, as well as, a U.S. recession and a declining global economy. Despite steps taken by the government to stabilize the financial system, liquidity and confidence in the markets have not yet been restored. The sectors most significantly impacted include financial services, residential and commercial mortgage backed investments, and consumer loan backed investments. The following sections illustrate the Company’s holdings and provide commentary on these sectors.
Financial Services
Financial companies remain under significant stress driven initially by the housing market collapse which led to massive asset write-downs, an inability to source capital, funding pressure and a loss of confidence in the financial system. Numerous government initiatives were put forth over the course of 2008 to address the seizure in the financial and capital markets, including the injection of capital into financial institutions through the Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program, and the establishment of the FDIC Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (“TLGP”) whereby the FDIC guarantees newly issued unsecured debt for participating institutions. While the government’s efforts have provided some stability, financial institutions remain vulnerable to ongoing asset write-downs, increasing credit losses associated with a deteriorating economy, weak earnings prospects, and potentially the need for additional capital if losses further weaken current capital positions.
The Company has exposure to the financial services sector predominantly through banking, insurance and finance firms. A comparison of fair value to amortized cost is not indicative of the pricing of individual securities as rating downgrades and impairments have occurred. The following table represents the Company’s exposure to the financial services sector included in the corporate and equity securities, available-for-sale lines in the Consolidated Available-for-Sale Securities by Type table above. Of the Company’s $7.9 billion on a fair value basis, $3.4 billion is senior debt, $1.9 billion is subordinate and Tier 2 holdings and $2.6 billion is Tier 1 and preferred exposure. The Company’s exposure to European financial institutions comprises $702 of senior debt, $816 of subordinate and Tier 2 holdings and $875 of Tier 1 and preferred holdings.
Financial Services by Credit Quality
                                                 
    December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
                    Percent of                     Percent of  
    Amortized             Total Fair     Amortized             Total Fair  
    Cost     Fair Value     Value     Cost     Fair Value     Value  
AAA
  $ 728     $ 628       7.9 %   $ 635     $ 614       4.8 %
AA
    2,067       1,780       22.5 %     4,141       4,008       31.5 %
A
    5,479       4,606       58.1 %     6,755       6,525       51.3 %
BBB
    1,015       816       10.3 %     1,378       1,283       10.1 %
BB & below
    106       93       1.2 %     306       289       2.3 %
 
                                   
Total
  $ 9,395     $ 7,923       100.0 %   $ 13,215     $ 12,719       100.0 %
 
                                   

 

169


Table of Contents

Sub-Prime Residential Mortgage Loans
The Company has exposure to sub-prime and Alt-A residential mortgage backed securities included in the Consolidated Available-for-Sale Securities by Type table above. These securities continue to be affected by uncertainty surrounding the decline in home prices, negative technical factors and deterioration in collateral performance.
The following table presents the Company’s exposure to ABS supported by sub-prime mortgage loans by current credit quality and vintage year, including direct investments in CDOs that contain a sub-prime loan component, included in the RMBS and ABS other line in the Consolidated Available-for-Sale Securities by Type table above. A comparison of fair value to amortized cost is not indicative of the pricing of individual securities as rating downgrades and impairments have occurred. Credit protection represents the current weighted average percentage, excluding wrapped securities, of the outstanding capital structure subordinated to the Company’s investment holding that is available to absorb losses before the security incurs the first dollar loss of principal. The table below excludes the Company’s exposure to Alt-A residential mortgage loans, with an amortized cost and fair value of $305 and $197, respectively, as of December 31, 2008, and $366 and $357, respectively, as of December 31, 2007. These securities were primarily backed by 2007 vintage year collateral and rated A and above.
Sub-Prime Residential Mortgage Loans [1] [2] [3] [4]
December 31, 2008 [5]
                                                                                                 
    AAA     AA     A     BBB     BB and Below     Total  
    Amortized     Fair     Amortized     Fair     Amortized     Fair     Amortized     Fair     Amortized     Fair     Amortized     Fair  
    Cost     Value     Cost     Value     Cost     Value     Cost     Value     Cost     Value     Cost     Value  
2003 & Prior
  $ 49     $ 41     $ 162     $ 136     $ 60     $ 43     $ 32     $ 26     $ 34     $ 20     $ 337     $ 266  
2004
    112       81       349       277       8       7       10       7                   479       372  
2005
    90       71       543       367       154       77       24       16       23       18       834       549  
2006
    77       69       126       56       18       9       120       50       143       54       484       238  
2007
    42       27       40       10       38       18       47       26       134       75       301       156  
 
                                                                       
Total
  $ 370     $ 289     $ 1,220     $ 846     $ 278     $ 154     $ 233     $ 125     $ 334     $ 167     $ 2,435     $ 1,581  
 
                                                                       
Credit protection
    40.5%       47.6%       31.4%       21.9%       19.9%       41.0%  
December 31, 2007
                                                                                                 
    AAA     AA     A     BBB     BB and Below     Total  
    Amortized     Fair     Amortized     Fair     Amortized     Fair     Amortized     Fair     Amortized     Fair     Amortized     Fair  
    Cost     Value     Cost     Value     Cost     Value     Cost     Value     Cost     Value     Cost     Value  
2003 & Prior
  $ 93     $ 92     $ 213     $ 199     $ 113     $ 94     $ 8     $ 7     $ 7     $ 7     $ 434     $ 399  
2004
    133       131       358       324       2       2       2       1                   495       458  
2005
    113       107       796       713       8       5       10       3       33       23       960       851  
2006
    457       413       67       55       2       3       3       2       8       2       537       475  
2007
    280       241       71       39       56       47       21       20       25       27       453       374  
 
                                                                       
Total
  $ 1,076     $ 984     $ 1,505     $ 1,330     $ 181     $ 151     $ 44     $ 33     $ 73     $ 59     $ 2,879     $ 2,557  
 
                                                                       
Credit protection
    32.7%       47.3%       21.1%       19.6%       17.1%       39.8%  
     
[1]  
The vintage year represents the year the underlying loans in the pool were originated.
 
[2]  
The Company’s exposure to second lien residential mortgages is composed primarily of loans to prime and Alt-A borrowers, of which approximately over half were wrapped by monoline insurers. These securities are included in the table above and have an amortized cost and fair value of $173 and $82, respectively, as of December 31, 2008 and $260 and $217, respectively, as of December 31, 2007.
 
[3]  
As of December 31, 2008, the weighted average life of the sub-prime residential mortgage portfolio was 3.8 years.
 
[4]  
Approximately 84% of the portfolio is backed by adjustable rate mortgages.
 
[5]  
The credit qualities above include downgrades which have shifted the portfolio from higher rated assets to lower rated assets since December 31, 2007.

 

170


Table of Contents

Commercial Mortgage Loans
The Company has observed weakness in commercial real estate market fundamentals and expects continued pressure on these fundamentals including increased vacancies, rising delinquencies, lower rent growth and declining property values. The following tables represent the Company’s exposure to CMBS bonds, commercial real estate CDOs, and IOs by current credit quality and vintage year. A comparison of fair value to amortized cost is not indicative of the pricing of individual securities as rating downgrades and impairments have occurred. Credit protection represents the current weighted average percentage of the outstanding capital structure subordinated to the Company’s investment holding that is available to absorb losses before the security incurs the first dollar loss of principal. This credit protection does not include any equity interest or property value in excess of outstanding debt.
CMBS — Bonds [1]
December 31, 2008
                                                                                                 
    AAA     AA     A     BBB     BB and Below     Total  
    Amortized     Fair     Amortized     Fair     Amortized     Fair     Amortized     Fair     Amortized     Fair     Amortized     Fair  
    Cost     Value     Cost     Value     Cost     Value     Cost     Value     Cost     Value     Cost     Value  
2003 & Prior
  $ 2,057     $ 1,869     $ 455     $ 299     $ 175     $ 102     $ 36     $ 27     $ 37     $ 25     $ 2,760     $ 2,322  
2004
    667       576       85       35       65       22       23       10                   840       643  
2005
    1,142       847       475       152       325       127       55       27                   1,997       1,153  
2006
    2,562       1,498       385       110       469       168       385       140       40       12       3,841       1,928  
2007
    981       504       438       128       148       45       134       60       5       1       1,706       738  
 
                                                                       
Total
  $ 7,409     $ 5,294     $ 1,838     $ 724     $ 1,182     $ 464     $ 633     $ 264     $ 82     $ 38     $ 11,144     $ 6,784  
 
                                                                       
Credit protection
    24.4%       16.4%       12.2%       5.3%       4.4%       20.6%  
December 31, 2007
                                                                                                 
    AAA     AA     A     BBB     BB and Below     Total  
    Amortized     Fair     Amortized     Fair     Amortized     Fair     Amortized     Fair     Amortized     Fair     Amortized     Fair  
    Cost     Value     Cost     Value     Cost     Value     Cost     Value     Cost     Value     Cost     Value  
2003 & Prior
  $ 2,666     $ 2,702     $ 495     $ 502     $ 224     $ 227     $ 30     $ 32     $ 46     $ 49     $ 3,461     $ 3,512  
2004
    709       708       89       87       77       73       23       21                   898       889  
2005
    1,280       1,258       479       454       345       327       85       76       24       21       2,213       2,136  
2006
    2,975       2,910       415       395       555       526       456       400       24       22       4,425       4,253  
2007
    1,365       1,342       461       431       180       160       190       165       3       3       2,199       2,101  
 
                                                                       
Total
  $ 8,995     $ 8,920     $ 1,939     $ 1,869     $ 1,381     $ 1,313     $ 784     $ 694     $ 97     $ 95     $ 13,196     $ 12,891  
 
                                                                       
Credit protection
    23.8%       16.4%       13.6%       6.8%       3.7%       20.6%  
     
[1]  
The vintage year represents the year the pool of loans was originated.
CMBS — CRE CDOs [1] [2] [3]
December 31, 2008 [4]
                                                                                                 
    AAA     AA     A     BBB     BB and Below     Total  
    Amortized     Fair     Amortized     Fair     Amortized     Fair     Amortized     Fair     Amortized     Fair     Amortized     Fair  
    Cost     Value     Cost     Value     Cost     Value     Cost     Value     Cost     Value     Cost     Value  
2003 & Prior
  $ 180     $ 59     $ 96     $ 29     $ 79     $ 17     $ 64     $ 7     $ 31     $ 7     $ 450     $ 119  
2004
    129       38       17       6       31       9       11       2       14       3       202       58  
2005
    94       37       62       15       65       12       10       2       1             232       66  
2006
    242       76       91       25       81       20       15       2                   429       123  
2007
    139       45       106       19       101       11       12       1                   358       76  
2008
    43       13       22       5       24       3       3                         92       21  
 
                                                                       
Total
  $ 827     $ 268     $ 394     $ 99     $ 381     $ 72     $ 115     $ 14     $ 46     $ 10     $ 1,763     $ 463  
 
                                                                       
Credit protection
    29.7%       21.3%       18.2%       19.4%       57.0%       25.4%  

 

171


Table of Contents

December 31, 2007
                                                                                                 
    AAA     AA     A     BBB     BB and Below     Total  
    Amortized     Fair     Amortized     Fair     Amortized     Fair     Amortized     Fair     Amortized     Fair     Amortized     Fair  
    Cost     Value     Cost     Value     Cost     Value     Cost     Value     Cost     Value     Cost     Value  
2003 & Prior
  $ 378     $ 320     $ 88     $ 73     $ 64     $ 42     $ 13     $ 10     $     $     $ 543     $ 445  
2004
    170       149       17       15       24       17       8       7                   219       188  
2005
    178       153       63       52       60       42       6       5                   307       252  
2006
    517       436       178       136       149       118       46       34                   890       724  
2007
    107       97       92       80       72       58       13       10                   284       245  
 
                                                                       
Total
  $ 1,350     $ 1,155     $ 438     $ 356     $ 369     $ 277     $ 86     $ 66     $     $     $ 2,243     $ 1,854  
 
                                                                       
Credit protection
    31.5%       27.1%       16.7%       10.4%             27.5%  
     
[1]  
The vintage year represents the year that the underlying collateral in the pool was originated. Individual CDO market value is allocated by the proportion of collateral within each vintage year.
 
[2]  
As of December 31, 2008, approximately 36% of the underlying CMBS CRE CDO collateral are seasoned, below investment grade securities.
 
[3]  
For certain CDOs, the collateral manager has the ability to reinvest proceeds that become available, primarily from collateral maturities. The increase in the 2008 vintage year represents reinvestment under these CDOs.
 
[4]  
The credit qualities above include downgrades since December 31, 2007.
CMBS — IOs [1]
                                 
    December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
    AAA     AAA  
    Amortized     Fair     Amortized     Fair  
    Cost     Value     Cost     Value  
2003 & Prior
  $ 440     $ 423     $ 548     $ 606  
2004
    268       199       360       374  
2005
    354       245       422       430  
2006
    165       104       194       205  
2007
    169       109       217       216  
 
                       
Total
  $ 1,396     $ 1,080     $ 1,741     $ 1,831  
 
                       
     
[1]  
The vintage year represents the year the pool of loans was originated.
In addition to commercial mortgage backed securities, the Company has whole loan commercial real estate investments. The carrying value of mortgage loans on real estate was $6.5 billion and $5.4 billion as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The Company’s mortgage loans are collateralized by a variety of commercial and agricultural properties. The mortgage loans are diversified both geographically throughout the United States and by property type.
At December 31, 2008, the Company held delinquent mortgage loans on three properties with a carrying value of $91 which were deemed impaired and accordingly, a valuation allowance of $26 was established. At December 31, 2007, the Company held no impaired, restructured, delinquent or in-process-of-foreclosure mortgage loans and therefore had no valuation allowance.
The following table presents commercial mortgage loans by region and property type.
Commercial Mortgage Loans on Real Estate by Region
                                 
    December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
    Carrying     Percent of     Carrying     Percent of  
    Value     Total     Value     Total  
East North Central
  $ 162       2.5 %   $ 120       2.2 %
East South Central
                9       0.2 %
Middle Atlantic
    717       11.1 %     674       12.4 %
Mountain
    223       3.4 %     200       3.7 %
New England
    487       7.5 %     404       7.5 %
Pacific
    1,495       23.1 %     1,200       22.2 %
South Atlantic
    1,102       17.0 %     1,104       20.4 %
West North Central
    64       1.0 %     32       0.6 %
West South Central
    333       5.2 %     286       5.3 %
Other [1]
    1,886       29.2 %     1,381       25.5 %
 
                       
Total
  $ 6,469       100.0 %   $ 5,410       100.0 %
 
                       
     
[1]  
Includes multi-regional properties.

 

172


Table of Contents

Commercial Mortgage Loans on Real Estate by Property Type
                                 
    December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
    Carrying     Percent of     Carrying     Percent of  
    Value     Total     Value     Total  
Industrial
  $ 1,118       17.3 %   $ 649       12.0 %
Lodging
    483       7.5 %     524       9.7 %
Agricultural
    635       9.8 %     362       6.7 %
Multifamily
    1,131       17.5 %     991       18.3 %
Office
    1,885       29.1 %     1,929       35.6 %
Retail
    884       13.7 %     806       14.9 %
Other
    333       5.1 %     149       2.8 %
 
                       
Total
  $ 6,469       100.0 %   $ 5,410       100.0 %
 
                       
Consumer Loans
The Company continues to see weakness in consumer credit fundamentals. Rising delinquency and loss rates have been driven by the recessionary economy and higher unemployment rates. Delinquencies and losses on consumer loans rose during 2008 and the Company expects this trend to continue in the upcoming year. However, the Company expects its ABS consumer loan holdings to face limited credit concerns, as the borrower collateral quality and structural credit enhancement of the securities are sufficient to absorb a significantly higher level of defaults than are currently anticipated. The following table presents the Company’s exposure to ABS consumer loans by credit quality.
ABS Consumer Loans
December 31, 2008
                                                                                                 
    AAA     AA     A     BBB     BB and Below     Total  
    Amortized     Fair     Amortized     Fair     Amortized     Fair     Amortized     Fair     Amortized     Fair     Amortized     Fair  
    Cost     Value     Cost     Value     Cost     Value     Cost     Value     Cost     Value     Cost     Value  
Auto [1]
  $ 135     $ 109     $ 29     $ 27     $ 142     $ 103     $ 209     $ 162     $ 30     $ 20     $ 545     $ 421  
Credit card [2]
    419       367       6       3       108       97       351       248       58       39       942       754  
Student loan [3]
    294       159       332       244       138       84                               764       487  
 
                                                                       
Total
  $ 848     $ 635     $ 367     $ 274     $ 388     $ 284     $ 560     $ 410     $ 88     $ 59     $ 2,251     $ 1,662  
 
                                                                       
December 31, 2007
                                                                                                 
    AAA     AA     A     BBB     BB and Below     Total  
    Amortized     Fair     Amortized     Fair     Amortized     Fair     Amortized     Fair     Amortized     Fair     Amortized     Fair  
    Cost     Value     Cost     Value     Cost     Value     Cost     Value     Cost     Value     Cost     Value  
Auto [1]
  $ 274     $ 270     $ 27     $ 27     $ 151     $ 148     $ 198     $ 192     $ 42     $ 39     $ 692     $ 676  
Credit card [2]
    166       166       19       19       162       162       610       591                   957       938  
Student loan [3]
    313       297       333       317       140       133                               786       747  
 
                                                                       
Total
  $ 753     $ 733     $ 379     $ 363     $ 453     $ 443     $ 808     $ 783     $ 42     $ 39     $ 2,435     $ 2,361  
 
                                                                       
     
[1]  
Includes monoline insured securities with an amortized cost and fair value of $47 and $38, respectively, at December 31, 2008, and amortized cost and fair value of $49 at December 31, 2007. Additionally, approximately 13% of the auto consumer loan-backed securities were issued by lenders whose primary business is to sub-prime borrowers.
 
[2]  
As of December 31, 2008, approximately 6% of the securities were issued by lenders that lend primarily to sub-prime borrowers.
 
[3]  
Includes monoline insured securities with an amortized cost and fair value of $102 and $38, respectively, at December 31, 2008, and amortized cost and fair value of $102 and $93, respectively, at December 31, 2007. Additionally, approximately half of the student loan-backed exposure is guaranteed by the Federal Family Education Loan Program, with the remainder comprised of loans to prime-borrowers.
Monoline Insured Securities
Monoline insurers guarantee the timely payment of principal and interest of certain securities. Municipalities will often purchase monoline insurance to “wrap” a security issuance in order to benefit from better market execution. Rating agency downgrades of bond insurers have not had a significant impact on the fair value of the Company’s insured portfolio; however, these downgrades have caused a downshift in rating quality from AAA rated since December 31, 2007. As of December 31, 2008, the fair value of the Company’s total monoline insured securities was $6.6 billion, with the fair value of the insured municipal securities totaling $6.1 billion. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the overall credit quality of the municipal bond portfolio, including the benefits of monoline insurance, was AA- and AA+, respectively, and excluding the benefits of monoline insurance, the overall credit quality was AA-. In addition to the insured municipal securities, as of December 31, 2008, the Company has other insured securities with a fair value of approximately $500. These securities include the below prime mortgage-backed securities and other consumer loan receivables discussed above, as well as, corporate securities. The Company also has direct investments in monoline insurers with a fair value of approximately $48 as of December 31, 2008.

 

173


Table of Contents

Security Unrealized Loss Aging
The following table presents the Company’s unrealized loss aging for available-for-sale securities on a consolidated basis by length of time the security was in a continuous unrealized loss position.
Consolidated Securities
                                                                 
    December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
            Cost or                             Cost or              
            Amortized     Fair     Unrealized             Amortized     Fair     Unrealized  
    Items     Cost     Value     Loss     Items     Cost     Value     Loss  
Three months or less
    1,718     $ 16,425     $ 14,992     $ (1,433 )     1,581     $ 10,879     $ 10,445     $ (434 )
Greater than three to six months
    972       6,533       5,247       (1,286 )     1,052       11,857       10,954       (903 )
Greater than six to nine months
    764       7,053       5,873       (1,180 )     813       10,086       9,354       (732 )
Greater than nine to twelve months
    741       6,459       4,957       (1,502 )     262       2,756       2,545       (211 )
Greater than twelve months
    2,417       25,279       16,071       (9,208 )     1,735       10,563       10,071       (492 )
 
                                               
Total
    6,612     $ 61,749     $ 47,140     $ (14,609 )     5,443     $ 46,141     $ 43,369     $ (2,772 )
 
                                               
The following tables present the Company’s unrealized loss aging for available-for-sale securities by length of time the security was in a continuous greater than 20% unrealized loss position.
Securitized Assets Depressed over 20%
                                                                 
    December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
            Cost or                             Cost or              
            Amortized     Fair     Unrealized             Amortized     Fair     Unrealized  
Consecutive Months   Items     Cost     Value     Loss     Items     Cost     Value     Loss  
Three months or less
    859     $ 11,852     $ 6,779     $ (5,073 )     138     $ 1,263     $ 835     $ (428 )
Greater than three to six months
    102       1,141       420       (721 )     12       146       91       (55 )
Greater than six to nine months
    153       1,966       687       (1,279 )                        
Greater than nine to twelve months
    97       934       218       (716 )                        
Greater than twelve months
    18       240       38       (202 )     6       40       26       (14 )
 
                                               
Total
    1,229     $ 16,133     $ 8,142     $ (7,991 )     156     $ 1,449     $ 952     $ (497 )
 
                                               
All Other Securities Depressed over 20%
                                                                 
    December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
            Cost or                         Cost or              
            Amortized     Fair     Unrealized             Amortized     Fair     Unrealized  
Consecutive Months   Items     Cost     Value     Loss     Items     Cost     Value     Loss  
Three months or less
    1,006     $ 10,597     $ 7,044     $ (3,553 )     116     $ 635     $ 492     $ (143 )
Greater than three to six months
    58       306       150       (156 )     9       74       21       (53 )
Greater than six to nine months
    27       314       178       (136 )                        
Greater than nine to twelve months
    8       115       68       (47 )                        
Greater than twelve months
                                               
 
                                               
Total
    1,099     $ 11,332     $ 7,440     $ (3,892 )     125     $ 709     $ 513     $ (196 )
 
                                               
Consolidated Securities Depressed over 20%
                                                                 
    December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
            Cost or                             Cost or                    
            Amortized     Fair     Unrealized             Amortized     Fair     Unrealized  
Consecutive Months   Items     Cost     Value     Loss     Items     Cost     Value     Loss  
Three months or less
    1,865     $ 22,449     $ 13,823     $ (8,626 )     254     $ 1,898     $ 1,327     $ (571 )
Greater than three to six months
    160       1,447       570       (877 )     21       220       112       (108 )
Greater than six to nine months
    180       2,280       865       (1,415 )                        
Greater than nine to twelve months
    105       1,049       286       (763 )                        
Greater than twelve months
    18       240       38       (202 )     6       40       26       (14 )
 
                                               
Total
    2,328     $ 27,465     $ 15,582     $ (11,883 )     281     $ 2,158     $ 1,465     $ (693 )
 
                                               

 

174


Table of Contents

The following tables present the Company’s unrealized loss aging for available-for-sale securities (included in the tables above) by length of time the security was in a continuous greater than 50% unrealized loss position.
Securitized Assets Depressed over 50%
(included in the depressed over 20% table above)
                                                                 
    December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
            Cost or                             Cost or              
            Amortized     Fair     Unrealized             Amortized     Fair     Unrealized  
Consecutive Months   Items     Cost     Value     Loss     Items     Cost     Value     Loss  
Three months or less
    532     $ 7,150     $ 2,395     $ (4,755 )     27     $ 124     $ 47     $ (77 )
Greater than three to six months
    37       347       56       (291 )                        
Greater than six to nine months
    21       182       26       (156 )                        
Greater than nine to twelve months
                                               
Greater than twelve months
                                               
 
                                               
Total
    590     $ 7,679     $ 2,477     $ (5,202 )     27     $ 124     $ 47     $ (77 )
 
                                               
All Other Securities Depressed over 50%
(included in the depressed over 20% table above)
                                                                 
    December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
            Cost or                             Cost or              
            Amortized     Fair     Unrealized             Amortized     Fair     Unrealized  
Consecutive Months   Items     Cost     Value     Loss     Items     Cost     Value     Loss  
Three months or less
    129     $ 1,305     $ 549     $ (756 )     9     $ 3     $ 1     $ (2 )
Greater than three to six months
                            4       17       1       (16 )
Greater than six to nine months
                                               
Greater than nine to twelve months
                                               
Greater than twelve months
                                               
 
                                               
Total
    129     $ 1,305     $ 549     $ (756 )     13     $ 20     $ 2     $ (18 )
 
                                               
Consolidated Securities Depressed over 50%
(included in the depressed over 20% table above)
                                                                 
    December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
            Cost or                             Cost or              
            Amortized     Fair     Unrealized             Amortized     Fair     Unrealized  
Consecutive Months   Items     Cost     Value     Loss     Items     Cost     Value     Loss  
Three months or less
    661     $ 8,455     $ 2,944     $ (5,511 )     36     $ 127     $ 48     $ (79 )
Greater than three to six months
    37       347       56       (291 )     4       17       1       (16 )
Greater than six to nine months
    21       182       26       (156 )                        
Greater than nine to twelve months
                                               
Greater than twelve months
                                               
 
                                               
Total
    719     $ 8,984     $ 3,026     $ (5,958 )     40     $ 144     $ 49     $ (95 )
 
                                               

 

175


Table of Contents

Securitized Assets
The majority of securitized assets depressed over 20%, as well as, over 50% for six consecutive months are primarily related to CMBS and sub-prime RMBS. Based upon the Company’s cash flow modeling in a severe negative economic outlook, which shows no loss of principal and interest, and the Company’s assertion of its ability and intent to retain the securities until recovery, it has been determined that these securities are temporarily impaired as of December 31, 2008.
All Other Securities
The majority of all other securities depressed over 20% for six consecutive months or greater in the tables above primarily relate to financial services sector securities that include corporate bonds, as well as, preferred equities issued by large high quality financial institutions that are lower in the capital structure, and as a result have incurred greater price depressions. Based upon the Company’s analysis of these securities and current macroeconomic conditions, the Company expects to see significant price recovery on these securities over time and, therefore, has determined that these securities are temporarily impaired as of December 31, 2008. For further discussion on these securities, see the discussion below the “Consolidated Available-for-Sale Securities by Type” table in this section above.
Future changes in the fair value of the investment portfolio are primarily dependent on the extent of future issuer credit losses, return of liquidity and changes in general market conditions, including interest rates and credit spread movements.
As part of the Company’s ongoing security monitoring process by a committee of investment and accounting professionals, the Company has reviewed its investment portfolio and concluded that there were no additional other-than-temporary impairments as of December 31, 2008 and 2007. During this analysis, the Company asserts its intent and ability to retain until recovery those securities judged to be temporarily impaired. Once identified, these securities are systematically restricted from trading unless approved by the committee. The committee will only authorize the sale of these securities based on predefined criteria that relate to events that could not have been reasonably foreseen at the time the committee rendered its judgment on the Company’s intent and ability to retain such securities until recovery. Examples of the criteria include, but are not limited to, the deterioration in the issuer’s creditworthiness, a change in regulatory requirements or a major business combination or major disposition.
The evaluation for other-than-temporary impairments is a quantitative and qualitative process, which is subject to risks and uncertainties in the determination of whether declines in the fair value of investments are other-than-temporary. The risks and uncertainties include changes in general economic conditions, the issuer’s financial condition and/or future prospects, the effects of changes in interest rates or credit spreads and the expected recovery period. In addition, for securitized assets with contractual cash flows (e.g., ABS and CMBS), projections of expected future cash flows may change based upon new information regarding the performance of the underlying collateral. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, management’s expectation of the discounted future cash flows on these securities was in excess of the associated securities’ amortized cost. For a further discussion, see “Evaluation of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments on Available-for-Sale Securities” included in the “Critical Accounting Estimates” section of the MD&A, “Other-Than-Temporary Impairments on Available-for-Sale Securities” section in Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and Item 1A, Risk Factors.

 

176


Table of Contents

CAPITAL MARKETS RISK MANAGEMENT
The Hartford has a disciplined approach to managing risks associated with its capital markets and asset/liability management activities. Investment portfolio management is organized to focus investment management expertise on the specific classes of investments, while asset/liability management is the responsibility of a dedicated risk management unit supporting Life and Property & Casualty operations. Derivative instruments are utilized in compliance with established Company policy and regulatory requirements and are monitored internally and reviewed by senior management. During 2008, the continued deterioration in the U.S. housing market, tightened lending conditions, the market’s flight to quality securities, the U.S. recession, and the declining global economy contributed to substantial spread widening in the Company’s fixed maturity portfolio.
Market Risk
The Hartford is exposed to market risk, primarily relating to the market price and/or cash flow variability associated with changes in interest rates, credit spreads including issuer defaults, equity prices or market indices, and foreign currency exchange rates. The Hartford is also exposed to credit and counterparty repayment risk. The Company analyzes interest rate risk using various models including parametric models that forecast cash flows of the liabilities and the supporting investments, including derivative instruments, under various market scenarios.
Interest Rate Risk
The Company’s exposure to interest rate risk relates to the market price and/or cash flow variability associated with the changes in market interest rates. The Company manages its exposure to interest rate risk through asset allocation limits, asset/liability duration matching and through the use of derivatives. The Company analyzes interest rate risk using various models including parametric models and cash flow simulation of the liabilities and the supporting investments, including derivative instruments under various market scenarios. Measures the Company uses to quantify its exposure to interest rate risk inherent in its invested assets and interest rate sensitive liabilities include duration and key rate duration. Duration is the weighted average term-to-maturity of a security’s cash flows, and is used to approximate the percentage change in the price of a security for a 100 basis point change in market interest rates. For example, a duration of 5 means the price of the security will change by approximately 5% for a 1% change in interest rates. The key rate duration analysis considers the expected future cash flows of assets and liabilities assuming non-parallel interest rate movements.
To calculate duration, projections of asset and liability cash flows are discounted to a present value using interest rate assumptions. These cash flows are then revalued at alternative interest rate levels to determine the percentage change in fair value due to an incremental change in rates. Cash flows from corporate obligations are assumed to be consistent with the contractual payment streams on a yield to worst basis. The primary assumptions used in calculating cash flow projections include expected asset payment streams taking into account prepayment speeds, issuer call options and contract holder behavior. ABS, CMOs and MBS are modeled based on estimates of the rate of future prepayments of principal over the remaining life of the securities. These estimates are developed using prepayment speeds provided in broker consensus data. Such estimates are derived from prepayment speeds previously experienced at the interest rate levels projected for the underlying collateral. Actual prepayment experience may vary from these estimates.
The Company is also exposed to interest rate risk based upon the discount rate assumption associated with the Company’s pension and other postretirement benefit obligations. The discount rate assumption is based upon an interest rate yield curve comprised of bonds rated Aa or higher with maturities primarily between zero and thirty years. For further discussion of interest rate risk associated with the benefit obligations, see the Critical Accounting Estimates section of the MD&A under “Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Obligations” and Note 17 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
As interest rates decline, certain securities such as MBS and CMOs, as well as, other mortgage loan backed securities are more susceptible to paydowns and prepayments. During such periods, the Company generally will not be able to reinvest the proceeds at comparable yields, however in 2008, in general, increases in credit spreads off-set lower interest rates. Lower interest rates will also likely result in lower net investment income, increased hedging cost associated with variable annuities and, if declines are sustained for a long period of time, it may subject the Company to reinvestment risks, higher pension costs expense and possibly reduced profit margins associated with guaranteed crediting rates on certain Life products. Conversely, the fair value of the investment portfolio will increase when interest rates decline and the Company’s interest expense will be lower on its variable rate debt obligations.
The Company believes that an increase in interest rates from the current levels is generally a favorable development for the Company. Rate increases are expected to provide additional net investment income, increase sales of fixed rate Life investment products, reduce the cost of the variable annuity hedging program, limit the potential risk of margin erosion due to minimum guaranteed crediting rates in certain Life products and, if sustained, could reduce the Company’s prospective pension expense. Conversely, a rise in interest rates will reduce the fair value of the investment portfolio, increase interest expense on the Company’s variable rate debt obligations and, if long-term interest rates rise dramatically within a six to twelve month time period, certain Life businesses may be exposed to disintermediation risk. Disintermediation risk refers to the risk that policyholders will surrender their contracts in a rising interest rate environment requiring the Company to liquidate assets in an unrealized loss position. In conjunction with the interest rate risk measurement and management techniques, certain of Life’s fixed income product offerings have market value adjustment provisions at contract surrender.

 

177


Table of Contents

Credit Risk
The Company is exposed to credit risk within our investment portfolio and through counterparties. Credit risk relates to the uncertainty of an obligor’s continued ability to make timely payments in accordance with the contractual terms of the instrument or contract. The Company manages credit risk through established investment credit policies which address quality of obligors and counterparties, credit concentration limits, diversification requirements and acceptable risk levels under expected and stressed scenarios. These policies are reviewed and approved by senior management and by the Company’s Board of Directors.
The derivative counterparty exposure policy establishes market-based credit limits, favors long-term financial stability and creditworthiness of the counterparty and typically requires credit enhancement/credit risk reducing agreements. The Company minimizes the credit risk in derivative instruments by entering into transactions with high quality counterparties rated A2/A or better, which are monitored and evaluated by the Company’s risk management team and reviewed by senior management. In addition, the internal compliance unit monitors counterparty credit exposure on a monthly basis to ensure compliance with Company policies and statutory limitations.
Derivative counterparty credit risk is measured as the amount owed to the Company based upon current market conditions and potential payment obligations between the Company and its counterparties. Credit exposures are generally quantified daily based on the prior business day’s market value and collateral is pledged to and held by, or on behalf of, the Company to the extent the current value of derivative instruments exceeds the contractual thresholds. In accordance with industry standards and the contractual agreements, collateral is typically settled on the next business day. The Company has exposure to credit risk for amounts below the exposure thresholds which are uncollateralized, as well as, for market fluctuations that may occur between contractual settlement periods of collateral movements.
The Company has developed credit exposure thresholds which are based upon counterparty ratings. The maximum uncollateralized threshold for a derivative counterparty for a single legal entity is $10, excluding reinsurance derivatives. The Company currently transacts derivatives in five legal entities and therefore the maximum combined threshold for a single counterparty over all legal entities that use derivatives is $50. In addition, the Company may have exposure to multiple counterparties in a single corporate family due to a common credit support provider. As of December 31, 2008, the maximum combined threshold for all counterparties under a single credit support provider over all legal entities that use derivatives is $100. Based on the contractual terms of the collateral agreements, these thresholds may be immediately reduced due to a downgrade in a counterparty’s credit rating.
In addition to counterparty credit risk, the Company enters into credit derivative instruments, including credit default, index and total return swaps, in which the Company assumes credit risk from or reduces credit risk to a single entity, referenced index, or asset pool, in exchange for periodic payments. For further information on credit derivatives, see the “Investment Credit Risk” section.
The Company is also exposed to credit spread risk related to security market price and cash flows associated with changes in credit spreads. Credit spread widening will reduce the fair value of the investment portfolio and will increase net investment income on new purchases. This will also result in losses associated with credit based non-qualifying derivatives where the Company assumes credit exposure. If issuer credit spreads increase significantly or for an extended period of time, it may result in higher other-than-temporary impairments. Credit spread tightening will reduce net investment income associated with new purchases of fixed maturities and increase the fair value of the investment portfolio. During 2008, credit spread widening resulted in a significant increase in the Company’s unrealized losses and other-than-temporary impairments. For further discussion of sectors most significantly impacted, see the “Investment Credit Risk” section. Also, see “Capital Resources and Liquidity” for a discussion of the widening of credit spread impacts on the Company’s statutory financial results as it relates to the accounting and reporting for market value adjusted fixed annuities.
Equity Risk
The Company does not have significant equity risk exposure from invested assets. The Company’s primary exposure to equity risk relates to the potential for lower earnings associated with certain of the Life’s businesses such as variable annuities where fee income is earned based upon the fair value of the assets under management. During 2008, Life’s fee income declined $302 or 6%. In addition, Life offers certain guaranteed benefits, primarily associated with variable annuity products, which increases the Company’s potential benefit exposure as the equity markets decline. For a further discussion, see Life Equity Risk in this section of the MD&A.
The Company is also subject to equity risk based upon the assets that support its pension plans. The asset allocation mix is reviewed on a periodic basis. In order to minimize risk, the pension plans maintain a listing of permissible and prohibited investments. In addition, the pension plans have certain concentration limits and investment quality requirements imposed on permissible investment options. For further discussion of equity risk associated with the pension plans, see the Critical Accounting Estimates section of the MD&A under “Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Obligations” and Note 17 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
Foreign Currency Exchange Risk
The Company’s foreign currency exchange risk is related to non—U.S. dollar denominated investments, which primarily consist of fixed maturity investments, the investment in and net income of the Japanese Life and U.K. Life operations, and non-U.S. dollar denominated liability contracts, including its GMDB, GMAB, GMWB, and GMIB benefits associated with its Japanese and U.K. variable annuities, and a yen denominated individual fixed annuity product. A portion of the Company’s foreign currency exposure is mitigated through the use of derivatives.

 

178


Table of Contents

Derivative Instruments
The Company utilizes a variety of derivative instruments, including swaps, caps, floors, forwards, futures and options through one of four Company-approved objectives: to hedge risk arising from interest rate, equity market, credit spread including issuer default, price or currency exchange rate risk or volatility; to manage liquidity; to control transaction costs; or to enter into replication transactions.
Interest rate, volatility, dividend, credit default and index swaps involve the periodic exchange of cash flows with other parties, at specified intervals, calculated using agreed upon rates or other financial variables and notional principal amounts. Generally, no cash or principal payments are exchanged at the inception of the contract. Typically, at the time a swap is entered into, the cash flow streams exchanged by the counterparties are equal in value.
Interest rate cap and floor contracts entitle the purchaser to receive from the issuer at specified dates, the amount, if any, by which a specified market rate exceeds the cap strike interest rate or falls below the floor strike interest rate, applied to a notional principal amount. A premium payment is made by the purchaser of the contract at its inception and no principal payments are exchanged.
Forward contracts are customized commitments to either purchase or sell designated financial instruments, at a future date, for a specified price and may be settled in cash or through delivery of the underlying instrument.
Financial futures are standardized commitments to either purchase or sell designated financial instruments, at a future date, for a specified price and may be settled in cash or through delivery of the underlying instrument. Futures contracts trade on organized exchanges. Margin requirements for futures are met by pledging securities or cash, and changes in the futures’ contract values are settled daily in cash.
Option contracts grant the purchaser, for a premium payment, the right to either purchase from or sell to the issuer a financial instrument at a specified price, within a specified period or on a stated date.
Foreign currency swaps exchange an initial principal amount in two currencies, agreeing to re-exchange the currencies at a future date, at an agreed upon exchange rate. There may also be a periodic exchange of payments at specified intervals calculated using the agreed upon rates and exchanged principal amounts.
Derivative activities are monitored and evaluated by the Company’s risk management team and reviewed by senior management. In addition, the internal compliance unit monitors counterparty credit exposure on a monthly basis to ensure compliance with Company policies and statutory limitations. The notional amounts of derivative contracts represent the basis upon which pay or receive amounts are calculated and are not reflective of credit risk. Notional amounts pertaining to derivative instruments used in the management of market risk, excluding the credit derivatives as discussed in the “Investment Credit Risk” section, at December 31, 2008 and 2007, were $106.6 billion and $101.0 billion, respectively. The increase in the derivative notional amount during 2008 was primarily due to the derivatives associated with the GMWB product feature. For further information, see Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. For further discussion on credit derivatives, see the “Investment Credit Risk” section.
The following discussions focus on the key market risk exposures within Life and Property & Casualty portfolios.
Life
Life is responsible for maximizing economic value within acceptable risk parameters, including the management of the interest rate sensitivity of invested assets, while generating sufficient after-tax income to support policyholder and corporate obligations. Life’s fixed maturity portfolios and certain investment contracts and insurance product liabilities have material market exposure to interest rate risk. In addition, Life’s operations are significantly influenced by changes in the equity markets. Life’s profitability depends largely on the amount of assets under management, which is primarily driven by the level of sales, equity market appreciation and depreciation and the persistency of the in-force block of business. Life’s foreign currency exposure is primarily related to non-U.S. dollar denominated fixed income securities, non-U.S. dollar denominated liability contracts, the investment in and net income of the Japanese and U.K. Life operations and certain foreign currency based individual fixed annuity contracts, and its GMDB, GMAB, GMWB, and GMIB benefits associated with its Japanese and U.K. variable annuities.
Interest Rate Risk
Life’s exposure to interest rate risk relates to the market price and/or cash flow variability associated with changes in market interest rates. As stated above, changes in interest rates can potentially impact Life’s profitability. In certain scenarios where interest rates are volatile, Life could be exposed to disintermediation risk and a reduction in net interest rate spread or profit margins. The investments and liabilities primarily associated with interest rate risk are included in the following discussion. Certain product liabilities, including those containing GMWB, GMIB, GMAB, or GMDB, expose the Company to interest rate risk but also have significant equity risk. These liabilities are discussed as part of the Equity Risk section below.

 

179


Table of Contents

Fixed Maturity Investments
Life’s investment portfolios primarily consist of investment grade fixed maturity securities, including corporate bonds, ABS, CMBS, tax-exempt municipal securities and government bonds. The fair value of Life’s fixed maturities was $45.2 billion and $52.5 billion at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The fair value of Life’s fixed maturities and other invested assets fluctuates depending on the interest rate environment and other general economic conditions. The weighted average duration of the fixed maturity portfolio was approximately 5.3 and 4.6 years as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
Liabilities
Life’s investment contracts and certain insurance product liabilities, other than non-guaranteed separate accounts, include asset accumulation vehicles such as fixed annuities, guaranteed investment contracts, other investment and universal life-type contracts and certain insurance products such as long-term disability.
Asset accumulation vehicles primarily require a fixed rate payment, often for a specified period of time. Product examples include fixed rate annuities with a market value adjustment feature and fixed rate guaranteed investment contracts. The duration of these contracts generally range from less than one year to ten years. In addition, certain products such as universal life contracts and the general account portion of Life’s variable annuity products, credit interest to policyholders subject to market conditions and minimum interest rate guarantees. The duration of these products is short-term to intermediate-term.
While interest rate risk associated with many of these products has been reduced through the use of market value adjustment features and surrender charges, the primary risk associated with these products is that the spread between investment return and credited rate may not be sufficient to earn targeted returns.
The Company also manages the risk of certain insurance liabilities similar to how it manages the risk associated with investment type products due to the relative predictability of the aggregate cash flow payment streams. Products in this category may contain significant actuarial (including mortality and morbidity) pricing and cash flow risks. Product examples include structured settlement contracts, on-benefit annuities (i.e., the annuitant is currently receiving benefits thereon) and short-term and long-term disability contracts. The cash outflows associated with these policy liabilities are not interest rate sensitive but do vary based on the timing and amount of benefit payments. The primary risks associated with these products are that the benefits will exceed expected actuarial pricing and/or that the actual timing of the cash flows will differ from those anticipated, resulting in an investment return lower than that assumed in pricing. Average contract duration can range from less than one year to typically up to fifteen years.
Derivatives
Life utilizes a variety of derivative instruments to mitigate interest rate risk. Interest rate swaps are primarily used to convert interest receipts or payments to a fixed or variable rate. The use of such swaps enables the Company to customize contract terms and conditions to customer objectives and satisfies the operation’s asset/liability duration matching policy. Occasionally, swaps are also used to hedge the variability in the cash flow of a forecasted purchase or sale due to changes in interest rates.
Interest rate caps and floors, swaptions and option contracts are primarily used to hedge against the risk of liability contract holder disintermediation in a rising interest rate environment, and to offset the changes in fair value of corresponding derivatives embedded in certain of the Company’s fixed maturity investments. Interest rate caps are also used to manage the duration risk in certain portfolios.
At December 31, 2008 and 2007, notional amounts pertaining to derivatives utilized to manage interest rate risk totaled $17.0 billion and $16.8 billion, respectively ($15.0 billion and $13.1 billion, respectively, related to investments and $1.9 billion and $3.7 billion, respectively, related to life liabilities). The fair value of these derivatives was $435 and $45 as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
Calculated Interest Rate Sensitivity
The after-tax change in the net economic value of investment contracts (e.g., guaranteed investment contracts) and certain insurance product liabilities (e.g., short-term and long-term disability contracts), for which the payment rates are fixed at contract issuance and the investment experience is substantially absorbed by Life, are included in the following table along with the corresponding invested assets. Also included in this analysis are the interest rate sensitive derivatives used by Life to hedge its exposure to interest rate risk. Certain financial instruments, such as limited partnerships, have been omitted from the analysis due to the fact that the investments are accounted for under the equity method and generally lack sensitivity to interest rate changes. Separate account assets and liabilities and equity securities held for trading and the corresponding liabilities associated with the variable annuity products sold in Japan are excluded from the analysis because gains and losses in separate accounts accrue to policyholders. The calculation of the estimated hypothetical change in net economic value below assumes a 100 basis point upward and downward parallel shift in the yield curve.
                                 
    Change in Net Economic Value As of December 31,  
    2008     2007  
Basis point shift   - 100     + 100     - 100     + 100  
Amount
  $ (173 )   $ 114     $ (160 )   $ 60  

 

180


Table of Contents

The fixed liabilities included above represented approximately 63% and 45% of Life’s general account liabilities as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The assets supporting the fixed liabilities are monitored and managed within rigorous duration guidelines, and are evaluated on a monthly basis as well as annually using scenario simulation techniques in compliance with regulatory requirements.
The after-tax change in fair value of the invested asset portfolios that support certain universal life-type contracts and other insurance contracts are shown in the following table. The cash flows associated with these liabilities are less predictable than fixed liabilities. The Company identifies the most appropriate investment strategy based upon the expected policyholder behavior and liability crediting needs. The calculation of the estimated hypothetical change in fair value below assumes a 100 basis point upward and downward parallel shift in the yield curve.
                                 
    Change in Fair Value As of December 31,  
    2008     2007  
Basis point shift   - 100     + 100     - 100     + 100  
Amount
  $ 479     $ (455 )   $ 375     $ (364 )
The selection of the 100 basis point parallel shift in the yield curve was made only as an illustration of the potential hypothetical impact of such an event and should not be construed as a prediction of future market events. Actual results could differ materially from those illustrated above due to the nature of the estimates and assumptions used in the above analysis. The Company’s sensitivity analysis calculation assumes that the composition of invested assets and liabilities remain materially consistent throughout the year and that the current relationship between short-term and long-term interest rates will remain constant over time. As a result, these calculations may not fully capture the impact of portfolio re-allocations, significant product sales or non-parallel changes in interest rates.
Life’s Equity Product Risk
The Company’s Life operations are significantly influenced by changes in the U.S., Japanese, and other global equity markets. Appreciation or depreciation in equity markets impacts certain assets and liabilities related to the Company’s variable products and the Company’s earnings derived from those products. The Company’s variable products include variable annuities, mutual funds, and variable life insurance sold to retail and institutional customers. These variable products may include product guarantees such as guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits (GMWB), guaranteed minimum accumulation benefits (GMAB), guaranteed minimum death benefits (GMDB), and guaranteed minimum income benefits (GMIB).

Substantially all of the Company’s variable annuity contracts contain a GMDB and a portion of those contracts also contain one or more living benefits. The Company’s maximum exposure disclosed below for death and living benefits are calculated independently, however, these exposures are substantially overlapping.

Generally, declines in equity markets, such as those experienced in 2008, will and did in 2008:
 
reduce the value of assets under management and the amount of fee income generated from those assets;
 
 
reduce the value of equity securities, held for trading, for international variable annuities, the related policyholder funds and benefits payable, and the amount of fee income generated from those annuities;
 
 
increase the liability for GMWB and GMAB benefits resulting in realized capital losses;
 
 
increase the value of derivative assets used to hedge product guarantees resulting in realized capital gains;
 
 
increase the Company’s net amount at risk for GMDB and GMIB benefits; and
 
 
decrease the Company’s actual gross profits, resulting in a negative true-up to current period DAC amortization.
 
 
increase the amount of required statutory capital necessary to maintain targeted risk based capital (RBC) ratios.
A prolonged or precipitous equity market decline may:
 
turn customer sentiment toward equity-linked products negative, causing a decline in sales;
 
 
cause a significant decrease in the range of reasonable estimates of future gross profits used in the Company’s quantitative assessment of its modeled estimates of gross profits. If, in a given financial statement period, the modeled estimates of gross profits are determined to be unreasonable, the Company will accelerate the amount of DAC amortization in that period. Particularly in the case of variable annuities, an acceleration of DAC amortization could potentially cause a material adverse deviation in that period’s earnings, but it would not affect the Company’s cash flow or liquidity position. See Life Estimated Gross Profits Used in the Valuation and Amortization of Assets and Liabilities Associated with Variable Annuity and Other Universal Life-Type Contracts within Critical Accounting Estimates for further information on DAC and related equity market sensitivities. During 2008, the Company recorded an unlock charge of $932.
 
 
increase costs under the Company’s hedging program.

 

181


Table of Contents

Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefits and Guaranteed Minimum Accumulation Benefits
The majority of the Company’s U.S. and U.K. variable annuities are sold with a GMWB living benefit rider or a GMAB living benefit rider, which are accounted for under SFAS 133. Declines in the equity market may increase the Company’s exposure to benefits, under the GMWB and GMAB contracts, leading to an increase in the Company’s existing liability for those benefits.
For example, a GMWB and/or GMAB contract is ‘in the money’ if the contract holder’s guaranteed remaining benefit (GRB) becomes greater than the account value. As of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, 88% and 19%, respectively, of all unreinsured U.S. GMWB ‘in-force’ contracts were ‘in the money’. For U.S. and U.K. GMWB contracts that were ‘in the money’ the Company’s exposure to the GRB, after reinsurance, as of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, was $7.7 billion and $146, respectively. For GMAB contracts that were ‘in the money’ the Company’s exposure, as of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, was $15 and $38, respectively.
However, the only ways the GMWB contract holder can monetize the excess of the GRB over the account value of the contract is upon death or if their account value is reduced to a contractually specified minimum level, through a combination of a series of withdrawals that do not exceed a specific percentage of the premiums paid per year and market declines. If the account value is reduced to the contractually specified minimum level, the contract holder will receive an annuity equal to the remaining GRB and, for the Company’s “life-time” GMWB products, the annuity can continue beyond the GRB. As the amount of the excess of the GRB over the account value can fluctuate with equity market returns on a daily basis, and the ultimate life-time GMWB payments can exceed the GRB, the ultimate amount to be paid by the Company, if any, is uncertain and could be significantly more or less than $7.7 billion.
For GMAB benefits, the only ways the contract holder can monetize the excess of the GRB over the account value of the contract is upon death or by waiting until the end of the contractual deferral period of 10 years. As the amount of the excess of the GRB over the account value can fluctuate with equity market returns on a daily basis, the ultimate amount to be paid by the Company, if any, is uncertain and could be significantly more or less than $15.
Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefits and Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefits
In the U.S., the Company sells variable annuity contracts that offer various guaranteed death benefits. Declines in the equity market may increase the Company’s exposure to death benefits under these contracts. The Company accounts for these death benefit liabilities under SOP 03-1, Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises for Certain Nontraditional Long-Duration Contracts and for Separate Accounts, and, as such, these liabilities are not carried at fair value under SFAS 157.
The Company’s total gross exposure (i.e., before reinsurance) to U.S. guaranteed death benefits as of December 31, 2008 is $36.3 billion. The Company will incur these guaranteed death benefit payments in the future only if the policyholder has an in-the-money guaranteed death benefit at their time of death. The Company currently reinsures 51% of these death benefit guarantees. Under certain of these reinsurance agreements, the reinsurers’ exposure is subject to an annual cap. The Company’s net exposure (i.e. after reinsurance) is $17.8 billion, as of December 31, 2008. This amount is often referred to as the retained net amount at risk.
In Japan, the Company offers certain variable annuity products with both a guaranteed death benefit and a guaranteed income benefit. Declines in equity markets as well as a strengthening of the Japanese yen in comparison to the U.S. dollar and other currencies may increase the Company’s exposure to these guaranteed benefits. This increased exposure may be significant in extreme market scenarios.
The Company’s total gross exposure (i.e., before reinsurance) to these guaranteed death benefits and income benefits offered in Japan as of December 31, 2008 is $9 billion. However, the Company will incur these guaranteed death or income benefits in the future only if the contract holder has an in-the-money guaranteed benefit at either the time of their death or if the account value is insufficient to fund the guaranteed living benefits. The Company currently reinsures 15% of the death benefit guarantees. Under certain of these reinsurance agreements, the reinsurers’ exposure is subject to an annual cap. For these products, the Company’s retained net amount at risk is $7.8 billion.
Life’s Product Guarantee Accounting Models
The accounting for living and death benefit guarantees can be significantly different and may influence the form of risk management employed by the Company. Many benefit guarantees meet the definition of an embedded derivative under SFAS 133 (GMWB and GMAB) and are recorded at fair value under SFAS 157, incorporating changes in equity indices and equity index volatility, with changes in fair value recorded in earnings. However, for other benefit guarantees, certain contract features that define how the contract holder can access the value and substance of the guaranteed benefit change the accounting from SFAS 133 to SOP 03-1. For contracts where the contract holder can only obtain the value of the guaranteed benefit upon the occurrence of an insurable event such as death (GMDB) or when the benefit received is in substance a long-term financing (GMIB), the accounting for the benefit is prescribed by SOP 03-1.
As a result of these significant accounting differences, the liability for guarantees recorded under SOP 03-1 may be significantly different than if it was recorded under SFAS 133 and vice versa. In addition, the conditions in the capital markets in Japan versus those in the U.S. are sufficiently different that if the Company’s GMWB product currently offered in the U.S. were offered in Japan, the capital market conditions in Japan would have a significant impact on the valuation of the GMWB, irrespective of the accounting model. The same would hold true if the Company’s GMIB product currently offered in Japan were to be offered in the U.S. Capital market conditions in the U.S. would have a significant impact on the valuation of the GMIB.

 

182


Table of Contents

Life’s Equity Product Risk Management
The Company has made considerable investment in analyzing current and potential future market risk exposures arising from a number of factors, including but not limited to, product guarantees (GMDB, GMWB, GMAB, and GMIB), equity market and interest rate risks (in both the U.S. and Japan), and foreign currency exchange rates. The Company evaluates these risks individually and, increasingly, in the aggregate to determine the risk profiles of all of its products and to judge their potential impacts on financial metrics including U.S. GAAP earnings and statutory surplus. The Company manages the equity market, interest rate and foreign currency exchange risks embedded in these product guarantees through product design, reinsurance, customized derivatives, and dynamic hedging and macro hedging programs.
In consideration of current market conditions, the Company’s risk management program for the variable annuity market will include redesigned product features which serve to lessen the financial risk of the product guarantees and increased rider fees charged for the product guarantees. Depending upon competitors’ reactions with respect to product suites and related rider charges, the Company’s strategies of reducing product risk and increasing fees may cause a decline in market share.
Reinsurance
The Company uses reinsurance to manage the risk exposure for a portion of contracts issued with GMWB riders prior to the third quarter of 2003 and, in addition, in 2008, the Company entered into a reinsurance agreement to reinsure GMWB risks associated with a block of business sold between the third quarter of 2003 and the second quarter of 2006. The Company’s GMWB reinsurance is accounted for as a freestanding derivative and is reported at fair value under SFAS 157.
The Company also uses reinsurance to manage the risk exposure for a majority of the death benefit riders issued in the U.S. and a portion of the death benefit riders issued in Japan.
Derivative Hedging Programs
The Company maintains derivative hedging programs for its product guarantee risk to meet multiple, and in some cases, competing risk management objectives, including providing protection against tail scenario equity market events, providing resources to pay product guarantee claims, and minimizing U.S. GAAP earnings volatility, statutory surplus volatility and other economic metrics. For reinsurance and derivatives, the Company retains credit risk associated with the third parties. Refer to preceding section “Credit Risk” for the Company’s discussion of credit risk.
The Company is continually exploring new ways and new markets to manage or layoff the capital markets and policyholder behavior risks associated with its U.S. GMWB living benefits. During 2007 and 2008, the Company entered into customized derivative contracts to hedge certain capital market risk components for the remaining term of specific blocks of non-reinsured U.S. GMWB riders. These customized derivative contracts provide protection from capital markets risks based on policyholder behavior assumptions specified by the Company at the inception of the derivative transactions. The Company retains the risk for actual policyholder behavior that is different from assumptions within the customized derivatives.
The Company’s dynamic hedging program uses derivative instruments to manage the U.S. GAAP earnings volatility associated with variable annuity product guarantees including equity market declines, equity implied volatility, declines in interest rates and foreign currency exchange risk. The Company uses hedging instruments including interest rate futures and swaps, variance swaps, S&P 500, NASDAQ and EAFE index put options and futures contracts. The dynamic hedging program involves a detailed monitoring of policyholder behavior and capital markets conditions on a daily basis and rebalancing of the hedge position as needed depending upon the risk strategy employed. While the Company actively manages this dynamic hedging program, increased U.S. GAAP earnings volatility may result from factors including, but not limited to, policyholder behavior, capital markets dislocation or discontinuity, divergence between the performance of the underlying funds and the hedging indices, and the relative emphasis placed on various risk management objectives.
The Company’s macro hedge program uses derivative instruments to partially hedge the statutory tail scenario risk associated primarily with its U.S. and Japan living and death benefit statutory reserves, providing an additional measure of protection, under tail scenarios, on statutory surplus and the associated RBC ratios. A consequence of the macro hedge program will be additional cost and volatility, under non-tail scenarios, as the macro hedge is intended to partially hedge certain equity-market sensitive liabilities calculated under statutory accounting (see Capital Resources and Liquidity) and changes in the value of the derivatives may not be closely aligned to changes in liabilities determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP, causing volatility in U.S. GAAP earnings.
In the fourth quarter of 2008, the global economy experienced severe weakening resulting from the dramatic decline in the equity markets, increasing equity index implied volatility, widening of credit spreads, significant declines in interest rates, and volatility in foreign currency exchanges rates. These significant and precipitous economic events increased, to varying degrees, the Company’s exposure to death and living benefit guarantees, the statutory product guarantee liabilities, and the level of statutory surplus required to maintain the Company’s RBC ratios.

 

183


Table of Contents

In response to these severe economic drivers, the Company initiated a redesign of the variable annuity product suite strategy designed to lessen the financial risk of variable annuity product guarantees and increase the rider fees on new sales and on in-force, as contractually permitted. The Company will continue to hedge the risk of the product guarantees with a greater relative emphasis on protection of statutory surplus. This rebalancing of the hedging program affords an additional measure of protection to improve the Company’s capital efficiency in managing tail risk for statutory surplus during periods of declines in the equity markets. This shift in relative emphasis will likely result in greater U.S. GAAP earnings volatility.
In the fourth quarter of 2008, the rebalancing of variable annuity hedging programs resulted in the sale of certain derivative positions, a portion of which proceeds were used to purchase other derivatives for the protection of statutory surplus and the associated target RBC ratios. The Company entered into hedge positions on the S&P 500 index to economically hedge statutory reserves and to provide protection of statutory surplus arising primarily from GMDB and GMWB obligations. Refer to Note 5 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on hedging derivatives.
The following table summarizes the Company‘s U.S. GMWB account value by type of risk management strategy as of December 31, 2008:
                     
        GMWB        
        Account     % of GMWB  
Risk Management Strategy   Duration   Value     Account Value  
Entire GMWB risk reinsured with a third party
  Life of the product   $ 10,225       27 %
 
               
Capital markets risk transferred to a third
  Designed to cover the                
party — behavior risk retained by the
  effective life of the                
Company
  product     10,464       27 %
 
               
Dynamic hedging of capital markets risk using various derivative instruments [1]
  Weighted average of 5 years     17,628       46 %
 
               
 
      $ 38,317       100 %
 
               
     
[1]  
During the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company maintained a reduced level of dynamic hedge protection on U.S. GAAP earnings while placing a greater relative emphasis on the protection of statutory surplus. This shift in emphasis includes the macro hedge program.
Equity Risk Impact on Statutory Capital and Risked Based Capital
See Capital Resources and Liquidity, Ratings for information on the equity risk impact on statutory results.
Foreign Currency Exchange Risk
Life’s exposure to foreign currency exchange risk exists with respect to non-U.S. dollar denominated investments, Life’s investment in foreign operations, primarily in Japan and the U.K., and non-U.S. dollar denominated liability contracts, including the yen based individual fixed annuity product and its GMDB, GMAB, GMWB, and GMIB benefits associated with its Japanese and U.K. variable annuities. A significant portion of the Company’s foreign fixed maturity currency exposure is mitigated through the use of derivatives.

 

184


Table of Contents

Fixed Maturity Investments
The risk associated with the non-U.S. dollar denominated fixed maturities relates to potential decreases in value and income resulting from unfavorable changes in foreign exchange rates. The fair value of the non-U.S. dollar denominated fixed maturities, which are primarily denominated in euro, sterling, yen and Canadian dollars, at December 31, 2008 and 2007, were approximately $3.0 billion and $1.6 billion, respectively. In order to manage its currency exposures, Life enters into foreign currency swaps and forwards to hedge the variability in cash flows associated with certain foreign denominated fixed maturities. These foreign currency swap and forward agreements are structured to match the foreign currency cash flows of the hedged foreign denominated securities. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the derivatives used to hedge currency exchange risk related to non-U.S. dollar denominated fixed maturities had a total notional amount of $1.3 billion and $1.5 billion, respectively, and total fair value of $19 and $(296), respectively.
Liabilities
Life issues non-U.S. dollar denominated funding agreement liability contracts. The Company hedges the foreign currency risk associated with these liability contracts with currency rate swaps. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the derivatives used to hedge foreign currency exchange risk related to foreign denominated liability contracts had a total notional amount of $792 and $790, respectively, and a total fair value of $(76) and $32, respectively.
The Company enters into foreign currency forward and option contracts that convert euros to yen in order to economically hedge the foreign currency risk associated with certain Japanese variable annuity products. As of December 31, 2008, the derivatives used to hedge foreign currency risk associated with Japanese variable annuity products had a total notional amount of $259 and a total fair value of $35. As of December 31, 2007, there were no derivative positions held as part of this strategy.
The yen based fixed annuity product is written by Hartford Life Insurance K.K. (“HLIKK”), a wholly-owned Japanese subsidiary of Hartford Life, Inc. (“HLI”), and subsequently reinsured to Hartford Life Insurance Company, a U.S. dollar based wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of HLI. The underlying investment involves investing in U.S. securities markets, which offer favorable credit spreads. The yen denominated fixed annuity product (“yen fixed annuities”) is recorded in the consolidated balance sheets with invested assets denominated in dollars while policyholder liabilities are denominated in yen and converted to U.S. dollars based upon the December 31, yen to U.S. dollar spot rate. The difference between U.S. dollar denominated investments and yen denominated liabilities exposes the Company to currency risk. The Company manages this currency risk associated with the yen fixed annuities primarily with pay variable U.S. dollar and receive fixed yen currency swaps. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the notional value and fair value of the currency swaps were $2.3 billion and $1.8 billion, respectively, and $383 and $(115), respectively. Although economically an effective hedge, a divergence between the yen denominated fixed annuity product liability and the currency swaps exists primarily due to the difference in the basis of accounting between the liability and the derivative instruments (i.e. historical cost versus fair value). The yen denominated fixed annuity product liabilities are recorded on a historical cost basis and are only adjusted for changes in foreign spot rates and accrued income. The currency swaps are recorded at fair value, incorporating changes in value due to changes in forward foreign exchange rates, interest rates and accrued income. An after-tax net gain of $42 and $12 for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, which includes the changes in value of the currency swaps, excluding net periodic coupon settlements, and the yen fixed annuity contract remeasurement, was recorded in net realized capital gains and losses.
Based on the fair values of Life’s non-U.S. dollar denominated investments and derivative instruments (including its yen based individual fixed annuity product) as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, management estimates that a 10% unfavorable change in exchange rates would decrease the fair values by an after-tax total of $111 and $1, respectively. The estimated impact was based upon a 10% change in December 31 spot rates. The selection of the 10% unfavorable change was made only for illustration of the potential hypothetical impact of such an event and should not be construed as a prediction of future market events. Actual results could differ materially from those illustrated above due to the nature of the estimates and assumptions used in the above analysis.

 

185


Table of Contents

Property & Casualty
Property & Casualty attempts to maximize economic value while generating appropriate after-tax income and sufficient liquidity to meet policyholder and corporate obligations. Property & Casualty’s investment portfolio has material exposure to interest rates. The Company continually monitors these exposures and makes portfolio adjustments to manage these risks within established limits.
Interest Rate Risk
The primary exposure to interest rate risk in Property & Casualty relates to its fixed maturity securities, including corporate bonds, ABS, municipal bonds, CMBS and government bonds. The fair value of these investments was $19.8 billion and $27.2 billion at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The fair value of these and Property & Casualty’s other invested assets fluctuates depending on the interest rate environment and other general economic conditions. A variety of derivative instruments, primarily swaps, are used to manage interest rate risk and had a total notional amount as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 of $2.3 billion and $1.8 billion, respectively, and fair value of $23 and $(15), respectively.
One of the measures Property & Casualty uses to quantify its exposure to interest rate risk inherent in its invested assets is duration. The weighted average duration of the fixed maturity portfolio was 4.9 years as of December 31, 2008 and 2007.
Calculated Interest Rate Sensitivity
The following table provides an analysis showing the estimated after-tax change in the fair value of Property & Casualty’s fixed maturity investments and related derivatives, assuming 100 basis point upward and downward parallel shifts in the yield curve as of December 31, 2008 and 2007. Certain financial instruments, such as limited partnerships, have been omitted from the analysis due to the fact that the investments are accounted for under the equity method and generally lack sensitivity to interest rate changes.
                                 
    Change in Fair Value As of December 31,  
    2008     2007  
Basis point shift   - 100     + 100     - 100     + 100  
Amount
  $ 718     $ (695 )   $ 925     $ (894 )
The selection of the 100 basis point parallel shift in the yield curve was made only as an illustration of the potential hypothetical impact of such an event and should not be construed as a prediction of future market events. Actual results could differ materially from those illustrated above due to the nature of the estimates and assumptions used in the above analysis. The Company’s sensitivity analysis calculation assumes that the composition of invested assets remains materially consistent throughout the year and that the current relationship between short-term and long-term interest rates will remain constant over time. As a result, these calculations may not fully capture the impact of portfolio re-allocations or non-parallel changes in interest rates.
Foreign Currency Exchange Risk
Foreign currency exchange risk exists with respect to investments in non-U.S. dollar denominated fixed maturities, primarily euro, sterling and Canadian dollar denominated securities. The risk associated with these securities relates to potential decreases in value resulting from unfavorable changes in foreign exchange rates. The fair value of these fixed maturity securities at December 31, 2008 and 2007 was $864 and $972, respectively.
In order to manage its currency exposures, Property & Casualty enters into foreign currency swaps and forward contracts to hedge the variability in cash flow associated with certain foreign denominated securities. These foreign currency swap and forward agreements are structured to match the foreign currency cash flows of the hedged foreign denominated securities. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the derivatives used to hedge currency exchange risk had a total notional value of $775 and $428, respectively, and total fair value of $13 and ($43), respectively.
Based on the fair values of Property & Casualty’s non-U.S. dollar denominated securities and derivative instruments as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, management estimates that a 10% unfavorable change in exchange rates would decrease the fair values by an after-tax total of approximately $42 and $37, respectively. The estimated impact was based upon a 10% change in December 31 spot rates. The selection of the 10% unfavorable change was made only for illustration of the potential hypothetical impact of such an event and should not be construed as a prediction of future market events. Actual results could differ materially from those illustrated above due to the nature of the estimates and assumptions used in the above analysis.

 

186


Table of Contents

CAPITAL RESOURCES AND LIQUIDITY
Capital resources and liquidity represent the overall financial strength of The Hartford and its ability to generate strong cash flows from each of the business segments, borrow funds at competitive rates and raise new capital to meet operating and growth needs.
Liquidity Requirements
The liquidity requirements of The Hartford have been and will continue to be met by funds from operations as well as the issuance of commercial paper, common stock, debt or other capital securities and borrowings from its contingent capital facility and credit facilities. Current and expected patterns of claim frequency and severity may change from period to period but continue to be within historical norms and, therefore, the Company’s current liquidity position is considered to be sufficient to meet anticipated demands over the next twelve months. However, if an unanticipated demand were placed on the Company it is likely that the Company would either sell certain of its investments to fund claims which could result in larger than usual realized capital gains and losses, would enter the capital markets to raise further funds to provide the requisite liquidity or take other actions. For a discussion and tabular presentation of the Company’s current contractual obligations by period including those related to its Life and Property & Casualty insurance operations refer to the Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations section below. Also see Item 1A, Risk Factors.
Sources of Capital
The Hartford endeavors to maintain a capital structure that provides financial and operational flexibility to its insurance subsidiaries, ratings that support its competitive position in the financial services marketplace (see the “Ratings” section below for further discussion), and strong shareholder returns. As a result, the Company may from time to time raise capital from the issuance of stock, debt or other capital securities and is continuously evaluating strategic opportunities. The issuance of common stock, debt or other capital securities could result in the dilution of shareholder interests or reduced net income due to additional interest expense.
The principal sources of operating funds are premiums and investment income, while investing cash flows originate from maturities and sales of invested assets. The primary uses of funds are to pay claims, policy benefits, operating expenses and commissions and to purchase new investments. In addition, The Hartford holds a significant short-term investment position to meet liquidity needs. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, HFSG held total fixed maturity investments of $1.6 billion and $457, respectively, of which $1.5 billion and $154 were short-term investments, respectively. The funds are intended to be used for general corporate purposes, which may include the capital and liquidity needs of our operations. For a discussion of the Company’s investment objectives and strategies, see the Investments and Capital Markets Risk Management sections.
As of December 31, 2008, the Company’s key sources of liquidity included $11.8 billion of cash and short-term investments (which includes securities with maturities of one year or less at the time of purchase), of which $3.4 billion was collateral received from, and held on behalf of, derivative counterparties and $341 was collateral pledged to derivative counterparties. The Company also held $6.0 billion of treasury securities, of which $402 had been pledged to derivative counterparties.
On November 14, 2008, the Company announced that it applied to participate in the U.S. Treasury Department’s Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”). In conjunction with this application, the Company also applied to the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”) to become a savings and loan holding company and signed a merger agreement to acquire the parent company of Federal Trust Bank (“FTB”), a federally chartered, FDIC-insured savings bank. Federal Trust Bank is owned by Federal Trust Corporation, a unitary thrift holding company headquartered in Sanford, Florida. The completion of this acquisition will satisfy a key eligibility requirement for participation in the CPP. On January 9, 2009, the Office of Thrift Supervision approved the Company’s application to become a savings and loan holding company and on January 26, 2009, Federal Trust Corporation’s shareholders approved the acquisition. The Company’s purchase of Federal Trust Corporation remains contingent on the U.S. Treasury’s approval of the Company’s participation in the CPP. The Company estimates that, if approved for participation in the CPP, it would be eligible for a capital purchase of between $1.1 billion and $3.4 billion under existing Treasury guidelines. The final amount of capital requested will be determined following approval by Treasury. Because the Company’s application to participate in the CPP is subject to approval by the U.S. Treasury, there can be no assurance that the Company will participate in the CPP or that it will not need to pursue alternate sources of capital. In addition, if we consummate the acquisition of FTB, we have agreed with OTS to contribute approximately $100 to the capital of FTB and to serve as a source of strength to FTB, which could require the contribution of additional capital to FTB in the future.

 

187


Table of Contents

HFSG and HLI are holding companies which rely upon operating cash flow in the form of dividends from their subsidiaries, which enable them to service debt, pay dividends, and pay certain business expenses. Dividends to the Company from its insurance subsidiaries are restricted. The payment of dividends by Connecticut-domiciled insurers is limited under the insurance holding company laws of Connecticut. These laws require notice to and approval by the state insurance commissioner for the declaration or payment of any dividend, which, together with other dividends or distributions made within the preceding twelve months, exceeds the greater of (i) 10% of the insurer’s policyholder surplus as of December 31 of the preceding year or (ii) net income (or net gain from operations, if such company is a life insurance company) for the twelve-month period ending on the thirty-first day of December last preceding, in each case determined under statutory insurance accounting principles. In addition, if any dividend of a Connecticut-domiciled insurer exceeds the insurer’s earned surplus, it requires the prior approval of the Connecticut Insurance Commissioner. The insurance holding company laws of the other jurisdictions in which The Hartford’s insurance subsidiaries are incorporated (or deemed commercially domiciled) generally contain similar (although in certain instances somewhat more restrictive) limitations on the payment of dividends. It is estimated that the Company’s property-casualty insurance subsidiaries will be permitted to pay up to a maximum of approximately $1.2 billion in dividends to HFSG in 2009 without prior approval from the applicable insurance commissioner. Through at least October 30, 2009, substantially all dividend payments from the Company’s property-casualty insurance subsidiaries will be subject to prior approval of the Connecticut Insurance Commissioner due to extraordinary dividend limitations under the insurance holding company laws of Connecticut. With respect to dividends to HLI, it is estimated that the Company’s life insurance subsidiaries’ non-extraordinary dividend limitation under the insurance holding company laws of Connecticut is approximately $631 in 2009. However, because the life insurance subsidiaries’ earned surplus is only approximately $597 as of December 31, 2008, the Company’s life insurance subsidiaries will be permitted to pay dividends up to this amount to HLI in 2009 without prior approval from the applicable insurance commissioner. In 2008, HFSG and HLI received a combined total of $2.8 billion from their insurance subsidiaries.
In June 2008, The Hartford’s Board of Directors authorized an incremental $1 billion stock repurchase program which was in addition to the previously announced $2 billion program. The Company’s repurchase authorization permits purchases of common stock, which may be in the open market or through privately negotiated transactions. The Company also may enter into derivative transactions to facilitate future repurchases of common stock. The timing of any future repurchases will be dependent upon several factors, including the market price of the Company’s securities, the Company’s capital position, consideration of the effect of any repurchases on the Company’s financial strength or credit ratings, the Company’s potential participation in the CPP, and other corporate considerations. The repurchase program may be modified, extended or terminated by the Board of Directors at any time. As of December 31, 2008, The Hartford has completed the $2 billion stock repurchase program and has $807 remaining for stock repurchase under the $1 billion repurchase program. For further discussion of common stock acquired in 2008, refer to the Stockholders’ Equity section below.
Shelf Registrations
On April 11, 2007, The Hartford filed an automatic shelf registration statement (Registration No. 333-142044) for the potential offering and sale of debt and equity securities with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The registration statement allows for the following types of securities to be offered: (i) debt securities, preferred stock, common stock, depositary shares, warrants, stock purchase contracts, stock purchase units and junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures of the Company, and (ii) preferred securities of any of one or more capital trusts organized by The Hartford (“The Hartford Trusts”). The Company may enter into guarantees with respect to the preferred securities of any of The Hartford Trusts. In that The Hartford is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, the registration statement went effective immediately upon filing and The Hartford may offer and sell an unlimited amount of securities under the registration statement during the three-year life of the shelf.
Contingent Capital Facility
On February 12, 2007, The Hartford entered into a put option agreement (the “Put Option Agreement”) with Glen Meadow ABC Trust, a Delaware statutory trust (the “ABC Trust”), and LaSalle Bank National Association, as put option calculation agent. The Put Option Agreement provides The Hartford with the right to require the ABC Trust, at any time and from time to time, to purchase The Hartford’s junior subordinated notes (the “Notes”) in a maximum aggregate principal amount not to exceed $500. Under the Put Option Agreement, The Hartford will pay the ABC Trust premiums on a periodic basis, calculated with respect to the aggregate principal amount of Notes that The Hartford had the right to put to the ABC Trust for such period. The Hartford has agreed to reimburse the ABC Trust for certain fees and ordinary expenses. The Company holds a variable interest in the ABC Trust where the Company is not the primary beneficiary. As a result, the Company did not consolidate the ABC Trust, as they did not meet the consolidation requirements under FASB Interpretation No. 46 (revised December 2003), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an interpretation of ARB No. 51” (“FIN 46(R)”).

 

188


Table of Contents

Commercial Paper, Revolving Credit Facility and Line of Credit
The table below details the Company’s short-term debt programs and the applicable balances outstanding.
                                                 
                    Maximum Available As of     Outstanding As of  
    Effective     Expiration     December 31,     December 31,  
Description   Date     Date     2008     2007     2008     2007  
Commercial Paper
                                               
The Hartford
    11/10/86       N/A     $ 2,000     $ 2,000     $ 374     $ 373  
Revolving Credit Facility
                                               
5-year revolving credit facility
    8/9/07       8/9/12       1,900       2,000              
Line of Credit
                                               
Life Japan Operations [1]
    9/18/02       1/4/10       55       45              
 
                                   
Total Commercial Paper, Revolving Credit Facility and Line of Credit
                  $ 3,955     $ 4,045     $ 374     $ 373  
 
                                       
     
[1]  
As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company’s Japanese operation line of credit in yen was ¥5 billion.
The revolving credit facility provides for up to $1.9 billion of unsecured credit, which excludes a $100 commitment from an affiliate of Lehman Brothers. Of the total availability under the revolving credit facility, up to $100 is available to support letters of credit issued on behalf of The Hartford or other subsidiaries of The Hartford. Under the revolving credit facility, the Company must maintain a minimum level of consolidated net worth. In addition, the Company must not exceed a maximum ratio of debt to capitalization. Quarterly, the Company certifies compliance with the financial covenants for the syndicate of participating financial institutions. As of December 31, 2008, the Company was in compliance with all such covenants.
The Federal Reserve Board authorized the Commercial Paper Funding Facility (“CPFF”) on October 7, 2008 under Section 13(3) of the Federal Reserve Act to provide a liquidity backstop to U.S. issuers of commercial paper. The CPFF is intended to improve liquidity in short-term funding markets by increasing the availability of term commercial paper funding to issuers and by providing greater assurance to both issuers and investors that firms will be able to roll over their maturing commercial paper.
The Company registered with the CPFF in order to sell up to a maximum of $375 to the facility of which it has issued the full amount as of December 31, 2008. The Company’s commercial paper must be rated A-1/P-1/F1 by at least two ratings agencies to be eligible for the program. Moody’s, S&P and Fitch all recently downgraded our commercial paper rating, rendering the Company ineligible to sell additional commercial paper under the CPFF program going forward. As a result, we will be required to pay the maturing commercial paper issued under the CPFF program from existing sources of liquidity.
While The Hartford’s maximum borrowings available under its commercial paper program are $2.0 billion, which includes the $375 from the CPFF, the Company is dependent upon market conditions, including recent market conditions, to finance the remaining available commercial paper with investors.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations
The Company does not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that are reasonably likely to have a material effect on the financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, or capital resources of the Company, except for the contingent capital facility described above and the following:
 
The Company has unfunded commitments to purchase investments in limited partnerships, mortgage and construction loans of about $1.1 billion as disclosed in Note 12 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
 
Warrants issued to Allianz to purchase 34,806,452 shares of the Company’s common stock, classified at issuance in equity at a fair value of $276. See Note 21 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

189


Table of Contents

The following table identifies the Company’s aggregate contractual obligations as of December 31, 2008:
                                         
    Payments due by period  
            Less than     1-3     3-5     More than  
    Total     1 year     years     years     5 years  
Property and casualty obligations [1]
  $ 22,421     $ 5,940     $ 5,021     $ 2,929     $ 8,531  
Life, annuity and disability obligations [2]
    392,118       27,358       50,147       49,495       265,118  
Operating lease obligations [3]
    498       143       217       102       36  
Capital lease obligations [3]
    100       27       73              
Long-term debt obligations [4]
    20,246       468       1,569       1,161       17,048  
Consumer notes [5]
    1,583       73       285       583       642  
Purchase obligations [6]
    1,917       1,475       377       41       24  
Other long-term liabilities reflected on the balance sheet [7]
    6,571       6,437       83             51  
 
                             
Total [8]
  $ 445,454     $ 41,921     $ 57,772     $ 54,311     $ 291,450  
 
                             
     
[1]  
The following points are significant to understanding the cash flows estimated for obligations under property and casualty contracts:
   
Reserves for Property & Casualty unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses include case reserves for reported claims and reserves for claims incurred but not reported (IBNR). While payments due on claim reserves are considered contractual obligations because they relate to insurance policies issued by the Company, the ultimate amount to be paid to settle both case reserves and IBNR is an estimate, subject to significant uncertainty. The actual amount to be paid is not finally determined until the Company reaches a settlement with the claimant. Final claim settlements may vary significantly from the present estimates, particularly since many claims will not be settled until well into the future.
 
   
In estimating the timing of future payments by year, the Company has assumed that its historical payment patterns will continue. However, the actual timing of future payments could vary materially from these estimates due to, among other things, changes in claim reporting and payment patterns and large unanticipated settlements. In particular, there is significant uncertainty over the claim payment patterns of asbestos and environmental claims. Also, estimated payments in 2009 do not include payments that will be made on claims incurred in 2009 on policies that were in force as of December 31, 2008. In addition, the table does not include future cash flows related to the receipt of premiums that may be used, in part, to fund loss payments.
 
   
Under U.S. GAAP, the Company is only permitted to discount reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses in cases where the payment pattern and ultimate loss costs are fixed and determinable on an individual claim basis. For the Company, these include claim settlements with permanently disabled claimants. As of December 31, 2008, the total property and casualty reserves in the above table are gross of a reserve discount of $488.
     
[2]  
Estimated life, annuity and disability obligations include death and disability claims, policy surrenders, policyholder dividends and trail commissions offset by expected future deposits and premiums on in-force contracts. Estimated life, annuity and disability obligations are based on mortality, morbidity and lapse assumptions comparable with Life’s historical experience, modified for recent observed trends. Life has also assumed market growth and interest crediting consistent with assumptions used in amortizing deferred acquisition costs. In contrast to this table, the majority of Life’s obligations are recorded on the balance sheet at the current account values and do not incorporate an expectation of future market growth, interest crediting, or future deposits. Therefore, the estimated obligations presented in this table significantly exceed the liabilities recorded in reserve for future policy benefits and unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, other policyholder funds and benefits payable and separate account liabilities. Due to the significance of the assumptions used, the amounts presented could materially differ from actual results.
 
[3]  
Includes future minimum lease payments on operating and capital lease agreements. See Notes 12 and 14 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional discussion on lease commitments.
 
[4]  
Includes contractual principal and interest payments. All long-term debt obligations have fixed rates of interest. See Note 14 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional discussion of long-term debt obligations.
 
[5]  
Consumer notes include principal payments and contractual interest for fixed rate notes and interest based on current rates for floating rate notes and the market value of embedded derivatives for equity-linked notes. See Note 14 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional discussion of consumer notes.
 
[6]  
Includes $1.1 billion in commitments to purchase investments including about $1.0 billion of limited partnership and $99 of mortgage and construction loans. Outstanding commitments under these limited partnerships and mortgage and construction loans are included in payments due in less than 1 year since the timing of funding these commitments cannot be reliably estimated. The remaining commitments to purchase investments primarily represent payables for securities purchased which are reflected on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.
 
   
Also included in purchase obligations is $695 relating to contractual commitments to purchase various goods and services such as maintenance, human resources, information technology, and transportation in the normal course of business. Purchase obligations exclude contracts that are cancelable without penalty or contracts that do not specify minimum levels of goods or services to be purchased.
 
[7]  
Includes cash collateral of $6.3 billion which the Company has accepted in connection with the Company’s securities lending program and derivative instruments. Since the timing of the return of the collateral is uncertain, the return of the collateral has been included in the payments due in less than 1 year.
 
   
Also included in other long term liabilities is $91 of net unrecognized tax benefits related to Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” (“FIN 48”). See Note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional discussion of FIN 48.
 
[8]  
Does not include estimated voluntary contribution of $200 to the Company’s pension plan in 2009.

 

190


Table of Contents

Pension Plans and Other Postretirement Benefits
While the Company has significant discretion in making voluntary contributions to the U. S. qualified defined benefit pension plan, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended by the Pension Protection Act of 2006 and further amended by the Worker, Retiree, and Employer Recovery Act of 2008, and Internal Revenue Code regulations mandate minimum contributions in certain circumstances. The Company made contributions to its pension plans of $2, $158, and $402 in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, and contributions to its other postretirement plans of $46 in 2007. No contributions were made to the other postretirement plans in 2008 and 2006. The Company’s 2008 required minimum funding contribution was immaterial. The Company presently anticipates contributing approximately $200 to its pension plans and other postretirement plans in 2009, based upon certain economic and business assumptions. These assumptions include, but are not limited to, equity market performance, changes in interest rates and the Company’s other capital requirements. The Company does not have a required minimum funding contribution for the U.S. qualified defined benefit pension plan for 2009 and the funding requirements for all of the pension plans are expected to be immaterial.
Capitalization
The capital structure of The Hartford as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 consisted of debt and equity, summarized as follows:
                 
    As of December 31,  
    2008     2007  
Short-term debt (includes current maturities of long-term debt and capital lease obligations)
  $ 398     $ 1,365  
Long-term debt
    5,823       3,142  
 
           
Total debt [1]
    6,221       4,507  
 
           
Equity excluding accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax (“AOCI”)
    16,788       20,062  
AOCI, net of tax
    (7,520 )     (858 )
 
           
Total stockholders’ equity
  $ 9,268     $ 19,204  
 
           
Total capitalization including AOCI, net of tax
  $ 15,489     $ 23,711  
 
           
Debt to equity
    67 %     23 %
Debt to capitalization
    40 %     19 %
 
           
     
[1]  
Total debt of the Company excludes $1.2 billion and $809 of consumer notes as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
The Hartford’s total capitalization as of December 31, 2008 decreased $8.2 billion, or 35%, as compared with December 31, 2007 primarily due to the following:
         
AOCI, net of tax
   
Decreased $6.7 billion primarily due to increases in unrealized losses on securities of $7.1 billion.
 
       
Equity excluding AOCI, net of tax
   
Decreased $3.3 billion primarily due to a net loss of $2.7 billion, dividends declared of $598 and treasury stock acquired of $1.0 billion in connection with the Company’s stock purchase program. These decreases were offset by $967 from the issuance of preferred shares and warrants to purchase preferred shares to Allianz.
 
       
Total Debt
   
The Hartford’s debt increased $1.7 billion or 38% primarily due to the issuance of $500 in 8.125% junior subordinated debentures in June 2008 and $1.75 billion in 10% junior subordinated debentures issued in October 2008. The $1.75 billion in 10% junior subordinated debentures relate to Allianz’s investment in The Hartford, and include warrants of $547, which reduced the carrying value of the debt.

 

191


Table of Contents

Investment by Allianz SE in The Hartford
In order to strengthen its capital and liquidity position, the Company on October 17, 2008 closed on a $2.5 billion investment by Allianz SE (“Allianz”). Allianz purchased $1.75 billion of the Company’s 10% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Debentures due 2068, and $750 of the Company’s Series D Non-Voting Contingent Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Convertible Preferred”) initially convertible into 24,193,548 shares of the Company’s common stock (the “Common Stock”), upon receipt of applicable approvals, at an issue price of $31.00 per share of Common Stock. Allianz additionally received warrants to purchase an aggregate of $1.75 billion of the Company’s Series B and Series C Convertible Preferred at an initial exercise price of $25.32 per share. Conversion of the Convertible Preferred referred to above into Common Stock is subject to receipt of certain governmental and regulatory approvals and, in the case of the Series C Convertible Preferred, to the approval of the Company’s stockholders in accordance with the rules of the New York Stock Exchange. For further detail about the Allianz investment in The Hartford, see Note 21 of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
The Company has also agreed that, for the one-year period following October 17, 2008, it will pay certain amounts to Allianz if the Company effects or agrees to effect any transaction (or series of transactions) pursuant to which any person or group (within the meaning of the U.S. federal securities laws) is issued common stock or certain equity-related instruments constituting more than 5% of the Company’s fully-diluted common stock outstanding at the time for an effective price per share (determined as provided in the Investment Agreement) of less than $25.32. Amounts so payable depend on the effective price for the applicable transaction (or the weighted average price for a series of transactions) and range from $50 if the effective price per share is between $25.31 and $23.00, $150 if the effective price per share is between $22.99 and $20.00, $200 if the effective price per share is between $19.99 and $15.00 and $300 if the effective price per share is $14.99 or less.
In addition to the receipt of specified regulatory approvals, the conversion into 34,308,872 shares of common stock of the Series C Preferred Stock underlying certain of the Warrants is subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders in accordance with applicable regulations of the New York Stock Exchange. Under the Investment Agreement, the Company is obligated to pay Allianz $75 if such stockholder approval is not obtained at the first stockholder meeting to consider such approval, and $50 if such stockholder approval is not obtained at a second such meeting. Because the conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock is subject to stockholder approval and the related payment provision represents a form of net cash settlement outside the Company’s control, the Warrants to purchase the Series C Preferred Stock and the stockholder approval payment were recorded as a derivative liability at a relative fair value of $273 at issuance. As of December 31, 2008, the Warrants to purchase the Series C Preferred Stock had a fair value of $163. The Company recognized a gain of $110, after-tax, for the year ended December 31, 2008, representing the change in fair value of the Warrants to purchase the Series C Preferred Stock.
Debt
The following discussion describes the Company’s debt financing activities for 2008. For additional information regarding debt including Allianz’s investment in The Hartford, see Notes 14 and 21 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
Senior Notes
On November 16, 2008, The Hartford repaid its $330, 5.663% senior notes at maturity.
On November 1, 2008, The Hartford repaid its $200, 6.375% senior notes at maturity.
On August 16, 2008, The Hartford repaid its $425, 5.55% senior notes at maturity.
On May 12, 2008, The Hartford issued $500 of 6.0% senior notes due January 15, 2019. The issuance was made pursuant to the Company’s shelf registration statement (Registration No. 333-142044).
On March 4, 2008, The Hartford issued $500 of 6.3% senior notes due March 15, 2018. The issuance was made pursuant to the Company’s shelf registration statement (Registration No. 333-142044).
HFSG used the majority of the proceeds from the total $1 billion in issuances of senior notes to repay its $425 5.55% notes at maturity on August 16, 2008, to repay its $200 6.375% notes at maturity on November 1, 2008 and $330 5.663% notes at maturity on November 16, 2008.

 

192


Table of Contents

Junior Subordinated Debentures
On June 6, 2008, the Company issued $500 aggregate principal amount of 8.125% fixed-to-floating rate junior subordinated debentures (the “debentures”) due June 15, 2068 for net proceeds of approximately $493, after deducting underwriting discounts and expenses from the offering. The debentures bear interest at an annual fixed rate of 8.125% from the date of issuance to, but excluding, June 15, 2018, payable semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15. From and including June 15, 2018, the debentures will bear interest at an annual rate, reset quarterly, equal to three-month LIBOR plus 4.6025%, payable quarterly in arrears on March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 of each year. The Company has the right, on one or more occasions, to defer the payment of interest on the debentures. The Company may defer interest for up to ten consecutive years without giving rise to an event of default. Deferred interest will accumulate additional interest at an annual rate equal to the annual interest rate then applicable to the debentures. If the Company defers interest for five consecutive years or, if earlier, pays current interest during a deferral period, which may be paid from any source of funds, the Company will be required to pay deferred interest from proceeds from the sale of certain qualifying securities.
The debentures carry a scheduled maturity date of June 15, 2038 and a final maturity date of June 15, 2068. During the 180-day period ending on a notice date not more than fifteen and not less than ten business days prior to the scheduled maturity date, the Company is required to use commercially reasonable efforts to sell certain qualifying replacement securities sufficient to permit repayment of the debentures at the scheduled maturity date. If any debentures remain outstanding after the scheduled maturity date, the unpaid amount will remain outstanding until the Company has raised sufficient proceeds from the sale of qualifying replacement securities to permit the repayment in full of the debentures. If there are remaining debentures at the final maturity date, the Company is required to redeem the debentures using any source of funds.
Subject to the replacement capital covenant described below, the Company can redeem the debentures at its option, in whole or in part, at any time on or after June 15, 2018 at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount being redeemed plus accrued but unpaid interest. The Company can redeem the debentures at its option prior to June 15, 2018 (a) in whole at any time or in part from time to time or (b) in whole, but not in part, in the event of certain tax or rating agency events relating to the debentures, at a redemption price equal to the greater of 100% of the principal amount being redeemed and the applicable make-whole amount, in each case plus any accrued and unpaid interest.
In connection with the offering of the debentures, the Company entered into a “replacement capital covenant” for the benefit of holders of one or more designated series of the Company’s indebtedness, initially the Company’s 6.1% notes due 2041. Under the terms of the replacement capital covenant, if the Company redeems the debentures at any time prior to June 15, 2048 it can only do so with the proceeds from the sale of certain qualifying replacement securities.
For a discussion of the 10.0% junior subordinated debentures from the investment of Allianz SE in The Hartford, see Note 21.
Capital Lease Obligations
The Company recorded capital leases of $92 and $128 in 2008 and 2007, respectively. Capital lease obligations are included in long-term debt, except for the current maturities, which are included in short-term debt, in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. See Note 12 for further information on capital lease commitments.
Consumer Notes
Institutional began issuing consumer notes through its Retail Investor Notes Program in September 2006. A consumer note is an investment product distributed through broker-dealers directly to retail investors as medium-term, publicly traded fixed or floating rate, or a combination of fixed and floating rate, notes. Consumer notes are part of the Company’s spread-based business and proceeds are used to purchase investment products, primarily fixed rate bonds. Proceeds are not used for general operating purposes. Consumer notes maturities may extend up to 30 years and have contractual coupons based upon varying interest rates or indexes (e.g. consumer price index) and may include a call provision that allows the Company to extinguish the notes prior to its scheduled maturity date. Certain Consumer notes may be redeemed by the holder in the event of death. Redemptions are subject to certain limitations, including calendar year aggregate and individual limits. The aggregate limit is equal to the greater of $1 or 1% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes as of the end of the prior year. The individual limit is $250 thousand per individual. Derivative instruments are utilized to hedge the Company’s exposure to market risk in accordance with Company policy.
As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, $1,210 and $809, respectively, of consumer notes were outstanding. As of December 31, 2008, these consumer notes have interest rates ranging from 4.0% to 6.3% for fixed notes and, for variable notes, based on December 31, 2008 rates, notes indexed to the consumer price index plus 80 to 267 basis points, or indexed to the S&P 500, Dow Jones Industrials, foreign currency, or the Nikkei 225. The aggregate maturities of consumer notes are as follows: $11 in 2009, $30 in 2010, $131 in 2011, $291 in 2012 and $751 thereafter. For 2008 and 2007, interest credited to holders of consumer notes was $59 and $11, respectively. During 2008, the Company made the decision to discontinue future issuances of consumer notes, this decision does not impact consumer notes currently outstanding.

 

193


Table of Contents

Stockholders’ Equity
Preferred stock — On October 17, 2008, the Company issued in a private placement to Allianz SE, 6,048,387 shares of the Company’s Series D non-voting contingent convertible preferred stock. Effective January 9, 2009, Allianz SE converted the preferred shares into 24.2 million shares of common stock.
Treasury stock acquired — For the year ended December 31, 2008, The Hartford repurchased $1.0 billion of its common stock (14.7 million shares), of which $500 (7.3 million shares) were repurchased under an accelerated share repurchase transaction described below. For additional information regarding the share repurchase program, see the Liquidity Requirements section above.
On June 4, 2008, the Company entered into a collared accelerated share repurchase agreement (“ASR”) with a major financial institution. Under the terms of the agreement, The Hartford paid $500 and received 7.3 million shares. The Company has accounted for this transaction in accordance with EITF Issue No. 99-7, “Accounting for an Accelerated Share Repurchase Program.”
Dividends — The Hartford declared $598 and paid $660 in dividends to shareholders in 2008 and declared $643 and paid $636 in dividends to shareholders in 2007.
On February 10, 2009, The Hartford’s Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend of $0.05 per share payable on April 1, 2009 to shareholders of record as of March 2, 2009.
AOCI — AOCI, net of tax, decreased by $6.7 billion as of December 31, 2008 compared with December 31, 2007. The decrease in AOCI, net of tax, includes unrealized losses on securities of $7.1 billion, primarily due to widening credit spreads associated with fixed maturities, partially offset by gains on cash-flow hedging instruments of $784, change in foreign currency translation adjustments of $196, and pension and other postretirement plan adjustments of $(515). Because The Hartford’s investment portfolio has a duration of approximately 5 years, a 100 basis point parallel movement in rates would result in approximately a 5% change in fair value. Movements in short-term interest rates without corresponding changes in long-term rates will impact the fair value of our fixed maturities to a lesser extent than parallel interest rate movements.
For additional information on stockholders’ equity, AOCI, net of tax, pension and other postretirement plans and Allianz’s investment in The Hartford see Notes 15, 16, 17 and 21, respectively, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
Cash Flow
                         
    2008     2007     2006  
Net cash provided by operating activities
  $ 4,192     $ 5,991     $ 5,638  
Net cash used for investing activities
  $ (8,827 )   $ (6,176 )   $ (7,410 )
Net cash provided by financing activities
  $ 4,274     $ 499     $ 1,915  
Cash — end of year
  $ 1,811     $ 2,011     $ 1,424  
Year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007
The decrease in cash from operating activities compared to prior year period was primarily the result of a decrease in net investment income as a result of lower yields and reduced fee income as a result of declines in equity markets. Net purchases of available-for-sale securities continue to account for the majority of cash used for investing activities. Cash from financing activities increased primarily due to $2.5 billion in investment in The Hartford by Allianz SE, increased transfers from the separate account to the general account for investment and universal life-type contracts and net issuances of long-term debt and consumer notes, offset by treasury stock acquired and dividends paid.
Year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the year ended December 31, 2006
The increase in cash from operating activities compared to prior year period was primarily the result of premium cash flows in excess of claim payments, partially offset by increases in taxes paid. Net purchases of available-for-sale securities accounted for the majority of cash used for investing activities. Cash from financing activities decreased primarily due to treasury stock acquired and increases in dividends paid; partially offset by higher net receipts from policyholder’s accounts related to investment and universal life contracts, proceeds from consumer notes, and issuance of long-term debt, net of repayments.
Operating cash flows in each of the last three years have been adequate to meet liquidity requirements.
Equity Markets
For a discussion of the potential impact of the equity markets on capital and liquidity, see “Ratings” below.

 

194


Table of Contents

Ratings
Ratings are an important factor in establishing the competitive position in the insurance and financial services marketplace. There can be no assurance that the Company’s ratings will continue for any given period of time or that they will not be changed. In the event the Company’s ratings are downgraded, the level of revenues or the persistency of the Company’s business may be adversely impacted.
On December 23, 2008, A.M. Best affirmed the financial strength rating of A+ of the key life and property/casualty subsidiaries and downgraded the senior debt ratings to a- from a. The outlook assigned to the ratings is negative.
On February 6, 2009, Moody’s downgraded the senior debt ratings to Baa1 from A3 and the insurance financial strength ratings for the Company’s lead property and casualty and life insurance operating companies to A1 from Aa3. The ratings outlook is negative.
On February 9, 2009, S&P lowered its debt rating on The Hartford Financial Services Group Inc. to A- from A. At the same time, it placed all ratings, including the financial strength ratings, on credit watch with negative implications.
On February 9, 2009, Fitch Ratings downgraded the senior debt ratings to BBB from A-. Fitch also downgraded the insurer financial strength ratings of our primary life insurance subsidiaries to A from AA- and property/casualty insurance subsidiaries to A+ from AA-. The ratings outlook is negative.
The following table summarizes The Hartford’s significant member companies’ financial ratings from the major independent rating organizations as of February 10, 2009.
                 
    A.M. Best   Fitch   Standard & Poor’s   Moody’s
Insurance Financial Strength Ratings:
               
Hartford Fire Insurance Company
  A+   A+   AA-   A1
Hartford Life Insurance Company
  A+   A   AA-   A1
Hartford Life and Accident Insurance Company
  A+   A   AA-   A1
Hartford Life and Annuity Insurance Company
  A+   A   AA-   A1
Hartford Life Insurance KK (Japan)
      AA-  
Hartford Life Limited (Ireland)
      AA-  
 
               
Other Ratings:
               
The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc.:
               
Senior debt
  a-   BBB   A-   Baa1
Commercial paper
  AMB-1   F2   A-2   P-2
Junior subordinated debentures
  bbb   BBB-   BBB   Baa2
Hartford Life, Inc.:
               
Senior debt
  a-   BBB   A-   Baa1
Hartford Life Insurance Company:
               
Short term rating
      A-1+   P-1
Consumer notes
  a+   A-   AA-   A2
These ratings are not a recommendation to buy or hold any of The Hartford’s securities and they may be revised or revoked at any time at the sole discretion of the rating organization.
The agencies consider many factors in determining the final rating of an insurance company. One consideration is the relative level of statutory surplus necessary to support the business written. Statutory surplus represents the capital of the insurance company reported in accordance with accounting practices prescribed by the applicable state insurance department.

 

195


Table of Contents

The table below sets forth statutory surplus for the Company’s insurance companies. The statutory surplus amounts as of December 31, 2007 in the table below are based on actual statutory filings with the applicable regulatory authorities. The statutory surplus amounts as of December 31, 2008 are estimates, as the respective 2008 statutory filings have not yet been made.
                 
    2008     2007  
Life Operations
  $ 6,047     $ 5,786  
Japan Life Operations
    1,718       1,620  
Property & Casualty Operations
    6,012       8,509  
 
           
Total
  $ 13,777     $ 15,915  
 
           
The Company has received approval from the Connecticut Insurance Department regarding the use of two permitted practices in the statutory financial statements of its Connecticut-domiciled life insurance subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008. The first permitted practice relates to the statutory accounting for deferred income taxes. Specifically, this permitted practice modifies the accounting for deferred income taxes prescribed by the NAIC by increasing the realization period for deferred tax assets from one year to three years and increasing the asset recognition limit from 10% to 15% of adjusted statutory capital and surplus. The benefits of this permitted practice may not be considered by the Company when determining surplus available for dividends. The second permitted practice relates to the statutory reserving requirements for variable annuities with guaranteed living benefit riders. Actuarial guidelines prescribed by the NAIC require a stand-alone asset adequacy analysis reflecting only benefits, expenses and charges that are associated with the riders for variable annuities with guaranteed living benefits. The permitted practice allows for all benefits, expenses and charges associated with the variable annuity contract to be reflected in the stand-alone asset adequacy test. These permitted practices resulted in an increase to Life operations estimated statutory surplus of $987 as of December 31, 2008. The effects of these permitted practices are included in the 2008 Life operations surplus amount in the table above.
Statutory Capital
The Company’s stockholders’ equity, as prepared using U.S. GAAP was $9.3 billion as of December 31, 2008. The Company’s estimated aggregate statutory capital and surplus, as prepared in accordance with the National Association of Insurance Commissioners’ Accounting Practices and Procedures Manual (“US STAT”) was $13.8 billion as of December 31, 2008. Significant differences between U.S. GAAP stockholders’ equity and aggregate statutory capital and surplus prepared in accordance with US STAT include the following:
 
Costs incurred by the Company to acquire insurance policies are deferred under U.S. GAAP while those costs are expensed immediately under US STAT.
 
 
Temporary differences between the book and tax basis of an asset or liability which are recorded as deferred tax assets are evaluated for recoverability under U.S. GAAP while those amounts deferred are subject to limitations under US STAT.
 
 
Certain assumptions used in the determination of Life benefit reserves are prescribed under US Stat and are intended to be conservative, while the assumptions used under U.S. GAAP are generally the Company’s best estimates. In addition, the methodologies used for determining life reserve amounts are different between US Stat and U.S. GAAP. Annuity reserving and cash-flow testing for death and living benefit reserves under US STAT are generally addressed by the Commissioners’ Annuity Reserving Valuation Methodology and the related Actuarial Guidelines. Under these Actuarial Guidelines, in general, future cash flows associated with the variable annuity business are included in these methodologies with estimates of future fee revenues, claim payments, expenses, reinsurance impacts and hedging impacts. At December 31, 2008, in determining the cash-flow impacts related to future hedging, assumptions were made in the scenarios that generate reserve requirements, about the potential future decreases in the hedge benefits and increases in hedge costs which resulted in increased reserve requirements. Reserves for death and living benefits under U.S. GAAP are either considered embedded derivatives and recorded at fair value or they may be considered SOP 03-1 reserves.
 
 
The difference between the amortized cost and fair value of fixed maturity and other investments, net of tax, is recorded as an increase or decrease to the carrying value of the related asset and to equity under U.S. GAAP, while US STAT only records certain securities at fair value, such as equity securities and certain lower rated bonds required by the NAIC to be recorded at the lower of amortized cost or fair value. In the case of the Company’s market value adjusted (MVA) fixed annuity products, invested assets are marked to fair value (including the impact of credit spreads) and liabilities are marked to fair value (but generally actual credit spreads are not fully reflected) for statutory purposes only.
 
 
US STAT for life insurance companies establishes a formula reserve for realized and unrealized losses due to default and equity risks associated with certain invested assets (the Asset Valuation Reserve), while U.S. GAAP does not. Also, for those realized gains and losses caused by changes in interest rates, US STAT for life insurance companies defers and amortizes the gains and losses, caused by changes in interest rates, into income over the original life to maturity of the asset sold (the Interest Maintenance Reserve) while U.S. GAAP does not.
 
 
Goodwill arising from the acquisition of a business is tested for recoverability on an annual basis (or more frequently, as necessary) for U.S. GAAP, while under US STAT goodwill is amortized over a period not to exceed 10 years and the amount of goodwill is limited.
In addition, certain assets, including a portion of premiums receivable and fixed assets, are non-admitted (recorded at zero value and charged against surplus) under US STAT. U.S. GAAP generally evaluates assets based on their recoverability.

 

196


Table of Contents

Risk-Based Capital
State insurance regulators and the NAIC have adopted risk-based capital requirements for life insurance companies to evaluate the adequacy of statutory capital and surplus in relation to investment and insurance risks. The requirements provide a means of measuring the minimum amount of statutory surplus appropriate for an insurance company to support its overall business operations based on its size and risk profile.
A company’s risk-based statutory surplus is calculated by applying factors and performing calculations relating to various asset, premium, claim, expense and reserve items. Regulators can then measure the adequacy of a company’s statutory surplus by comparing it to the risk-based capital (“RBC”). Under RBC requirements, regulatory compliance is determined by the ratio of a company’s total adjusted capital, as defined by the insurance regulators, to its company action level of RBC (known as the RBC ratio), also as defined by insurance regulators. In addition, the rating agencies view RBC ratios along with their proprietary models as key factors in making ratings determinations.
Sensitivity
In any particular year, statutory surplus amounts and RBC ratios may increase or decrease depending upon a variety of factors. The amount of change in the statutory surplus or RBC ratios can vary based on individual factors and may be compounded in extreme scenarios or if multiple factors occur at the same time. At times the impact of changes in certain market factors or a combination of multiple factors on RBC ratios can be varied and in some instances counterintuitive. Factors include:
 
In general, as equity market levels decline, our reserves for death and living benefit guarantees associated with variable annuity contracts increases, sometimes at a greater than linear rate, reducing statutory surplus levels. In addition, as equity market levels increase, generally surplus levels will increase. RBC ratios will also tend to increase when equity markets increase. However, as a result of a number of factors and market conditions, including the level of hedging costs and other risk transfer activities, reserve requirements for death and living benefit guarantees and RBC requirements could increase resulting in lower RBC ratios.
 
 
As the value of certain fixed-income and equity securities in our investment portfolio decreases, due in part to credit spread widening, statutory surplus and RBC ratios may decrease.
 
 
As the value of certain derivative instruments that do not get hedge accounting decreases, statutory surplus and RBC ratios may decrease.
 
 
Life’s exposure to foreign currency exchange risk exists with respect to non-U.S. dollar denominated assets and liabilities. Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are accounted for at their U.S. dollar equivalent values using exchange rates at the balance sheet date. As foreign currency exchange rates strengthen in comparison to the U.S. dollar, the remeasured value of those non-dollar denominated assets or liabilities will increase causing an increase or decrease to statutory surplus, respectively.
 
 
Our statutory surplus is also impacted by widening credit spreads as a result of the accounting for the assets and liabilities in our fixed market value adjusted (“MVA”) annuities. Statutory separate account assets supporting the fixed MVA annuities are recorded at fair value. In determining the statutory reserve for the fixed MVA annuities, we are required to use current crediting rates in the U.S. and Japanese LIBOR in Japan. In many capital market scenarios, current crediting rates in the U.S. are highly correlated with market rates implicit in the fair value of statutory separate account assets. As a result, the change in statutory reserve from period to period will likely substantially offset the change in the fair value of the statutory separate account assets. However, in periods of volatile credit markets, such as we are now experiencing, actual credit spreads on investment assets may increase sharply for certain sub-sectors of the overall credit market, resulting in statutory separate account asset market value losses. As actual credit spreads are not fully reflected in the current crediting rates in the U.S. or Japanese LIBOR in Japan, the calculation of statutory reserves will not substantially offset the change in fair value of the statutory separate account assets resulting in reductions in statutory surplus and create funding obligations to the statutory separate account.
Most of these factors are outside of the Company’s control. The Company’s financial strength and credit ratings are significantly influenced by the statutory surplus amounts and RBC ratios of our insurance company subsidiaries. Due to all of these factors, projecting statutory capital and the related projected RBC ratios is complex. In addition, rating agencies may implement changes to their internal models that have the effect of increasing or decreasing the amount of statutory capital we must hold in order to maintain our current ratings.
The Company has reinsured approximately 27% of its risk associated with GMWB and 44% of its risk associated with the aggregate GMDB exposure. These reinsurance agreements serve to reduce the Company’s exposure to changes in the statutory reserves and the related capital and RBC ratios associated with changes in the equity markets. The Company also continues to explore other solutions for mitigating the capital market risk effect on surplus, such as internal and external reinsurance solutions, migrating towards a more statutory based hedging program, changes in product design, increasing pricing and expense management.

 

197


Table of Contents

Statutory capital at the Property & Casualty subsidiaries has historically been maintained at or above the capital level required to meet “AA level” ratings from rating agencies. Statutory capital generated by the Property & Casualty subsidiaries in excess of the capital level required to meet “AA level” ratings is available for use by the enterprise or for corporate purposes, subject to regulatory dividend limitations. The amount of statutory capital can increase or decrease depending on a number of factors affecting Property & Casualty results including, among other factors, the level of catastrophe claims incurred, the amount of reserve development, the effect of changes in interest rates on investment income and the discounting of loss reserves, and the effect of realized gains and losses on investments.
In addition, the Company can access the $500 Glen Meadow trust contingent capital facility, maintains the ability to access $1.9 billion of capacity under its revolving credit facility and has been approved by the U.S. Office of Thrift Supervision to acquire Federal Trust Bank which may provide access, if granted, to funds under the U.S. Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program.
Contingencies
Legal Proceedings – For a discussion regarding contingencies related to The Hartford’s legal proceedings, please see Item 3, “Legal Proceedings”.
Regulatory Developments – For a discussion regarding contingencies related to regulatory developments that affect The Hartford, please see Note 12 of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Legislative Initiatives
For a discussion of terrorism reinsurance legislation and how it affects The Hartford, see the “Risk Management Strategy-Terrorism” under the Property & Casualty section of the MD&A.
Tax proposals, proposals related to the CPP and regulatory initiatives which have been or are being considered by Congress and/or the United States Treasury Department could have a material effect on the insurance business. These proposals and initiatives include, or could include, changes pertaining to the income tax treatment of insurance companies and life insurance products and annuities, repeal or reform of the estate tax and comprehensive federal tax reform. The nature and timing of any Congressional or regulatory action with respect to any such efforts is unclear.
Guaranty Fund and Other Insurance-related Assessments
In all states, insurers licensed to transact certain classes of insurance are required to become members of a guaranty fund. In most states, in the event of the insolvency of an insurer writing any such class of insurance in the state, members of the funds are assessed to pay certain claims of the insolvent insurer. A particular state’s fund assesses its members based on their respective written premiums in the state for the classes of insurance in which the insolvent insurer was engaged. Assessments are generally limited for any year to one or two percent of premiums written per year depending on the state.
The Hartford accounts for guaranty fund and other insurance assessments in accordance with Statement of Position No. 97-3, “Accounting by Insurance and Other Enterprises for Insurance-Related Assessments”. Liabilities for guaranty fund and other insurance-related assessments are accrued when an assessment is probable, when it can be reasonably estimated, and when the event obligating the Company to pay an imposed or probable assessment has occurred. Liabilities for guaranty funds and other insurance-related assessments are not discounted and are included as part of other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the liability balance was $128 and $147, respectively. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, $17 and $19, respectively, related to premium tax offsets were included in other assets.
IMPACT OF NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
For a discussion of accounting standards, see Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
Item 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
The information required by this item is set forth in the Capital Markets Risk Management section of Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedules elsewhere herein.
Item 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.

 

198


Table of Contents

Item 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures
The Company’s principal executive officer and its principal financial officer, based on their evaluation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e)), have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective for the purposes set forth in the definition thereof in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e) as of December 31, 2008.
Management’s annual report on internal control over financial reporting
The management of The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries (“The Hartford”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for The Hartford as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
The Hartford’s management assessed its internal controls over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008 in relation to criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in “Internal Control – Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment under those criteria, The Hartford’s management concluded that its internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2008.
Attestation report of the Company’s registered public accounting firm
The Hartford’s independent registered public accounting firm, Deloitte & Touche LLP, has issued their attestation report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting which is set forth below.

 

199


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc.
Hartford, Connecticut
We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”) as of December 31, 2008, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.  Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedules as of and for the year ended December 31, 2008 of the Company and our report, dated February 11, 2009, expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements and financial statement schedules and included an explanatory paragraph regarding the Company’s change in its method of accounting and reporting for the fair value measurement of financial instruments in 2008, and defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans in 2006.
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Hartford, Connecticut
February 11, 2009

 

200


Table of Contents

Changes in internal control over financial reporting
There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Company’s fourth fiscal quarter of 2008 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Item 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
None.
PART III
Item 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE OF THE HARTFORD
Certain of the information called for by Item 10 will be set forth in the definitive proxy statement for the 2009 annual meeting of shareholders (the “Proxy Statement”) to be filed by The Hartford with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Form 10-K under the captions “Item 1 — Election of Directors”, “Common Stock Ownership of Directors, Executive Officers and Certain Shareholders”, and “Governance of the Company” and is incorporated herein by reference.
The Company has adopted a Code of Ethics and Business Conduct, which is applicable to all employees of the Company, including the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer and the principal accounting officer. The Code of Ethics and Business Conduct is available on the Company’s website at: www.thehartford.com.
Executive Officers of The Hartford
Information about the executive officers of The Hartford who are also nominees for election as directors will be set forth in The Hartford’s Proxy Statement. Set forth below is information about the other executive officers of the Company:
BETH A. BOMBARA
(Senior Vice President and Controller)
Ms. Bombara, 41, has held the positions of Senior Vice President and Controller of the Company since June 4, 2007. Since joining the Company in April 2004 as a Vice President, with primary responsibility for the Company’s compliance with the internal control requirements set forth in Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, Ms. Bombara has held positions of increasing responsibility. Prior to assuming the role of Senior Vice President and Controller of the Company, Ms. Bombara held the position of Vice President, Deputy Controller, with responsibility for external financial reporting, accounting policy and internal management reporting, while continuing to oversee Sarbanes-Oxley Section 404 compliance. Prior to joining the Company, Ms. Bombara worked for the accounting firm of Deloitte & Touche LLP from June 2002 to April 2004, where she served as a Senior Manager in the audit practice. Ms. Bombara began her career in accounting at the accounting firm of Arthur Andersen LLP, where she was promoted to audit partner in September 2001.
ALAN KRECZKO
(Executive Vice President and General Counsel)
Mr. Kreczko, 57, is Executive Vice President and General Counsel of the Company, positions he has held since June 11, 2007. He previously held the positions of Senior Vice President and Deputy General Counsel where he oversaw the law department’s property and casualty, life, investment and compliance units. Prior to joining the Company in September 2003, Mr. Kreczko held various senior positions within the United States Government. Until 2002, he was the acting Assistant Secretary of State for Population, Refugees and Migration, where he led the State Department’s response to humanitarian crises in conflict situations, including Afghanistan, Timor, Sudan and West Africa.  Prior to that position, he had served as Legal Advisor to President Clinton’s National Security Council. He has also served as Deputy General Counsel to the Department of State and as legal advisor to the President of the United States’ personal representatives for Middle East negotiations.
GREGORY McGREEVEY
(Executive Vice President and Chief Investment Officer)
Mr. McGreevey, 47, is Executive Vice President and Chief Investment Officer of the Company and President of Hartford Investment Management, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, positions he has held since October 2008. Prior to joining the Company in August 2008, he held the positions of vice chairman and executive vice president of ING Investment Management – Americas from October 2005 through March 2008 and executive vice president and chief investment officer of ING Proprietary Fixed Income from October 2003 through October 2005.
JOHN C. WALTERS
(Executive Vice President; Chief Operating Officer, Hartford Life Operations)
Mr. Walters, 46, is an Executive Vice President of the Company and serves as Chief Operating Officer of The Hartford’s life operations. Mr. Walters joined Hartford Life in April 2000 from First Union Securities, the brokerage subsidiary of First Union Corp. In that position, he managed their consulting services group, which provided investment consulting to high net worth clients. Mr. Walters joined First Union through its 1998 acquisition of Wheat First Butcher Singer, where he had been since 1984.

 

201


Table of Contents

CONSTANCE K. WEAVER
(Senior Vice President, Marketing and Communications)
Ms. Weaver, 56, is a Senior Vice President, Marketing and Communications for the Company, a role she assumed when she joined the Company in February 2008. Prior to joining the Company, Ms. Weaver was an Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer for BearingPoint from July 2005 to February 2008. Ms. Weaver joined BearingPoint from AT&T Corporation, where she served as Executive Vice President for public relations, marketing and brand from September 2002 to February 2005 and as President of the AT&T Foundation from 2003 to 2005. Ms. Weaver serves on the board of directors of Digital Angel Inc.
EILEEN WHELLEY
(Executive Vice President, Human Resources)
Ms. Whelley, 54, is Executive Vice President for Human Resources, a position she has held since June 2007. She previously held the position of Executive Vice President, Global Human Resources. Prior to joining the Company in December 2006, Ms. Whelley spent 17 years at General Electric where she held a number of human resources leadership roles. In 2002, she was named executive vice president of human resources for NBC Universal, responsible for HR and talent negotiations for the NBCU Television Group and corporate staff functions. Before joining NBCU, Ms. Whelley was the vice president of human resources excellence for GE Capital in Stamford, Conn., where she oversaw HR for eight GE Capital businesses, HR Six Sigma and HR talent development. Before joining GE in 1989, Ms. Whelley worked for Citicorp and Standard Oil of Ohio in a variety of HR roles.
NEAL S. WOLIN
(Executive Vice President; President and Chief Operating Officer, Property & Casualty Operations)
Mr. Wolin, 47, is an Executive Vice President of the Company and serves as President and Chief Operating Officer for property and casualty operations, positions he has held since June 11, 2007. He previously held the positions of Executive Vice President and General Counsel from March 20, 2001 until June 11, 2007, where he oversaw the company’s legal, government affairs, corporate relations, communications and marketing functions, as well as the property and casualty’s insurance runoff operations. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Wolin served as General Counsel of the U.S. Department of the Treasury from 1999 to January 2001. In that capacity, he headed Treasury’s legal division, composed of 2,000 lawyers supporting all of Treasury’s offices and bureaus, including the Internal Revenue Service, Customs, Secret Service, Public Debt, the Office of Thrift Supervision, the Financial Management Service, the U.S. Mint and the Bureau of Engraving and Printing. Mr. Wolin served as the Deputy General Counsel of the Department of the Treasury from 1995 to 1999. Prior to joining the Treasury Department, he served in the White House, first as the Executive Assistant to the National Security Advisor and then as the Deputy Legal Advisor to the National Security Council. Mr. Wolin joined the U.S. Government in 1991 as special assistant to the Directors of Central Intelligence, William H. Webster, Robert M. Gates and R. James Woolsey.
LIZABETH H. ZLATKUS
(Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer)
Ms. Zlatkus, 50, is Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, positions she has held since May 1, 2008. Ms. Zlatkus joined the Company in 1983 and has held positions of increasing responsibility in finance, risk management and business operations. In 1996, she became director of The Hartford’s disability and group life business and was elected senior vice president in 1997. In 1999, she was named head of the Group Benefits Division. Ms. Zlatkus was named executive vice president of Hartford Life in March 2000, with overall profit-and-loss responsibility for Hartford Life’s Group Benefits Division. Ms. Zlatkus was named chief financial officer of Hartford Life in 2003 and was also given responsibility for actuarial, risk management and Hartford Life’s information technology area. In February 2006, she was named president of International Wealth Management and Group Benefits and from June 11, 2007 until May 1, 2008 she served as Executive Vice President of the Company and co-chief operating officer of the Company’s life operations. Ms. Zlatkus’ professional career began at Peat Marwick Mitchell & Co. (now known as KPMG).
Item 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information called for by Item 11 will be set forth in the Proxy Statement under the captions “Compensation Discussion and Analysis”, “Executive Compensation”, “Director Compensation”, “Report of the Compensation and Personnel Committee”, and “Compensation and Personnel Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

202


Table of Contents

Item 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
Certain of the information called for by Item 12 will be set forth in the Proxy Statement under the caption “Common Stock Ownership of Directors, Executive Officers and Certain Shareholders” and is incorporated herein by reference.
Equity Compensation Plan Information
The following table provides information as of December 31, 2008 about the securities authorized for issuance under the Company’s equity compensation plans. The Company maintains The Hartford 1995 Incentive Stock Plan, The Hartford Incentive Stock Plan (the “2000 Stock Plan”), The Hartford 2005 Incentive Stock Plan (the “2005 Stock Plan”), The Hartford Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”), and The Hartford Restricted Stock Plan for Non-Employee Directors (the “Director’s Plan”). On May 18, 2005, the shareholders of the Company approved the 2005 Stock Plan, which superseded the 2000 Stock Plan and the Director’s Plan. Pursuant to the provisions of the 2005 Stock Plan, no additional shares may be issued from the 2000 Stock Plan or the Director’s Plan. To the extent than any awards under the 2000 Stock Plan or the Director’s Plan are forfeited, terminated, expire unexercised or are settled in cash in lieu of stock, the shares subject to such awards (or the relevant portion thereof) shall be available for award under the 2005 Stock Plan and such shares shall be added to the total number of shares available under the 2005 Stock Plan.
In addition, the Company maintains the 2000 PLANCO Non-employee Option Plan (the “PLANCO Plan”) pursuant to which it may grant awards to non-employee wholesalers of PLANCO products.
                         
    (a)     (b)     (c)  
    Number of Securities     Weighted-average     Number of Securities Remaining  
    to be Issued Upon     Exercise Price of     Available for Future Issuance  
    Exercise of     Outstanding     Under Equity Compensation Plans  
    Outstanding Options,     Options, Warrants     (Excluding Securities Reflected in  
    Warrants and Rights     and Rights     Column (a))  
Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders
    5,805,393     $ 60.46       5,452,015 [1]
Equity compensation plans not approved by stockholders
    23,896       53.81       246,448  
 
                 
Total
    5,829,289     $ 60.43       5,698,463  
 
                 
     
[1]  
Of these shares, 538,125 shares remain available for purchase under the ESPP.
Summary Description of the 2000 PLANCO Non-Employee Option Plan
The Company’s Board of Directors adopted the PLANCO Plan on July 20, 2000, and amended it on February 20, 2003 to increase the number of shares of the Company’s common stock subject to the plan to 450,000 shares. The stockholders of the Company have not approved the PLANCO Plan. No awards have been issued under the PLANCO Plan since 2003.
Eligibility – Any non-employee independent contractor serving on the wholesale sales force as an insurance agent who is an exclusive agent of the Company or who derives more than 50% of his or her annual income from the Company is eligible.
Terms of options – Nonqualified stock options (“NQSOs”) to purchase shares of common stock are available for grant under the PLANCO Plan. The administrator of the PLANCO Plan, the Compensation and Personnel Committee, (i) determines the recipients of options under the PLANCO Plan, (ii) determines the number of shares of common stock covered by such options, (iii) determines the dates and the manner in which options become exercisable (which is typically in three equal annual installments beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant), (iv) sets the exercise price of options (which may be less than, equal to or greater than the fair market value of common stock on the date of grant) and (v) determines the other terms and conditions of each option. Payment of the exercise price may be made in cash, other shares of the Company’s common stock or through a same day sale program. The term of an NQSO may not exceed ten years and two days from the date of grant.
If an optionee’s required relationship with the Company terminates for any reason, other than for cause, any exercisable options remain exercisable for a fixed period of four months, not to exceed the remainder of the option’s term. Any options that are not exercisable at the time of such termination are cancelled on the date of such termination. If the optionee’s required relationship is terminated for cause, the options are canceled immediately.
Acceleration in Connection with a Change in Control – Upon the occurrence of a change in control, each option outstanding on the date of such change in control, and which is not then fully vested and exercisable, shall immediately vest and become exercisable. In general, a “Change in Control” will be deemed to have occurred upon the acquisition of 40% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Company, a tender or exchange offer to acquire 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Company, certain mergers or corporate transactions resulting in the shareholders of the Company before the transactions owning less than 55% of the entity surviving the transactions, certain transactions involving a transfer of substantially all of the Company’s assets or a change in greater than 50% of the Board members over a two year period. See Note 18 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of the 2005 Stock Plan and the ESPP.

 

203


Table of Contents

Item 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
Any information called for by Item 13 will be set forth in the Proxy Statement under the caption “Governance of the Company” and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
The information called for by Item 14 will be set forth in the Proxy Statement under the caption “Audit Committee Charter and Report Concerning Financial Matters – Fees to Independent Auditor for Years Ended December 31, 2008 and 2007” and is incorporated herein by reference.
PART IV
Item 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a)  
Documents filed as a part of this report:
(1)  
Consolidated Financial Statements. See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedules elsewhere herein.
 
(2)  
Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules. See Index to Consolidated Financial Statement and Schedules elsewhere herein.
 
(3)  
Exhibits. See Exhibit Index elsewhere herein.

 

204


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULES
         
    Page(s)  
    F-2  
 
       
    F-3  
 
       
    F-4  
 
       
    F-5  
 
       
    F-5  
 
       
    F-6  
 
       
    F-7-93  
 
       
    S-1  
 
       
    S-2-3  
 
       
    S-4-7  
 
       
    S-8  
 
       
    S-9  
 
       
    S-9  
 
       

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc.
Hartford, Connecticut
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”) as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity, comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008. Our audits also included the financial statement schedules listed in the Index at Item 15. These financial statements and financial statement schedules are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedules based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedules, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.
As discussed in Note 1 of the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting and reporting for the fair value measurement of financial instruments in 2008, and defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans in 2006.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 11, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Hartford, Connecticut
February 11, 2009

 

F-2


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Operations
                         
    For the years ended December 31,  
(In millions, except for per share data)   2008     2007     2006  
 
                       
Revenues
                       
Earned premiums
  $ 15,503     $ 15,619     $ 15,023  
Fee income
    5,135       5,436       4,739  
Net investment income (loss)
                       
Securities available-for-sale and other
    4,335       5,214       4,691  
Equity securities held for trading
    (10,340 )     145       1,824  
 
                 
Total net investment income (loss)
    (6,005 )     5,359       6,515  
Other revenues
    504       496       474  
Net realized capital losses
    (5,918 )     (994 )     (251 )
 
                 
Total revenues
    9,219       25,916       26,500  
 
                       
Benefits, losses and expenses
                       
Benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses
    14,088       13,919       13,218  
Benefits, losses, and loss adjustment expenses — returns credited on International variable annuities
    (10,340 )     145       1,824  
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and present value of future profits
    4,271       2,989       3,558  
Insurance operating costs and expenses
    3,993       3,894       3,252  
Interest expense
    343       263       277  
Goodwill impairment
    745              
Other expenses
    710       701       769  
 
                 
Total benefits, losses and expenses
    13,810       21,911       22,898  
 
                       
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (4,591 )     4,005       3,602  
 
                       
Income tax expense (benefit)
    (1,842 )     1,056       857  
 
                 
 
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ (2,749 )   $ 2,949     $ 2,745  
 
                 
 
                       
Earnings (loss) per share
                       
Basic
  $ (8.99 )   $ 9.32     $ 8.89  
Diluted
  $ (8.99 )   $ 9.24     $ 8.69  
 
                 
 
                       
Weighted average common shares outstanding
    306.7       316.3       308.8  
Weighted average common shares outstanding and dilutive potential common shares
    306.7       319.1       315.9  
 
                 
Cash dividends declared per common share
  $ 1.91     $ 2.03     $ 1.70  
 
                 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
                 
    As of December 31,  
(In millions, except for share data)   2008     2007  
Assets
               
Investments
               
Fixed maturities, available-for-sale, at fair value (amortized cost of $78,238 and $80,724)
  $ 65,112     $ 80,055  
Equity securities, held for trading, at fair value (cost of $35,278 and $30,489)
    30,820       36,182  
Equity securities, available-for-sale, at fair value (cost of $1,554 and $2,611)
    1,458       2,595  
Policy loans, at outstanding balance
    2,208       2,061  
Mortgage loans on real estate
    6,469       5,410  
Limited partnerships and other alternative investments
    2,295       2,566  
Other investments
    1,723       615  
Short-term investments
    10,022       1,602  
 
           
Total investments
    120,107       131,086  
Cash
    1,811       2,011  
Premiums receivable and agents’ balances
    3,604       3,681  
Reinsurance recoverables
    6,357       5,150  
Deferred policy acquisition costs and present value of future profits
    13,248       11,742  
Deferred income taxes
    5,239       308  
Goodwill
    1,060       1,726  
Property and equipment, net
    1,075       972  
Other assets
    4,898       3,739  
Separate account assets
    130,184       199,946  
 
           
Total assets
  $ 287,583     $ 360,361  
 
           
 
               
Liabilities
               
Reserve for future policy benefits and unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses
               
Property and casualty
  $ 21,933     $ 22,153  
Life
    16,747       15,331  
Other policyholder funds and benefits payable
    53,753       44,190  
Other policyholder funds and benefits payable — International variable annuities
    30,799       36,152  
Unearned premiums
    5,379       5,545  
Short-term debt
    398       1,365  
Long-term debt
    5,823       3,142  
Consumer notes
    1,210       809  
Other liabilities
    12,089       12,524  
Separate account liabilities
    130,184       199,946  
 
           
Total liabilities
    278,315       341,157  
 
               
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 12)
               
 
               
Stockholders’ Equity
               
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value — 50,000,000 shares authorized, 6,048,387 and 0 shares issued
           
Common stock, $0.01 par value — 750,000,000 shares authorized, 329,920,310 and 329,951,138 shares issued
    3       3  
Additional paid-in capital
    7,569       6,627  
Retained earnings
    11,336       14,686  
Treasury stock, at cost — 29,341,378 and 16,108,895 shares
    (2,120 )     (1,254 )
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax
    (7,520 )     (858 )
 
           
Total stockholders’ equity
    9,268       19,204  
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 287,583     $ 360,361  
 
           
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity
                         
    For the years ended December 31,  
(In millions, except for share data)   2008     2007     2006  
 
                       
Preferred Stock
  $     $     $  
 
                       
Common Stock
    3       3       3  
 
                       
Additional Paid-in Capital
                       
Balance at beginning of year
    6,627       6,321       5,067  
Issuance of convertible preferred shares
    727              
Issuance of warrants
    240              
Issuance of shares from equity unit contracts
                1,020  
Issuance of shares and compensation expense associated with incentive and stock compensation plans
    (36 )     257       190  
Tax benefit on employee stock options and awards and other
    11       49       44  
 
                 
Balance at end of year
    7,569       6,627       6,321  
Retained Earnings
                       
Balance at beginning of year, before cumulative effect of accounting changes, net of tax
    14,686       12,421       10,207  
Cumulative effect of accounting changes, net of tax
    (3 )     (41 )      
 
                 
Balance at beginning of year, as adjusted
    14,683       12,380       10,207  
Net income (loss)
    (2,749 )     2,949       2,745  
Dividends declared on preferred stock
    (8 )            
Dividends declared on common stock
    (590 )     (643 )     (531 )
 
                 
Balance at end of year
    11,336       14,686       12,421  
Treasury Stock, at Cost
                       
Balance at beginning of year
    (1,254 )     (47 )     (42 )
Treasury stock acquired
    (1,000 )     (1,193 )      
Issuance of shares under incentive and stock compensation plans from treasury stock
    152              
Return of shares to treasury stock under incentive and stock compensation plans
    (18 )     (14 )     (5 )
 
                 
Balance at end of year
    (2,120 )     (1,254 )     (47 )
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Net of Tax
                       
Balance at beginning of year
    (858 )     178       90  
Total other comprehensive income (loss)
    (6,662 )     (1,036 )     554  
Adjustment to initially apply SFAS 158, net of tax
                (466 )
 
                 
Balance at end of year
    (7,520 )     (858 )     178  
 
                 
Total stockholders’ equity
  $ 9,268     $ 19,204     $ 18,876  
 
                 
Outstanding Common Shares (in thousands)
                       
Balance at beginning of year
    313,842       323,315       302,152  
Issuance of shares from equity unit contracts
                17,856  
Treasury stock acquired
    (14,682 )     (12,878 )      
Issuance of shares under incentive and stock compensation plans
    1,673       3,549       3,358  
Return of shares to treasury stock under incentive and stock compensation plans
    (254 )     (144 )     (51 )
 
                 
Balance at end of year
    300,579       313,842       323,315  
 
                 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
                         
    For the years ended December 31,  
(In millions)   2008     2007     2006  
Comprehensive Income (Loss)
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ (2,749 )   $ 2,949     $ 2,745  
 
                 
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Net of Tax
                       
Change in unrealized gain/loss on securities
    (7,127 )     (1,417 )     89  
Change in net gain/loss on cash-flow hedging instruments
    784       94       (124 )
Change in foreign currency translation adjustments
    196       146       29  
Changes in pension and other postretirement plan adjustments
    (515 )     141       560  
 
                 
Total other comprehensive income (loss)
    (6,662 )     (1,036 )     554  
 
                 
Total comprehensive income (loss)
  $ (9,411 )   $ 1,913     $ 3,299  
 
                 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
                         
    For the years ended December 31,  
(In millions)   2008     2007     2006  
Operating Activities
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ (2,749 )   $ 2,949     $ 2,745  
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities
                       
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and present value of future profits
    4,271       2,989       3,558  
Additions to deferred policy acquisition costs and present value of future profits
    (3,675 )     (4,194 )     (4,092 )
Change in:
                       
Reserve for future policy benefits, unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses and unearned premiums
    1,026       1,357       975  
Reinsurance recoverables
    300       487       1,071  
Receivables
    (4 )     128       (34 )
Payables and accruals
    (103 )     306       (287 )
Accrued and deferred income taxes
    (2,156 )     619       657  
Net realized capital losses
    5,918       994       251  
Net (increase) decrease in equity securities, held for trading
    2,295       (4,701 )     (5,609 )
Net receipts (disbursements) from investment contracts credited to policyholder funds —
                       
International variable annuities associated with equity securities, held for trading
    (2,276 )     4,695       5,594  
Goodwill impairment
    745              
Depreciation and amortization
    361       794       606  
Other, net
    239       (432 )     203  
 
                 
Net cash provided by operating activities
    4,192       5,991       5,638  
Investing Activities
                       
Proceeds from the sale/maturity/prepayment of:
                       
Fixed maturities, available-for-sale, including short-term investments
    26,097       34,063       35,432  
Equity securities, available-for-sale
    616       468       514  
Mortgage loans
    386       1,365       392  
Partnerships
    438       324       154  
Payments for the purchase of:
                       
Fixed maturities, available-for-sale, including short-term investments
    (32,708 )     (37,799 )     (40,368 )
Equity securities, available-for-sale
    (714 )     (1,224 )     (924 )
Mortgage loans
    (1,469 )     (3,454 )     (1,974 )
Partnerships
    (678 )     (1,229 )     (809 )
Change in policy loans, net
    (147 )     (10 )     (36 )
Change in payables for collateral under securities lending, net
    (1,405 )     2,218       970  
Derivative receipts (payments)
    1,688       (267 )     (65 )
Change in all other securities, net
    (555 )     (356 )     (389 )
Purchase price adjustment of business acquired
    (94 )            
Sale of subsidiary, net of cash transferred
                (112 )
Additions to property and equipment, net
    (282 )     (275 )     (195 )
 
                 
Net cash used for investing activities
    (8,827 )     (6,176 )     (7,410 )
Financing Activities
                       
Deposits and other additions to investment and universal life-type contracts
    21,015       32,494       27,450  
Withdrawals and other deductions from investment and universal life-type contracts
    (25,793 )     (30,443 )     (27,096 )
Net transfers from (to) separate accounts related to investment and universal life-type contracts
    7,353       (761 )     1,189  
Issuance of shares from equity unit contracts
                1,020  
Issuance of long-term debt
    2,670       495       990  
Repayment/maturity of long-term debt
    (955 )     (300 )     (1,415 )
Payments on capital lease obligations
    (37 )            
Change in short-term debt
          75       (173 )
Issuance of convertible preferred shares
    727              
Issuance of warrants
    512              
Proceeds from issuance of consumer notes
    445       551       258  
Repayments of consumer notes
    (44 )            
Proceeds from issuances of shares under incentive and stock compensation plans, net
    54       186       147  
Excess tax benefits on stock-based compensation
    5       45       10  
Treasury stock acquired
    (1,000 )     (1,193 )      
Return of shares under incentive and stock compensation plans to treasury stock
    (18 )     (14 )     (5 )
Dividends paid
    (660 )     (636 )     (460 )
 
                 
Net cash provided by financing activities
    4,274       499       1,915  
Foreign exchange rate effect on cash
    161       273       8  
 
                 
Net increase (decrease) in cash
    (200 )     587       151  
Cash — beginning of year
    2,011       1,424       1,273  
 
                 
Cash — end of year
  $ 1,811     $ 2,011     $ 1,424  
 
                 
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information — Net Cash Paid During the Year for:
                       
Income taxes
  $ 253     $ 451     $ 179  
Interest
  $ 286     $ 257     $ 274  
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollar amounts in millions, except for per share data, unless otherwise stated)
1. Basis of Presentation and Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation
The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. is a financial holding company for a group of subsidiaries that provide investment products and life and property and casualty insurance to both individual and business customers in the United States and internationally (collectively, “The Hartford” or the “Company”).
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the basis of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”), which differ materially from the accounting practices prescribed by various insurance regulatory authorities.
Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc., companies in which the Company directly or indirectly has a controlling financial interest and those variable interest entities in which the Company is the primary beneficiary. The Company determines if it is the primary beneficiary using both qualitative and quantitative analyses. Entities in which The Hartford does not have a controlling financial interest but in which the Company has significant influence over the operating and financing decisions are reported using the equity method. All material intercompany transactions and balances between The Hartford and its subsidiaries and affiliates have been eliminated. For further discussions on variable interest entities see Note 5.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements, in conformity with U.S. GAAP, requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
The most significant estimates include those used in determining property and casualty reserves, net of reinsurance; life estimated gross profits used in the valuation and amortization of assets and liabilities associated with variable annuity and other universal life-type contracts; living benefits required to be fair valued; valuation of investments and derivative instruments; evaluation of other-than-temporary impairments on available-for-sale securities; pension and other postretirement benefit obligations; contingencies relating to corporate litigation and regulatory matters; and goodwill impairment.
Reclassifications
Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year financial information to conform to the current year presentation
Adoption of New Accounting Standards
Amendments to the Impairment Guidance of EITF Issue No. 99-20
In January 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) No. EITF 99-20-1, “Amendments to the Impairment Guidance of EITF Issue No. 99-20,” (“FSP EITF 99-20-1”). The FSP amends the impairment guidance of Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 99-20, “Recognition of Interest Income and Impairment of Purchased Beneficial Interest and Beneficial Interest that Continue to Be Held by a Transferor in Securitized Financial Assets,” by removing the exclusive reliance upon market participant assumptions about future cash flows when evaluating impairment of securities within its scope. FSP EITF 99-20-1 requires companies to follow the impairment guidance in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities” (“SFAS 115”), which permits the use of reasonable management judgment of the probability that the holder will be unable to collect all amounts due. The FSP is effective prospectively for interim and annual reporting periods ending after December 15, 2008. The Company adopted the FSP on December 31, 2008 and the adoption did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
1. Basis of Presentation and Accounting Policies (continued)
FSP FAS 140-4 and FIN 46(R)-8, Disclosures by Public Entities (Enterprises) about Transfers of Financial Assets and Interests in Variable Interest Entities
In December 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS 140-4 and FIN 46(R)-8, “Disclosures by Public Entities (Enterprises) about Transfers of Financial Assets and Interests in Variable Interest Entities.” The purpose of this FSP is to promptly improve disclosures by public entities and enterprises until pending amendments to SFAS No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities” (“SFAS 140”), and FASB Interpretation No. 46 (R), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities” (“FIN 46(R)”), are finalized and approved by the FASB. The FSP amends SFAS 140 to require public entities to provide additional disclosures about transferors’ continuing involvements with transferred financial assets. It also amends FIN 46(R) to require public enterprises, to provide additional disclosures about their involvement with variable interest entities. FSP FAS 140-4 and FIN 46(R)-8 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods ending after December 15, 2008. For periods after the initial adoption date, comparative disclosures are required. The Company adopted the FSP on December 31, 2008. See Note 5 for the new disclosures.
Disclosures about Credit Derivatives and Certain Guarantees: An Amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 and FASB Interpretation No. 45; and Clarification of the Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 161
In September 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. FAS 133-1 and FIN 45-4 “Disclosures about Credit Derivatives and Certain Guarantees: An Amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 and FASB Interpretation No. 45; and Clarification of the Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 161” (“FSP FAS 133-1 and FIN 45-4”). This FSP amends SFAS 133 to require disclosures by entities that assume credit risk through the sale of credit derivatives including credit derivatives embedded in a hybrid instrument. The intent of these enhanced disclosures is to enable users of financial statements to assess the potential effect on its financial position, financial performance, and cash flows from these credit derivatives. This FSP also amends FASB Interpretation No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others”, to require an additional disclosure about the current status of the payment/performance risk of a guarantee. FSP FAS 133-1 and FIN 45-4 are effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods ending after November 15, 2008. For periods after the initial adoption date, comparative disclosures are required. The Company adopted FSP FAS 133-1 and FIN 45-4 on December 31, 2008. See Note 5 for the new disclosures.
Fair Value Measurements
On January 1, 2008, the Company adopted SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (“SFAS 157”), which was issued by the FASB in September 2006. The Company also adopted on January 1, 2008, the SFAS 157 related FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) described below. For financial statement elements currently required to be measured at fair value, SFAS 157 redefines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value under U.S. GAAP and enhances disclosures about fair value measurements. The new definition of fair value focuses on the price that would be received to sell the asset or paid to transfer the liability regardless of whether an observable liquid market price existed (an exit price). SFAS 157 establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad levels (“Level 1, 2, and 3”).
The Company applied the provisions of SFAS 157 prospectively to financial assets and financial liabilities that are required to be measured at fair value under existing U.S. GAAP. The Company also recorded in opening retained earnings the cumulative effect of applying SFAS 157 to certain customized derivatives measured at fair value in accordance with EITF Issue No. 02-3, “Issues Involved in Accounting for Derivative Contracts Held for Trading Purposes and Involved in Energy Trading and Risk Management Activities” (“EITF 02-3”). See Note 4 for additional information regarding SFAS 157. Specifically, see the SFAS 157 Transition discussion within Note 4 for information regarding the effects of applying SFAS 157 on the Company’s consolidated financial statements in 2008.
In February 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. FAS 157-2, “Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157” (“FSP FAS 157-2”) which delays the effective date of SFAS 157 to fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008 for certain nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities. Examples of applicable nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities to which FSP FAS 157-2 applies include, but are not limited to:
 
Nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities initially measured at fair value in a business combination that are not subsequently remeasured at fair value;
 
 
Reporting units measured at fair value in the goodwill impairment test as described in SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (“SFAS 142”), and nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities measured at fair value in the SFAS 142 goodwill impairment test, if applicable; and
 
 
Nonfinancial long-lived assets measured at fair value for impairment assessment under SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.”
As a result of the issuance of FSP FAS 157-2, the Company did not apply the provisions of SFAS 157 to the nonfinancial assets, nonfinancial liabilities and reporting units within the scope of FSP FAS 157-2.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
1. Basis of Presentation and Accounting Policies (continued)
Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115” (“SFAS 159”). The objective of SFAS 159 is to improve financial reporting by providing entities with the opportunity to mitigate volatility in reported net income caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently. This statement permits entities to choose, at specified election dates, to measure certain eligible items at fair value (i.e., the fair value option). SFAS 159 is effective as of the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year that begins after November 15, 2007. On January 1, 2008, the Company did not elect to apply the provisions of SFAS 159 to financial assets and liabilities.
Amendment of FASB Interpretation No. 39
In April 2007, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. FIN 39-1, “Amendment of FASB Interpretation No. 39” (“FSP FIN 39-1”). FSP FIN 39-1 amends FIN 39, “Offsetting of Amounts Related to Certain Contacts”, by permitting a reporting entity to offset fair value amounts recognized for the right to reclaim cash collateral (a receivable) or the obligation to return cash collateral (a payable) against fair value amounts recognized for derivative instruments executed with the same counterparty under the same master netting arrangement that have been offset in the statement of financial position in accordance with FIN 39. FSP FIN 39-1 also amends FIN 39 by modifying certain terms. FSP FIN 39-1 is effective for reporting periods beginning after November 15, 2007, with early application permitted. The Company early adopted FSP FIN 39-1 on December 31, 2007, by electing to offset cash collateral against amounts recognized for derivative instruments under the same master netting arrangements. The Company recorded the effect of adopting FSP FIN 39-1 as a change in accounting principle through retrospective application. See Note 5 for further discussions on the adoption of FSP FIN 39-1.
Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109
The FASB issued Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” (“FIN 48”), dated June 2006. FIN 48 requires companies to recognize the tax benefits of uncertain tax positions only when the position is “more likely than not” to be sustained assuming examination by tax authorities. The amount recognized represents the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized. A liability is recognized for any benefit claimed, or expected to be claimed, in a tax return in excess of the benefit recorded in the financial statements, along with any interest and penalty (if applicable) on the excess.
The Company adopted the provisions of FIN 48 on January 1, 2007. As a result of the adoption, the Company recognized a $12 decrease in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits and a corresponding increase in the January 1, 2007 balance of retained earnings. The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits as of January 1, 2007 was $8 including an immaterial amount for interest. If these unrecognized tax benefits were recognized, they would have an immaterial effect on the Company’s effective tax rate. The Company does not believe it would be subject to any penalties in any open tax years and, therefore, has not booked any such amounts. The Company classifies interest and penalties (if applicable) as income tax expense in the financial statements.
The Company or one of its subsidiaries files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and various state and foreign jurisdictions. The Company’s federal income tax returns are routinely audited by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”). During 2008, the IRS completed its examination of the Company’s U.S. income tax returns for 2002 through 2003. The Company received notification of the approval by the Joint Committee on Taxation of the results of the examination subsequent to December 31, 2008. The examination will not have a material effect on the Company’s net income or financial position. The 2004 through 2006 examination began during 2008, and is expected to close by the end of 2010. In addition, the Company is working with the IRS on a possible settlement of an issue related to prior periods which, if settled, may result in the booking of tax benefits in 2009. Such benefits are not expected to be material to the Company’s net income or financial position. Management believes that adequate provision has been made in the financial statements for any potential assessments that may result from tax examinations and other tax-related matters for all open tax years.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
1. Basis of Presentation and Accounting Policies (continued)
Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R)
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R)” (“SFAS 158”). This statement requires an entity to: (a) recognize an asset for the funded status, measured as the difference between the fair value of plan assets and the benefit obligation, of defined benefit postretirement plans that are overfunded and a liability for plans that are underfunded, measured as of the employer’s fiscal year end; and (b) recognize changes in the funded status of defined benefit postretirement plans, other than for the net periodic benefit cost included in net income, in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax (“AOCI”). For pension plans, the funded status must be based on the projected benefit obligation which includes an assumption for future salary increases. The provisions of FASB Statement No. 87, “Employers’ Accounting for Pensions” (“SFAS 87”) and FASB Statement No. 106, “Employers’ Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions” in measuring plan assets and benefit obligations and in determining the amount of net periodic benefit cost continue to apply upon initial and subsequent application of SFAS 158. SFAS 158 is effective for public entities with years ending after December 15, 2006, with certain exceptions not applicable to The Hartford, through an adjustment to the ending balance of AOCI. As of December 31, 2006, the effect of adopting SFAS 158 was a decrease of $717 in the net defined benefit postretirement plan asset and a corresponding after-tax decrease of $466 in the accumulated other comprehensive income component of equity. Because the Company recorded a decrease of $560, net of tax, in its additional minimum liability adjustment related to its pension plans, the balance sheet change was an increase of $145 in the net defined benefit postretirement plan asset and a corresponding after-tax increase of $94 in the accumulated other comprehensive income component of equity.
Accounting by Insurance Enterprises for Deferred Acquisition Costs (“DAC”) in Connection with Modifications or Exchanges of Insurance Contracts
In September 2005, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“AICPA”) issued Statement of Position 05-1, “Accounting by Insurance Enterprises for Deferred Acquisition Costs (“DAC”) in Connection with Modifications or Exchanges of Insurance Contracts” (“SOP 05-1”). SOP 05-1 provides guidance on accounting by insurance enterprises for DAC on internal replacements of insurance and investment contracts. An internal replacement is a modification in product benefits, features, rights or coverages that occurs by the exchange of a contract for a new contract, or by amendment, endorsement, or rider to a contract, or by the election of a feature or coverage within a contract. Modifications that result in a replacement contract that is substantially changed from the replaced contract should be accounted for as an extinguishment of the replaced contract. Unamortized DAC, unearned revenue liabilities and deferred sales inducements from the replaced contract must be written-off. Modifications that result in a contract that is substantially unchanged from the replaced contract should be accounted for as a continuation of the replaced contract. The Company adopted SOP 05-1 on January 1, 2007 and recognized the cumulative effect of the adoption of SOP 05-1 as a reduction in retained earnings of $53, after-tax.
Future Adoption of New Accounting Standards
Equity Method Investment Accounting Considerations
In November 2008, the FASB issued EITF 08-6, “Equity Method Investment Accounting Considerations” (“EITF 08-6”). EITF 08-6 addresses the effects of the issuances of SFAS 141(R) and SFAS 160 on the application of the equity method under Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion 18, “The Equity Method of Accounting for Investments in Common Stock” EITF 08-6 requires that (a) an entity determine the initial carrying value of an equity method investment by applying the cost accumulation model; (b) an entity shall use the other than temporary impairment model of APB Opinion 18; however, investors should adjust any impairments’ recorded by an investee for existing differences between the investor’s basis and the underlying investees’ basis in such impaired assets; (c) share issuances by an investee should be accounted for as if the equity method investor had sold a proportionate share of its investment; and (d) when an investment is no longer within the scope of equity method accounting and instead is within the scope of cost method accounting or SFAS 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities” (“SFAS 115”), the investor should prospectively apply the provisions of APB Opinion 18 or SFAS 115 and use the current carrying amount of the investment as its initial cost. The EITF is effective on a prospective basis in fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008 and interim periods within those fiscal years, consistent with the effective dates of SFAS No. 141(R) and SFAS No. 160. The adoption of EITF 08-6 on January 1, 2009 did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
1. Basis of Presentation and Accounting Policies (continued)
Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities
In June 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. EITF 03-6-1, “Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities” (“FSP EITF 03-6-1”). The FSP addresses whether instruments granted in share-based payment transactions are participating securities prior to vesting and, therefore, need to be included in the earnings allocation in computing earnings per share (“EPS”) under the two-class method described in SFAS No. 128, “Earnings per Share” (“SFAS 128”). The FSP requires that unvested share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) are participating securities and shall be included in the computation of EPS pursuant to the two-class method. FSP EITF 03-6-1 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those years. All prior-period EPS data presented shall be adjusted retrospectively (including interim financial statements, summaries of earnings, and selected financial data) to conform with the provisions of this FSP. Early application is not permitted. The adoption of FSP EITF 03-6-1 on January 1, 2009, did not have a material effect on the Company’s earnings per share.
Determining Whether an Instrument (or Embedded Feature) Is Indexed to an Entity’s Own Stock
In June 2008, the FASB issued EITF No. 07-5, “Determining Whether an Instrument (or Embedded Feature) Is Indexed to an Entity’s Own Stock” (“EITF 07-5”). EITF 07-5 addresses the determination of whether an instrument (or an embedded feature) is indexed to an entity’s own stock for the purposes of determining whether an instrument is a derivative. To the extent a derivative instrument or embedded derivative feature is deemed indexed to an entity’s own stock, it may be exempt from the requirements of SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (“SFAS 133”). EITF 07-5 concluded that an entity should determine whether an equity-linked financial instrument (or embedded feature) is indexed to its own stock first by evaluating the instrument’s contingent exercise provisions, if any, and then by evaluating the instrument’s settlement provisions. EITF 07-5 will be effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Earlier application is not permitted. EITF 07-5 shall be applied to outstanding instruments as of the beginning of the fiscal year in which the EITF is adopted. The adoption of EITF 07-5 on January 1, 2009, did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
Accounting for Financial Guarantee Insurance Contracts—an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 60
In May 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 163, “Accounting for Financial Guarantee Insurance Contracts—an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 60” (“SFAS 163”). The scope of SFAS 163 is limited to financial guarantee insurance (and reinsurance) contracts issued by enterprises that are included within the scope of SFAS No. 60, “Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises” (“SFAS 60”) and that are not accounted for as derivative instruments. SFAS 163 excludes from its scope insurance contracts that are similar to financial guarantee insurance such as mortgage guaranty insurance and credit insurance on trade receivables. SFAS 163 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. The Company does not have financial guarantee insurance products, and, accordingly the adoption of SFAS 163 did not have an effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets
In April 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. FAS 142-3, “Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets” (“FSP FAS 142-3”). FSP FAS 142-3 amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under SFAS 142. FSP FAS 142-3 amends paragraph 11(d) of SFAS 142 to require an entity to use its own assumptions about renewal or extension of an arrangement, adjusted for the entity-specific factors in paragraph 11 of SFAS 142, even when there is likely to be substantial cost or material modifications. FSP FAS 142-3 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption prohibited. The provisions of FSP FAS 142-3 are to be applied prospectively to intangible assets acquired after January 1, 2009, for the Company, although the disclosure provisions are required for all intangible assets recognized as of or subsequent to January 1, 2009. The adoption of FSP FAS 142-3 on January 1, 2009, did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133” (“SFAS 161”). SFAS 161 amends and expands disclosures about an entity’s derivative and hedging activities with the intent of providing users of financial statements with an enhanced understanding of (a) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (b) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under SFAS 133 and its related interpretations, and (c) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. SFAS 161 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, with early application encouraged. SFAS 161 encourages, but does not require, comparative disclosures. The Company adopted SFAS 161 on January 1, 2009. The adoption of this FSP by the Company is expected to result in expanded disclosures related to derivative instruments and hedging activities.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
1. Basis of Presentation and Accounting Policies (continued)
Business Combinations
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), “Business Combinations” (“SFAS 141(R)”). This statement replaces SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations” (“SFAS 141”) and establishes the principles and requirements for how the acquirer in a business combination: (a) measures and recognizes the identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interests in the acquired entity, (b) measures and recognizes positive goodwill acquired or a gain from bargain purchase (negative goodwill), and (c) determines the disclosure information that is decision-useful to users of financial statements in evaluating the nature and financial effects of the business combination. Some of the significant changes to the existing accounting guidance on business combinations made by SFAS 141(R) include the following:
 
Most of the identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree shall be measured at their acquisition-date fair values in accordance with SFAS 157 fair value rather than SFAS 141’s requirement based on estimated fair values;
 
 
Acquisition-related costs incurred by the acquirer shall be expensed in the periods in which the costs are incurred rather than included in the cost of the acquired entity;
 
 
Goodwill shall be measured as the excess of the consideration transferred, including the fair value of any contingent consideration, plus the fair value of any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree, over the fair values of the acquired identifiable net assets, rather than measured as the excess of the cost of the acquired entity over the estimated fair values of the acquired identifiable net assets;
 
 
Contractual pre-acquisition contingencies are to be recognized at their acquisition date fair values and noncontractual pre-acquisition contingencies are to be recognized at their acquisition date fair values only if it is more likely than not that the contingency gives rise to an asset or liability, whereas SFAS 141 generally permits the deferred recognition of pre-acquisition contingencies until the recognition criteria of SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies” are met; and
 
 
Contingent consideration shall be recognized at the acquisition date rather than when the contingency is resolved and consideration is issued or becomes issuable.
SFAS 141(R) is effective for and shall be applied prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008, with earlier adoption prohibited. Assets and liabilities that arose from business combinations with acquisition dates prior to the SFAS 141(R) effective date shall not be adjusted upon adoption of SFAS 141(R) with certain exceptions for acquired deferred tax assets and acquired income tax positions. The adoption of SFAS 141(R) on January 1, 2009, did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements, an amendment of ARB No. 51
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements” (“SFAS 160”). This statement amends Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, “Consolidated Financial Statements” (“ARB 51”). Noncontrolling interest refers to the minority interest portion of the equity of a subsidiary that is not attributable directly or indirectly to a parent. SFAS 160 establishes accounting and reporting standards that require for-profit entities that prepare consolidated financial statements to: (a) present noncontrolling interests as a component of equity, separate from the parent’s equity, (b) separately present the amount of consolidated net income attributable to noncontrolling interests in the income statement, (c) consistently account for changes in a parent’s ownership interests in a subsidiary in which the parent entity has a controlling financial interest as equity transactions, (d) require an entity to measure at fair value its remaining interest in a subsidiary that is deconsolidated, and (e) require an entity to provide sufficient disclosures that identify and clearly distinguish between interests of the parent and interests of noncontrolling owners. SFAS 160 applies to all for-profit entities that prepare consolidated financial statements, and affects those for-profit entities that have outstanding noncontrolling interests in one or more subsidiaries or that deconsolidate a subsidiary. SFAS 160 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning on or after December 15, 2008 with earlier adoption prohibited. The Company’s adoption of SFAS 160 on January 1, 2009 did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
1. Basis of Presentation and Accounting Policies (continued)
Accounting Policies
Investments
The Hartford’s investments in fixed maturities include bonds, redeemable preferred stock and commercial paper. These investments, along with certain equity securities, which include common and non-redeemable preferred stocks, are classified as “available-for-sale” and are carried at fair value. The after-tax difference from cost or amortized cost is reflected in stockholders’ equity as a component of AOCI, after adjustments for the effect of deducting the life and pension policyholders’ share of the immediate participation guaranteed contracts and certain life and annuity deferred policy acquisition costs and reserve adjustments. The equity investments associated with the variable annuity products offered in Japan are recorded at fair value and are classified as “trading” with changes in fair value recorded in net investment income. Policy loans are carried at outstanding balance. Mortgage loans on real estate are recorded at the outstanding principal balance adjusted for amortization of premiums or discounts and net of valuation allowances, if any. Short-term investments are carried at amortized cost, which approximates fair value. Limited partnerships and other alternative investments are reported at their carrying value with the change in carrying value accounted for under the equity method and accordingly the Company’s share of earnings are included in net investment income. Recognition of limited partnerships and other alternative investment income is delayed due to the availability of the related financial statements, as private equity and other funds are generally on a three-month delay and hedge funds are on a one-month delay. Accordingly, income at December 31, 2008 may not include the full impact of current year changes in valuation of the underlying assets and liabilities. Other investments primarily consist of derivatives instruments which are carried at fair value.
Other-Than-Temporary Impairments on Available-for-Sale Securities
One of the significant estimates related to available-for-sale securities is the evaluation of investments for other-than-temporary impairments. If a decline in the fair value of an available-for-sale security is judged to be other-than-temporary, a charge is recorded in net realized capital losses equal to the difference between the fair value and cost or amortized cost basis of the security. In addition, for securities expected to be sold, an other-than-temporary impairment charge is recognized if the Company does not expect the fair value of a security to recover to cost or amortized cost prior to the expected date of sale. The fair value of the other-than-temporarily impaired investment becomes its new cost basis. For fixed maturities, the Company accretes the new cost basis to par or to the estimated future cash flows over the expected remaining life of the security by adjusting the security’s yield.
The evaluation of securities for impairments is a quantitative and qualitative process, which is subject to risks and uncertainties and is intended to determine whether declines in the fair value of investments should be recognized in current period earnings. The risks and uncertainties include changes in general economic conditions, the issuer’s financial condition and/or future prospects, the effects of changes in interest rates or credit spreads and the expected recovery period. The Company has a security monitoring process overseen by a committee of investment and accounting professionals (“the committee”) that identifies securities that, due to certain characteristics, as described below, are subjected to an enhanced analysis on a quarterly basis. Based on this evaluation, during 2008, the Company concluded $4.0 billion of unrealized losses were other-than-temporarily impaired and as of December 31, 2008, the Company’s unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities of $14.6 billion were temporarily impaired.
Securities not subject to EITF Issue No. 99-20, “Recognition of Interest Income and Impairment on Purchased Beneficial Interests and Beneficial Interests That Continued to Be Held by a Transferor in Securitized Financial Assets” (“non-EITF Issue No. 99-20 securities”) that are in an unrealized loss position, are reviewed at least quarterly to determine if an other-than-temporary impairment is present based on certain quantitative and qualitative factors. The primary factors considered in evaluating whether a decline in value for non-EITF Issue No. 99-20 securities is other-than-temporary include: (a) the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than cost or amortized cost and the expected recovery period of the security, (b) the financial condition, credit rating and future prospects of the issuer, (c) whether the debtor is current on contractually obligated interest and principal payments and (d) the intent and ability of the Company to retain the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for recovery.
Through September 30, 2008, for securitized financial assets with contractual cash flows, including those subject to EITF Issue No. 99-20, the Company periodically updated its best estimate of cash flows over the life of the security. The Company’s best estimate of cash flows used severe economic recession assumptions due to market uncertainty, similar to those the Company believed market participants would use. If the fair value of a securitized financial asset was less than its cost or amortized cost and there has been an adverse change in timing or amount of anticipated future cash flows since the last revised estimate, an other-than-temporary impairment charge was recognized. The Company also considered its intent and ability to retain a temporarily depressed security until recovery. Estimating future cash flows is a quantitative and qualitative process that incorporates information received from third party sources along with certain internal assumptions and judgments regarding the future performance of the underlying collateral. In addition, projections of expected future cash flows may change based upon new information regarding the performance of the underlying collateral. Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company implemented FSP No. EITF 99-20-1, “Amendments to the Impairment Guidance of EITF Issue No. 99-20”. Upon implementation, the Company continued to utilize the impairment process described above; however, rather than exclusively relying upon market participant assumptions management judgment was also used in assessing the probability that an adverse change in future cash flows has occurred.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
1. Basis of Presentation and Accounting Policies (continued)
Each quarter, during this analysis, the Company asserts its intent and ability to retain until recovery those securities judged to be temporarily impaired. Once identified, these securities are systematically restricted from trading unless approved by the committee. The committee will only authorize the sale of these securities based on predefined criteria that relate to events that could not have been reasonably foreseen at the time the committee rendered its judgment on the Company’s intent and ability to retain such securities until recovery. Examples of the criteria include, but are not limited to, the deterioration in the issuer’s creditworthiness, a change in regulatory requirements or a major business combination or major disposition.
Mortgage Loan Impairments
Mortgage loans on real estate are considered to be impaired when management estimates that based upon current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. For mortgage loans that are deemed impaired, a valuation allowance is established for the difference between the carrying amount and the Company’s share of either (a) the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate, (b) the loan’s observable market price or (c) the fair value of the collateral. Changes in valuation allowances are recorded in net realized capital gains and losses.
Net Realized Capital Gains and Losses
Net realized capital gains and losses from investment sales, after deducting the life and pension policyholders’ share for certain products, are reported as a component of revenues and are determined on a specific identification basis. Net realized capital gains and losses also result from fair value changes in derivatives contracts (both free-standing and embedded) that do not qualify, or are not designated, as a hedge for accounting purposes, and the change in value of derivatives in certain fair-value hedge relationships. Impairments are recognized as net realized capital losses when investment losses in value are deemed other-than-temporary. Recoveries of principal received by the Company in excess of expected realizable value from securities previously recorded as other-than-temporarily impaired are included in net realized capital gains. Foreign currency transaction remeasurements are also included in net realized capital gains and losses.
Net Investment Income
Interest income from fixed maturities and mortgage loans on real estate is recognized when earned on the constant effective yield method based on estimated timing of cash flows. The amortization of premium and accretion of discount for fixed maturities also takes into consideration call and maturity dates that produce the lowest yield. For securitized financial assets subject to prepayment risk, yields are recalculated and adjusted periodically to reflect historical and/or estimated future principal repayments using the retrospective method; however, if these investments are impaired, any yield adjustments are made using the prospective method. Prepayment fees on fixed maturities and mortgage loans are recorded in net investment income when earned. For limited partnerships, the equity method of accounting is used to recognize the Company’s share of earnings. For fixed maturities that have had an other-than-temporary impairment loss, the Company amortizes the new cost basis to par or to the estimated future value over the expected remaining life of the security by adjusting the security’s yield.
Net investment income on equity securities held for trading includes dividend income and the changes in market value of the securities associated with the variable annuity products sold in Japan and the United Kingdom. The returns on these policyholder-directed investments inure to the benefit of the variable annuity policyholders but the underlying funds do not meet the criteria for separate account reporting as provided in SOP 03-1. Accordingly, these assets are reflected in the Company’s general account and the returns credited to the policyholders are reflected in interest credited, a component of benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses.
Derivative Instruments
Overview
The Company utilizes a variety of derivative instruments, including swaps, caps, floors, forwards, futures and options through one of four Company-approved objectives: to hedge risk arising from interest rate, equity market, credit spread including issuer default, price or currency exchange rate risk or volatility; to manage liquidity; to control transaction costs; or to enter into replication transactions. For a further discussion of derivative instruments, see the Derivative Instruments section of Note 5.
The Company’s derivative transactions are used in strategies permitted under the derivative use plans required by the State of Connecticut, the State of Illinois and the State of New York insurance departments.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
1. Basis of Presentation and Accounting Policies (continued)
Accounting and Financial Statement Presentation of Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
Derivative instruments are recognized on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, approximately 94% and 89% of derivatives, respectively, based upon notional values, were priced by valuation models, which utilize independent market data, while the remaining 6% and 11%, respectively, were priced by broker quotations. The derivatives are valued using mid-market level inputs that are predominantly observable in the market place. Inputs used to value derivatives include, but are not limited to, interest swap rates, foreign currency forward and spot rates, credit spreads, interest and equity volatility and equity index levels. The Company performs a monthly analysis on the derivative valuation which includes both quantitative and qualitative analysis. Examples of procedures performed include, but are not limited to, review of pricing statistics and trends, back testing recent trades, analyzing changes in the market environment and monitoring trading volume. This discussion on derivative pricing excludes the GMWB rider and associated reinsurance contracts as well as the embedded derivatives associated with the GMAB product, which are discussed in Note 4.
On the date the derivative contract is entered into, the Company designates the derivative as (1) a hedge of the fair value of a recognized asset or liability (“fair-value” hedge), (2) a hedge of the variability in cash flows of a forecasted transaction or of amounts to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability (“cash-flow” hedge), (3) a foreign-currency fair-value or cash-flow hedge (“foreign-currency” hedge), (4) a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation (“net investment” hedge) or (5) held for other investment and/or risk management purposes, which primarily involve managing asset or liability related risks which do not qualify for hedge accounting.
Fair-Value Hedges
Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is designated and qualifies as a fair-value hedge, along with the changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that is attributable to the hedged risk, are recorded in current period earnings with any differences between the net change in fair value of the derivative and the hedged item representing the hedge ineffectiveness. Periodic cash flows and accruals of income/expense (“periodic derivative net coupon settlements”) are recorded in the line item of the consolidated statements of operations in which the cash flows of the hedged item are recorded.
Cash-Flow Hedges
Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is designated and qualifies as a cash-flow hedge are recorded in AOCI and are reclassified into earnings when the variability of the cash flow of the hedged item impacts earnings. Gains and losses on derivative contracts that are reclassified from AOCI to current period earnings are included in the line item in the consolidated statements of operations in which the cash flows of the hedged item are recorded. Any hedge ineffectiveness is recorded immediately in current period earnings as net realized capital gains and losses. Periodic derivative net coupon settlements are recorded in the line item of the consolidated statements of operations in which the cash flows of the hedged item are recorded.
Foreign-Currency Hedges
Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as foreign-currency hedges are recorded in either current period earnings or AOCI, depending on whether the hedged transaction is a fair-value hedge or a cash-flow hedge, respectively. Any hedge ineffectiveness is recorded immediately in current period earnings as net realized capital gains and losses. Periodic derivative net coupon settlements are recorded in the line item of the consolidated statements of operations in which the cash flows of the hedged item are recorded.
Net Investment in a Foreign Operation Hedges
Changes in fair value of a derivative used as a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation, to the extent effective as a hedge, are recorded in the foreign currency translation adjustments account within AOCI. Cumulative changes in fair value recorded in AOCI are reclassified into earnings upon the sale or complete, or substantially complete, liquidation of the foreign entity. Any hedge ineffectiveness is recorded immediately in current period earnings as net realized capital gains and losses. Periodic derivative net coupon settlements are recorded in the line item of the consolidated statements of operations in which the cash flows of the hedged item are recorded.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
1. Basis of Presentation and Accounting Policies (continued)
Other Investment and/or Risk Management Activities
The Company’s other investment and/or risk management activities primarily relate to strategies used to reduce economic risk or replicate permitted investments and do not receive hedge accounting treatment. Changes in the fair value, including periodic derivative net coupon settlements, of derivative instruments held for other investment and/or risk management purposes are reported in current period earnings as net realized capital gains and losses.
Hedge Documentation and Effectiveness Testing
To qualify for hedge accounting treatment, a derivative must be highly effective in mitigating the designated changes in fair value or cash flow of the hedged item. At hedge inception, the Company formally documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk-management objective and strategy for undertaking each hedge transaction. The documentation process includes linking derivatives that are designated as fair-value, cash-flow, foreign-currency or net investment hedges to specific assets or liabilities on the balance sheet or to specific forecasted transactions and defining the effectiveness and ineffectiveness testing methods to be used. The Company also formally assesses both at the hedge’s inception and ongoing on a quarterly basis, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions have been and are expected to continue to be highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items. Hedge effectiveness is assessed using qualitative and quantitative methods. Qualitative methods may include comparison of critical terms of the derivative to the hedged item. Quantitative methods include regression or other statistical analysis of changes in fair value or cash flows associated with the hedge relationship. Hedge ineffectiveness of the hedge relationships are measured each reporting period using the “Change in Variable Cash Flows Method”, the “Change in Fair Value Method”, the “Hypothetical Derivative Method”, or the “Dollar Offset Method”.
Discontinuance of Hedge Accounting
The Company discontinues hedge accounting prospectively when (1) it is determined that the derivative is no longer highly effective in offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of a hedged item; (2) the derivative is dedesignated as a hedging instrument; or (3) the derivative expires or is sold, terminated or exercised.
When hedge accounting is discontinued because it is determined that the derivative no longer qualifies as an effective fair-value hedge, the derivative continues to be carried at fair value on the balance sheet with changes in its fair value recognized in current period earnings.
When hedge accounting is discontinued because the Company becomes aware that it is not probable that the forecasted transaction will occur, the derivative continues to be carried on the balance sheet at its fair value, and gains and losses that were accumulated in AOCI are recognized immediately in earnings.
In other situations in which hedge accounting is discontinued on a cash-flow hedge, including those where the derivative is sold, terminated or exercised, amounts previously deferred in AOCI are reclassified into earnings when earnings are impacted by the variability of the cash flow of the hedged item.
Embedded Derivatives
The Company purchases and issues financial instruments and products that contain embedded derivative instruments. When it is determined that (1) the embedded derivative possesses economic characteristics that are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics of the host contract, and (2) a separate instrument with the same terms would qualify as a derivative instrument, the embedded derivative is bifurcated from the host for measurement purposes. The embedded derivative, which is reported with the host instrument in the consolidated balance sheets, is carried at fair value with changes in fair value reported in net realized capital gains and losses.
Credit Risk
The Company’s derivative counterparty exposure policy establishes market-based credit limits, favors long-term financial stability and creditworthiness and typically requires credit enhancement/credit risk reducing agreements. Credit risk is measured as the amount owed to the Company based on current market conditions and potential payment obligations between the Company and its counterparties. For each legal entity, the Company’s credit exposures are generally quantified daily, netted by counterparty and collateral is pledged to and held by, or on behalf of, the Company to the extent the current value of derivatives exceeds the contractual thresholds which do not exceed $10, except for reinsurance derivatives. The Company also minimizes the credit risk in derivative instruments by entering into transactions with high quality counterparties rated A2/A or better, which are monitored and evaluated by the Company’s risk management team and reviewed by senior management. In addition, the compliance unit monitors counterparty credit exposure on a monthly basis to ensure compliance with Company policies and statutory limitations. The Company also maintains a policy of requiring that derivative contracts, other than exchange traded contracts, certain currency forward contracts, and certain embedded derivatives, be governed by an International Swaps and Derivatives Association Master Agreement which is structured by legal entity and by counterparty and permits right of offset.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
1. Basis of Presentation and Accounting Policies (continued)
Product Derivatives
The Company offers certain variable annuity products with a guaranteed minimum withdrawal and accumulation benefit (“GMWB” and “GMAB”) rider. The GMWB and GMAB represent embedded derivatives in the variable annuity contracts that are required to be reported separately from the host variable annuity contract. They are carried at fair value and reported in other policyholder funds. See Note 4 for a complete discussion of GMWB and GMAB valuations.
In valuing the embedded derivative, the Company attributes to the derivative a portion of the fees collected from the contract holder equal to the present value of future GMWB and GMAB claims (the “Attributed Fees”). All changes in the fair value of the embedded derivative are recorded in net realized capital gains and losses. The excess of fees collected from the contract holder over the Attributed Fees are associated with the host variable annuity contract and recorded in fee income.
The Company has reinsurance arrangements in place to transfer a portion of its risk of loss due to GMWB. These arrangements are recognized as derivatives and carried at fair value in reinsurance recoverables. Changes in the fair value of the reinsurance agreements are recorded in net realized capital gains and losses. See Note 4 for a complete discussion of GMWB reinsurance valuation
Separate Accounts
The Company maintains separate account assets, which are reported at fair value. Separate account liabilities are reported at amounts consistent with separate account assets. Separate accounts include contracts, wherein the policyholder assumes the investment risk. Separate account assets are segregated from other investments and investment income and gains and losses accrue directly to the policyholder.
Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs and Present Value of Future Profits
Life — Life’s deferred policy acquisition costs asset and present value of future profits (“PVFP”) intangible asset (hereafter, referred to collectively as “DAC”) related to investment contracts and universal life-type contracts (including variable annuities) are amortized in the same way, over the estimated life of the contracts acquired using the retrospective deposit method. Under the retrospective deposit method, acquisition costs are amortized in proportion to the present value of estimated gross profits (“EGPs”). EGPs are also used to amortize other assets and liabilities on the Company’s balance sheet, such as sales inducement assets and unearned revenue reserves (“URR”). Components of EGPs are used to determine reserves for guaranteed minimum death, income and universal life secondary guarantee benefits accounted for and collectively referred to as “SOP 03-1 reserves”. The specific breakdown of the most significant EGP based balances by segment is as follows:
                                                 
    Individual Variable Annuities —     Individual Variable Annuities —        
    U.S.     Japan     Individual Life  
    December 31,     December 31,     December 31,     December 31,     December 31,     December 31,  
    2008     2007     2008     2007     2008     2007  
DAC
  $ 4,844     $ 4,982     $ 1,834     $ 1,760     $ 2,931     $ 2,309  
Sales Inducements
  $ 436     $ 390     $ 21     $ 8     $ 36     $ 20  
URR
  $ 109     $ 124     $     $     $ 1,299     $ 816  
SOP 03-1 reserves
  $ 867     $ 527     $ 229     $ 42     $ 40     $ 19  
For most contracts, the Company estimates gross profits over a 20 year horizon as estimated profits emerging subsequent to that timeframe are immaterial. The Company uses other amortization bases for amortizing DAC, such as gross costs (net of reinsurance), as a replacement for EGPs when EGPs are expected to be negative for multiple years of the contract’s life. Actual gross profits, in a given reporting period, that vary from management’s initial estimates result in increases or decreases in the rate of amortization, commonly referred to as a “true-up”, which are recorded in the current period. The true-up recorded for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 was an increase (decrease) to amortization of $404 (of which $194 is attributed to accelerated DAC amortization for the Company’s 3Win product in Japan as further discussed under the “Japan Variable Annuities” section below), $(6), and $41, respectively.
Products sold in a particular year are aggregated into cohorts. Future gross profits for each cohort are projected over the estimated lives of the underlying contracts, and are, to a large extent, a function of future account value projections for variable annuity products and to a lesser extent for variable universal life products. The projection of future account values requires the use of certain assumptions. The assumptions considered to be important in the projection of future account value, and hence the EGPs, include separate account fund performance, which is impacted by separate account fund mix, less fees assessed against the contract holder’s account balance, surrender and lapse rates, interest margin, mortality, and hedging costs. The assumptions are developed as part of an annual process and are dependent upon the Company’s current best estimates of future events. The Company’s current 20 year separate account return assumption is approximately 7.2% (after fund fees, but before mortality and expense charges) for U.S. products and 5.1% (after fund fees, but before mortality and expense charges) in aggregate for all Japanese products, but varies from product to product. The Company estimates gross profits using the mean of EGPs derived from a set of stochastic scenarios that have been calibrated to our estimated separate account return.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
1. Basis of Presentation and Accounting Policies (continued)
Estimating future gross profits is a complex process requiring considerable judgment and the forecasting of events well into the future. Given the current volatility in the capital markets and the evaluation of other factors, the Company will continually evaluate its separate account return estimation process and may change that process from time to time.
The Company plans to complete a comprehensive assumption study and refine its estimate of future gross profits during the third quarter of each year. Upon completion of an assumption study, the Company revises its assumptions to reflect its current best estimate, thereby changing its estimate of projected account values and the related EGPs in the DAC, sales inducement and unearned revenue reserve amortization models as well as SOP 03-1 reserving models. The DAC asset, as well as the sales inducement asset, unearned revenue reserves and SOP 03-1 reserves are adjusted with an offsetting benefit or charge to income to reflect such changes in the period of the revision, a process known as an “Unlock”. An Unlock that results in an after-tax benefit generally occurs as a result of actual experience or future expectations of product profitability being favorable compared to previous estimates. An Unlock that results in an after-tax charge generally occurs as a result of actual experience or future expectations of product profitability being unfavorable compared to previous estimates.
In addition to when a comprehensive assumption study is completed, revisions to best estimate assumptions used to estimate future gross profits are necessary when the EGPs in the Company’s models fall outside of an independently determined reasonable range of EGPs. The Company performs a quantitative process each quarter to determine the reasonable range of EGPs. This process involves the use of internally developed models, which run a large number of stochastically determined scenarios of separate account fund performance. Incorporated in each scenario are assumptions with respect to lapse rates, mortality and expenses, based on the Company’s most recent assumption study. These scenarios are run for the Company’s individual variable annuity businesses in the United States and Japan, the Company’s Retirement Plans businesses, and for the Company’s individual variable universal life business and are used to calculate statistically significant ranges of reasonable EGPs. The statistical ranges produced from the stochastic scenarios are compared to the present value of EGPs used in the Company’s models. If EGPs used in the Company’s models fall outside of the statistical ranges of reasonable EGPs, an “Unlock” would be necessary. If EGPs used in the Company’s models fall inside of the statistical ranges of reasonable EGPs, the Company will not solely rely on the results of the quantitative analysis to determine the necessity of an Unlock. In addition, the Company considers, on a quarterly basis, other qualitative factors such as product, regulatory and policyholder behavior trends and may also revise EGPs if those trends are expected to be significant and were not or could not be included in the statistically significant ranges of reasonable EGPs. As of December 31, 2008, the EGPs used in the Company’s models fell within the statistical ranges of reasonable EGPs. As a result of this statistical test and review of qualitative factors, the Company did not Unlock the EGPs used in the Company’s models during the fourth quarter of 2008.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
1. Basis of Presentation and Accounting Policies (continued)
Unlock Results
As described above, as of September 30, 2008, the Company completed a comprehensive study of assumptions underlying EGPs, resulting in an Unlock. The study covered all assumptions, including mortality, lapses, expenses, interest rate spreads, hedging costs, and separate account returns, in substantially all product lines. The new best estimate assumptions were applied to the current policy related in-force or account values to project future gross profits. The after-tax impact on the Company’s assets and liabilities as a result of the Unlock during the third quarter of 2008 was as follows:
                                         
                    Death and              
    DAC     Unearned     Income     Sales        
Segment   and     Revenue     Benefit     Inducement        
After-tax (charge) benefit   PVFP     Reserves     Reserves [1]     Assets     Total [2]  
Retail
  $ (648 )   $ 18     $ (75 )   $ (27 )   $ (732 )
Retirement Plans
    (49 )                       (49 )
Institutional
                             
Individual Life
    (29 )     (12 )     (3 )           (44 )
International — Japan
    (23 )     (1 )     (90 )     (2 )     (116 )
Corporate
    9                         9  
 
                             
Total
  $ (740 )   $ 5     $ (168 )   $ (29 )   $ (932 )
 
                             
     
[1]  
As a result of the Unlock, death benefit reserves in Retail, increased $389, pre-tax, offset by an increase of $273, pre-tax, in reinsurance recoverables. In International, death benefit reserves increased $164, pre-tax, offset by an increase of $25, pre-tax, in reinsurance recoverables.
 
[2]  
The following were the most significant contributors to the Unlock amounts recorded during the third quarter of 2008:
   
Actual separate account returns from the period ending July 31, 2007 to September 30, 2008 were significantly below our aggregated estimated return.
 
   
The Company reduced its 20 year projected separate account return assumption from 7.8% to 7.2% in the U.S.
 
   
In Retirement Plans, the Company reduced its estimate of future fees as plans meet contractual size limits (“breakpoints”) causing a lower fee schedule to apply and the Company increased its assumption for future deposits by existing plan participants.
The after-tax impact on the Company’s assets and liabilities as a result of the Unlock during the third quarter of 2007 was as follows:
                                         
                    Death and              
    DAC     Unearned     Income     Sales        
Segment   and     Revenue     Benefit     Inducement        
After-tax (charge) benefit   PVFP     Reserves     Reserves [1]     Assets     Total [2]  
Retail
  $ 180     $ (5 )   $ (4 )   $ 9     $ 180  
Retirement Plans
    (9 )                       (9 )
Institutional
    1                         1  
Individual Life
    24       (8 )                 16  
International — Japan
    16             6             22  
Corporate
    3                         3  
 
                             
Total
  $ 215     $ (13 )   $ 2     $ 9     $ 213  
 
                             
     
[1]  
As a result of the unlock, death benefit reserves, in Retail, decreased $4, pre-tax, offset by a decrease of $10, pre-tax, in reinsurance recoverables.
 
[2]  
The following were the most significant contributors to the unlock amounts recorded during the third quarter of 2007:
   
Actual separate account returns were above our aggregated estimated return.
 
   
During the third quarter of 2007, the Company estimated gross profits using the mean of EGPs derived from a set of stochastic scenarios that have been calibrated to our estimated separate account return as compared to prior year where we used a single deterministic estimation. The impact of this change in estimation was a benefit of $13, after-tax, for Japan variable annuities and $20, after-tax, for U.S. variable annuities.
 
   
As part of its continual enhancement to its assumption setting processes and in connection with its assumption study, the Company included dynamic lapse behavior assumptions. Dynamic lapses reflect that lapse behavior will be different depending upon market movements. The impact of this assumption change along with other base lapse rate changes was an approximate benefit of $40, after-tax, for U.S. variable annuities.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
1. Basis of Presentation and Accounting Policies (continued)
An “Unlock” only revises EGPs to reflect current best estimate assumptions. With or without an Unlock, and even after an Unlock occurs, the Company must also test the aggregate recoverability of the DAC and sales inducement assets by comparing the existing DAC balance to the present value of future EGPs. In addition, the Company routinely stress tests its DAC and sales inducement assets for recoverability against severe declines in its separate account assets, which could occur if the equity markets experienced a significant sell-off, as the majority of policyholders’ funds in the separate accounts is invested in the equity market. As of December 31, 2008, the Company believed U.S. individual and Japan individual variable annuity EGPs could fall, through a combination of negative market returns, lapses and mortality, by at least 6% and 49%, respectively, before portions of its DAC and sales inducement assets would be unrecoverable.
Property & Casualty — The Property & Casualty operations also incur costs, including commissions, premium taxes and certain underwriting and policy issuance costs, that vary with and are related primarily to the acquisition of property and casualty insurance business. These costs are deferred and amortized ratably over the period the related premiums are earned. Deferred acquisition costs are reviewed to determine if they are recoverable from future income, and if not, are charged to expense. Anticipated investment income is considered in the determination of the recoverability of deferred policy acquisition costs. For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, no amount of deferred policy acquisition costs was charged to expense based on determination of recoverability.
Reserve for Future Policy Benefits and Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses
Life — Liabilities for the Company’s group life and disability contracts as well its individual term life insurance policies include amounts for unpaid losses and future policy benefits. Liabilities for unpaid losses include estimates of amounts to fully settle known reported claims as well as claims related to insured events that the Company estimates have been incurred but have not yet been reported. Liabilities for future policy benefits are calculated by the net level premium method using interest, withdrawal and mortality assumptions appropriate at the time the policies were issued. The methods used in determining the liability for unpaid losses and future policy benefits are standard actuarial methods recognized by the American Academy of Actuaries. For the tabular reserves, discount rates are based on the Company’s earned investment yield and the morbidity/mortality tables used are standard industry tables modified to reflect the Company’s actual experience when appropriate. In particular, for the Company’s group disability known claim reserves, the morbidity table for the early durations of claim is based exclusively on the Company’s experience, incorporating factors such as gender, elimination period and diagnosis. These reserves are computed such that they are expected to meet the Company’s future policy obligations. Future policy benefits are computed at amounts that, with additions from estimated premiums to be received and with interest on such reserves compounded annually at certain assumed rates, are expected to be sufficient to meet the Company’s policy obligations at their maturities or in the event of an insured’s death. Changes in or deviations from the assumptions used for mortality, morbidity, expected future premiums and interest can significantly affect the Company’s reserve levels and related future operations and, as such, provisions for adverse deviation are built into the long-tailed liability assumptions.
Certain contracts classified as universal life-type may also include additional death or other insurance benefit features, such as guaranteed minimum death or income benefits offered with variable annuity contracts or no lapse guarantees offered with universal life insurance contracts. An additional liability is established for these benefits by estimating the expected present value of the benefits in excess of the projected account value in proportion to the present value of total expected assessments. Excess benefits are accrued as a liability as actual assessments are recorded. Determination of the expected value of excess benefits and assessments are based on a range of scenarios and assumptions including those related to market rates of return and volatility, contract surrender rates and mortality experience. Revisions to assumptions are made consistent with the Company’s process for a DAC unlock. See Life Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs and Present value of Future Benefits in this Note.
Property & Casualty — The Hartford establishes property and casualty reserves to provide for the estimated costs of paying claims under insurance policies written by the Company. These reserves include estimates for both claims that have been reported and those that have been incurred but not reported, and include estimates of all losses and loss adjustment expenses associated with processing and settling these claims. Estimating the ultimate cost of future losses and loss adjustment expenses is an uncertain and complex process. This estimation process is based significantly on the assumption that past developments are an appropriate predictor of future events, and involves a variety of actuarial techniques that analyze experience, trends and other relevant factors. The uncertainties involved with the reserving process have become increasingly difficult due to a number of complex factors including social and economic trends and changes in the concepts of legal liability and damage awards. Accordingly, final claim settlements may vary from the present estimates, particularly when those payments may not occur until well into the future.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
1. Basis of Presentation and Accounting Policies (continued)
The Hartford regularly reviews the adequacy of its estimated losses and loss adjustment expense reserves by line of business within the various reporting segments. Adjustments to previously established reserves are reflected in the operating results of the period in which the adjustment is determined to be necessary. Such adjustments could possibly be significant, reflecting any variety of new and adverse or favorable trends.
Most of the Company’s property and casualty reserves are not discounted. However, the Company has discounted liabilities funded through structured settlements and has discounted certain reserves for indemnity payments due to permanently disabled claimants under workers’ compensation policies. Structured settlements are agreements that provide fixed periodic payments to claimants and include annuities purchased to fund unpaid losses for permanently disabled claimants and, prior to 2008, agreements that funded loss run-offs for unrelated parties. Most of the annuities have been purchased from Life and these structured settlements are recorded at present value as annuity obligations of Life, either within the reserve for future policy benefits if the annuity benefits are life-contingent or within other policyholder funds and benefits payable if the annuity benefits are not life-contingent. If not funded through an annuity, reserves for certain indemnity payments due to permanently disabled claimants under workers’ compensation policies are recorded as property and casualty reserves and were discounted to present value at an average interest rate of 5.4% in 2008 and 5.5% in 2007. Reserves for structured settlements that funded loss run-offs for unrelated parties were discounted at an average interest rate of 5.5% in 2007.
As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, property and casualty reserves were discounted by a total of $488 and $568, respectively. The current accident year benefit from discounting property and casualty reserves was $38 in 2008, $46 in 2007 and $63 in 2006. Contributing to the decrease in the current accident year benefit from discounting over the past three years has been a reduction in the discount rate, reflecting a lower risk-free rate of return over that period. Accretion of discounts for prior accident years totaled $26 in 2008, $31 in 2007, and $32 in 2006. For annuities issued by Life to fund certain P&C workers’ compensation indemnity payments where the claimant has not released the P&C Company of its obligation, Life has recorded annuity obligations totaling $945 as of December 31, 2008 and $962 as of December 31, 2007.
Other Policyholder Funds and Benefits Payable
The Company has classified its fixed and variable annuities, 401(k), certain governmental annuities, private placement life insurance (“PPLI”), variable universal life insurance, universal life insurance and interest sensitive whole life insurance as universal life-type contracts. The liability for universal life-type contracts is equal to the balance that accrues to the benefit of the policyholders as of the financial statement date (commonly referred to as the account value), including credited interest, amounts that have been assessed to compensate the Company for services to be performed over future periods, and any amounts previously assessed against policyholders that are refundable on termination of the contract.
The Company has classified its institutional and governmental products, without life contingencies, including funding agreements, certain structured settlements and guaranteed investment contracts, as investment contracts. The liability for investment contracts is equal to the balance that accrues to the benefit of the contract holder as of the financial statement date, which includes the accumulation of deposits plus credited interest, less withdrawals and amounts assessed through the financial statement date. Contract holder funds include funding agreements held by Variable Interest Entities issuing medium-term notes.
Revenue Recognition
Life — For investment and universal life-type contracts, the amounts collected from policyholders are considered deposits and are not included in revenue. Fee income for universal life-type contracts consists of policy charges for policy administration, cost of insurance charges and surrender charges assessed against policyholders’ account balances and are recognized in the period in which services are provided. For the Company’s traditional life and group disability products premiums are recognized as revenue when due from policyholders.
Property & Casualty — Property and casualty insurance premiums are earned on a pro rata basis over the lives of the policies and include accruals for ultimate premium revenue anticipated under auditable and retrospectively rated policies. Unearned premiums represent the premiums applicable to the unexpired terms of policies in force. An estimated allowance for doubtful accounts is recorded on the basis of periodic evaluations of balances due from insureds, management’s experience and current economic conditions. The allowance for doubtful accounts included in premiums receivable and agents’ balances in the consolidated balance sheets was $125 and $126 as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Other revenue consists primarily of revenues associated with the Company’s servicing businesses.
Foreign Currency Translation
Foreign currency translation gains and losses are reflected in stockholders’ equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income. The Company’s foreign subsidiaries’ balance sheet accounts are translated at the exchange rates in effect at each year end and income statement accounts are translated at the average rates of exchange prevailing during the year. The national currencies of the international operations are generally their functional currencies.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
1. Basis of Presentation and Accounting Policies (continued)
Dividends to Policyholders
Policyholder dividends are paid to certain life and property and casualty policies, which are referred to as participating policies. Such dividends are accrued using an estimate of the amount to be paid based on underlying contractual obligations under policies and applicable state laws.
Life — Participating life insurance in force accounted for 7%, 7% and 3% as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, of total life insurance in force. Dividends to policyholders were $14, $11 and $22 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. There were no additional amounts of income allocated to participating policyholders. If limitations exist on the amount of net income from participating life insurance contracts that may be distributed to stockholders, the policyholder’s share of net income on those contracts that cannot be distributed is excluded from stockholders’ equity by a charge to operations and a credit to a liability.
Property & Casualty — Net written premiums for participating property and casualty insurance policies represented 8% of total net written premiums for each of the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Participating dividends to policyholders were $21, $19 and $6 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Mutual Funds
The Company maintains a retail mutual fund operation, whereby the Company, through wholly-owned subsidiaries, provides investment management and administrative services to The Hartford Mutual Funds, Inc. and The Hartford Mutual Funds II, Inc (“The mutual funds”), families of 62 mutual funds and 1 closed end fund. The Company charges fees to the shareholders of the mutual funds, which are recorded as revenue by the Company. Investors can purchase “shares” in the mutual funds, all of which are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), in accordance with the Investment Company Act of 1940.
The mutual funds are owned by the shareholders of those funds and not by the Company. As such, the mutual fund assets and liabilities and related investment returns are not reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements since they are not assets, liabilities and operations of the Company.
Reinsurance
Through both facultative and treaty reinsurance agreements, the Company cedes a share of the risks it has underwritten to other insurance companies. Assumed reinsurance refers to the Company’s acceptance of certain insurance risks that other insurance companies have underwritten.
Reinsurance accounting is followed for ceded and assumed transactions when the risk transfer provisions of SFAS 113, “Accounting and Reporting for Reinsurance of Short-Duration and Long-Duration Contracts,” have been met. To meet risk transfer requirements, a reinsurance contract must include insurance risk, consisting of both underwriting and timing risk, and a reasonable possibility of a significant loss to the reinsurer.
Earned premiums and incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses reflect the net effects of ceded and assumed reinsurance transactions. Included in other assets are prepaid reinsurance premiums, which represent the portion of premiums ceded to reinsurers applicable to the unexpired terms of the reinsurance contracts. Reinsurance recoverables include balances due from reinsurance companies for paid and unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses and are presented net of an allowance for uncollectible reinsurance. The allowance for uncollectible reinsurance was $379 and $404 as of December 31, 2008, and 2007, respectively.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
1. Basis of Presentation and Accounting Policies (continued)
Income Taxes
The Company recognizes taxes payable or refundable for the current year and deferred taxes for the tax consequences of differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years the temporary differences are expected to reverse. See Note 13 for a further discussion of the accounting for income taxes.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment is carried at cost net, of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is based on the estimated useful lives of the various classes of property and equipment and is determined principally on the straight-line method. Accumulated depreciation was $1.6 billion and $1.4 billion as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Depreciation expense was $228, $232 and $193 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of costs over the fair value of net assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized but is reviewed for impairment at least annually or more frequently if events occur or circumstances change that would indicate that a triggering event, as defined in SFAS 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (SFAS 142), has occurred. The goodwill impairment test follows a two step process as defined in SFAS 142. In the first step, the fair value of a reporting unit is compared to its carrying value. If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the impairment test is performed for purposes of measuring the impairment. In the second step, the fair value of the reporting unit is allocated to all of the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit to determine an implied goodwill value. This allocation is similar to a purchase price allocation performed in purchase accounting. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit goodwill exceeds the implied goodwill value, an impairment loss shall be recognized in an amount equal to that excess.
Pension Plans and Postretirement Health Care and Life Insurance Benefit Plans
The Company maintains a U.S. qualified defined benefit pension plan (the “Plan”) that covers substantially all employees, as well as unfunded excess plans to provide benefits in excess of amounts permitted to be paid to participants of the Plan under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code. The Company has also entered into individual retirement agreements with certain retired directors providing for unfunded supplemental pension benefits. In addition, the Company provides certain health care and life insurance benefits for eligible retired employees. Pursuant to accounting principles related to the Company’s pension and other postretirement obligations to employees under its various benefit plans, the Company is required to make a significant number of assumptions in order to calculate the related liabilities and expenses each period. See Note 17 for more information regarding our accounting for pension plans and postretirement health care and life insurance benefit plans.
Contingencies
Management follows the requirements of SFAS No. 5 “Accounting for Contingencies.” This statement requires management to evaluate each contingent matter separately. A loss is recorded if probable and reasonably estimable. Management establishes reserves for these contingencies at its “best estimate,” or, if no one number within the range of possible losses is more probable than any other, the Company records an estimated reserve at the low end of the range of losses.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
2. Earnings per Share
Earnings per share amounts have been computed in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 128, “Earnings per Share” (“SFAS 128”). The following tables present a reconciliation of net income and shares used in calculating basic earnings per share to those used in calculating diluted earnings per share.
                         
    Net             Per Share  
(In millions, except for per share data)   Income (Loss)     Shares     Amount  
2008
                       
Basic Loss per Share [1] [2]
                       
Net loss
  $ (2,749 )                
Less: Preferred stock dividends
    8                  
 
                     
Net loss available to common shareholders
    (2,757 )     306.7     $ (8.99 )
 
                     
Diluted Loss per Share [2] [3]
                       
Stock compensation plans
                   
 
                 
Net loss available to common shareholders plus assumed conversions
  $ (2,757 )     306.7     $ (8.99 )
 
                 
2007
                       
Basic Earnings per share
                       
Net income available to common shareholders
  $ 2,949       316.3     $ 9.32  
 
                     
Diluted Earnings per Share
                       
Stock compensation plans
          2.8          
 
                 
Net income available to common shareholders plus assumed conversions
  $ 2,949       319.1     $ 9.24  
 
                 
2006
                       
Basic Earnings per Share
                       
Net income available to common shareholders
  $ 2,745       308.8     $ 8.89  
 
                     
Diluted Earnings per Share
                       
Stock compensation plans
          3.0          
Equity Units
          4.1          
 
                 
Net income available to common shareholders plus assumed conversions
  $ 2,745       315.9     $ 8.69  
 
                 
     
[1]  
Due to the net loss for the year ended December 31, 2008, no allocation of the net loss was made to the preferred shareholders under the two-class method in the calculation of basic earnings per share, as the preferred shareholders had no contractual obligation to fund the net losses of the Company. In the absence of the net loss, any such income would be allocated to the preferred shareholders based on the weighted average number of preferred shares outstanding as of December 31, 2008.
 
[2]  
As a result of the net loss in the year ended December 31, 2008, SFAS 128 requires the Company to use basic weighted average common shares outstanding in the calculation of the year ended December 31, 2008 diluted loss per share, since the inclusion of shares for stock compensation plans of 1.3 million and the assumed conversion of the preferred shares to common of 5.0 million would have been antidilutive to the earnings per share calculation. In the absence of the net loss, weighted average common shares outstanding and dilutive potential common shares would have totaled 313.0 million.
 
[3]  
Effective January 9, 2009, 6.0 million preferred shares converted to 24.2 million common shares.
Basic earnings per share is computed based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share include the dilutive effect of stock compensation plans, warrants, and the Company’s equity units, if any, using the treasury stock method. Contingently issuable shares are included for the number of shares issuable assuming the end of the reporting period was the end of the contingency period, if dilutive.
Under the treasury stock method for stock compensation plans, shares are assumed to be issued and then reduced for the number of shares repurchaseable with theoretical proceeds at the average market price for the period. Theoretical proceeds for the stock compensation plans include option exercise price payments, unamortized stock compensation expense and tax benefits realized in excess of the tax benefit recognized in net income. The difference between the number of shares assumed issued and number of shares purchased represents the dilutive shares. Upon exercise of outstanding options or vesting of other stock compensation plan awards, the additional shares issued and outstanding are included in the calculation of the Company’s weighted average shares from the date of exercise or vesting.
Under the treasury stock method for the warrants issued to Allianz (see Note 21) exercise shall be assumed at the beginning of the period. The proceeds from exercise of $25.32 per share shall be assumed to be used to purchase common shares at the average market price during the period. Since the average market price of the common stock during the year ended December 31, 2008 exceeded the exercise price of the warrants of $25.32, there is no dilutive effect for the warrants for the year ended December 31, 2008.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
2. Earnings per Share (continued)
Under the treasury stock method for the equity units, the number of shares of common stock used in calculating diluted earnings per share is increased by the excess, if any, of the number of shares issuable upon settlement of the purchase contracts, over the number of shares that could be purchased by The Hartford in the market using the proceeds received upon settlement. The number of issuable shares was based on the average market price for the last 20 trading days of the period. The number of shares purchased was based on the average market price during the entire period. Upon settlement of the purchase contracts associated with the Company’s equity units, the associated common shares were added to the Company’s issued and outstanding shares. For further discussion of the Company’s equity units offerings, see Note 15.
3. Segment Information
The Hartford is organized into two major operations: Life and Property & Casualty, each containing reporting segments. Within the Life and Property & Casualty operations, The Hartford conducts business principally in eleven reporting segments. Corporate primarily includes the Company’s debt financing and related interest expense, as well as other capital raising activities and purchase accounting adjustments.
Life
Life’s business is conducted by Hartford Life, Inc. (“Hartford Life” or “Life”), an indirect subsidiary of The Hartford, headquartered in Simsbury, Connecticut, and is a financial services and insurance organization. Life is organized into four groups which are comprised of six reporting segments: The Retail Products Group (“Retail”) and Individual Life segments make up the Individual Markets Groups. The Retirement Plans and Group Benefits segments make up the Employer Markets Group. The International and Institutional Solutions Group (“Institutional”) segments each make up their own group.
Retail offers individual variable and fixed market value adjusted (“MVA”) annuities, retail mutual funds, 529 college savings plans, Canadian and offshore investment products.
Individual Life sells a variety of life insurance products, including variable universal life, universal life, interest sensitive whole life and term life.
Retirement Plans provides products and services to corporations pursuant to Section 401(k) and products and services to municipalities and not-for-profit organizations under Section 457 and 403(b) of the IRS code. Retirement Plans also offers mutual funds to institutional investors.
Group Benefits provides individual members of employer groups, associations, affinity groups and financial institutions with group life, accident and disability coverage, along with other products and services, including voluntary benefits, and group retiree health.
International, which has operations located in Japan, Brazil, Ireland and the United Kingdom, provides investments, retirement savings and other insurance and savings products to individuals and groups outside the United States and Canada.
Institutional primarily offers institutional liability products, including stable value products, structured settlements and institutional annuities (primarily terminal funding cases), as well as variable Private Placement Life Insurance (“PPLI”) owned by corporations and high net worth individuals. Institutional also offers mutual funds to institutional investors. Furthermore, Institutional offers additional individual products including structured settlements, single premium immediate annuities and longevity assurance.
Life includes within its Other segment its leveraged PPLI product line of business; corporate items not directly allocated to any of its reportable operating segments; intersegment eliminations and the mark-to-mark adjustment for the International variable annuity assets that are classified as equity securities held for trading reported in net investment income and the related change in interest credited reported as a component of benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses.
Life charges direct operating expenses to the appropriate segment and allocates the majority of indirect expenses to the segments based on an intercompany expense arrangement. Inter-segment revenues primarily occur between Life’s Other category and the reporting segments. These amounts primarily include interest income on allocated surplus and interest charges on excess separate account surplus.
The accounting policies of the reporting segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies in Note 1. Life evaluates performance of its segments based on revenues, net income and the segment’s return on allocated capital. Each reporting segment is allocated corporate surplus as needed to support its business.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
3. Segment Information (continued)
Property & Casualty
Property & Casualty is organized into five reporting segments: the underwriting segments of Personal Lines, Small Commercial, Middle Market and Specialty Commercial (collectively “Ongoing Operations”); and the Other Operations segment.
Personal Lines sells automobile, homeowners and home-based business coverages directly to the consumer and through a network of independent agents. Most of the Company’s personal lines business sold directly to the consumer is to the members of AARP through a direct marketing operation. Up until the sale of the business on November 30, 2006, the Company also sold non-standard auto insurance through the Company’s Omni Insurance Group, Inc. (“Omni”) subsidiary (refer to Note 20 for further discussion). Personal Lines also operates a member contact center for health insurance products offered through the AARP Health program. AARP accounts for earned premiums of $2.8 billion, $2.7 billion, and $2.5 billion in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, which represented 27%, 26% and 24% of total Property & Casualty earned premiums for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Small Commercial provides standard commercial insurance coverage to small commercial businesses primarily throughout the United States. Small commercial businesses generally represent companies with up to $5 in annual payroll, $15 in annual revenues or $15 in total property values. This segment offers workers’ compensation, property, automobile, liability and umbrella coverages.
Middle Market provides standard commercial insurance coverage to middle market commercial businesses primarily throughout the United States. This segment offers workers’ compensation, property, automobile, liability, umbrella, marine and livestock coverages, primarily to companies with greater than $5 in annual payroll, $15 in annual revenues or $15 in total property values.
The Specialty Commercial segment offers a variety of customized insurance products and risk management services. Specialty Commercial provides standard commercial insurance products including workers’ compensation, automobile and liability coverages to large-sized companies. Specialty Commercial also provides professional liability, fidelity, surety, specialty casualty coverages, core property and excess and surplus lines coverages not normally written by standard lines insurers, and insurance products and services to captive insurance companies, pools and self-insurance groups. In addition, Specialty Commercial provides third party administrator services for claims administration, integrated benefits and loss control through Specialty Risk Services, a subsidiary of the Company.
The Other Operations segment consists of certain property and casualty insurance operations of The Hartford which have discontinued writing new business and includes substantially all of the Company’s asbestos and environmental exposures.
Through inter-segment arrangements, Specialty Commercial reimburses Personal Lines, Small Commercial and Middle Market for certain losses, including, among other coverages, losses incurred from uncollectible reinsurance and losses incurred under certain liability claims. In addition, the Company retains a portion of the risks ceded under the Company’s principal catastrophe reinsurance program and other reinsurance programs and, prior to 2007, the financial results of the Company’s retention were recorded in the Specialty Commercial segment. The amount of premiums ceded to third party reinsurers under the principal catastrophe reinsurance program and other reinsurance programs is allocated to the operating segments based on the risks written by each operating segment that are subject to the programs.
Earned premiums assumed (ceded) under the inter-segment arrangements and retention were as follows:
                         
Net assumed (ceded) earned premiums under inter-segment   For the years ended December 31,  
arrangements and retention   2008     2007     2006  
Personal Lines
  $ (6 )   $ (7 )   $ (21 )
Small Commercial
    (31 )     (29 )     (31 )
Middle Market
    (31 )     (34 )     (45 )
Specialty Commercial
    68       70       97  
 
                 
Total
  $     $     $  
 
                 
Financial Measures and Other Segment Information
One of the measures of profit or loss used by The Hartford’s management in evaluating the performance of its Life segments is net income. Net income is a measure of profit or loss used in evaluating the performance of Ongoing Operations and the Other Operations segment. Within Ongoing Operations, the underwriting segments of Personal Lines, Small Commercial, Middle Market and Specialty Commercial are evaluated by The Hartford’s management primarily based upon underwriting results. Underwriting results represent premiums earned less incurred losses, loss adjustment expenses and underwriting expenses. The sum of underwriting results, net investment income, net realized capital gains and losses, other expenses, and related income taxes is net income (loss).

 

F-26


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
3. Segment Information (continued)
Certain transactions between segments occur during the year that primarily relate to tax settlements, insurance coverage, expense reimbursements, services provided, security transfers and capital contributions. In addition, certain reinsurance stop loss arrangements exist between the segments which specify that one segment will reimburse another for losses incurred in excess of a predetermined limit. Also, one segment may purchase group annuity contracts from another to fund pension costs and annuities to settle casualty claims. In addition, certain inter-segment transactions occur in Life. These transactions include interest income on allocated surplus. Consolidated Life net investment income is unaffected by such transactions.
The following tables present revenues and net income (loss). Underwriting results are presented for the Personal Lines, Small Commercial, Middle Market and Specialty Commercial segments, while net income is presented for each of Life’s reporting segments, total Property & Casualty Ongoing Operations, Property & Casualty Other Operations and Corporate.
                         
    For the years ended December 31,  
Revenues by Product Line   2008     2007     2006  
Life
                       
Earned premiums, fees, and other considerations
                       
Retail
                       
Individual annuity:
                       
Individual variable annuity
  $ 1,943     $ 2,225     $ 1,957  
Fixed / MVA Annuity
    (6 )     2       1  
Retail mutual funds
    618       642       524  
Other
    198       186       127  
 
                 
Total Retail
    2,753       3,055       2,609  
Individual Life
                       
Total Individual Life
    828       808       832  
 
                 
Total Individual Markets Group
    3,581       3,863       3,441  
Retirement Plans
                       
401(k)
    290       187       160  
403(b)/457
    48       55       52  
 
                 
Total Retirement Plans
    338       242       212  
Group Benefits
                       
Group disability
    2,020       1,920       1,849  
Group life and accident
    2,084       1,926       1,830  
Other
    287       455       470  
 
                 
Total Group Benefits
    4,391       4,301       4,149  
 
                 
Total Employer Markets Group
    4,729       4,543       4,361  
International
                       
Variable annuity
    876       820       691  
Fixed MVA annuity
    (7 )     10       10  
Other
    3       2        
 
                 
Total International
    872       832       701  
 
                 
Institutional
                       
IIP
    923       1,015       630  
PPLI
    118       223       102  
 
                 
Total Institutional
    1,041       1,238       732  
Other
    60       67       81  
 
                 
Total Life premiums, fees, and other considerations
    10,283       10,543       9,316  
Net investment income (loss)
                       
Securities available-for-sale and other
    3,045       3,497       3,184  
Equity securities held for trading
    (10,340 )     145       1,824  
 
                 
Net investment income (loss)
    (7,295 )     3,642       5,008  
Net realized capital losses
    (4,138 )     (819 )     (260 )
 
                 
Total Life
    (1,150 )     13,366       14,064  
 
                 

 

F-27


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
3. Segment Information (continued)
                         
    For the years ended December 31,  
Revenues by Product Line (continued)   2008     2007     2006  
Property & Casualty
                       
Ongoing Operations
                       
Earned premiums
                       
Personal Lines
                       
Automobile
  $ 2,824     $ 2,822     $ 2,792  
Homeowners
    1,102       1,067       968  
 
                 
Total Personal Lines
    3,926       3,889       3,760  
Small Commercial
                       
Workers’ Compensation
    1,241       1,230       1,156  
Package Business
    1,167       1,169       1,143  
Automobile
    316       337       353  
 
                 
Total Small Commercial
    2,724       2,736       2,652  
Middle Market
                       
Workers’ Compensation
    847       861       883  
Property
    611       627       639  
Automobile
    335       382       408  
Liability
    506       550       593  
 
                 
Total Middle Market
    2,299       2,420       2,523  
Specialty Commercial
                       
Workers’ Compensation
    288       304       341  
Property
    86       117       119  
Automobile
    84       83       83  
Liability
    241       246       272  
Fidelity and surety
    272       256       231  
Professional Liability
    414       429       419  
Other
    (3 )     11       28  
 
                 
Total Specialty Commercial
    1,382       1,446       1,493  
 
                 
Total Ongoing Operations
    10,331       10,491       10,428  
Other Operations
    7       5       5  
 
                 
Total earned premiums
    10,338       10,496       10,433  
Servicing revenue
    504       496       473  
Net investment income
    1,253       1,687       1,486  
Net realized capital gains (losses)
    (1,877 )     (172 )     9  
 
                 
Total Property & Casualty
    10,218       12,507       12,401  
Corporate
    151       43       35  
 
                 
Total revenues
  $ 9,219     $ 25,916     $ 26,500  
 
                 

 

F-28


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
3. Segment Information (continued)
                         
    For the years ended December 31,  
Net Income (Loss)   2008     2007     2006  
Life
                       
Retail
  $ (1,399 )   $ 812     $ 536  
Individual Life
    (43 )     182       150  
 
                 
Total Individual Markets Group
    (1,442 )     994       686  
Retirement Plans
    (157 )     61       101  
Group Benefits
    (6 )     315       298  
 
                 
Total Employer Markets Group
    (163 )     376       399  
International
    (325 )     223       231  
Institutional
    (502 )     17       78  
Other
    (11 )     (52 )     47  
 
                 
Total Life
    (2,443 )     1,558       1,441  
Property & Casualty
                       
Ongoing Operations
                       
Underwriting Results
                       
Personal Lines
    280       322       429  
Small Commercial
    437       508       422  
Middle Market
    169       157       214  
Specialty Commercial
    71       (18 )     46  
 
                 
Total Ongoing Operations underwriting results
    957       969       1,111  
Net servicing income [1]
    31       52       53  
Net investment income
    1,056       1,439       1,225  
Net realized capital losses
    (1,669 )     (160 )     (17 )
Other expenses
    (219 )     (248 )     (222 )
Income tax (expense) benefit
    33       (575 )     (596 )
 
                 
Ongoing Operations
    189       1,477       1,554  
Other Operations
    (97 )     30       (35 )
 
                 
Total Property & Casualty
    92       1,507       1,519  
Corporate
    (398 )     (116 )     (215 )
 
                 
Net income (loss)
  $ (2,749 )   $ 2,949     $ 2,745  
 
                 
     
[1]  
Amount is net of expenses related to service business.
                         
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and   For the years ended December 31,  
present value of future profits   2008     2007     2006  
Life
                       
Individual Markets Group
                       
Retail
  $ 1,344     $ 406     $ 973  
Individual Life
    169       121       243  
 
                 
Total Individual Markets Group
    1,513       527       1,216  
Employer Markets Group
                       
Retirement Plans
    91       58       (4 )
Group Benefits
    57       62       41  
 
                 
Total Employer Markets Group
    148       120       37  
International
    496       214       167  
Institutional
    19       23       32  
 
                 
Total Life
    2,176       884       1,452  
Property & Casualty
                       
Ongoing Operations
                       
Personal Lines
    633       617       622  
Small Commercial
    636       635       634  
Middle Market
    513       529       544  
Specialty Commercial
    313       323       306  
 
                 
Total Ongoing Operations
    2,095       2,104       2,106  
 
                 
Total Property & Casualty
    2,095       2,104       2,106  
Corporate
          1        
 
                 
Total amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and present value of future profits
  $ 4,271     $ 2,989     $ 3,558  
 
                 

 

F-29


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
3. Segment Information (continued)
                         
    For the years ended December 31,  
Income tax expense (benefit)   2008     2007     2006  
Life
                       
Retail
  $ (972 )   $ 216     $ 39  
Individual Life
    (41 )     81       62  
 
                 
Total Individual Markets Group
    (1,013 )     297       101  
Retirement Plans
    (132 )     18       39  
Group Benefits
    (53 )     119       109  
 
                 
Total Employer Markets Group
    (185 )     137       148  
International
    (145 )     132       127  
Institutional
    (288 )     (8 )     26  
Other
    (15 )     (11 )     21  
 
                 
Total Life
    (1,646 )     547       423  
Property & Casualty
                       
Ongoing Operations
    (33 )     575       596  
Other Operations
    (62 )     (5 )     (45 )
 
                 
Total Property & Casualty
    (95 )     570       551  
Corporate
    (101 )     (61 )     (117 )
 
                 
Total income tax expense (benefit)
  $ (1,842 )   $ 1,056     $ 857  
 
                 
                         
Geographical Revenue Information   For the years ended December 31,  
Revenues   2008     2007     2006  
United States of America
  $ 18,904     $ 24,842     $ 23,848  
Japan
    (9,745 )     968       2,536  
Other
    60       106       116  
 
                 
Total revenues
  $ 9,219     $ 25,916     $ 26,500  
 
                 
                 
    As of December 31,  
Assets   2008     2007  
Life
               
Retail
  $ 97,222     $ 136,023  
Individual Life
    13,770       15,590  
 
           
Total Individual Markets Group
    110,992       151,613  
Retirement Plans
    22,581       27,986  
Group Benefits
    9,036       9,295  
 
           
Total Employer Markets Group
    31,617       37,281  
International
    41,502       41,625  
Institutional
    59,853       78,766  
Other
    3,927       6,891  
 
           
Total Life
    247,891       316,176  
Property & Casualty
               
Ongoing Operations
    31,484       35,899  
Other Operations
    5,196       5,942  
 
           
Total Property & Casualty
    36,680       41,841  
Corporate
    3,012       2,344  
 
           
Total Assets
  $ 287,583     $ 360,361  
 
           

 

F-30


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4. Fair Value Measurements
The following financial instruments are carried at fair value in the Company’s consolidated financial statements: fixed maturities, equity securities, short-term investments, freestanding and embedded derivatives, and separate account assets. These fair value disclosures include information regarding the valuation of the Company’s guaranteed benefits products and the impact of the adoption of SFAS 157, followed by the fair value measurement and disclosure requirements of SFAS 157 and SFAS No. 107, “Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments”.
Accounting for Guaranteed Benefits Offered With Variable Annuities
Many of the variable annuity contracts issued by the Company offer various guaranteed minimum death, withdrawal, income and accumulation benefits. Those benefits are accounted for under SFAS 133 or AICPA Statement of Position No. 03-1 “Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises for Certain Nontraditional Long-Duration Contracts and for Separate Accounts” (“SOP 03-1”). Guaranteed minimum benefits often meet the definition of an embedded derivative under SFAS 133 as they have notional amounts (the guaranteed balance) and underlyings (the investment fund options), they require no initial net investment and they have terms that require or permit net settlement. However, certain guaranteed minimum benefits settle only upon a single insurable event, such as death (guaranteed minimum death benefits or “GMDB”) or living (life contingent portion of guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits or “GMWB”), and as such are outside of the scope of SFAS 133 under the “insurance contract exception”. Other guaranteed minimum benefits require settlement in the form of a long-term financing transaction, such as is typical with guaranteed minimum income benefits (“GMIB”), and as such do not meet the net settlement requirement in SFAS 133. Guaranteed minimum benefits that are outside of the scope of SFAS 133 or do not meet the net settlement requirements of SFAS 133 are accounted for as insurance benefits under SOP 03-1.
Guaranteed Benefits Accounted for at Fair Value Prior to SFAS 157
The non-life-contingent portion of the Company’s GMWBs and guaranteed minimum accumulation benefits (“GMAB”) meet the definition of an embedded derivative under SFAS 133, and as such are recorded at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in net realized capital gains (losses) in net income. In bifurcating the embedded derivative, the Company attributes to the derivative a portion of total fees, in basis points, to be collected from the contract holder (the “Attributed Fees”). Attributed Fees are set equal to the present value of future claims, in basis points, (excluding margins for risk) expected to be paid for the guaranteed living benefit embedded derivative at the inception of the contract. The excess of total fees collected from the contract holder over the Attributed Fees are associated with the host variable annuity contract and are recorded in fee income. In subsequent valuations, both the present value of future claims expected to be paid and the present value of Attributed Fees expected to be collected are revalued based on current market conditions and policyholder behavior assumptions. The difference between each of the two components represents the fair value of the embedded derivative.
GMWBs provide the policyholder with a guaranteed remaining balance (“GRB”) if the account value is reduced to a contractually specified minimum level, through a combination of market declines and withdrawals. The GRB is generally equal to premiums less withdrawals. If the GRB exceeds the account value for any policy, the contract is “in-the-money” by the difference between the GRB and the account value.
During the first quarter of 2007, the Company launched its “3Win” product with both GMAB and GMIB riders attached to certain Japanese variable annuity contracts. The GMAB provides the policyholder with the GRB if the account value is less than premiums after an accumulation period, generally 10 years, and if the account value has not dropped below 80% of the initial deposit, at which point a GMIB must either be exercised or the policyholder can elect to surrender 80% of the initial deposit without a surrender charge. The GRB is generally equal to premiums less surrenders. During the fourth quarter of 2008, nearly all contract holder account values had dropped below 80% of the initial deposit, at which point the GMIB was exercised
A GMWB and/or GMAB contract is ‘in the money’ if the contract holder’s guaranteed remaining benefit becomes greater than the account value. As of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, 88% and 19%, respectively, of all unreinsured U.S. GMWB ‘in-force’ contracts were ‘in the money’. For U.S. and International GMWB contracts that were ‘in the money’ the Company’s exposure to the guaranteed remaining benefit, after reinsurance, as of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, was $7.7 billion and $146, respectively. For GMAB contracts that were ‘in the money’ the Company’s exposure to the guaranteed remaining benefit, as of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, was $15 and $38, respectively.
However, the only ways the GMWB contract holder can monetize the excess of the GRB over the account value of the contract is upon death or if their account value is reduced to a contractually specified minimum level, through a combination of a series of withdrawals that do not exceed a specific percentage of the premiums paid per year and market declines. If the account value is reduced to the contractually specified minimum level, the contract holder will receive an annuity equal to the remaining GRB and for the Company’s “lifetime” GMWB products, payments can continue beyond the GRB. As the amount of the excess of the GRB over the account value can fluctuate with equity market returns on a daily basis and the ultimate lifetime GMWB payments can exceed the GRB, the ultimate amount to be paid by the Company, if any, is uncertain and could be significantly more or less than $7.7 billion.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4. Fair Value Measurements (continued)
For GMAB contracts, the only ways the contract holder can monetize the excess of the GRB over the account value of the contract is upon death or by waiting until the end of the contractual deferral period of 10 years. As the amount of the excess of the GRB over the account value can fluctuate with equity market returns on a daily basis, the ultimate amount to be paid by the Company, if any, is uncertain and could be significantly more or less than $15.
Derivatives That Hedge Capital Markets Risk for Guaranteed Minimum Benefits Accounted for as Derivatives
Changes in capital markets or policyholder behavior may increase or decrease the Company’s exposure to benefits under the guarantees. The Company uses derivative transactions, including GMWB reinsurance (described below) which meets the definition of a derivative under SFAS 133 and customized derivative transactions, to mitigate some of that exposure. Derivatives are recorded at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in net realized capital gains (losses) in net income.
GMWB Reinsurance
The Company has entered into reinsurance arrangements to offset a portion of its exposure to the GMWB for the remaining lives of covered contracts. Reinsurance contracts covering GMWB are considered freestanding derivatives that are recorded at fair value, with changes in fair value recorded in net realized gains/losses in net income.
Customized Derivatives
The Company has entered into customized swap contracts to hedge certain risk components for the remaining term of certain blocks of non-reinsured U.S. GMWB riders. These customized derivative contracts provide protection from capital markets risks based on policyholder behavior assumptions specified by the Company at the inception of the derivative transactions. Due to the significance of the non-observable inputs associated with pricing swap contracts entered into in 2007, the initial difference between the transaction price and modeled value of $51 was deferred in accordance with EITF 02-3 and included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets. The swap contract entered into in 2008 resulted in a loss at inception of approximately $20 before the effects of DAC amortization and income taxes, as market values on similar instruments were lower than the transaction price.
Other Derivative Instruments
The Company uses other hedging instruments to partially hedge its unreinsured GMWB exposure. These instruments include interest rate futures and swaps, variance swaps, S&P 500 and NASDAQ index put options and futures contracts. The Company also uses EAFE Index swaps to hedge GMWB exposure to international equity markets. The Company also utilizes option contracts as well as futures contracts to partially economically hedge the statutory reserve impact of equity risk arising primarily from GMDB and GMWB obligations against a decline in the equity markets.
Adoption of SFAS 157 for Guaranteed Benefits Offered With Variable Annuities That are Required to be Fair Valued
Fair values for GMWB and GMAB contracts and the related reinsurance and customized derivatives that hedge certain equity markets exposure for GMWB contracts are calculated based upon internally developed models because active, observable markets do not exist for those items. Below is a description of the Company’s fair value methodologies for guaranteed benefit liabilities, the related reinsurance and customized derivatives, all accounted for under SFAS 133, prior to the adoption of SFAS 157 and subsequent to adoption of SFAS 157.
Pre-SFAS 157 Fair Value
Prior to January 1, 2008, the Company used the guidance prescribed in SFAS 133 and other related accounting literature on fair value which represented the amount for which a financial instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between knowledgeable, unrelated willing parties. However, under that accounting literature, when an estimate of fair value was made for liabilities where no market observable transactions existed for that liability or similar liabilities, market risk margins were only included in the valuation if the margin was identifiable, measurable and significant. If a reliable estimate of market risk margins was not obtainable, the present value of expected future cash flows under a risk neutral framework, discounted at the risk free rate of interest, was the best available estimate of fair value in the circumstances (“Pre-SFAS 157 Fair Value”).

 

F-32


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4. Fair Value Measurements (continued)
The Pre-SFAS 157 Fair Value was calculated based on actuarial and capital market assumptions related to projected cash flows, including benefits and related contract charges, over the lives of the contracts, incorporating expectations concerning policyholder behavior such as lapses, fund selection, resets and withdrawal utilization (for the customized derivatives, policyholder behavior is prescribed in the derivative contract). Because of the dynamic and complex nature of these cash flows, best estimate assumptions and a Monte Carlo stochastic process involving the generation of thousands of scenarios that assume risk neutral returns consistent with swap rates and a blend of observable implied index volatility levels were used. Estimating these cash flows involved numerous estimates and subjective judgments including those regarding expected markets rates of return, market volatility, correlations of market index returns to funds, fund performance, discount rates and policyholder behavior. At each valuation date, the Company assumed expected returns based on:
 
risk-free rates as represented by the current LIBOR forward curve rates;
 
 
forward market volatility assumptions for each underlying index based primarily on a blend of observed market “implied volatility” data;
 
 
correlations of market returns across underlying indices based on actual observed market returns and relationships over the ten years preceding the valuation date;
 
 
three years of history for fund regression; and
 
 
current risk-free spot rates as represented by the current LIBOR spot curve to determine the present value of expected future cash flows produced in the stochastic projection process.
As many guaranteed benefit obligations are relatively new in the marketplace, actual policyholder behavior experience is limited. As a result, estimates of future policyholder behavior are subjective and based on analogous internal and external data. As markets change, mature and evolve and actual policyholder behavior emerges, management continually evaluates the appropriateness of its assumptions for this component of the fair value model.
Fair Value Under SFAS 157
The Company’s SFAS 157 fair value is calculated as an aggregation of the following components: Pre-SFAS 157 Fair Value; Actively-Managed Volatility Adjustment; Credit Standing Adjustment; Market Illiquidity Premium; and Behavior Risk Margin. The resulting aggregation is reconciled or calibrated, if necessary, to market information that is, or may be, available to the Company, but may not be observable by other market participants, including reinsurance discussions and transactions. The Company believes the aggregation of each of these components, as necessary and as reconciled or calibrated to the market information available to the Company, results in an amount that the Company would be required to transfer, for a liability or receive for an asset, to market participants in an active liquid market, if one existed, for those market participants to assume the risks associated with the guaranteed minimum benefits and the related reinsurance and customized derivatives required to be fair valued. The SFAS 157 fair value is likely to materially diverge from the ultimate settlement of the liability as the Company believes settlement will be based on our best estimate assumptions rather than those best estimate assumptions plus risk margins. In the absence of any transfer of the guaranteed benefit liability to a third party, the release of risk margins is likely to be reflected as realized gains in future periods’ net income. Each of the components described below are unobservable in the marketplace and require subjectivity by the Company in determining their value.
 
Actively-Managed Volatility Adjustment. This component incorporates the basis differential between the observable index implied volatilities used to calculate the Pre-SFAS 157 component and the actively-managed funds underlying the variable annuity product. The Actively-Managed Volatility Adjustment is calculated using historical fund and weighted index volatilities.
 
 
Credit Standing Adjustment. This component makes an adjustment that market participants would make to reflect the risk that guaranteed benefit obligations or the GMWB reinsurance recoverables will not be fulfilled (“nonperformance risk”). SFAS 157 explicitly requires nonperformance risk to be reflected in fair value. The Company calculates the Credit Standing Adjustment by using default rates provided by rating agencies, adjusted for market recoverability, reflecting the long-term nature of living benefit obligations and the priority of payment on these obligations versus long-term debt.
 
 
Market Illiquidity Premium. This component makes an adjustment that market participants would require to reflect that guaranteed benefit obligations are illiquid and have no market observable exit prices in the capital markets.
 
 
Behavior Risk Margin. This component adds a margin that market participants would require for the risk that the Company’s assumptions about policyholder behavior used in the Pre-SFAS 157 model could differ from actual experience. The Behavior Risk Margin is calculated by taking the difference between adverse policyholder behavior assumptions and the best estimate assumptions used in the Pre-SFAS 157 model using interest rate and volatility assumptions that the Company believes market participants would use in developing risk margins.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4. Fair Value Measurements (continued)
SFAS 157 Transition
The Company applied the provisions of SFAS 157 prospectively to financial instruments that are recorded at fair value including guaranteed living benefits that are required to be fair valued. The Company also applied the provisions of SFAS 157 using limited retrospective application (i.e., cumulative effect adjustment through opening retained earnings) to certain customized derivatives historically measured at fair value in accordance with EITF 02-3.
The impact on January 1, 2008 of adopting SFAS 157 for guaranteed benefits accounted for under SFAS 133 and the related reinsurance was a reduction to net income of $220, after the effects of DAC amortization and income taxes.
Moreover, the adoption of SFAS 157 has resulted in lower variable annuity fee income for new business issued in 2008 as Attributed Fees have increased consistent with incorporating additional risk margins and other indicia of “exit value” in the valuation of the embedded derivative. The level of Attributed Fees for new business each quarter also depends on the level of equity index volatility, as well as other factors, including interest rates. As equity index volatility has risen, interest rates have declined, and the Company adopted SFAS 157, the fees ascribed to the new business cohorts issued in 2008 have risen to levels above the rider fee for most products. The extent of any excess of Attributed Fee over rider fee will vary by product.
The Company also recognized a decrease in opening retained earnings of $51 in relation to the loss deferred in accordance with EITF 02-3 on customized derivatives purchased in 2007, and used to hedge a portion of the U.S. GMWB risk. In addition, the change in value of the customized derivatives due to the initial adoption of SFAS 157 of $41 was recorded as an increase in opening retained earnings with subsequent changes in fair value recorded in net realized capital gains (losses) in net income. After amortization of DAC and the effect of income taxes, the impact on opening retained earnings is a decrease of $3.
The Company’s adoption of SFAS 157 did not materially impact the fair values of other financial instruments, including, but not limited to, other derivative instruments used to hedge guaranteed minimum benefits.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4. Fair Value Measurements (continued)
The SFAS 157 transition amounts, before the effects of DAC amortization and income taxes, as of January 1, 2008 are shown below by type of guaranteed benefit liability and derivative asset.
SFAS 157 Transition Adjustment for Guaranteed Benefit Liabilities and Derivative Assets
As of January 1, 2008
                         
                    Transition  
                    Adjustment  
    SFAS 157     Pre-SFAS 157     Gain (Loss)  
    Fair Value     Fair Value     [Before tax and  
    Asset (Liability)     Asset (Liability)     DAC amortization]  
Guaranteed Benefits
                       
U.S. Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefits
  $ (1,114 )   $ (553 )   $ (561 )
Non-Life Contingent Portion of “for Life” Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefits
                       
U.S. Riders
    (319 )     (154 )     (165 )
International Riders
    (17 )     (7 )     (10 )
 
                 
Total
    (336 )     (161 )     (175 )
International Guaranteed Minimum Accumulation Benefits
    (22 )     2       (24 )
 
                 
Total Guaranteed Benefits
    (1,472 )     (712 )     (760 )
GMWB Reinsurance
    238       128       110  
 
                 
Total
  $ (1,234 )   $ (584 )   $ (650 )
 
                 
The transition adjustment as of January 1, 2008 was comprised of the following amounts by transition component:
         
    Transition Adjustment  
    Gain (Loss)  
    [Before tax and  
    DAC amortization]  
Actively-Managed Volatility Adjustment
  $ (100 )
Credit Standing Adjustment
    4  
Market Illiquidity Premium
    (194 )
Behavior Risk Margin
    (360 )
 
     
Total SFAS 157 Transition Adjustment before tax and DAC amortization
  $ (650 )
 
     
Fair Value Disclosures
The following section applies the SFAS 157 fair value hierarchy and disclosure requirements to the Company’s financial instruments that are carried at fair value. SFAS 157 establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs in the valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad Levels (Level 1, 2 or 3).
     
Level 1
 
Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date. Level 1 securities include highly liquid U.S. Treasury securities, money market funds, certain mortgage backed securities, and exchange traded equity and derivative securities.
 
   
Level 2
 
Observable inputs, other than quoted prices included in Level 1, for the asset or liability or prices for similar assets and liabilities. Most debt securities and some preferred stocks are model priced by vendors using observable inputs and are classified within Level 2. Also included in the Level 2 category are derivative instruments that are priced using models with observable market inputs, including interest rate, foreign currency and certain credit swap contracts.
 
   
Level 3
 
Valuations that are derived from techniques in which one or more of the significant inputs are unobservable (including assumptions about risk). Level 3 securities include less liquid securities such as highly structured and/or lower quality asset-backed securities (“ABS”) and commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”), including ABS backed by sub-prime loans, and private placement debt and equity securities. Embedded derivatives and complex derivatives securities, including equity derivatives, longer dated interest rate swaps and certain complex credit derivatives are also included in Level 3. Because Level 3 fair values, by their nature, contain unobservable market inputs as there is no observable market for these assets and liabilities, considerable judgment is used to determine the SFAS 157 Level 3 fair values. Level 3 fair values represent the Company’s best estimate of an amount that could be realized in a current market exchange absent actual market exchanges.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4. Fair Value Measurements (continued)
The following table presents the Company’s assets and liabilities that are carried at fair value, by SFAS 157 hierarchy level, as of December 31, 2008:
                                 
            Quoted Prices              
            in Active     Significant     Significant  
            Markets for     Observable     Unobservable  
            Identical Assets     Inputs     Inputs  
Asset (Liability)   Total     (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)  
Assets accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis
                               
Fixed maturities, available-for-sale
  $ 65,112     $ 3,541     $ 49,761     $ 11,810  
Equity securities, held for trading
    30,820       1,634       29,186        
Equity securities, available-for-sale
    1,458       246       671       541  
Other investments
                               
Other derivatives used to hedge US GMWB
    600             13       587  
Other investments [1]
    976             1,005       (29 )
 
                       
Total Other Investments
    1,576             1,018       558  
Short-term investments
    10,022       7,025       2,997        
Reinsurance recoverables for US GMWB
    1,302                   1,302  
Separate account assets [2] [5]
    126,777       94,804       31,187       786  
 
                       
Total assets accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis
  $ 237,067     $ 107,250     $ 114,820     $ 14,997  
 
                       
 
                               
Liabilities accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis
                               
Other policyholder funds and benefits payable
                               
US GMWB
  $ (6,526 )   $     $     $ (6,526 )
UK GMWB
    (64 )                 (64 )
Japan GMWB
    (30 )                 (30 )
Institutional Notes
    (41 )                 (41 )
Equity Linked Notes
    (8 )                 (8 )
 
                       
Total other policyholder funds and benefits payable
    (6,669 )                 (6,669 )
Other liabilities [3]
                               
Customized derivatives used to hedge US GMWB
    941                   941  
Other derivatives used to hedge US GMWB
    1,123             14       1,109  
Macro hedge program
    137                   137  
Other liabilities
    (339 )           76       (415 )
 
                       
Total Other Liabilities
    1,862             90       1,772  
Consumer notes [4]
    (5 )                 (5 )
 
                       
Total liabilities accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis
  $ (4,812 )   $     $ 90     $ (4,902 )
 
                       
     
[1]  
Includes over-the-counter derivative instruments in a net asset value position which may require the counterparty to pledge collateral to the Company. At December 31, 2008, $574 of cash collateral liability was netted against the derivative asset value on the consolidated balance sheet and is excluded from the table above. See footnote 3 below for derivative liabilities.
 
[2]  
Pursuant to the conditions set forth in SOP 03-1, the value of separate account liabilities is set to equal the fair value for separate account assets.
 
[3]  
Includes over-the-counter derivative instruments in a net negative market value position (derivative liability). In the SFAS 157 Level 3 roll forward table included below in this Note, the derivative asset and liability are referred to as “freestanding derivatives” and are presented on a net basis.
 
[4]  
Represents embedded derivatives associated with non-funding agreement-backed consumer equity linked notes.
 
[5]  
Excludes approximately $3 billion of investment sales receivable net of investment purchases payable that are not subject to SFAS 157.
In many situations, inputs used to measure the fair value of an asset or liability position may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In these situations, the Company will determine the level in which the fair value falls based upon the lowest level input that is significant to the determination of the fair value. In most cases, both observable (e.g., changes in interest rates) and unobservable (e.g., changes in risk assumptions) inputs are used in the determination of fair values that the Company has classified within Level 3. Consequently, these values and the related gains and losses are based upon both observable and unobservable inputs.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4. Fair Value Measurements (continued)
Determination of fair values
The valuation methodologies used to determine the fair values of assets and liabilities under the “exit price” notion of SFAS 157 reflect market-participant objectives and are based on the application of the fair value hierarchy that prioritizes observable market inputs over unobservable inputs. The Company determines the fair values of certain financial assets and financial liabilities based on quoted market prices, where available. The Company also determines fair value based on future cash flows discounted at the appropriate current market rate. Fair values reflect adjustments for counterparty credit quality, the Company’s credit standing, liquidity and, where appropriate, risk margins on unobservable parameters. The following is a discussion of the methodologies used to determine fair values for the financial instruments listed in the above table.
Fixed Maturity, Short-Term, and Equity Securities, Available- for-Sale
The fair value of fixed maturity, short-term, and equity securities, available for sale, is determined by management after considering one of three primary sources of information: third party pricing services, independent broker quotations, or pricing matrices. Security pricing is applied using a “waterfall” approach whereby publicly available prices are first sought from third party pricing services, the remaining unpriced securities are submitted to independent brokers for prices, or lastly, securities are priced using a pricing matrix. Typical inputs used by these three pricing methods include, but are not limited to, reported trades, benchmark yields, issuer spreads, bids, offers, and/or estimated cash flows and prepayments speeds. Based on the typical trading volumes and the lack of quoted market prices for fixed maturities, third party pricing services normally derive the security prices through recent reported trades for identical or similar securities making adjustments through the reporting date based upon available market observable information outlined above. If there are no recent reported trades, the third party pricing services and brokers may use matrix or model processes to develop a security price where future cash flow expectations are developed based upon collateral performance and discounted at an estimated market rate. Included in the pricing of ABS, collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”), and mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) are estimates of the rate of future prepayments of principal over the remaining life of the securities. Such estimates are derived based on the characteristics of the underlying structure and prepayment speeds previously experienced at the interest rate levels projected for the underlying collateral. Actual prepayment experience may vary from these estimates.
Prices from third party pricing services are often unavailable for securities that are rarely traded or traded only in privately negotiated transactions. As a result, certain securities are priced via independent broker quotations which utilize inputs that may be difficult to corroborate with observable market based data. Additionally, the majority of these independent broker quotations are non-binding. A pricing matrix is used to price securities for which the Company is unable to obtain either a price from a third party pricing service or an independent broker quotation. The pricing matrix used by the Company begins with current spread levels to determine the market price for the security. The credit spreads, as assigned by a knowledgeable private placement broker, incorporate the issuer’s credit rating and a risk premium, if warranted, due to the issuer’s industry and the security’s time to maturity. The issuer-specific yield adjustments, which can be positive or negative, are updated twice per year, as of June 30 and December 31, by the private placement broker and are intended to adjust security prices for issuer-specific factors. The Company assigns a credit rating to these securities based upon an internal analysis of the issuer’s financial strength.
The Company performs a monthly analysis on the prices and credit spreads received from third parties to ensure that the prices represent a reasonable estimate of the fair value. This process involves quantitative and qualitative analysis and is overseen by investment and accounting professionals. Examples of procedures performed include, but are not limited to, initial and on-going review of third party pricing services methodologies, review of pricing statistics and trends, back testing recent trades and monitoring of trading volumes. In addition, the Company ensures whether prices received from independent brokers represent a reasonable estimate of fair value through the use of internal and external cash flow models developed based on spreads and, when available, market indices. As a result of this analysis, if the Company determines there is a more appropriate fair value based upon the available market data, the price received from the third party is adjusted accordingly. At December 31, 2008, the Company made fair value determinations which lowered prices received from third party pricing services and brokers by a total of $139. The securities adjusted had an amortized cost and fair value after adjustment, of $623 and $232, respectively, and were primarily CMBS securities.
In accordance with SFAS 157, the Company has analyzed the third party pricing services’ valuation methodologies and related inputs, and has also evaluated the various types of securities in its investment portfolio to determine an appropriate SFAS 157 fair value hierarchy level based upon trading activity and the observability of market inputs. Based on this evaluation and investment class analysis, each price was classified into Level 1, 2 or 3. Most prices provided by third party pricing services are classified into Level 2 because the inputs used in pricing the securities are market observable.
Due to a general lack of transparency in the process that the brokers use to develop prices, most valuations that are based on brokers’ prices are classified as Level 3. Some valuations may be classified as Level 2 if the price can be corroborated. Internal matrix-priced securities, primarily consisting of certain private placement debt, are also classified as Level 3. The matrix pricing of certain private placement debt includes significant non-observable inputs, the internally determined credit rating of the security and an externally provided credit spread.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4. Fair Value Measurements (continued)
The following table presents the fair value of the significant asset sectors within the SFAS 157 Level 3 securities classification as of December 31, 2008.
                 
            % of Total  
    Fair Value     Fair Value  
ABS
               
Below Prime
  $ 1,643       13.3 %
Collateralized Loan Obligations (CLOs)
    2,131       17.3 %
Other
    560       4.5 %
Corporate
               
Matrix priced private placements
    4,641       37.6 %
Other
    1,755       14.2 %
Commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”)
    802       6.5 %
Preferred stock
    337       2.7 %
Other
    482       3.9 %
 
           
Total Level 3 securities
  $ 12,351       100 %
 
           
 
ABS below prime primarily represents sub-prime and Alt-A securities which are classified as Level 3 due to the lack of liquidity in the market.
 
 
ABS CLOs represent senior secured bank loan CLOs which are primarily priced by independent brokers.
 
 
ABS Other primarily represents broker priced securities.
 
 
Corporate-matrix priced represents private placement securities that are thinly traded and priced using a pricing matrix which includes significant non-observable inputs.
 
 
Corporate other primarily represents broker-priced public securities and private placement securities qualified for sale under rule 144A, and long dated fixed maturities where the term of significant inputs may not be sufficient to be deemed observable.
 
 
CMBS primarily represents CMBS bonds and commercial real estate collateralized debt obligations (“CRE CDOs”) which were either fair valued by the Company or by independent brokers due to the illiquidity of this sector.
 
 
Preferred stock primarily represents lower quality preferred securities that are less liquid due to market conditions.
Derivative Instruments, including embedded derivatives within investments
Derivative instruments are reported on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value and are reported in Other Investments and Other Liabilities. Embedded derivatives are reported with the host instruments on the consolidated balance sheet. Derivative instruments are fair valued using pricing valuation models, which utilize market data inputs or independent broker quotations. Excluding embedded derivatives, as of December 31, 2008, 94% of derivatives based upon notional values were priced by valuation models, which utilize independent market data. The remaining derivatives were priced by broker quotations. The derivatives are valued using mid-market inputs that are predominantly observable in the market. Inputs used to value derivatives include, but are not limited to, interest swap rates, foreign currency forward and spot rates, credit spreads and correlations, interest and equity volatility and equity index levels. The Company performs a monthly analysis on derivative valuations which includes both quantitative and qualitative analysis. Examples of procedures performed include, but are not limited to, review of pricing statistics and trends, back testing recent trades, analyzing the impacts of changes in the market environment, and review of changes in market value for each derivative including those derivatives priced by brokers.
Derivative instruments classified as Level 1 include futures and certain option contracts which are traded on active exchange markets.
Derivative instruments classified as Level 2 primarily include interest rate, currency and certain credit default swaps. The derivative valuations are determined using pricing models with inputs that are observable in the market or can be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data.
Derivative instruments classified as Level 3 include complex derivatives, such as equity options and swaps, interest rate derivatives which have interest rate optionality, certain credit default swaps, and long-dated interest rate swaps. Also included in Level 3 classification for derivatives are customized equity swaps that partially hedge the U.S. GMWB liabilities. Additional information on the customized transactions is provided under the “Accounting for Guaranteed Benefits Offered With Variable Annuities” section of this Note 4. These derivative instruments are valued using pricing models which utilize both observable and unobservable inputs and, to a lesser extent, broker quotations. A derivative instrument containing Level 1 or Level 2 inputs will be classified as a Level 3 financial instrument in its entirety if it has as least one significant Level 3 input.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4. Fair Value Measurements (continued)
The Company utilizes derivative instruments to manage the risk associated with certain assets and liabilities. However, the derivative instrument may not be classified with the same fair value hierarchy level as the associated assets and liabilities. Therefore the realized and unrealized gains and losses on derivatives reported in Level 3 may not reflect the offsetting impact of the realized and unrealized gains and losses of the associated assets and liabilities.
U.S. GMWB Reinsurance Derivative
The fair value of the U.S. GMWB reinsurance derivative is calculated as an aggregation of the components described in the SFAS 157 Transition section of this Note. The fair value of the U.S. GMWB reinsurance derivative is modeled using significant unobservable policyholder behavior inputs, identical to those used in calculating the underlying liability, such as lapses, fund selection, resets and withdrawal utilization, and risk margins. As a result, the U.S. GMWB reinsurance derivative is categorized as Level 3.
Separate Account Assets
Separate account assets are primarily invested in mutual funds but also have investments in fixed maturity and equity securities. The separate account investments are valued in the same manner, and using the same pricing sources and inputs, as the fixed maturity, equity security, and short-term investments of the Company. Open-ended mutual funds are included in Level 1. Most debt securities and short-term investments are included in Level 2. Level 3 assets include less liquid securities, such as highly structured and/or lower quality ABS and CMBS, ABS backed by sub-prime loans, and any investment priced solely by broker quotes.
GMWB and GMAB Embedded Derivatives (in Other Policyholder Funds and Benefits Payable)
The fair value of GMWB and GMAB embedded derivatives, reported in Other Policyholder Funds and Benefits Payable on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet, are calculated as an aggregation of the components described in the SFAS 157 Transition section of this Note. The fair value of GMWB and GMAB embedded derivatives are modeled using significant unobservable policyholder behavior inputs, such as lapses, fund selection, resets and withdrawal utilization, and risk margins. As a result, the GMWB and GMAB embedded derivatives are categorized as Level 3.
Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
The table below provides a fair value roll forward for the twelve months ending December 31, 2008 for the financial instruments for which significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) are used in the fair value measurement on a recurring basis. The Company classifies the fair values of financial instruments within Level 3 if there are no observable markets for the instruments or, in the absence of active markets, the majority of the inputs used to determine fair value are based on the Company’s own assumptions about market participant assumptions. However, the Company prioritizes the use of market-based inputs over entity-based assumptions in determining Level 3 fair values in accordance with SFAS 157. Therefore, the gains and losses in the tables below include changes in fair value due partly to observable and unobservable factors.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4. Fair Value Measurements (continued)
Roll-forward of Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) for the twelve months from January 1, 2008 to December 31, 2008
                                                         
                                                    Changes in  
                                                    unrealized  
                                                    gains (losses)  
                                                    included in net  
                                                    income (loss)  
            Total                             related to  
    SFAS 157     realized/unrealized                     SFAS 157     financial  
    Fair value     gains (losses)     Purchases,     Transfers     Fair value     instruments  
    as of     included in:     issuances,     in and/or     as of     still held at  
    January 1,     Net income     AOCI     and     (out) of     December 31,     December 31,  
    2008     [2], [3]     [5]     settlements     Level 3 [7]     2008     2008 [3]  
Assets
                                                       
Fixed maturities
  $ 17,996     $ (988 )   $ (4,178 )   $ 858     $ (1,878 )   $ 11,810     $ (811 )
Equity securities, available-for-sale
    1,339       (77 )     11       64       (796 )     541       (67 )
Freestanding derivatives [4]
                                                       
Customized derivatives used to hedge US GMWB
    91       850                         941       850  
Other freestanding derivatives used to hedge US GMWB
    564       1,161             (29 )           1,696       1,043  
Macro Hedge Program
    18       85             34             137       102  
Other freestanding derivatives
    (419 )     (471 )     16       491       102       (281 )     (301 )
 
                                         
Total Freestanding Derivatives
    254       1,625       16       496       102       2,493       1,694  
Reinsurance recoverable for US GMWB [1], [2] [10]
    238       962             102             1,302       962  
Separate accounts [6]
    701       (204 )           (26 )     315       786       (73 )
 
                                         
Supplemental Asset Information:
                                                       
Total freestanding derivatives used to hedge US GMWB including those in Levels 1, 2 and 3 [11]
    643       3,374             (1,353 )           2,664       3,374  
 
Liabilities
                                                       
Other policyholder funds and benefits payable accounted for at fair value [2]
                                                       
US GMWB
  $ (1,433 )   $ (4,967 )   $     $ (126 )   $     $ (6,526 )   $ (4,967 )
UK GMWB
    (17 )     (56 )     13       (4 )           (64 )     (57 )
Japan GMWB
          (26 )     (2 )     (2 )           (30 )     (26 )
Japan GMAB
    (22 )     25       (1 )     (2 )                 25  
Institutional Notes
    (24 )     (17 )                       (41 )     (17 )
Equity Linked Notes
    (21 )     13                         (8 )     13  
 
                                         
Total other policyholder funds and benefits payable accounted for at fair value [2]
    (1,517 )     (5,028 )     10       (134 )           (6,669 )     (5,029 )
Other Liabilities
                                                       
Derivative Liability-Warrants [8]
          110             (273 )           (163 )     110  
Consumer notes
    (5 )     5             (5 )           (5 )     5  
 
                                         
Supplemental Information:
                                                       
Net US GMWB (Embedded derivatives, freestanding derivatives including those in Levels 1, 2 and 3 and reinsurance recoverable) [9]
    (552 )     (631 )           (1,377 )           (2,560 )     (631 )
     
[1]  
The January 1, 2008 fair value of $238 includes the pre-SFAS 157 fair value of $128 and transitional adjustment of $110.
 
[2]  
The Company classifies all the gains and losses on GMWB reinsurance derivatives and GMWB embedded derivatives as unrealized gains/losses for purposes of disclosure in this table because it is impracticable to track on a contract-by-contract basis the realized gains/losses for these derivatives and embedded derivatives.
 
[3]  
All amounts in these columns are reported in net realized capital gains/losses except for $6 for the twelve months ending December 31, 2008, which is reported in benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses. All amounts are before income taxes and amortization of DAC.

F-40


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4. Fair Value Measurements (continued)
     
[4]  
The freestanding derivatives, excluding reinsurance derivatives instruments, are reported in this table on a net basis for asset/(liability) positions and reported on the consolidated balance sheet in other investments and other liabilities.
 
[5]  
AOCI refers to “Accumulated other comprehensive income” in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss). All amounts are before income taxes and amortization of DAC.
 
[6]  
The realized/unrealized gains (losses) included in net income for separate account assets are offset by an equal amount for separate account liabilities, which results in a net zero impact on net income for the Company.
 
[7]  
Transfers in and/or (out) of Level 3 during the twelve months ended December 31, 2008 are attributable to a change in the availability of market observable information for individual securities within the respective categories.
 
[8]  
These amounts represent certain Allianz warrants. See Note 21 for further discussion.
 
[9]  
The net loss on US GMWB since January 1, 2008 was primarily related to liability model assumption updates for mortality in the first quarter and market-based hedge ineffectiveness in the third and fourth quarters due to extremely volatile capital markets, partially offset by gains in the fourth quarter related to liability model assumption updates for lapse rates.
 
[10]  
During July 2008, the Company reinsured, with a third party, U.S. GMWB risks associated with approximately $7.8 billion of account value sold between 2003 and 2006. The reinsurance agreement is an 80% quota-share agreement. The third party’s financial strength is rated A+ by A.M. Best, AA- by Standard and Poor’s and Aa2 by Moody’s. The reinsurance agreement is accounted for as a free-standing derivative.
 
[11]  
The ‘Purchases, issuances, and settlements’ primarily relates to the receipt of cash on futures and option contracts classified as Level 1 and interest rate, currency and credit default swaps classified as Level 2.
For comparative and informational purposes only, the following table rolls-forward the customized and freestanding derivatives used to hedge US GMWB, the reinsurance recoverable for US GMWB and the embedded derivatives reported in other policyholder funds and benefits payable for the twelve month period ended December 31, 2007. The fair value amounts in the following table are the Pre-SFAS 157 fair values.
Roll-forward for the twelve months from January 1, 2007 to December 31, 2007
                                 
            Total                
    Fair value     Realized/unrealized             Fair value  
    as of     gains (losses)     Purchases,     as of  
    January 1,     included in:     issuances, and     December 31,  
    2007     Net income     settlements     2007  
Assets
                               
Customized derivatives used to hedge US GMWB
  $     $ 50     $     $ 50  
Other freestanding derivatives used to hedge US GMWB
    346       198       48       592  
Reinsurance recoverable for US GMWB
    (22 )     127       23       128  
 
Liabilities
                               
Other policyholder funds and benefits payable accounted for at fair value
                               
US GMWB
  $ 53     $ (661 )   $ (99 )   $ (707 )
UK GMWB
          (8 )           (8 )
Japan GMAB
          2             2  
Institutional Notes
    4       (28 )           (24 )
Equity Linked Notes
          1       (22 )     (21 )
 
                       
Total other policyholder funds and benefits payable accounted for at fair value
    57       (694 )     (121 )     (758 )
 
                       
Supplemental Information:
                               
Net US GMWB (Embedded derivative, freestanding derivatives and reinsurance recoverable) [1]
    377       (286 )     (28 )     63  
     
[1]  
The net loss on US GMWB was primarily due to liability model assumption updates made during the second and third quarter to reflect newly reliable market inputs for volatility and model refinements.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4. Fair Value Measurements (continued)
The following table summarizes the notional amount and fair value of freestanding derivatives in other investments, reinsurance recoverables, embedded derivatives in other policyholder funds and benefits payable and consumer notes as of December 31, 2008, and December 31, 2007. The notional amount of derivative contracts represents the basis upon which pay or receive amounts are calculated and are not necessarily reflective of credit risk. The fair value amounts of derivative assets and liabilities are presented on a net basis in the following table.
                                 
    December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
    Notional     Fair     Notional     Fair  
    Amount     Value     Amount     Value  
Reinsurance recoverables for US GMWB [1]
  $ 11,437     $ 1,302     $ 6,579     $ 128  
Customized derivatives used to hedge US GMWB [2]
    10,464       941       12,784       50  
Freestanding derivatives used to hedge US GMWB
    8,156       1,723       8,573       592  
US GMWB [3]
    46,734       (6,526 )     44,852       (707 )
UK GMWB[3]
    1,672       (64 )     1,048       (8 )
Japan GMWB[3]
    361       (30 )            
Japan GMAB[4]
    206             2,768       2  
Macro Hedge Program [5]
    2,188       137       661       18  
Consumer Notes
    70       (5 )     19       (5 )
Equity Linked Notes
    55       (8 )     50       (21 )
 
                       
Total
  $ 81,343     $ (2,530 )   $ 77,334     $ 49  
 
                       
     
[1]  
The increase in notional amount of the reinsurance recoverables for U.S. GMWB was primarily due to the execution of a reinsurance transaction in July 2008.
 
[2]  
The decrease in notional amount of customized derivatives used to hedge U.S. GMWB was primarily due to current market conditions causing policyholder account values to decrease. The notional on these customized derivatives is the policyholder account value.
 
[3]  
The increase in notional amount of embedded derivatives associated with GMWB riders is primarily due to additional product sales.
 
[4]  
The decrease in notional amount of the Japan GMAB embedded derivative is primarily due to a significant decline in the equity markets triggering policyholders to elect the GMIB feature or lump sum payout in Japan’s 3Win product.
 
[5]  
The increase in notional amount of the macro hedge program is primarily due to the rebalancing of the Company’s risk management program to place a greater relative emphasis on protection of statutory surplus.
The decrease in the net fair value of the derivative instruments in the table above was primarily due to the adoption of SFAS 157 and the net effects of capital market movements during the third and fourth quarters of 2008.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4. Fair Value Measurements (continued)
Financial Instruments Not Carried at Fair Value
SFAS 107 requires additional disclosure of fair value information of financial instruments. The following include disclosures for other financial instruments not carried at fair value and not included in above FAS 157 discussion.
The carrying amounts and fair values of The Hartford’s financial instruments not carried at fair value, at December 31, 2008 and 2007 were as follows:
                                 
    2008     2007  
    Carrying     Fair     Carrying     Fair  
    Amount     Value     Amount     Value  
Assets
                               
Policy loans
  $ 2,208     $ 2,435     $ 2,061     $ 2,061  
Mortgage loans on real estate
    6,469       5,654       5,410       5,407  
 
Liabilities
                               
Other policyholder funds and benefits payable [1]
  $ 14,839       14,576     $ 15,480     $ 15,429  
Commercial paper [2]
    374       374       373       373  
Long-term debt [3]
    5,755       4,539       4,006       4,118  
Consumer Notes [4]
    1,205       1,188       804       809  
     
[1]  
Excludes guarantees on variable annuities, group accident and health and universal life insurance contracts, including corporate owned life insurance.
 
[2]  
Included in short-term debt in the consolidated balance sheets.
 
[3]  
Excludes capital lease obligations and includes current maturities of long-term debt.
 
[4]  
Excludes amounts carried at fair value and included in FAS 157 disclosures above.
 
Fair value for policy loans and consumer notes were estimated using discounted cash flow calculations using current interest rates.
 
 
Fair values for mortgage loans on real estate were estimated using discounted cash flow calculations based on current incremental lending rates for similar type loans. Current incremental lending rates reflect changes in credit spreads and the remaining terms of the loans.
 
 
Other policyholder funds and benefits payable, not carried at fair value and not included in above FAS 157 fair value information, is determined by estimating future cash flows, discounted at the current market rate.
 
 
Carrying amounts approximate fair value for commercial paper.
 
 
Fair value for long-term debt is based on market quotations from independent third party pricing services.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
5. Investments and Derivative Instruments
                         
    For the years ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Components of Net Investment Income
                       
Fixed maturities [1]
  $ 4,310     $ 4,653     $ 4,266  
Equity securities, available-for-sale
    167       139       92  
Equity securities, held for trading
    (10,340 )     145       1,824  
Mortgage loans
    333       293       158  
Policy loans
    139       135       142  
Limited partnerships and other alternative investments
    (445 )     255       133  
Other investments
    (72 )     (161 )     (13 )
 
                 
Gross investment income
    (5,908 )     5,459       6,602  
Less: Investment expenses
    97       100       87  
 
                 
Net investment income
  $ (6,005 )   $ 5,359     $ 6,515  
 
                 
 
                       
Components of Net Realized Capital Gains (Losses)
                       
Fixed maturities
  $ (3,012 )   $ (357 )   $ (113 )
Equity securities
    (1,201 )     (43 )     (11 )
Foreign currency transaction remeasurements
    (459 )     (109 )     17  
Derivatives and other [2]
    (1,246 )     (485 )     (144 )
 
                 
Net realized capital gains (losses)
  $ (5,918 )   $ (994 )   $ (251 )
 
                 
     
[1]  
Includes income on short-term bonds.
 
[2]  
Primarily consists of changes in fair value on non-qualifying derivatives, hedge ineffectiveness on qualifying derivative instruments, foreign currency gains and losses, and other investment gains and losses.
                         
Components of Net Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Available-for-Sale Securities
                       
Fixed maturities
  $ (13,126 )   $ (669 )   $ 1,466  
Equity securities
    (96 )     (16 )     204  
Net unrealized gains (losses) credited to policyholders
    (101 )     3       (4 )
 
                 
Net unrealized gains (losses)
    (13,323 )     (682 )     1,666  
Deferred income taxes and other items
    (5,837 )     (323 )     608  
 
                 
Net unrealized gains (losses), net of tax — end of year
    (7,486 )     (359 )     1,058  
Net unrealized gains (losses), net of tax — beginning of year
    (359 )     1,058       969  
 
                 
Change in unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities
  $ (7,127 )   $ (1,417 )   $ 89  
 
                 
The change in net unrealized gain (loss) on equity securities, classified as held for trading, included in net investment income during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, was $(9,626), $(539), and $1.3 billion, respectively, substantially all of which have corresponding amounts credited to policyholders. This amount was not included in the gross unrealized gains (losses) in the table above.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
5. Investments and Derivative Instruments (continued)
Components of Available-for-Sale Securities
                                                                 
    December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
    Cost or     Gross     Gross             Cost or     Gross     Gross        
    Amortized     Unrealized     Unrealized     Fair     Amortized     Unrealized     Unrealized     Fair  
    Cost     Gains     Losses     Value     Cost     Gains     Losses     Value  
Bonds and Notes
                                                               
ABS
  $ 8,863     $ 13     $ (2,608 )   $ 6,268     $ 9,515     $ 33     $ (633 )   $ 8,915  
CMBS
                                                               
Agency backed
    433       16             449       445       10             455  
Non-agency backed
    14,303       29       (6,005 )     8,327       17,180       234       (838 )     16,576  
CMOs
                                                               
Agency backed
    849       46       (8 )     887       1,191       32       (4 )     1,219  
Non-agency backed
    413       1       (124 )     290       525       4       (3 )     526  
Corporate
    31,059       623       (4,501 )     27,181       34,118       1,022       (942 )     34,198  
Government/government agencies
                                                               
Foreign
    2,786       100       (65 )     2,821       999       59       (5 )     1,053  
United States
    5,883       112       (39 )     5,956       836       22       (3 )     855  
MBS
    2,243       42       (7 )     2,278       2,757       26       (20 )     2,763  
States, municipalities and political subdivisions
    11,406       202       (953 )     10,655       13,152       427       (90 )     13,489  
Redeemable preferred stock
                            6                   6  
 
                                               
Fixed maturities
    78,238       1,184       (14,310 )     65,112       80,724       1,869       (2,538 )     80,055  
Equity securities, available-for-sale
    1,554       203       (299 )     1,458       2,611       218       (234 )     2,595  
 
                                               
Total securities, available-for-sale
  $ 79,792     $ 1,387     $ (14,609 )   $ 66,570     $ 83,335     $ 2,087     $ (2,772 )   $ 82,650  
 
                                               
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of fixed maturity investments by contractual maturity year are shown below.
                 
    December 31, 2008  
Maturity   Amortized Cost     Fair Value  
One year or less
  $ 2,135     $ 2,187  
Over one year through five years
    13,840       13,127  
Over five years through ten years
    14,692       13,357  
Over ten years
    35,203       26,718  
 
           
Subtotal
    65,870       55,389  
ABS, MBS, and CMOs
    12,368       9,723  
 
           
Total
  $ 78,238     $ 65,112  
 
           
Estimated maturities may differ from contractual maturities due to security call or prepayment provisions because of the potential for prepayment on certain mortgage- and asset-backed securities which is why ABS, MBS and CMOs are not categorized by contractual maturity. The CMBS are categorized by contractual maturity because they generally are not subject to prepayment risk as these securities are generally structured to include forms of call protections such as yield maintenance charges, prepayment penalties or lockouts, and defeasance.
Sales of Available-for-Sale Securities
                         
    For the years ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Sale of Fixed Maturities
                       
Sale proceeds
  $ 19,599     $ 21,968     $ 26,827  
Gross gains
    511       424       427  
Gross losses
    (873 )     (276 )     (407 )
Sale of Equity Securities, Available-for-Sale
                       
Sale proceeds
  $ 616     $ 468     $ 514  
Gross gains
    38       28       11  
Gross losses
    (78 )     (15 )     (14 )

 

F-45


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
5. Investments and Derivative Instruments (continued)
Concentration of Credit Risk
The Company aims to maintain a diversified investment portfolio including issuer, sector and geographic stratification, where applicable, and has established certain exposure limits, diversification standards and review procedures to mitigate credit risk.
Other than U.S. government and certain U.S. government agencies backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government, the Company’s only exposure to any credit concentration risk of a single issuer greater than 10% of the Company’s stockholders’ equity is the Government of Japan, which represents $2.3 billion, or 25%, of stockholders’ equity, and less than 2.0% of total invested assets. The Company’s second and third largest exposures by issuer as of December 31, 2008 were the Government of Canada and JP Morgan Chase & Company, which each comprise less than 0.5%, of total invested assets. Other than U.S. government and certain U.S. government agencies, the Company’s largest three exposures by issuer as of December 31, 2007 were the State of California, General Electric Company and the State of Massachusetts, which each comprise less than 0.5%, of total invested assets.
The Company’s largest three exposures by sector, as of December 31, 2008 were commercial mortgage and real estate, basic industry, and state municipalities and political subdivisions which comprised approximately 13%, 9%, and 9%, respectively, of total invested assets. The Company’s largest three exposures by sector, as of December 31, 2007 were commercial mortgage and real estate, state municipalities and political subdivisions, and financial services which comprised approximately 18%, 10%, and 10%, respectively, of total invested assets.
The Company’s investments in states, municipalities and political subdivisions are geographically dispersed throughout the United States. The largest concentrations, as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, were in California, New York and Illinois which each comprise less than 1.5% and 2%, respectively, of total invested assets.
Security Unrealized Loss Aging
As part of the Company’s ongoing security monitoring process by a committee of investment and accounting professionals, the Company identifies securities in an unrealized loss position that could potentially be other-than-temporarily impaired. For further discussion regarding the Company’s other-than-temporary impairment policy, see the Other-Than-Temporary Impairments on Available-for-Sale Securities section of Note 1. Due to the issuers’ continued satisfaction of the securities’ obligations in accordance with their contractual terms and the expectation that they will continue to do so, management’s intent and ability to hold these securities for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value, as well as the evaluation of the fundamentals of the issuers’ financial condition and other objective evidence, the Company believes that the prices of the securities in the sectors identified in the tables below were temporarily depressed as of December 31, 2008 and 2007.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
5. Investments and Derivative Instruments (continued)
The following tables present the Company’s unrealized loss aging for total fixed maturity and equity securities classified as available-for-sale, by investment type and length of time the security was in a continuous unrealized loss position.
                                                                         
    December 31, 2008  
    Less Than 12 Months     12 Months or More     Total  
    Amortized     Fair     Unrealized     Amortized     Fair     Unrealized     Amortized     Fair     Unrealized  
    Cost     Value     Losses     Cost     Value     Losses     Cost     Value     Losses  
ABS
  $ 1,870     $ 1,487     $ (383 )   $ 6,811     $ 4,586     $ (2,225 )   $ 8,681     $ 6,073     $ (2,608 )
CMBS — Non-agency backed
    5,986       4,354       (1,632 )     8,110       3,737       (4,373 )     14,096       8,091       (6,005 )
CMOs
                                                                       
Agency backed
    75       68       (7 )     34       33       (1 )     109       101       (8 )
Non-agency backed
    332       235       (97 )     82       55       (27 )     414       290       (124 )
Corporate
    16,604       14,145       (2,459 )     7,028       4,986       (2,042 )     23,632       19,131       (4,501 )
Government/government agencies
                                                                       
Foreign
    1,263       1,211       (52 )     43       30       (13 )     1,306       1,241       (65 )
United States
    4,120       4,083       (37 )     66       64       (2 )     4,186       4,147       (39 )
MBS
    50       50             250       243       (7 )     300       293       (7 )
States, municipalities and political subdivisions
    5,153       4,640       (513 )     2,578       2,138       (440 )     7,731       6,778       (953 )
 
                                                     
Total fixed maturities
    35,453       30,273       (5,180 )     25,002       15,872       (9,130 )     60,455       46,145       (14,310 )
Equity securities, available-for-sale
    1,017       796       (221 )     277       199       (78 )     1,294       995       (299 )
 
                                                     
Total temporarily impaired securities
  $ 36,470     $ 31,069     $ (5,401 )   $ 25,279     $ 16,071     $ (9,208 )   $ 61,749     $ 47,140     $ (14,609 )
 
                                                     
                                                                         
    December 31, 2007  
    Less Than 12 Months     12 Months or More     Total  
    Amortized     Fair     Unrealized     Amortized     Fair     Unrealized     Amortized     Fair     Unrealized  
    Cost     Value     Losses     Cost     Value     Losses     Cost     Value     Losses  
ABS
  $ 7,811     $ 7,222     $ (589 )   $ 671     $ 627     $ (44 )   $ 8,482     $ 7,849     $ (633 )
CMBS — Non-agency backed
    8,138       7,453       (685 )     3,400       3,247       (153 )     11,538       10,700       (838 )
CMOs
                                                                       
Agency backed
    324       321       (3 )     89       88       (1 )     413       409       (4 )
Non-agency backed
    120       118       (2 )     54       53       (1 )     174       171       (3 )
Corporate
    13,849       13,165       (684 )     4,873       4,615       (258 )     18,722       17,780       (942 )
Government/government agencies
                                                                       
Foreign
    226       221       (5 )     66       66             292       287       (5 )
United States
    216       213       (3 )     14       14             230       227       (3 )
MBS
    56       56             1,033       1,013       (20 )     1,089       1,069       (20 )
States, municipalities and political subdivisions
    3,157       3,081       (76 )     342       328       (14 )     3,499       3,409       (90 )
Redeemable preferred stock
    6       6                               6       6        
 
                                                     
Total fixed maturities
    33,903       31,856       (2,047 )     10,542       10,051       (491 )     44,445       41,907       (2,538 )
Equity securities, available-for-sale
    1,675       1,442       (233 )     21       20       (1 )     1,696       1,462       (234 )
 
                                                     
Total temporarily impaired securities
  $ 35,578     $ 33,298     $ (2,280 )   $ 10,563     $ 10,071     $ (492 )   $ 46,141     $ 43,369     $ (2,772 )
 
                                                     
As of December 31, 2008, available-for-sale securities in an unrealized loss position, comprised of approximately 6,612 securities, were primarily concentrated in securitized assets, specifically CMBS and financial services sector securities. The increase in unrealized losses was largely the result of credit spread widening primarily due to continued deterioration in the U.S. housing market, tightened lending conditions and the market’s flight to quality securities, as well as, a U.S. recession and a declining global economy.
As of December 31, 2008, 65% of securities in an unrealized loss position were depressed less than 20% of amortized cost. Based upon the Company’s current evaluation of these securities in accordance with its impairment policy and the Company’s intent to retain these investments for a period of time sufficient to allow for recovery in value, the Company has determined that these securities are temporarily impaired.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
5. Investments and Derivative Instruments (continued)
The following tables present the Company’s unrealized loss aging, by length of time the security was in a continuous greater than 20% unrealized loss position.
Securitized Assets Depressed over 20%
                                                                 
    December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
            Cost or                             Cost or              
            Amortized     Fair     Unrealized             Amortized     Fair     Unrealized  
Consecutive Months   Items     Cost     Value     Loss     Items     Cost     Value     Loss  
Three months or less
    859     $ 11,852     $ 6,779     $ (5,073 )     138     $ 1,263     $ 835     $ (428 )
Greater than three to six months
    102       1,141       420       (721 )     12       146       91       (55 )
Greater than six to nine months
    153       1,966       687       (1,279 )                        
Greater than nine to twelve months
    97       934       218       (716 )                        
Greater than twelve months
    18       240       38       (202 )     6       40       26       (14 )
 
                                               
Total
    1,229     $ 16,133     $ 8,142     $ (7,991 )     156     $ 1,449     $ 952     $ (497 )
 
                                               
All Other Securities Depressed over 20%
                                                                 
    December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
            Cost or                             Cost or              
            Amortized     Fair     Unrealized             Amortized     Fair     Unrealized  
Consecutive Months   Items     Cost     Value     Loss     Items     Cost     Value     Loss  
Three months or less
    1,006     $ 10,597     $ 7,044     $ (3,553 )     116     $ 635     $ 492     $ (143 )
Greater than three to six months
    58       306       150       (156 )     9       74       21       (53 )
Greater than six to nine months
    27       314       178       (136 )                        
Greater than nine to twelve months
    8       115       68       (47 )                        
Greater than twelve months
                                               
 
                                               
Total
    1,099     $ 11,332     $ 7,440     $ (3,892 )     125     $ 709     $ 513     $ (196 )
 
                                               
The majority of securitized assets depressed over 20% for six consecutive months are primarily related to CMBS and sub-prime RMBS. Based upon the Company’s cash flow modeling in a severe negative economic outlook, which shows no loss of principal and interest, and the Company’s assertion of its ability and intent to retain the securities until recovery, it has been determined that these securities are temporarily impaired as of December 31, 2008.
The majority of all other securities depressed over 20% for six consecutive months or greater in the tables above primarily relate to financial services sector securities that include corporate bonds, as well as, preferred equity issued by large high quality financial institutions that are lower in the capital structure and, as a result have incurred greater price depressions. Based upon the Company’s analysis of these securities and current macroeconomic conditions, the Company expects to see significant price recovery on these securities within a reasonable period of time and, therefore, has determined that these securities are temporarily impaired as of December 31, 2008.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
5. Investments and Derivative Instruments (continued)
Mortgage Loans
The carrying value of mortgage loans on real estate was $6.5 billion and $5.4 billion as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The Company’s mortgage loans are collateralized by a variety of commercial and agricultural properties. The mortgage loans are diversified both geographically throughout the United States and by property type.
At December 31, 2008, the Company held delinquent mortgage loans on three properties with a carrying value of $91 which were deemed impaired and accordingly, a valuation allowance of $26 was established. At December 31, 2007, the Company held no impaired, restructured, delinquent or in-process-of-foreclosure mortgage loans and therefore had no valuation allowance.
The following table presents commercial mortgage loans by region and property type.
Commercial Mortgage Loans on Real Estate by Region
                                 
    December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
    Carrying     Percent of     Carrying     Percent of  
    Value     Total     Value     Total  
East North Central
  $ 162       2.5 %   $ 120       2.2 %
East South Central
                9       0.2 %
Middle Atlantic
    717       11.1 %     674       12.4 %
Mountain
    223       3.4 %     200       3.7 %
New England
    487       7.5 %     404       7.5 %
Pacific
    1,495       23.1 %     1,200       22.2 %
South Atlantic
    1,102       17.0 %     1,104       20.4 %
West North Central
    64       1.0 %     32       0.6 %
West South Central
    333       5.2 %     286       5.3 %
Other [1]
    1,886       29.2 %     1,381       25.5 %
 
                       
Total
  $ 6,469       100.0 %   $ 5,410       100.0 %
 
                       
     
[1]  
Includes multi-regional properties.
Commercial Mortgage Loans on Real Estate by Property Type
                                 
    December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
    Carrying     Percent of     Carrying     Percent of  
    Value     Total     Value     Total  
Industrial
  $ 1,118       17.3 %   $ 649       12.0 %
Lodging
    483       7.5 %     524       9.7 %
Agricultural
    635       9.8 %     362       6.7 %
Multifamily
    1,131       17.5 %     991       18.3 %
Office
    1,885       29.1 %     1,929       35.6 %
Retail
    884       13.7 %     806       14.9 %
Other
    333       5.1 %     149       2.8 %
 
                       
Total
  $ 6,469       100.0 %   $ 5,410       100.0 %
 
                       

 

F-49


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
5. Investments and Derivative Instruments (continued)
Variable Interest Entities (“VIE”)
The Company is involved with variable interest entities primarily as a collateral manager and as an investor through normal investment activities. The Company’s involvement includes providing investment management and administrative services for a fee and holding ownership or other interests as an investor. The Company also has involvement with VIEs as a means of accessing capital.
VIEs may or may not be consolidated on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. When the Company is the primary beneficiary of the VIE, all of the assets and liabilities of the VIE are consolidated into the Company’s financial statements. The Company also reports a liability for the portion of the VIE that represents the minority interest of other investors in the VIE. When the Company concludes that it is not the primary beneficiary of the VIE, only the fair value of the Company’s interest in the VIE is recorded in the Company’s financial statements.
As of December 31, 2007, Hartford Investment Management Company (“HIMCO”) was the collateral manager of four VIEs with provisions that allowed for termination if the fair value of the aggregate referenced bank loan portfolio declined below a stated level. These VIEs were market value CLOs that invested in senior secured bank loans through total return swaps. Two of these market value CLOs were consolidated, and two were not consolidated. During the first quarter of 2008, the fair value of the aggregate referenced bank loan portfolio declined below the stated level in all four market value CLOs and the total return swap counterparties terminated the transactions. Three of these CLOs were restructured from market value CLOs to cash flow CLOs without market value triggers and the remaining CLO terminated in January 2009. The Company realized a capital loss of $90, before-tax, from the termination of these CLOs. In connection with the restructurings, the Company purchased interests in two of the resulting VIEs, one of which the Company is the primary beneficiary. These purchases resulted in an increase in the Company’s maximum exposure to loss for both consolidated and non-consolidated VIEs.
At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company had relationships with five and seven VIEs, respectively, where the Company was the primary beneficiary. The following table sets forth the carrying value of assets and liabilities, and the Company’s maximum exposure to loss on these consolidated VIEs.
                                                 
    December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
                    Maximum                     Maximum  
    Total     Total     Exposure     Total     Total     Exposure  
    Assets     Liabilities [1]     to Loss [2]     Assets     Liabilities [1]     to Loss  
CLOs
  $ 339     $ 69     $ 257     $ 128     $ 47     $ 107  
Limited partnerships
    151       43       108       309       47       262  
Other investments
    249       59       221       377       71       317  
 
                                   
Total
  $ 739     $ 171     $ 586     $ 814     $ 165     $ 686  
 
                                   
     
[1]  
Creditors have no recourse against the Company in the event of default by the VIE.
 
[2]  
The Company’s maximum exposure to loss represents the maximum loss amount that the Company could recognize as a reduction in net investment income or as a realized capital loss and is the consolidated assets net of liabilities at cost. The Company has no implied or unfunded commitments to these VIEs.
CLOs represent one fund at December 31, 2008, which is a cash flow CLO financed by issuing debt in tranches of varying seniority and is a VIE due to the lack of voting equity in the capital structure. The Company provides collateral management services to the CLO and earns a fee for those services and also has investments in debt issued by the CLO. Taking those interests into consideration, the Company has performed a quantitative analysis and determined that it will absorb a majority of the expected losses or residual returns in the fund and as a result is the primary beneficiary. Consolidated assets are classified in cash and fixed maturities and consolidated liabilities are classified in other liabilities. At December 31, 2007, CLOs represent two market value CLOs, one of which converted to the cash flow CLO described above and the second which terminated during the fourth quarter of 2008.
At December 31, 2008 and 2007, limited partnerships represent investments in two hedge funds that are financed by issuing equity shares to investors, and are VIEs based on the lack of decision making ability held by the equity investors. The primary source of variability generated by these VIEs is the fund’s investment portfolio and that variability is passed to equity holders. The Company holds a majority interest in the equity of the funds and as a result will absorb the majority of the funds’ expected losses or residual returns and therefore is the primary beneficiary. Consolidated assets and liabilities are classified in other investments and other liabilities, respectively.
Other investments at December 31, 2008 consist of two investment trusts that are financed by issuing beneficial interests that do not have voting rights to investors. The Company holds a majority of the beneficial interests issued by these trusts and as the majority holder, will absorb a majority of expected losses or residual returns and therefore is the primary beneficiary. The Company was not the primary beneficiary of one of those trusts at December 31, 2007. Consolidated assets and liabilities are classified in fixed maturities and other liabilities, respectively. At December 31, 2007, other investments included three investment trusts, two of which have liquidated and the third remains at December 31, 2008.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
5. Investments and Derivative Instruments (continued)
As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company also held significant variable interests in four and five VIEs, respectively, where the Company is not the primary beneficiary. That determination has been made based on a quantitative analysis of whether the Company will absorb a majority of the expected losses or residual returns of the VIE, considering its variable interests as well as those of other variable interest holders. These investments have been held by the Company for two years.
The following table sets forth the carrying value of assets and liabilities that relate to the Company’s variable interests in unconsolidated VIEs, and the Company’s maximum exposure to loss resulting from involvement with those VIEs.
                                                 
    December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
                    Maximum                     Maximum  
                    Exposure                     Exposure  
    Assets     Liabilities     to Loss     Assets     Liabilities     to Loss  
CLOs [1]
  $ 308     $     $ 349     $ 26     $     $ 37  
CDOs [1]
    3             15       76             108  
Other [2]
    42       40       5       43       43       5  
 
                                   
Total [3]
  $ 353     $ 40     $ 369     $ 145     $ 43     $ 150  
 
                                   
     
[1]  
Maximum exposure to loss represents the Company’s investment in securities issued by CLOs/CDOs at cost.
 
[2]  
Maximum exposure to loss represents issuance costs that were incurred to establish the contingent capital facility.
 
[3]  
The Company has no implied or unfunded commitments to these VIEs.
At December 31, 2008, CLOs include one fund that is financed by issuing debt securities in tranches of varying seniority. That fund is a cash flow CLO and a VIE due to the lack of voting equity in its capital structure. The Company holds variable interests through fees earned as the collateral manager and investments in debt and preferred equity issued by the fund with a carrying amount at December 31, 2008 of $306 and $2, respectively. At December 31, 2007, CLOs represent two market value CLOs, one of which converted to the cash flow CLO described above and the second for which the Company is no longer involved with following its conversion from a market value to a cash flow CLO.
At December 31, 2008 and 2007, CDOs consist of two VIEs that are financed by issuing debt having no voting rights to investors. The Company has variable interests in each CDO by virtue of its investment in that debt and fees received as the collateral manager. The carrying amount of the investment in debt issued by the CDOs is $3 at December 31, 2008 and is classified in fixed maturities.
Other, at December 31, 2008 and 2007, represents the Company’s variable interest in the Glen Meadow ABC Trust, which is a put option agreement that requires the trust, at any time, to purchase the Company’s junior subordinated notes in a maximum principal amount not to exceed $500. There is no equity investment and thus the trust is a VIE based on that lack of voting equity. The put option agreement held by the Company is a variable interest in the trust. The carrying amount of that option at December 31, 2008 classified in other assets is $42 and the carrying value of the liability for premiums due under the option contract at December 31, 2008 classified in other liabilities is $40.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
5. Investments and Derivative Instruments (continued)
Derivative Instruments
The Company utilizes a variety of derivative instruments, including swaps, caps, floors, forwards, futures and options through one of four Company-approved objectives: to hedge risk arising from interest rate, equity market, credit spread including issuer default, price or currency exchange rate risk or volatility; to manage liquidity; to control transaction costs; or to enter into replication transactions.
On the date the derivative contract is entered into, the Company designates the derivative as a fair-value hedge, a cash-flow hedge, a foreign-currency hedge, a net investment hedge, or held for other investment and/or risk management purposes.
The Company’s derivative transactions are used in strategies permitted under the derivative use plans required by the State of Connecticut, the State of Illinois, and the State of New York insurance departments.
Derivative instruments are recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value and are presented as assets or liabilities as determined by calculating the net position, taking into account income accruals and cash collateral held, for each derivative counterparty by legal entity. The fair value of derivative instruments, excluding income accruals and cash collateral held, are presented as of December 31, as follows:
                                 
    Asset Values     Liability Values  
    2008     2007     2008     2007  
Fixed maturities, available-for-sale
  $     $     $ 3     $  
Other investments
    1,576       528              
Reinsurance recoverables
    1,302       128              
Other policyholder funds and benefits payable
          2       6,628       737  
Consumer notes
                5       5  
Other liabilities [1] [2]
    1,862                   617  
 
                       
Total
  $ 4,740     $ 658     $ 6,636     $ 1,359  
 
                       
     
[1]  
Included in Other liabilities on the balance sheet is a liability value of $2,531 and $114 related to derivative collateral as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
[2]  
Included in Other liabilities in the above schedule is a liability value of $163 and $0 related to Allianz SE warrants as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
5. Investments and Derivative Instruments (continued)
The following table summarizes the derivative instruments used by the Company and the primary hedging strategies to which they relate. Derivatives in the Company’s separate accounts are not included because the associated gains and losses accrue directly to policyholders. The notional amount of derivative contracts represents the basis upon which pay or receive amounts are calculated and are not reflective of credit risk. The fair value amounts of derivative assets and liabilities are presented on a net basis as of December 31, 2008 and 2007. The total ineffectiveness of all cash-flow, fair-value and net investment hedges and total change in value of other derivative-based strategies which do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment, including periodic derivative net coupon settlements, (“non-qualifying strategies”) are presented below on a before-tax basis for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007.
                                                 
                                    Hedge  
                                    Ineffectiveness,  
    Notional Amount     Fair Value     Before-tax  
Hedging Strategy   2008     2007     2008     2007     2008     2007  
Cash-Flow Hedges
                                               
Interest rate swaps
                                               
Interest rate swaps are primarily used to convert interest receipts on floating-rate fixed maturity securities to fixed rates. These derivatives are predominantly used to better match cash receipts from assets with cash disbursements required to fund liabilities.
                                               
 
                                               
The Company also enters into forward starting swap agreements to hedge the interest rate exposure related to the purchase of fixed-rate securities or the anticipated future cash flows of floating-rate fixed maturity securities due to changes in the benchmark interest rate, London-Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). These derivatives are primarily structured to hedge interest rate risk inherent in the assumptions used to price certain liabilities.
                                               
 
                                               
Interest rate swaps are also used to hedge a portion of the Company’s floating-rate guaranteed investment contracts. These derivatives convert the floating-rate guaranteed investment contract payments to a fixed rate to better match the cash receipts earned from the supporting investment portfolio.
                                               
 
  $ 9,030     $ 5,049     $ 640     $ 113     $ 9     $ 3  
 
                                               
Foreign currency swaps
                                               
Foreign currency swaps are used to convert foreign denominated cash flows associated with certain foreign denominated fixed maturity investments to U.S. dollars. The foreign fixed maturities are primarily denominated in euros and are swapped to minimize cash flow fluctuations due to changes in currency rates. In addition, foreign currency swaps are also used to convert foreign denominated cash flows associated with certain liability payments to U.S. dollars in order to minimize cash flow fluctuations due to changes in currency rates.
    1,210       1,588       (7 )     (318 )           (2 )
 
                                   
Total cash-flow hedges
    10,240       6,637       633       (205 )     9       1  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Fair-Value Hedges
                                               
Interest rate swaps
                                               
Interest rate swaps are used to hedge the changes in fair value of certain fixed rate liabilities and fixed maturity securities due to changes in the benchmark interest rate, LIBOR.
    2,138       4,226       (86 )     (66 )     (1 )      
 
                                               
Foreign currency swaps
                                               
Foreign currency swaps are used to hedge the changes in fair value of certain foreign denominated fixed rate liabilities due to changes in foreign currency rates.
    696       696       (57 )     25              
 
                                   
Total fair-value hedges
    2,834       4,922       (143 )     (41 )     (1 )      
 
                                   
Total cash-flow and fair-value hedges
  $ 13,074     $ 11,559     $ 490     $ (246 )   $ 8     $ 1  
 
                                   

F-53


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
5. Investments and Derivative Instruments (continued)
                                                 
                                    Derivative Change  
    Notional Amount     Fair Value     in Value, Before-tax  
Hedging Strategy   2008     2007     2008     2007     2008     2007  
Non-qualifying Strategies
                                               
Interest rate swaps, caps, floors, and forwards
                                               
The Company uses interest rate swaps, caps and floors to manage duration risk between assets and liabilities in certain portfolios. In addition, the Company enters into interest rate swaps to terminate existing swaps, thereby offsetting the changes in value of the original swap. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the notional amount of interest rate swaps in offsetting relationships was $6.8 billion and $2.6 billion, respectively.
                                               
 
                                               
The Company may also use interest rate forwards to replicate the purchase of mortgage-backed securities to manage duration risk and liquidity.
  $ 8,156     $ 9,287     $ (97 )   $ (17 )   $ 12     $ 29  
 
                                               
Foreign currency swaps, forwards, and swaptions
                                               
The Company enters into foreign currency swaps and forwards to hedge the foreign currency exposures in certain of its foreign fixed maturity investments.
                                               
 
                                               
The Company also enters into foreign currency interest rate swaps and swaptions to hedge Yen interest rate exposures related to certain liability contracts sold in Japan.
    1,113       412       21       (14 )     47       (14 )
 
                                               
Credit default swaps that sell credit protection
                                               
The Company enters into credit default swap agreements in which the Company assumes credit risk of an individual entity, referenced index or asset pool. These contracts entitle the Company to receive a periodic fee in exchange for an obligation to compensate the derivative counterparty should a credit event occur on the part of the referenced security issuers. Also included are embedded derivatives associated with credit linked notes with a notional amount of $117 and $142 as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The maximum potential future exposure to the Company is the notional amount of the swap contracts, which is $1,199 and $2,857, before-tax, as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
    1,199       2,857       (403 )     (416 )     (457 )     (205 )
 
                                               
Total return and credit index swaps
                                               
The Company also assumes credit risk through total return and credit index swaps which reference a specific index or collateral portfolio. The maximum potential future exposure to the Company for the credit index swaps is the notional value and for the total return swaps is the cash collateral associated with the transaction, which has termination triggers that limit investment losses. The Company had no exposure to such contracts at December 31, 2008. As of December 31, 2007, the maximum potential future exposure to the Company from such contracts was $1,558, before-tax.
          2,306             (70 )     (166 )     (127 )
 
                                               
Credit default swaps that purchase credit protection
                                               
The Company enters into credit default swap agreements in which the Company reduces credit risk to an individual entity. These contracts require the Company to pay a derivative counterparty a periodic fee in exchange for compensation from the counterparty should a credit event occur on the part of the referenced security issuer. The Company enters into these agreements as an efficient means to reduce credit exposure to specified issuers or sectors.
    3,668       5,166       340       81       302       84  
 
                                               
Credit default swaps in offsetting positions
                                               
The Company enters into credit default swap agreements to terminate existing credit default swaps, thereby offsetting the changes in value of the original swap going forward.
    2,626             (11 )                  

 

F-54


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
5. Investments and Derivative Instruments (continued)
                                                 
                                    Derivative Change  
    Notional Amount     Fair Value     in Value, Before-tax  
Hedging Strategy   2008     2007     2008     2007     2008     2007  
Contingent Capital Facility
                                               
During the first quarter of 2007, the Company entered into a put option agreement that provides the Company the right to require a third party trust to purchase, at any time, The Hartford’s junior subordinated notes in a maximum aggregate principal amount of $500. Under the put option agreement, The Hartford will pay premiums on a periodic basis and will reimburse the trust for certain fees and ordinary expenses. The instrument is accounted for as a derivative.
  $ 500     $ 500     $ 42     $ 43     $ (3 )   $ (4 )
 
                                               
Japanese fixed annuity hedging instruments
                                               
The Company enters into currency rate swaps and forwards to mitigate the foreign currency exchange rate and Yen interest rate exposures associated with the Yen denominated individual fixed annuity product. The associated liability is adjusted for changes in spot rates which was $450 and $(102), before-tax, as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and offsets the derivative change in value.
    2,334       1,849       383       (115 )     487       53  
 
                                               
Guaranteed Minimum Accumulation Benefit (“GMAB”) product derivatives
                                               
The Company offers certain variable annuity products in Japan that may have a GMAB rider. The GMAB is a bifurcated embedded derivative that provides the policyholder with their initial deposit in a lump sum after a specified waiting period. The notional value of the embedded derivative is the Yen denominated GRB balance converted to U.S. dollars at the current December 31, 2008 and 2007, foreign spot exchange rate, respectively.
    206       2,768             2       2       2  
 
                                               
GMWB product derivatives
                                               
The Company offers certain variable annuity products with a GMWB rider, primarily in the U.S. and, to a lesser extent, the U.K. and Japan. The GMWB is a bifurcated embedded derivative that provides the policyholder with a GRB if the account value is reduced to zero through a combination of market declines and withdrawals. The GRB is generally equal to premiums less withdrawals. The policyholder also has the option, after a specified time period, to reset the GRB to the then-current account value, if greater. The notional value of the embedded derivative is the GRB balance. For a further discussion, see the Derivative Instruments section of Note 1.
    48,767       45,900       (6,620 )     (715 )     (5,786 )     (670 )
 
                                               
GMWB reinsurance contracts
                                               
The Company has entered into reinsurance arrangements to offset a portion of its risk exposure to the GMWB for the remaining lives of covered variable annuity contracts. Reinsurance contracts covering GMWB are accounted for as free-standing derivatives. The notional amount of the reinsurance contracts is the GRB amount.
    11,437       6,579       1,302       128       1,073       127  
 
                                               
GMWB hedging instruments
                                               
The Company enters into derivative contracts to partially economically hedge exposure to the volatility associated with the portion of the GMWB liabilities which are not reinsured. These derivative contracts include customized swaps, interest rate swaps and futures, and equity swaps, put and call options, and futures, on certain indices including the S&P 500 index, EAFE index, and NASDAQ index.
    18,620       21,357       2,664       642       3,374       257  

 

F-55


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
5. Investments and Derivative Instruments (continued)
                                                 
                                    Derivative Change  
    Notional Amount     Fair Value     in Value, Before-tax  
Hedging Strategy   2008     2007     2008     2007     2008     2007  
Equity index swaps, options, and futures
                                               
The Company offers certain equity indexed products, which may contain an embedded derivative that requires bifurcation. The Company enters into S&P index swaps and options to economically hedge the equity volatility risk associated with these embedded derivatives. In addition, the Company is exposed to bifurcated options embedded in certain fixed maturity investments.
                                               
 
                                               
The Company may also enter into equity indexed futures to hedge the equity volatility of certain liability contracts.
  $ 256     $ 154     $ (16 )   $ (22 )   $ (25 )   $ 2  
 
                                               
Japanese variable annuity hedging instruments
                                               
The Company enters into foreign currency forward and option contracts that convert euros to Yen in order to economically hedge the foreign currency risk associated with certain Japanese variable annuity products.
    259             35             40       (10 )
 
                                               
Macro hedge program
                                               
The Company utilizes option contracts as well as futures contracts to partially economically hedge the statutory reserve impact of equity risk arising primarily from GMDB and GMWB obligations against a decline in the equity markets.
    2,188       661       137       18       74       (12 )
 
                                               
Warrants
                                               
During the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company issued warrants to purchase the Company’s Series C Non-Voting Contingent Convertible Preferred Stock. See Note 21 for a discussion of Allianz SE’s investment in The Hartford. These warrants are subject to the receipt of certain approvals and upon the Company’s inability to obtain such approvals on a timely basis, the Company is subject to a separate cash payment to the investor. This separate cash payment requires under EITF 00-19 that the warrants and the separate cash payment be accounted for as a derivative liability at December 31, 2008.
    869             (163 )           110        
 
                                   
Total non-qualifying strategies
    102,198       99,796       (2,386 )     (455 )     (916 )     (488 )
 
                                   
Total derivatives [1]
  $ 115,272     $ 111,355     $ (1,896 )   $ (701 )   $ (908 )   $ (487 )
 
                                   
     
[1]  
Derivative change in value includes hedge ineffectiveness for cash-flow and fair-value hedges and total change in value, including periodic derivative net coupon settlements, for derivatives in non-qualifying strategies.
Change in Notional Amount
The notional amount of derivatives in cash-flow hedge relationships increased $3.6 billion since December 31, 2007, primarily due to an increase in interest rate swaps used to convert interest receipts on floating-rate securities to fixed rates. The Company increased the notional amount related to this strategy due to the significant decline in variable interest rates during 2008.
The notional amount of derivatives in fair-value hedge relationships decreased $2.1 billion since December 31, 2007, primarily due to a decline in interest rate swaps used to convert interest receipts of fixed-rate securities to floating-rates. The Company decreased the notional amount related to this strategy due to the significant decline in variable interest rates during 2008.
The notional amount of derivatives used in non-qualifying strategies increased $2.4 billion since December 31, 2007, primarily due to the following:
 
For a discussion on the increase in notional amount of derivatives associated with GMWB riders refer to Note 4.
 
 
The Company increased the notional amount of derivatives associated with the macro hedge program. During the three months ended December 31, 2008, the Company rebalanced its risk management program to place a greater relative emphasis on the protection of statutory surplus. As a result, the Company added the equivalent of $1.9 billion notional of equity futures as part of the macro hedge program to partially economically hedge the statutory reserve impact of equity risk arising primarily from GMDB and GMWB obligations against a decline in the equity markets.
 
 
For a discussion on the decline in notional amount related to the embedded derivative associated with GMAB riders refer to Note 4.
 
 
The notional amount related to credit derivatives declined primarily due to terminations and maturities of credit derivatives, which reduced the overall net credit exposure assumed by the Company through credit derivatives.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
5. Investments and Derivative Instruments (continued)
Change in Fair Value
The decrease of $1.2 billion in the total fair value of derivative instruments since December 31, 2007, was primarily related to the following:
 
For a discussion on the decrease in fair value of GMWB related derivatives refer to Note 4.
 
 
The fair value of the Japanese fixed annuity hedging instruments increased primarily due to the Japanese Yen strengthening against the U.S. dollar.
 
 
The fair value of interest rate derivatives increased primarily due to a decline in interest rates as well as an increase in notional amount.
 
 
The fair value of foreign currency swaps hedging foreign fixed rate bonds increased primarily due to the U.S. dollar strengthening against the euro.
Net Realized Capital Gains (Losses)
The total change in value for non-qualifying strategies, including periodic derivative net coupon settlements, are reported in net realized capital gains (losses). For the year ended December 31, 2008, the net realized capital loss of $916 related to non-qualifying strategies was primarily due to the following:
 
For a discussion on the net loss associated with GMWB related hedging derivatives refer to Note 4.
 
 
The net loss on credit default swaps was primarily due to losses on credit derivatives that sell credit protection, partially offset by gains on credit derivatives that purchase credit protection, both resulting from credit spreads widening significantly during the year.
 
 
The gain on the Japanese fixed annuity hedging instruments was primarily a result of the Japanese Yen strengthening against the U.S. dollar.
 
 
The gain on warrants associated with the Allianz transaction was primarily due to a decrease in the Company’s stock price since the issue date.
 
 
The net gain on the macro hedge program was primarily driven by a decline in the equity markets, partially offset by losses due to swap spreads tightening.
For the year ended December 31, 2007, the net realized capital loss of $488 related to non-qualifying strategies was primarily related to the following:
 
For a discussion on the net loss associated with GMWB related derivatives refer to Note 4.
 
 
The net loss on credit default swaps was a result of credit spreads widening.
 
 
The gain on the Japanese fixed annuity hedging instruments was primarily a result of the Japanese Yen strengthening against the U.S. dollar.
For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company incurred losses of $46 on derivative instruments due to counterparty default related to the bankruptcy of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. These losses were a result of the contractual collateral threshold amounts and open collateral calls in excess of such amounts immediately prior to the bankruptcy filing, as well as interest rate and credit spread movements from the date of the last collateral call to the date of the bankruptcy filing.
For the year ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, the before tax deferred net gains on derivative instruments recorded in AOCI that are expected to be reclassified to earnings during the next twelve months are $10 and ($16), respectively. This expectation is based on the anticipated interest payments on hedged investments in fixed maturity securities that will occur over the next twelve months, at which time the Company will recognize the deferred net gains (losses) as an adjustment to interest income over the term of the investment cash flows. The maximum term over which the Company is hedging its exposure to the variability of future cash flows (for all forecasted transactions, excluding interest payments on existing variable-rate financial instruments) is five years. For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company had $198, before-tax, of net reclassifications from AOCI to earnings resulting from the discontinuance of cash-flow hedges due to forecasted transactions that were no longer probable of occurring. Of this amount, $202 resulted from the termination of an interest rate swap due to the sale of the related hedged structured security. The interest rate swap was used to convert the LIBOR based floating rate structured security to a fixed rate structured security. For the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, the Company had no net reclassifications from AOCI to earnings resulting from the discontinuance of cash-flow hedges due to forecasted transactions that were no longer probable of occurring.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
5. Investments and Derivative Instruments (continued)
Credit Risk Assumed through Credit Derivatives
The Company enters into credit default swaps that assume credit risk from a single entity, referenced index, or asset pool in order to synthetically replicate investment transactions. The Company will receive periodic payments based on an agreed upon rate and notional amount and will only make a payment if there is a credit event. A credit event payment will typically be equal to the notional value of the swap contract less the value of the referenced security issuer’s debt obligation. A credit event is generally defined as default on contractually obligated interest or principal payments or bankruptcy of the referenced entity. The credit default swaps in which the Company assumes credit risk primarily reference investment grade single corporate issuers, baskets of up to five corporate issuers, and diversified portfolios of corporate issuers. The diversified portfolios of corporate issuers are established within sector concentration limits and are typically divided into tranches that possess different credit ratings.
The following table presents the notional amount, fair value, weighted average years to maturity, underlying referenced credit obligation type and average credit ratings, and offsetting notional amounts and fair value for credit derivatives in which the Company is assuming credit risk as of December 31, 2008.
As of December 31, 2008
                                                         
                            Underlying Referenced Credit              
                    Weighted     Obligation(s) [1]              
                    Average             Average     Offsetting        
Credit Derivative type by derivative   Notional     Fair     Years to             Credit     Notional     Offsetting  
risk exposure   Amount [2]     Value     Maturity     Type     Rating     Amount [3]     Fair Value [3]  
Single name credit default swaps
                                                       
Investment grade risk exposure
  $ 60     $ (1 )   4 years   Corporate Credit     A-     $ 35     $ (9 )
Below investment grade risk exposure
    82       (19 )   4 years   Corporate Credit     B-              
Basket credit default swaps [4]
                                                       
Investment grade risk exposure
    1,778       (235 )   5 years   Corporate Credit     A-       1,003       21  
Investment grade risk exposure
    275       (92 )   42 years   CMBS Credit   AAA     275       92  
Below investment grade risk exposure
    200       (166 )   6 years   Corporate Credit   BB+            
Credit linked notes
                                                       
Investment grade risk exposure
    117       106     2 years   Corporate Credit   BBB+            
 
                                         
Total
  $ 2,512     $ (407 )                           $ 1,313     $ 104  
 
                                         
     
[1]  
The average credit ratings are based on availability and the midpoint of the applicable ratings among Moody’s, S&P, and Fitch. If no rating is available from a rating agency, then an internally developed rating is used.
 
[2]  
Notional amount is equal to the maximum potential future loss amount. There is no specific collateral related to these contracts or recourse provisions included in the contracts to offset losses.
 
[3]  
The Company has entered into offsetting credit default swaps to terminate certain existing credit default swaps, thereby offsetting the future changes in value of or losses paid related to the original swap.
 
[4]  
Includes $1.9 billion of standard market indices of diversified portfolios of corporate issuers referenced through credit default swaps. These swaps are subsequently valued based upon the observable standard market index. Also includes $325 of customized diversified portfolios of corporate issuers.

 

F-58


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
5. Investments and Derivative Instruments (continued)
Securities Lending and Collateral Arrangements
The Company participates in securities lending programs to generate additional income, whereby certain domestic fixed income securities are loaned for a specified period of time from the Company’s portfolio to qualifying third parties, via two lending agents. Borrowers of these securities provide collateral of 102% of the market value of the loaned securities and can return the securities to the Company for cash at varying maturity dates. Acceptable collateral may be in the form of cash or U.S. government securities. The market value of the loaned securities is monitored and additional collateral is obtained if the market value of the collateral falls below 100% of the market value of the loaned securities. Under the terms of securities lending programs, the lending agent indemnifies the Company against borrower defaults. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the fair value of the loaned securities was approximately $2.9 billion and $4.3 billion, respectively, and was included in fixed maturities and short-term investments in the consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2008, the Company had received collateral against the loaned securities in the amount of $3.0 billion. The Company earns income from the cash collateral or receives a fee from the borrower. The Company recorded before-tax income from securities lending transactions, net of lending fees, of $28 and $9 for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, which was included in net investment income.
The Company enters into various collateral arrangements in connection with its derivative instruments, which require both the pledging and accepting of collateral. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, collateral pledged having a fair value of $1.0 billion and $508, respectively, was included in fixed maturities in the consolidated balance sheets.
From time to time, the Company enters into secured borrowing arrangements as a means to increase net investment income. The Company received cash collateral of $89 and $121 as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
The classification and carrying amount of the loaned securities and the derivative instrument collateral pledged at December 31, 2008 and 2007 were as follows:
                 
Loaned Securities and Collateral Pledged   2008     2007  
ABS
  $ 12     $ 18  
CMOs
          45  
CMBS
          450  
Corporate
    2,395       3,164  
MBS
    410       492  
Government/Government Agencies
               
Foreign
    44       47  
United States
    402       650  
Short-term
    618       1  
Preferred stock
    10       77  
 
           
Total
  $ 3,891     $ 4,944  
 
           
As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company had accepted collateral relating to securities lending programs and derivative instruments consisting of cash, U.S. government and U.S. government agency securities with a fair value of $6.9 billion and $5.0 billion, respectively. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, cash collateral of $6.3 billion and $4.8 billion, respectively, was invested and recorded in the consolidated balance sheets in fixed maturities and short-term investments with a corresponding amount predominately recorded in other liabilities. Included in this cash collateral was $3.4 billion and $290 for derivative cash collateral as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. In accordance with FSP FIN 39-1, a portion of the liability associated with the derivative cash collateral was reclassed out of other liabilities and into a receivable in other assets of $574 and $175 as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. For further discussion on the adoption of FSP FIN 39-1, see Note 1. The Company is only permitted by contract to sell or repledge the noncash collateral in the event of a default by the counterparty. The Company incurred counterparty default losses related to the bankruptcy of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2008, and no counterparty default losses for the year ended December 31, 2007. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, noncash collateral accepted was held in separate custodial accounts.
Securities on Deposit with States
The Company is required by law to deposit securities with government agencies in states where it conducts business. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the fair value of securities on deposit was approximately $1.3 billion.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
6. Reinsurance
The Hartford cedes insurance to other insurers in order to limit its maximum losses and to diversify its exposures and provide surplus relief. Such transfers do not relieve The Hartford of its primary liability under policies it wrote and, as such, failure of reinsurers to honor their obligations could result in losses to The Hartford. The Hartford also is a member of and participates in several reinsurance pools and associations. The Hartford evaluates the financial condition of its reinsurers and monitors concentrations of credit risk. The Hartford’s property and casualty reinsurance is placed with reinsurers that meet strict financial criteria established by a credit committee. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, The Hartford had no reinsurance-related concentrations of credit risk greater than 10% of the Company’s stockholders’ equity.
Life
In accordance with normal industry practice, Life is involved in both the cession and assumption of insurance with other insurance and reinsurance companies. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company’s policy for the largest amount of life insurance retained on any one life by any company comprising the life operations was $10.
Life insurance fees, earned premiums and other were comprised of the following:
                         
    For the years ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Gross fee income, earned premiums and other
  $ 10,441     $ 10,675     $ 9,372  
Reinsurance assumed
    263       273       313  
Reinsurance ceded
    (421 )     (405 )     (369 )
 
                 
Net fee income, earned premiums and other
  $ 10,283     $ 10,543     $ 9,316  
 
                 
Life reinsures certain of its risks to other reinsurers under yearly renewable term, coinsurance, and modified coinsurance arrangements. Yearly renewable term and coinsurance arrangements result in passing all or a portion of the risk to the reinsurer. Generally, the reinsurer receives a proportionate amount of the premiums less an allowance for commissions and expenses and is liable for a corresponding proportionate amount of all benefit payments. Modified coinsurance is similar to coinsurance except that the cash and investments that support the liabilities for contract benefits are not transferred to the assuming company, and settlements are made on a net basis between the companies. Coinsurance with funds withheld is a form of coinsurance except that the investment assets that support the liabilities are withheld by the ceding company.
The cost of reinsurance related to long-duration contracts is accounted for over the life of the underlying reinsured policies using assumptions consistent with those used to account for the underlying policies. Life insurance recoveries on ceded reinsurance contracts, which reduce death and other benefits, were $331, $89 and $59 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Life also assumes reinsurance from other insurers.
In addition, the Company reinsures a portion of U.S minimum death benefit guarantees, Japan’s guaranteed minimum death benefits, as well as guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits, offered in connection with its variable annuity contracts.
Property and Casualty
In managing risk, The Hartford utilizes reinsurance to transfer risk to well-established and financially secure reinsurers. Reinsurance is used to manage aggregations of risk as well as specific risks based on accumulated property and casualty liabilities in certain geographic zones. All treaty purchases related to the Company’s property and casualty operations are administered by a centralized function to support a consistent strategy and ensure that the reinsurance activities are fully integrated into the organization’s risk management processes.
A variety of traditional reinsurance products are used as part of the Company’s risk management strategy, including excess of loss occurrence-based products that protect aggregate property and workers’ compensation exposures, and individual risk or quota share arrangements, that protect specific classes or lines of business. There are no significant finite risk contracts in place and the statutory surplus benefit from all such prior year contracts is immaterial. Facultative reinsurance is also used to manage policy-specific risk exposures based on established underwriting guidelines. The Hartford also participates in governmentally administered reinsurance facilities such as the Florida Hurricane Catastrophe Fund (“FHCF”), the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program established under The Terrorism Risk Insurance Extension Act of 2005 and other reinsurance programs relating to particular risks or specific lines of business.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
6. Reinsurance (continued)
The Company has several catastrophe reinsurance programs, including reinsurance treaties that cover property and workers’ compensation losses aggregating from single catastrophe events.
The effect of reinsurance on property and casualty premiums written and earned was as follows:
                         
    For the years ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Premiums Written
                       
Direct
  $ 10,831     $ 11,281     $ 11,600  
Assumed
    218       205       265  
Ceded
    (818 )     (1,046 )     (1,203 )
 
                 
Net
  $ 10,231     $ 10,440     $ 10,662  
 
                 
 
                       
Premiums Earned
                       
Direct
  $ 10,999     $ 11,396     $ 11,465  
Assumed
    216       204       259  
Ceded
    (877 )     (1,104 )     (1,291 )
 
                 
Net
  $ 10,338     $ 10,496     $ 10,433  
 
                 
Ceded losses, which reduce losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred, were $384, $187, and $370 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 respectively. Ceded incurred losses increased from $187 in 2007 to $384 in 2008 and decreased from $370 in 2006 to $187 in 2007, primarily because of a decrease in ceded incurred losses within Other Operations in 2007.
Reinsurance recoverables include balances due from reinsurance companies for paid and unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses and are presented net of an allowance for uncollectible reinsurance. The reinsurance recoverables balance includes an estimate of the amount of gross losses and loss adjustment expense reserves that may be ceded under the terms of the reinsurance agreements, including incurred but not reported unpaid losses. The Company’s estimate of losses and loss adjustment expense reserves ceded to reinsurers is based on assumptions that are consistent with those used in establishing the gross reserves for business ceded to the reinsurance contracts. The Company calculates its ceded reinsurance projection based on the terms of any applicable facultative and treaty reinsurance, including an estimate of how incurred but not reported losses will ultimately be ceded by reinsurance agreement. Accordingly, the Company’s estimate of reinsurance recoverables is subject to similar risks and uncertainties as the estimate of the gross reserve for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses.
The allowance for uncollectible reinsurance was $379 and $404 as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The allowance for uncollectible reinsurance reflects management’s best estimate of reinsurance cessions that may be uncollectible in the future due to reinsurers’ unwillingness or inability to pay. The Company analyzes recent developments in commutation activity between reinsurers and cedants, recent trends in arbitration and litigation outcomes in disputes between reinsurers and cedants and the overall credit quality of the Company’s reinsurers. Where its contracts permit, the Company secures future claim obligations with various forms of collateral, including irrevocable letters of credit, secured trusts, funds held accounts and group-wide offsets.
Due to the inherent uncertainties as to collection and the length of time before reinsurance recoverables become due, it is possible that future adjustments to the Company’s reinsurance recoverables, net of the allowance, could be required, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated results of operations or cash flows in a particular quarter or annual period.

 

F-61


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
7. Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs and Present Value of Future Profits
Life
Changes in deferred policy acquisition costs and present value of future profits are as follows:
                         
    2008     2007     2006  
Balance, January 1
  $ 10,514     $ 9,071     $ 8,568  
Cumulative effect of accounting change, pre-tax (SOP 05-1) [1]
          (79 )      
 
                 
Balance, January 1, as adjusted
    10,514       8,992       8,568  
Deferred Costs
    1,548       2,059       1,923  
Amortization – Deferred policy acquisition costs and present value of future profits [2]
    (1,023 )     (1,212 )     (1,269 )
Amortization – Unlock, pre-tax
    (1,153 )     327       (183 )
Adjustments to unrealized gains and losses on securities available-for-sale and other
    1,754       230       47  
Effect of currency translation
    348       118       (15 )
 
                 
Balance, December 31
  $ 11,988     $ 10,514     $ 9,071  
 
                 
     
[1]  
The Company’s cumulative effect of accounting change includes an additional $(1), pre-tax, related to sales inducements.
 
[2]  
The decrease in amortization from the prior year period is due to lower actual gross profits resulting from increased realized capital losses primarily from the adoption of SFAS 157 at the beginning of the first quarter of 2008 and impairment charges taken during 2008. For further discussion of the SFAS 157 transition impact, see Note 4.
Estimated future net amortization expense of present value of future profits for the succeeding five years is as follows:
         
For the years ended December 31,        
2009
  $ 52  
2010
    45  
2011
    39  
2012
    35  
2013
    32  
Property & Casualty
Changes in deferred policy acquisition costs are as follows:
                         
    2008     2007     2006  
Balance, January 1
  $ 1,228     $ 1,197     $ 1,134  
Deferred costs
    2,127       2,135       2,169  
Amortization
    (2,095 )     (2,104 )     (2,106 )
 
                 
Balance, December 31
  $ 1,260     $ 1,228     $ 1,197  
 
                 

 

F-62


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
8. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
The carrying amount of goodwill allocated to reporting segments as of December 31 is shown below.
                 
Life   2008     2007  
Retail
  $ 159     $ 581  
Individual Life
    224       224  
Retirement Plans
    79        
 
           
Total Life
    462       805  
Property & Casualty
               
Personal Lines
    119       119  
Specialty Commercial
    30       30  
 
           
Total Property & Casualty
    149       149  
Corporate
    449       772  
 
           
Total Goodwill
  $ 1,060     $ 1,726  
 
           
In 2008, the Company completed three acquisitions that resulted in additional goodwill of $79 in the Retirement Plans reporting unit.
The Company’s interim goodwill impairment test performed in accordance with SFAS No. 142 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”, and in connection with the preparation of our year end 2008 financial statements, resulted in a pre-tax impairment charge of $422 in the Individual Annuity reporting unit within Retail and $323 within the Individual Annuity and International reporting units of Corporate. Goodwill within Corporate is primarily attributed to the Company’s “buy-back” of Life in 2000 and is allocated to the various Life reporting units. The impairment charges taken in 2008 were primarily due to the Company’s estimate of the International and Individual Annuity reporting units’ fair values falling significantly below the related book values. The fair values of these reporting units declined as the statutory capital and surplus risks associated with the death and living benefit guarantees sold with products offered by these reporting units increased. These concerns had a comparable impact on the Company’s share price. The determination of fair values for the Individual Annuity and International reporting units incorporated multiple inputs including discounted cash flow calculations, market participant assumptions and the Company’s share price. No goodwill impairment charges were recorded in 2007.
The following table shows the Company’s acquired intangible assets that continue to be subject to amortization and aggregate amortization expense, net of interest accretion, if any. Acquired intangible assets are included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheet. Except for goodwill, the Company has no intangible assets with indefinite useful lives.
                                 
    2008     2007  
    Gross Carrying     Accumulated Net     Gross Carrying     Accumulated Net  
Acquired Intangible Assets   Amount     Amortization     Amount     Amortization  
Renewal rights
  $ 22     $ 21     $ 22     $ 20  
Distribution agreement
    70       11       70       5  
Servicing intangibles
    14       1              
Other
    15       14       14       14  
 
                       
Total Acquired Intangible Assets
  $ 121     $ 47     $ 106     $ 39  
 
                       
In 2008, the Company completed three acquisitions that resulted in additional acquired intangible assets of $15 in servicing intangibles and other.
Net amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $8, $9 and $6, respectively, and included in other expense in the consolidated statement of operations. As of December 31, 2008, the weighted average amortization period was 7 years for renewal rights, 13 years for distribution agreement, 20 years for servicing intangibles, 5 years for other and 11 years for total acquired intangible assets.

 

F-63


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
8. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (continued)
The following is detail of the net acquired intangible asset activity for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
                                         
    Renewal     Distribution     Servicing              
    Rights     Agreement     Intangibles     Other     Total  
For the year ended December 31, 2008
                                       
Balance, beginning of year
  $ 2     $ 65     $     $     $ 67  
Acquisition of business
                14       1       15  
Amortization, net of the accretion of interest
    (1 )     (6 )     (1 )           (8 )
 
                             
Balance, ending of year
  $ 1     $ 59     $ 13     $ 1     $ 74  
 
                             
 
                                       
For the year ended December 31, 2007
                                       
Balance, beginning of year
  $ 2     $     $     $ 4     $ 6  
Distribution agreement
          70                   70  
Amortization, net of the accretion of interest
          (5 )           (4 )     (9 )
 
                             
Balance, ending of year
  $ 2     $ 65     $     $     $ 67  
 
                             
 
                                       
For the year ended December 31, 2006
                                       
Balance, beginning of year
  $ 5     $     $     $ 7     $ 12  
Amortization, net of the accretion of interest
    (3 )                 (3 )     (6 )
 
                             
Balance, ending of year
  $ 2     $     $     $ 4     $ 6  
 
                             
Estimated future net amortization expense for the succeeding five years is as follows:
         
For the years ended December 31,        
2009
  $ 7  
2010
    7  
2011
    6  
2012
    6  
2013
    6  
For a discussion of present value of future profits that continue to be subject to amortization and aggregate amortization expense, see Note 7.

 

F-64


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
9. Separate Accounts, Death Benefits and Other Insurance Benefit Features
The Company records the variable portion of individual variable annuities, 401(k), institutional, 403(b)/457, private placement life and variable life insurance products within separate account assets and liabilities. Separate account assets are reported at fair value. Separate account liabilities are set equal to separate account assets. Separate account assets are segregated from other investments. Investment income and gains and losses from those separate account assets, which accrue directly to, and whereby investment risk is borne by the policyholder, are offset by the related liability changes within the same line item in the consolidated statements of operations. The fees earned for administrative and contract holder maintenance services performed for these separate accounts are included in fee income. During 2008, 2007 and 2006, there were no gains or losses on transfers of assets from the general account to the separate account.
Many of the variable annuity and universal life (“UL”) contracts issued by the Company offer various guaranteed minimum death, withdrawal, income, accumulation, and UL secondary guarantee benefits. UL secondary guarantee benefits ensure that the policy will not terminate, and will continue to provide a death benefit, even if there is insufficient policy value to cover the monthly deductions and charges. Guaranteed minimum death and income benefits are offered in various forms as described in further detail throughout this Note 9. The Company currently reinsures a portion of the death benefit guarantees associated with its in-force block of business. Changes in the gross U.S. guaranteed minimum death benefit (“GMDB”), Japan GMDB/guaranteed minimum income benefits (“GMIB”), and UL secondary guarantee benefits sold with annuity and/or UL products accounted for and collectively known as “SOP 03-1 reserve liabilities” are as follows:
                         
                    UL Secondary  
    U.S. GMDB [1]     Japan GMDB/GMIB [1]     Guarantees [1]  
Liability balance as of January 1, 2008
  $ 529     $ 42     $ 19  
Incurred
    221       26       21  
Paid
    (269 )     (42 )      
Unlock
    389       164        
Currency translation adjustment
          39        
 
                 
Liability balance as of December 31, 2008
  $ 870     $ 229     $ 40  
 
                 
     
[1]  
The reinsurance recoverable asset related to the U.S. GMDB was $595 as of December 31, 2008. The reinsurance recoverable asset related to the Japan GMDB was $31 as of December 31, 2008. The reinsurance recoverable asset related to the UL Secondary Guarantees was $16 as of December 31, 2008.
                         
                    UL Secondary  
    U.S. GMDB [1]     Japan GMDB/GMIB [1]     Guarantees [1]  
Liability balance as of January 1, 2007
  $ 475     $ 35     $ 7  
Incurred
    142       16       12  
Paid
    (84 )     (3 )      
Unlock
    (4 )     (9 )      
Currency translation adjustment
          3        
 
                 
Liability balance as of December 31, 2007
  $ 529     $ 42     $ 19  
 
                 
     
[1]  
The reinsurance recoverable asset related to the U.S. GMDB was $327 as of December 31, 2007. The reinsurance recoverable asset related to the Japan GMDB was $8 as of December 31, 2007. The reinsurance recoverable asset related to the UL Secondary Guarantees was $10 as of December 31, 2007.
The net SOP 03-1 reserve liabilities are established by estimating the expected value of net reinsurance costs and death and income benefits in excess of the projected account balance. The excess death and income benefits and net reinsurance costs are recognized ratably over the accumulation period based on total expected assessments. The SOP 03-1 reserve liabilities are recorded in reserve for future policy benefits in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. Changes in the SOP 03-1 reserve liabilities are recorded in benefits, losses and loss adjustment expenses in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. In a manner consistent with the Company’s accounting policy for deferred acquisition costs, the Company regularly evaluates estimates used and adjusts the additional liability balances, with a related charge or credit to benefit expense if actual experience or other evidence suggests that earlier assumptions should be revised. As described within the Unlock and Sensitivity Analysis in Note 1, the Company Unlocked its assumptions related to its SOP 03-1 reserves during the third quarter of 2008 and 2007.

 

F-65


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
9. Separate Accounts, Death Benefits and Other Insurance Benefit Features (continued)
The determination of the GMDB and GMIB liabilities and related GMDB reinsurance recoverable is based on models that involve a range of scenarios and assumptions, including those regarding expected market rates of return and volatility, contract surrender rates and mortality experience. The following assumptions were used to determine the GMDB, GMIB and UL Secondary Guarantee liabilities as of December 31, 2008:
U.S. GMDB:
 
1000 stochastically generated investment performance scenarios for all issue years.
 
 
For all issue years, the weighted average return is 8.3%; it varies by asset class with a low of 3% for cash and a high of 9% for aggressive equities.
 
 
Discount rate of 7.5% for issue year 2002 & prior; discount rate of 7% for issue year 2003 & 2004 and discount rate of 5.6% for issue year 2005 — 2008.
 
 
Volatilities also vary by asset class with a low of 1% for cash, a high of 15% for aggressive equities, and a weighted average of 11%.
 
 
100% of the Hartford experience mortality table was used for the mortality assumptions.
 
 
Lapse rates by calendar year vary from a low of 8% to a high of 11%, with an average of 10%.
Japan GMDB and GMIB:
 
1000 stochastically generated investment performance scenarios.
 
 
Separate account returns, representing the Company’s long-term assumptions, varied by asset class with a low of 3% for Japan bonds, a high of 9% for foreign equities and a weighted average of 6%.
 
 
Volatilities also varied by asset class with a low of 0% for Japan bonds, a high of 5% for foreign equities and a weighted average of 2%.
 
 
85% of the 1996 Japan Standard Mortality Table was used for mortality assumptions.
 
 
Lapse rates by age vary from a low of 1% to a high of 25%, with an average of 3%.
 
 
Average discount rate of 5.1%.
UL Secondary Guarantees:
 
Discount rate of 4.75% for issue year 2004, discount rate of 4.50% for issue year 2005 & 2006, discount rate of 4.25% for issue year 2007, and discount rate of 3.5% for issue year 2008.
 
 
100% of the Hartford pricing mortality table for mortality assumptions.
 
 
Lapse rates for single life policies average 4% in policy years 1-10, declining to 0% by age 95. Lapse rate for last survivor policies declining to 0.5% by age 91.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
9. Separate Accounts, Death Benefits and Other Insurance Benefit Features (continued)
The following table provides details concerning GMDB and GMIB exposure as of December 31, 2008:
Breakdown of Individual Variable and Group Annuity Account Value by GMDB/GMIB Type at December 31, 2008
                                 
                    Retained Net     Weighted Average  
    Account     Net Amount     Amount     Attained Age of  
Maximum anniversary value (MAV) [1]   Value     at Risk [9]     at Risk [9]     Annuitant  
MAV only
  $ 25,961     $ 14,743     $ 5,019       66  
With 5% rollup [2]
    1,858       1,153       481       65  
With Earnings Protection Benefit Rider (EPB) [3]
    5,068       2,447       241       62  
With 5% rollup & EPB
    742       400       75       65  
 
                       
Total MAV
    33,629       18,743       5,816          
Asset Protection Benefit (APB) [4]
    25,601       11,985       6,634       63  
Lifetime Income Benefit (LIB) — Death Benefit [5]
    1,137       487       487       61  
Reset [6] (5-7 years)
    3,440       1,190       1,189       67  
Return of Premium [7] /Other
    17,321       3,889       3,638       58  
 
                       
Subtotal U.S. Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefits
    81,128       36,294       17,764       63  
Japan Guaranteed Minimum Death and Income Benefit [8]
    29,726       9,151       7,761       67  
 
                       
Total at December 31, 2008
  $ 110,854     $ 45,445     $ 25,525          
 
                       
     
[1]  
MAV: the death benefit is the greatest of current account value, net premiums paid and the highest account value on any anniversary before age 80 (adjusted for withdrawals).
 
[2]  
Rollup: the death benefit is the greatest of the MAV, current account value, net premium paid and premiums (adjusted for withdrawals) accumulated at generally 5% simple interest up to the earlier of age 80 or100% of adjusted premiums.
 
[3]  
EPB: the death benefit is the greatest of the MAV, current account value, or contract value plus a percentage of the contract’s growth. The contract’s growth is account value less premiums net of withdrawals, subject to a cap of 200% of premiums net of withdrawals.
 
[4]  
APB: the death benefit is the greater of current account value or MAV, not to exceed current account value plus 25% times the greater of net premiums and MAV (each adjusted for premiums in the past 12 months).
 
[5]  
LIB: the death benefit is the greatest of current account value, net premiums paid, or for certain contracts a benefit amount that ratchets over time, generally based on market performance.
 
[6]  
Reset: the death benefit is the greatest of current account value, net premiums paid and the most recent five to seven year anniversary account value before age 80 (adjusted for withdrawals).
 
[7]  
Return of premium: the death benefit is the greater of current account value and net premiums paid.
 
[8]  
Death benefits include a Return of Premium and MAV (before age 80) paid in a single lump sum. The income benefit is a guarantee to return initial investment, adjusted for earnings liquidity, paid through a fixed annuity, after a minimum deferral period of 10, 15 or 20 years. The guaranteed remaining balance related to the Japan GMIB was $30.6 billion and $26.8 billion as of December31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
[9]  
Net amount at risk and retained net amount at risk are highly sensitive to equity markets movements. For example, as equity markets decline, net amount at risk and retained net amount at risk will generally increase
See Note 1 for a description of the Company’s guaranteed living benefits that are accounted for at fair value.
10. Sales Inducements
The Company currently offers enhanced crediting rates or bonus payments to contract holders on certain of its individual and group annuity products. The expense associated with offering a bonus is deferred and amortized over the life of the related contract in a pattern consistent with the amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs. Amortization expense associated with expenses previously deferred is recorded over the remaining life of the contract. Consistent with the Company’s Unlock, the Company Unlocked the amortization of the sales inducement asset. See Note 1, for more information concerning the Unlock.
Changes in deferred sales inducement activity were as follows for the year ended December 31:
                 
    2008     2007  
Balance, January 1
  $ 467     $ 404  
Cumulative effect of accounting change, pre-tax (SOP 05-1)
          (1 )
 
           
Balance, January 1, as adjusted
    467       403  
Sales inducements deferred
    151       115  
Amortization charged to income
    (21 )     (37 )
Amortization – Unlock
    (44 )     (14 )
 
           
Balance, end of period, December 31
  $ 553     $ 467  
 
           

 

F-67


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
11. Reserves for Future Policy Benefits and Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses
As described in Note 1, The Hartford establishes reserves for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses on reported and unreported claims. These reserve estimates are based on known facts and interpretations of circumstances, and consideration of various internal factors including The Hartford’s experience with similar cases, historical trends involving claim payment patterns, loss payments, pending levels of unpaid claims, loss control programs and product mix. In addition, the reserve estimates are influenced by consideration of various external factors including court decisions, economic conditions and public attitudes. The effects of inflation are implicitly considered in the reserving process.
The establishment of appropriate reserves, including reserves for catastrophes and asbestos and environmental claims, is inherently uncertain. The Hartford regularly updates its reserve estimates as new information becomes available and events unfold that may have an impact on unsettled claims. Changes in prior year reserve estimates, which may be material, are reflected in the results of operations in the period such changes are determined to be necessary. For further discussion of asbestos and environmental claims, see Note 12.
Life
The following table displays the development of the loss reserves (included in reserve for future policy benefits and unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses in the Consolidated Balance Sheets) resulting primarily from group disability products.
                         
    For the years ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Beginning liabilities for life unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses-gross
  $ 6,028     $ 5,877     $ 5,729  
Reinsurance recoverables
    261       236       238  
 
                 
Beginning liabilities for life unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses
    5,767       5,641       5,491  
Add provision for life unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses
                       
Current year
    3,243       3,186       3,067  
Prior years
    (118 )     (125 )     (160 )
 
                 
Total provision for life unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses
    3,125       3,061       2,907  
Less payments
                       
Current year
    1,554       1,470       1,335  
Prior years
    1,503       1,465       1,422  
 
                 
Total payments
    3,057       2,935       2,757  
 
                 
Ending liabilities for life unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, net
    5,835       5,767       5,641  
Reinsurance recoverables
    231       261       236  
 
                 
Ending liabilities for life unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses-gross
  $ 6,066     $ 6,028     $ 5,877  
 
                 
The favorable prior year claim development in 2008, 2007 and 2006 was principally due to continued disability and waiver claims management as well as favorable development on the experience rated financial institutions block. The favorable loss experience on the financial institutions block inversely impacts the commission expenses incurred.
The liability for future policy benefits and unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses is comprised of the following:
                 
    2008     2007  
Group Life Term, Disability and Accident unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses
  $ 6,066     $ 6,028  
Group Life Other unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses
    253       269  
Individual Life unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses
    123       121  
Future Policy Benefits
    10,305       8,913  
 
           
Future Policy Benefits and Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses
  $ 16,747     $ 15,331  
 
           

 

F-68


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
11. Reserves for Future Policy Benefits and Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses (continued)
Property & Casualty
A rollforward of liabilities for property and casualty unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses follows:
                         
    For the years ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Beginning liabilities for property and casualty unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses-gross
  $ 22,153     $ 21,991     $ 22,266  
Reinsurance and other recoverables
    3,922       4,387       5,403  
 
                 
Beginning liabilities for property and casualty unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses-net
    18,231       17,604       16,863  
 
                 
Add provision for property & casualty unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses
                       
Current year
    6,933       6,869       6,706  
Prior years
    (226 )     48       296  
 
                 
Total provision for property and casualty unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses
    6,707       6,917       7,002  
 
                 
Less payments
                       
Current year
    2,888       2,563       2,448  
Prior years
    3,703       3,727       3,702  
 
                 
Total payments
    6,591       6,290       6,150  
Less net reserves for Omni business sold
                111  
 
                 
Ending liabilities for property and casualty unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses-net
    18,347       18,231       17,604  
Reinsurance and other recoverables
    3,586       3,922       4,387  
 
                 
Ending liabilities for property and casualty unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses-gross
  $ 21,933     $ 22,153     $ 21,991  
 
                 
In the opinion of management, based upon the known facts and current law, the reserves recorded for The Hartford’s property and casualty businesses at December 31, 2008 represent the Company’s best estimate of its ultimate liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses related to losses covered by policies written by the Company. Based on information or trends that are not presently known, future reserve re-estimates may result in adjustments to these reserves. Such adjustments could possibly be significant, reflecting any variety of new and adverse or favorable trends. Because of the significant uncertainties surrounding environmental and particularly asbestos exposures, it is possible that management’s estimate of the ultimate liabilities for these claims may change and that the required adjustment to recorded reserves could exceed the currently recorded reserves by an amount that could be material to The Hartford’s results of operations, financial condition and liquidity. For a further discussion, see Note 12.
Examples of current trends affecting frequency and severity include increases in medical cost inflation rates, the changing use of medical care procedures, the introduction of new products and changes in internal claim practices. Other trends include changes in the legislative and regulatory environment over workers’ compensation claims and evolving exposures to claims relating to molestation or abuse and other mass torts. In the case of the reserves for asbestos exposures, factors contributing to the high degree of uncertainty include inadequate loss development patterns, plaintiffs’ expanding theories of liability, the risks inherent in major litigation, and inconsistent emerging legal doctrines. In the case of the reserves for environmental exposures, factors contributing to the high degree of uncertainty include expanding theories of liabilities and damages; the risks inherent in major litigation; inconsistent decisions concerning the existence and scope of coverage for environmental claims; and uncertainty as to the monetary amount being sought by the claimant from the insured.

 

F-69


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
11. Reserves for Future Policy Benefits and Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses (continued)
Net favorable reserve development of $226 in 2008 included, among other reserve changes, a $156 release of workers’ compensation reserves primarily for accident years 2000 to 2007, a $105 release of general liability claims, primarily related to accident years 2001 to 2007, and a $75 release of reserves for directors and officers claims and errors and omissions claims for accident years 2003 to 2006, partially offset by a $103 strengthening of asbestos and environmental reserves. Among other reserve changes, prior accident year development of $48 in 2007 included a $151 release of workers’ compensation reserves for accident years 2002 to 2006, a $79 strengthening of workers’ compensation and general liability reserves for accident years more than 20 years old and a charge of $99 principally as a result of an adverse arbitration decision involving claims owed to an insurer of the Company’s former parent. The prior year provision of $296 in 2006 includes, among other reserve changes, $243 of prior accident year development resulting from an agreement with Equitas and the Company’s evaluation of the reinsurance recoverables and allowance for uncollectible reinsurance associated with older, long-term casualty liabilities reported in the Other Operations. In addition, the prior year provision in 2006 includes strengthening of Specialty Commercial construction defect claim reserves for accident years 1997 and prior and adverse development in environmental reserves. The 2006 reserve strengthening was partially offset by a reduction in catastrophe reserves related to the 2005 and 2004 hurricanes and a release of allocated loss adjustment expense reserves for workers’ compensation and package business related to accident years 2003 to 2005.
12. Commitments and Contingencies
Litigation
The Hartford is involved in claims litigation arising in the ordinary course of business, both as a liability insurer defending or providing indemnity for third-party claims brought against insureds and as an insurer defending coverage claims brought against it. The Hartford accounts for such activity through the establishment of unpaid loss and loss adjustment expense reserves. Subject to the uncertainties discussed below under the caption “Asbestos and Environmental Claims,” management expects that the ultimate liability, if any, with respect to such ordinary-course claims litigation, after consideration of provisions made for potential losses and costs of defense, will not be material to the consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows of The Hartford.
The Hartford is also involved in other kinds of legal actions, some of which assert claims for substantial amounts. These actions include, among others, putative state and federal class actions seeking certification of a state or national class. Such putative class actions have alleged, for example, underpayment of claims or improper underwriting practices in connection with various kinds of insurance policies, such as personal and commercial automobile, property, life and inland marine; improper sales practices in connection with the sale of life insurance and other investment products; and improper fee arrangements in connection with mutual funds and structured settlements. The Hartford also is involved in individual actions in which punitive damages are sought, such as claims alleging bad faith in the handling of insurance claims. Like many other insurers, The Hartford also has been joined in actions by asbestos plaintiffs asserting, among other things, that insurers had a duty to protect the public from the dangers of asbestos and that insurers committed unfair trade practices by asserting defenses on behalf of their policyholders in the underlying asbestos cases. Management expects that the ultimate liability, if any, with respect to such lawsuits, after consideration of provisions made for estimated losses, will not be material to the consolidated financial condition of The Hartford. Nonetheless, given the large or indeterminate amounts sought in certain of these actions, and the inherent unpredictability of litigation, an adverse outcome in certain matters could, from time to time, have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated results of operations or cash flows in particular quarterly or annual periods.
Broker Compensation Litigation – Following the New York Attorney General’s filing of a civil complaint against Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc., and Marsh, Inc. (collectively, “Marsh”) in October 2004 alleging that certain insurance companies, including The Hartford, participated with Marsh in arrangements to submit inflated bids for business insurance and paid contingent commissions to ensure that Marsh would direct business to them, private plaintiffs brought several lawsuits against the Company predicated on the allegations in the Marsh complaint, to which the Company was not party. Among these is a multidistrict litigation in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey. There are two consolidated amended complaints filed in the multidistrict litigation, one related to conduct in connection with the sale of property-casualty insurance and the other related to alleged conduct in connection with the sale of group benefits products. The Company and various of its subsidiaries are named in both complaints. The complaints assert, on behalf of a putative class of persons who purchased insurance through broker defendants, claims under the Sherman Act, the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act (“RICO”), state law, and in the case of the group-benefits products complaint, claims under ERISA. The claims are predicated upon allegedly undisclosed or otherwise improper payments of contingent commissions to the broker defendants to steer business to the insurance company defendants. The district court has dismissed the Sherman Act and RICO claims in both complaints for failure to state a claim and has granted the defendants’ motions for summary judgment on the ERISA claims in the group-benefits products complaint. The district court further has declined to exercise supplemental jurisdiction over the state law claims, has dismissed those state law claims without prejudice, and has closed both cases. The plaintiffs have appealed the dismissal of the claims in both consolidated amended complaints, except the ERISA claims.

 

F-70


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
12. Commitments and Contingencies (continued)
The Company is also a defendant in two consolidated securities actions and two consolidated derivative actions filed in the United States District Court for the District of Connecticut. The consolidated securities actions assert claims on behalf of a putative class of shareholders alleging that the Company and certain of its executive officers violated Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 by failing to disclose to the investing public that The Hartford’s business and growth was predicated on the unlawful activity alleged in the New York Attorney General’s complaint against Marsh. The consolidated derivative actions, brought by shareholders on behalf of the Company against its directors and an additional executive officer, allege that the defendants knew adverse non-public information about the activities alleged in the Marsh complaint and concealed and misappropriated that information to make profitable stock trades in violation of their duties to the Company. Defendants filed a motion to dismiss the consolidated derivative actions in May 2005. Those proceedings are stayed by agreement of the parties. In July 2006, the district court granted defendants’ motion to dismiss the consolidated securities actions, and the plaintiffs appealed. In November 2008, the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit vacated the decision and remanded the case to the district court. The Company will renew its motion to dismiss with respect to issues that the district court did not address in the prior ruling.
In September 2007, the Ohio Attorney General filed a civil action in Ohio state court alleging that certain insurance companies, including The Hartford, conspired with Marsh in violation of Ohio’s antitrust statute. The trial court denied defendants’ motion to dismiss the complaint in July 2008. The Company disputes the allegations and intends to defend this action vigorously.
Investment And Savings Plan ERISA Class Action Litigation – In November and December 2008, following a decline in the share price of the Company’s common stock, seven putative class action lawsuits were filed in the United States District Court for the District of Connecticut on behalf of certain participants in the Company’s Investment and Savings Plan (“the Plan”), which offers the Company’s common stock as one of many investment options. These lawsuits allege that the Company and certain of its officers and employees violated ERISA by allowing the Plan’s participants to invest in the Company’s common stock and by failing to disclose to the Plan’s participants information about the Company’s financial condition. These lawsuits seek restitution or damages for losses arising from the investment of the Plan’s assets in the Company’s common stock during the alleged class periods. The cases have been consolidated. The Company disputes the allegations and intends to defend the actions vigorously.
Fair Credit Reporting Act Class Action – In February 2007, the United States District Court for the District of Oregon gave final approval of the Company’s settlement of a lawsuit brought on behalf of a class of homeowners and automobile policy holders alleging that the Company willfully violated the Fair Credit Reporting Act by failing to send appropriate notices to new customers whose initial rates were higher than they would have been had the customer had a more favorable credit report. The settlement was made on a claim-in, nationwide-class basis and required eligible class members to return valid claim forms postmarked no later than June 28, 2007. The Company has paid $84.3 to eligible claimants in connection with the settlement. The Company has sought reimbursement from the Company’s Excess Professional Liability Insurance Program for the portion of the settlement in excess of the Company’s $10 self-insured retention. Certain insurance carriers participating in that program have disputed coverage for the settlement, and one of the excess insurers has commenced an arbitration to resolve the dispute. Management believes it is probable that the Company’s coverage position ultimately will be sustained.
Call-Center Patent Litigation – In June 2007, the holder of twenty-one patents related to automated call flow processes, Ronald A. Katz Technology Licensing, LP (“Katz”), brought an action against the Company and various of its subsidiaries in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. The action alleges that the Company’s call centers use automated processes that willfully infringe the Katz patents. Katz previously has brought similar patent-infringement actions against a wide range of other companies, none of which has reached a final adjudication of the merits of the plaintiff’s claims, but many of which have resulted in settlements under which the defendants agreed to pay licensing fees. The case was transferred to a multidistrict litigation in the United States District Court for the Central District of California, which is currently presiding over other Katz patent cases. In August 2008, the Company reached a settlement under which the Company purchased a license under the patent portfolio held by Katz in exchange for a payment of an immaterial amount.

 

F-71


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
12. Commitments and Contingencies (continued)
Asbestos and Environmental Claims
The Company continues to receive asbestos and environmental claims. Asbestos claims relate primarily to bodily injuries asserted by people who came in contact with asbestos or products containing asbestos. Environmental claims relate primarily to pollution and related clean-up costs.
The Company wrote several different categories of insurance contracts that may cover asbestos and environmental claims. First, the Company wrote primary policies providing the first layer of coverage in an insured’s liability program. Second, the Company wrote excess policies providing higher layers of coverage for losses that exhaust the limits of underlying coverage. Third, the Company acted as a reinsurer assuming a portion of those risks assumed by other insurers writing primary, excess and reinsurance coverages. Fourth, subsidiaries of the Company participated in the London Market, writing both direct insurance and assumed reinsurance business.
With regard to both environmental and particularly asbestos claims, significant uncertainty limits the ability of insurers and reinsurers to estimate the ultimate reserves necessary for unpaid losses and related expenses. Traditional actuarial reserving techniques cannot reasonably estimate the ultimate cost of these claims, particularly during periods where theories of law are in flux. The degree of variability of reserve estimates for these exposures is significantly greater than for other more traditional exposures. In particular, the Company believes there is a high degree of uncertainty inherent in the estimation of asbestos loss reserves.
In the case of the reserves for asbestos exposures, factors contributing to the high degree of uncertainty include inadequate loss development patterns, plaintiffs’ expanding theories of liability, the risks inherent in major litigation, and inconsistent emerging legal doctrines. Furthermore, over time, insurers, including the Company, have experienced significant changes in the rate at which asbestos claims are brought, the claims experience of particular insureds, and the value of claims, making predictions of future exposure from past experience uncertain. Plaintiffs and insureds also have sought to use bankruptcy proceedings, including “pre-packaged” bankruptcies, to accelerate and increase loss payments by insurers. In addition, some policyholders have asserted new classes of claims for coverages to which an aggregate limit of liability may not apply. Further uncertainties include insolvencies of other carriers and unanticipated developments pertaining to the Company’s ability to recover reinsurance for asbestos and environmental claims. Management believes these issues are not likely to be resolved in the near future.
In the case of the reserves for environmental exposures, factors contributing to the high degree of uncertainty include expanding theories of liability and damages, the risks inherent in major litigation, inconsistent decisions concerning the existence and scope of coverage for environmental claims, and uncertainty as to the monetary amount being sought by the claimant from the insured.
It is also not possible to predict changes in the legal and legislative environment and their effect on the future development of asbestos and environmental claims. Although potential Federal asbestos-related legislation was considered by the Senate in 2006, it is uncertain whether such legislation will be reconsidered or enacted in the future and, if enacted, what its effect would be on the Company’s aggregate asbestos liabilities.
The reporting pattern for assumed reinsurance claims, including those related to asbestos and environmental claims, is much longer than for direct claims. In many instances, it takes months or years to determine that the policyholder’s own obligations have been met and how the reinsurance in question may apply to such claims. The delay in reporting reinsurance claims and exposures adds to the uncertainty of estimating the related reserves.
Given the factors described above, the Company believes the actuarial tools and other techniques it employs to estimate the ultimate cost of claims for more traditional kinds of insurance exposure are less precise in estimating reserves for its asbestos and environmental exposures. For this reason, the Company relies on exposure-based analysis to estimate the ultimate costs of these claims and regularly evaluates new information in assessing its potential asbestos and environmental exposures.
As of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, the Company reported $1.9 billion and $2.0 billion of net asbestos reserves and $275 and $257 of net environmental reserves, respectively. The Company believes that its current asbestos and environmental reserves are appropriate. However, analyses of future developments could cause The Hartford to change its estimates and ranges of its asbestos and environmental reserves, and the effect of these changes could be material to the Company’s consolidated operating results, financial condition, and liquidity.

 

F-72


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
12. Commitments and Contingencies (continued)
Regulatory Developments
On July 23, 2007, the Company entered into an agreement (the “Agreement”) with the New York Attorney General’s Office, the Connecticut Attorney General’s Office, and the Illinois Attorney General’s Office to resolve (i) the previously disclosed investigations by these Attorneys General regarding the Company’s compensation agreements with brokers, alleged participation in arrangements to submit inflated bids, compensation arrangements in connection with the administration of workers compensation plans and reporting of workers compensation premium, participation in finite reinsurance transactions, sale of fixed and individual annuities used to fund structured settlements, and marketing and sale of individual and group variable annuity products and (ii) the previously disclosed investigation by the New York Attorney General’s Office of aspects of the Company’s variable annuity and mutual fund operations related to market timing. In light of the Agreement, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has informed the Company that it has determined to conclude its previously disclosed investigation into market timing without recommending any enforcement action.
Under the terms of the Agreement, the Company paid $115, of which $84 represents restitution for market timing, $5 represents restitution for issues relating to the compensation of brokers, and $26 is a civil penalty. After taking into account previously established reserves, the Company incurred a charge of $30, after-tax, in the second quarter of 2007 for the costs associated with the settlement. Also pursuant to the terms of the Agreement, the Company agreed to certain conduct remedies, including, among other things, a ban on paying contingent compensation with respect to any line of property and casualty insurance in which insurers that do not pay contingent compensation, together with those that have entered into similar settlement agreements, collectively represent at least 65% of the market.
Lease Commitments
The total rental expense on operating leases was $172, $179 and $201 in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Future minimum lease commitments are as follows:
                 
Years ending December 31,   Capital Leases     Operating Leases  
2009
  $ 27       143  
2010
    73       121  
2011
          96  
2012
          68  
2013
          34  
Thereafter
          36  
 
           
Total minimum lease payments
  $ 100     $ 498  
Amounts representing interest
    (8 )        
 
           
Present value of net minimum lease payments
    92          
Current portion of capital lease obligation
    (24 )        
 
           
Total
  $ 68          
 
           
The Company’s lease commitments consist primarily of lease agreements on office space, data processing, furniture and fixtures, office equipment, and transportation equipment that expire at various dates. The leases are predominantly operating leases except for a building lease agreement that was classified as capital leases in 2007.
In November 2007, the Company entered into a firm commitment to purchase certain furniture and fixtures which were subject to a sale leaseback agreement and recorded a capital lease of $14. This purchase was completed in June 2008. In May 2007, the Company entered into a firm commitment to purchase office buildings and recorded a capital lease of $114. Capital lease assets are included in property and equipment. See note 14 for further information on capital lease obligations.

 

F-73


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
12. Commitments and Contingencies (continued)
Unfunded Commitments
At December 31, 2008, The Hartford has outstanding commitments totaling approximately $1.1 billion, of which approximately $1.0 billion is committed to fund limited partnership investments. These capital commitments can be called by the partnership during the commitment period (on average two to five years) to fund the purchase of new investments and partnership expenses. Once the commitment period expires, the Company is under no obligation to fund the remaining unfunded commitment but may elect to do so. The remaining outstanding commitments are primarily related to various funding obligations associated with investments in mortgage and construction loans. These have a commitment period of one month to three years.
Guaranty Fund and Other Insurance-related Assessments
In all states, insurers licensed to transact certain classes of insurance are required to become members of a guaranty fund. In most states, in the event of the insolvency of an insurer writing any such class of insurance in the state, members of the funds are assessed to pay certain claims of the insolvent insurer. A particular state’s fund assesses its members based on their respective written premiums in the state for the classes of insurance in which the insolvent insurer was engaged. Assessments are generally limited for any year to one or two percent of premiums written per year depending on the state.
The Hartford accounts for guaranty fund and other insurance assessments in accordance with Statement of Position No. 97-3, “Accounting by Insurance and Other Enterprises for Insurance-Related Assessments”. Liabilities for guaranty fund and other insurance-related assessments are accrued when an assessment is probable, when it can be reasonably estimated, and when the event obligating the Company to pay an imposed or probable assessment has occurred. Liabilities for guaranty funds and other insurance-related assessments are not discounted and are included as part of other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the liability balance was $128 and $147, respectively. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, $17 and $19, respectively, related to premium tax offsets were included in other assets.
Tax Matters
The Company’s federal income tax returns are routinely audited by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”). During 2008, the IRS completed its examination of the Company’s U.S. income tax returns for 2002 through 2003. The Company received notification of the approval by the Joint Committee on Taxation of the results of the examination subsequent to December 31, 2008. The examination will not have a material effect on the Company’s net income or financial position. The 2004 through 2006 examination began during 2008, and is expected to close by the end of 2010. In addition, the Company is working with the IRS on a possible settlement of an issue related to prior periods which, if settled, may result in the booking of tax benefits in 2009. Such benefits are not expected to be material to the Company’s net income or financial position. Management believes that adequate provision has been made in the financial statements for any potential assessments that may result from tax examinations and other tax-related matters for all open tax years.
The separate account dividends-received deduction (“DRD”) is estimated for the current year using information from the prior year-end, adjusted for current year equity market performance and other appropriate factors, including estimated levels of corporate dividend payments. The estimated DRD was updated in the third quarter for the provision-to-filed-return adjustments, and in the fourth quarter based on current year ultimate mutual fund distributions and fee income from the Company’s variable insurance products. The actual current year DRD varied from earlier estimates based on, but not limited to, changes in eligible dividends received by the mutual funds, amounts of distributions from these mutual funds, amounts of short-term capital gains and asset values at the mutual fund level and the Company’s taxable income before the DRD. Given recent financial markets’ volatility, the Company intends to review its DRD computations on a quarterly basis, beginning in 2009. The Company recorded benefits of $176, $155 and $174 related to the separate account DRD in the years ended December 31, 2008, December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, respectively. The 2008 benefit included a benefit of $9 related to a true-up of the prior year tax return, the 2007 benefit included a charge of $1 related to a true-up of the prior year tax return, and the 2006 benefit included a benefit of $6 related to true-ups of prior years’ tax returns.
In Revenue Ruling 2007-61, issued on September 25, 2007, the IRS announced its intention to issue regulations with respect to certain computational aspects of the DRD on separate account assets held in connection with variable annuity contracts. Revenue Ruling 2007-61 suspended Revenue Ruling 2007-54, issued in August 2007 that purported to change accepted industry and IRS interpretations of the statutes governing these computational questions. Any regulations that the IRS may ultimately propose for issuance in this area will be subject to public notice and comment, at which time insurance companies and other members of the public will have the opportunity to raise legal and practical questions about the content, scope and application of such regulations. As a result, the ultimate timing and substance of any such regulations are unknown, but they could result in the elimination of some or all of the separate account DRD tax benefit that the Company receives. Management believes that it is highly likely that any such regulations would apply prospectively only.

 

F-74


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
12. Commitments and Contingencies (continued)
The Company receives a foreign tax credit (“FTC”) against its U.S. tax liability for foreign taxes paid by the Company including payments from its separate account assets. The separate account FTC is estimated for the current year using information from the most recent filed return, adjusted for the change in the allocation of separate account investments to the international equity markets during the current year. The actual current year FTC can vary from the estimates due to actual FTCs passed through by the mutual funds. The Company recorded benefits of $16, $11 and $17 related to separate account FTC in the years ended December 31, 2008, December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, respectively. These amounts included benefits related to true-ups of prior years’ tax returns of $4, $0 and $7 in 2008, 2007 and 2006 respectively.
The Company’s unrecognized tax benefits increased by $15 during 2008 as a result of tax positions taken on the Company’s 2007 tax return and expected to be taken on its 2008 tax return, bringing the total unrecognized tax benefits to $91 as of December 31, 2008. This entire amount, if it were recognized, would affect the effective tax rate.
13. Income Tax
The provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of the following:
                         
    For the years ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Income Tax Expense (Benefit)
                       
Current - U.S. Federal
  $ (247 )   $ 436     $ 519  
- International
    ––              
 
                 
Total current
    (247 )     436       519  
 
                 
Deferred - U.S. Federal Excluding NOL Carryforward
    (1,574 )     473       169  
- Net Operating Loss Carryforward
    (742 )            
- International
    721       147       169  
 
                 
Total deferred
    (1,595 )     620       338  
 
                 
Total income tax expense (benefit)
  $ (1,842 )   $ 1,056     $ 857  
 
                 
Deferred tax assets (liabilities) include the following as of December 31:
                 
Deferred Tax Assets   2008     2007  
Tax discount on loss reserves
  $ 725     $ 742  
Tax basis deferred policy acquisition costs
    703       724  
Unearned premium reserve and other underwriting related reserves
    405       405  
Investment-related items
    2,000       467  
Employee benefits
    419       119  
Net unrealized losses on investments
    4,265       302  
Minimum tax credit
    641       773  
Capital loss carryover
    195        
Net operating loss carryover
    850       80  
Other
    25       39  
 
           
Total Deferred Tax Assets
    10,228       3,651  
Valuation Allowance
    (75 )     (43 )
 
           
Deferred Tax Assets, Net of Valuation Allowance
    10,153       3,608  
 
           
 
               
Deferred Tax Liabilities
               
Financial statement deferred policy acquisition costs and reserves
    (4,816 )     (3,169 )
Other depreciable & amortizable assets
    (13 )     (24 )
Other
    (85 )     (107 )
 
           
Total Deferred Tax Liabilities
    (4,914 )     (3,300 )
 
           
 
               
Net Deferred Tax Asset
  $ 5,239     $ 308  
 
           
The Company had a current income tax receivable of $539 and $28 as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
In management’s judgment, the net deferred tax asset will more likely than not be realized. Included in the deferred tax asset is the expected tax benefit attributable to net operating losses of $2,468, consisting of U.S. losses of $2,192, which expire from 2012-2026, and foreign losses of $276. The foreign losses consist of $97, which expire from 2012-2013, and $179, which have no expiration. A valuation allowance of $75 has been recorded which consists of $26 related primarily to U.S and $49 related to foreign operations. No valuation allowance has been recognized for realized or unrealized loss amounts, as the Company either has available tax-planning strategies that are prudent and feasible, or has the ability and intent to hold securities until their recovery.

 

F-75


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
13. Income Tax (continued)
The Company or one of its subsidiaries files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and various states and foreign jurisdictions. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local, or non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2004. During 2008, the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) completed its examination of the Company’s U.S. income tax returns for 2002 through 2003. The Company received notification of the approval by the Joint Committee on Taxation of the results of the examination subsequent to December 31, 2008. The examination will not have a material effect on the Company’s net income or financial position. The 2004 through 2006 examination began during 2008, and is expected to close by the end of 2010. In addition, the Company is working with the IRS on a possible settlement of an issue related to prior periods which if settled, may result in the booking of tax benefits in 2009. Such benefits are not expected to be material to the Company’s net income or financial position. The Company does not anticipate that any of these items will result in a significant change in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits within 12 months.
The Company adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, on January 1, 2007. As a result of the adoption, the Company recognized a $12 decrease in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits and a corresponding increase in the January 1, 2007 balance of retained earnings. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:
                 
    For the years ended December 31,  
    2008     2007  
Balance, at January 1
  $ 76     $ 8  
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year
    27       33  
Additions for tax positions for prior years
    ––       35  
Reductions for tax positions for prior years
    12       ––  
Settlements
    ––       ––  
 
           
Balance, at December 31
  $ 91     $ 76  
 
           
The entire balance, if it were recognized, would affect the effective tax rate.
The Company classifies interest and penalties (if applicable) as income tax expense in the financial statements. During the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company recognized approximately $0, $1, and ($6) in interest expense (income). The Company had approximately $1 and $1 of interest accrued at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The Company does not believe it would be subject to any penalties in any open tax years and, therefore, has not booked any accrual for penalties.
A reconciliation of the tax provision at the U.S. Federal statutory rate to the provision for income taxes is as follows:
                         
    For the years ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Tax provision at U.S. Federal statutory rate
  $ (1,607 )   $ 1,402     $ 1,261  
Tax-exempt interest
    (161 )     (157 )     (153 )
Dividends received deduction, net
    (191 )     (170 )     (186 )
Sale of Omni Insurance Group, Inc.
    ––             (40 )
Goodwill
    113       ––       ––  
Other
    4       (19 )     (25 )
 
                 
Provision for income taxes
  $ (1,842 )   $ 1,056     $ 857  
 
                 

 

F-76


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
14. Debt
The Hartford’s long-term debt securities are issued by either The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. (“HFSG”) or HLI and are unsecured obligations of HFSG or HLI and rank on a parity with all other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of HFSG or HLI.
The following table presents short-term and long-term debt by issuance and consumer notes as of December 31, 2008 and 2007.
                 
Short-Term Debt   2008     2007  
Commercial paper
  $ 374     $ 373  
Current maturities of long-term debt and capital lease obligations
    24       992  
 
           
Total Short-Term Debt
  $ 398     $ 1,365  
 
           
 
               
Long-Term Debt
               
Senior Notes and Debentures
               
7.9% Notes, due 2010
    275       275  
5.25% Notes, due 2011
    400       400  
4.625% Notes, due 2013
    319       319  
4.75% Notes, due 2014
    199       199  
7.3% Notes, due 2015
    200       200  
5.5% Notes, due 2016
    300       300  
5.375% Notes, due 2017
    499       499  
6.3% Notes, due 2018
    500        
6.0% Notes, due 2019
    499        
7.65% Notes, due 2027
    148       147  
7.375% Notes, due 2031
    92       92  
5.95% Notes, due 2036
    298       298  
6.1% Notes, due 2041
    323       322  
 
           
Total Senior Notes and Debentures
    4,052       3,051  
 
           
Junior Subordinated Debentures
               
8.125% Notes, due 2068
    500        
10.0% Notes, due 2068
    1,203        
 
           
Total Junior Subordinated Debentures
    1,703        
 
           
 
               
Capital lease obligations
    68       91  
 
           
Total Long-Term Debt
  $ 5,823     $ 3,142  
 
           
The effective interest rate on the 6.1% senior notes due 2041 is 7.9% and on the 10.0% junior subordinated debentures due 2068 is 15.3%. The effective interest rate on the remaining notes does not differ materially from the stated rate.
Interest Expense
The following table presents interest expense incurred for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
                         
    For the years ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Short-term debt
  $ 11     $ 13     $ 31  
Long-term debt
    332       250       246  
 
                 
Total interest expense
  $ 343     $ 263     $ 277  
 
                 
The weighted-average interest rate on commercial paper was 2.9%, 5.1% and 5.3% for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

F-77


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
14. Debt (continued)
Senior Notes
On November 16, 2008, The Hartford repaid its $330, 5.663% senior notes at maturity.
On November 1, 2008, The Hartford repaid its $200, 6.375% senior notes at maturity.
On August 16, 2008, The Hartford repaid its $425, 5.55% senior notes at maturity.
On May 12, 2008, The Hartford issued $500 of 6.0% senior notes due January 15, 2019.
On March 4, 2008, The Hartford issued $500 of 6.3% senior notes due March 15, 2018.
On September 1, 2007, The Hartford repaid $300 of 4.7% senior notes at maturity.
On March 9, 2007, The Hartford issued $500 of 5.375% senior notes due March 15, 2017.
Junior Subordinated Debentures
On June 6, 2008, the Company issued $500 aggregate principal amount of 8.125% fixed-to-floating rate junior subordinated debentures (the “debentures”) due June 15, 2068 for net proceeds of approximately $493, after deducting underwriting discounts and expenses from the offering. The debentures bear interest at an annual fixed rate of 8.125% from the date of issuance to, but excluding, June 15, 2018, payable semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15. From and including June 15, 2018, the debentures will bear interest at an annual rate, reset quarterly, equal to three-month LIBOR plus 4.6025%, payable quarterly in arrears on March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 of each year. The Company has the right, on one or more occasions, to defer the payment of interest on the debentures. The Company may defer interest for up to ten consecutive years without giving rise to an event of default. Deferred interest will accumulate additional interest at an annual rate equal to the annual interest rate then applicable to the debentures. If the Company defers interest for five consecutive years or, if earlier, pays current interest during a deferral period, which may be paid from any source of funds, the Company will be required to pay deferred interest from proceeds from the sale of certain qualifying securities.
The debentures carry a scheduled maturity date of June 15, 2038 and a final maturity date of June 15, 2068. During the 180-day period ending on a notice date not more than fifteen and not less than ten business days prior to the scheduled maturity date, the Company is required to use commercially reasonable efforts to sell certain qualifying replacement securities sufficient to permit repayment of the debentures at the scheduled maturity date. If any debentures remain outstanding after the scheduled maturity date, the unpaid amount will remain outstanding until the Company has raised sufficient proceeds from the sale of qualifying replacement securities to permit the repayment in full of the debentures. If there are remaining debentures at the final maturity date, the Company is required to redeem the debentures using any source of funds.
Subject to the replacement capital covenant described below, the Company can redeem the debentures at its option, in whole or in part, at any time on or after June 15, 2018 at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount being redeemed plus accrued but unpaid interest. The Company can redeem the debentures at its option prior to June 15, 2018 (a) in whole at any time or in part from time to time or (b) in whole, but not in part, in the event of certain tax or rating agency events relating to the debentures, at a redemption price equal to the greater of 100% of the principal amount being redeemed and the applicable make-whole amount, in each case plus any accrued and unpaid interest.
In connection with the offering of the debentures, the Company entered into a “replacement capital covenant” for the benefit of holders of one or more designated series of the Company’s indebtedness, initially the Company’s 6.1% notes due 2041. Under the terms of the replacement capital covenant, if the Company redeems the debentures at any time prior to June 15, 2048 it can only do so with the proceeds from the sale of certain qualifying replacement securities.
For a discussion of the 10.0% junior subordinated debentures due 2068, see Note 21.
Long-Term Debt Maturities
The following table reflects the Company’s long-term debt maturities, excluding capital lease obligations.
         
2009
  $  
2010
    275  
2011
    400  
2012
     
2013
    320  
Thereafter
    5,400  
 
     

 

F-78


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
14. Debt (continued)
Capital Lease Obligations
The Company recorded capital leases of $92 and $128 in 2008 and 2007, respectively. Capital lease obligations are included in long-term debt, except for the current maturities, which are included in short-term debt, in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. See Note 12 for further information on capital lease commitments.
Shelf Registrations
On April 11, 2007, The Hartford filed an automatic shelf registration statement (Registration No. 333-142044) for the potential offering and sale of debt and equity securities with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The registration statement allows for the following types of securities to be offered: (i) debt securities, preferred stock, common stock, depositary shares, warrants, stock purchase contracts, stock purchase units and junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures of the Company, and (ii) preferred securities of any of one or more capital trusts organized by The Hartford (“The Hartford Trusts”). The Company may enter into guarantees with respect to the preferred securities of any of The Hartford Trusts. In that The Hartford is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, the registration statement went effective immediately upon filing and The Hartford may offer and sell an unlimited amount of securities under the registration statement during the three-year life of the shelf.
Contingent Capital Facility
On February 12, 2007, The Hartford entered into a put option agreement (the “Put Option Agreement”) with Glen Meadow ABC Trust, a Delaware statutory trust (the “ABC Trust”), and LaSalle Bank National Association, as put option calculation agent. The Put Option Agreement provides The Hartford with the right to require the ABC Trust, at any time and from time to time, to purchase The Hartford’s junior subordinated notes (the “Notes”) in a maximum aggregate principal amount not to exceed $500. Under the Put Option Agreement, The Hartford will pay the ABC Trust premiums on a periodic basis, calculated with respect to the aggregate principal amount of Notes that The Hartford had the right to put to the ABC Trust for such period. The Hartford has agreed to reimburse the ABC Trust for certain fees and ordinary expenses. The Company holds a variable interest in the ABC Trust where the Company is not the primary beneficiary. As a result, the Company did not consolidate the ABC Trust, as they did not meet the consolidation requirements under FASB Interpretation No. 46 (revised December 2003), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an interpretation of ARB No. 51” (“FIN 46(R)”).
Commercial Paper, Revolving Credit Facility and Line of Credit
The table below details the Company’s short-term debt programs and the applicable balances outstanding.
                                                 
                    Maximum Available As of     Outstanding As of  
    Effective     Expiration     December 31,     December 31,  
Description   Date     Date     2008     2007     2008     2007  
Commercial Paper
                                               
The Hartford
    11/10/86       N/A     $ 2,000     $ 2,000     $ 374     $ 373  
Revolving Credit Facility
                                               
5-year revolving credit facility
    8/9/07       8/9/12       1,900       2,000              
Line of Credit
                                               
Life Japan Operations [1]
    9/18/02       1/4/10       55       45              
 
                                   
Total Commercial Paper, Revolving Credit Facility and Line of Credit
                  $ 3,955     $ 4,045     $ 374     $ 373  
 
                                   
     
[1]  
As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company’s Japanese operation line of credit in yen was ¥5 billion.
The revolving credit facility provides for up to $1.9 billion of unsecured credit, which excludes a $100 commitment from an affiliate of Lehman Brothers. Of the total availability under the revolving credit facility, up to $100 is available to support letters of credit issued on behalf of The Hartford or other subsidiaries of The Hartford. Under the revolving credit facility, the Company must maintain a minimum level of consolidated net worth. In addition, the Company must not exceed a maximum ratio of debt to capitalization. Quarterly, the Company certifies compliance with the financial covenants for the syndicate of participating financial institutions. As of December 31, 2008, the Company was in compliance with all such covenants.

 

F-79


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
14. Debt (continued)
The Federal Reserve Board authorized the Commercial Paper Funding Facility (“CPFF”) on October 7, 2008 under Section 13(3) of the Federal Reserve Act to provide a liquidity backstop to U.S. issuers of commercial paper. The CPFF is intended to improve liquidity in short-term funding markets by increasing the availability of term commercial paper funding to issuers and by providing greater assurance to both issuers and investors that firms will be able to roll over their maturing commercial paper.
The Company registered with the CPFF in order to sell up to a maximum of $375 to the facility of which it has issued the full amount as of December 31, 2008. The Company’s commercial paper must be rated A-1/P-1/F1 by at least two ratings agencies to be eligible for the program. In the first quarter of 2009, Moody’s, S&P and Fitch downgraded the Company’s commercial paper rating, rendering the Company ineligible to sell additional commercial paper under the CPFF program going forward. As a result, the Company will be required to pay the commercial paper issued under the CPFF program upon maturity.
While The Hartford’s maximum borrowings available under its commercial paper program are $2.0 billion, which includes the $375 from the CPFF, the Company is dependent upon market conditions, including recent market conditions, to finance the remaining available commercial paper with investors.
Consumer Notes
Institutional began issuing consumer notes through its Retail Investor Notes Program in September 2006. A consumer note is an investment product distributed through broker-dealers directly to retail investors as medium-term, publicly traded fixed or floating rate, or a combination of fixed and floating rate, notes. Consumer notes are part of the Company’s spread-based business and proceeds are used to purchase investment products, primarily fixed rate bonds. Proceeds are not used for general operating purposes. Consumer notes maturities may extend up to 30 years and have contractual coupons based upon varying interest rates or indexes (e.g. consumer price index) and may include a call provision that allows the Company to extinguish the notes prior to its scheduled maturity date. Certain Consumer notes may be redeemed by the holder in the event of death. Redemptions are subject to certain limitations, including calendar year aggregate and individual limits. The aggregate limit is equal to the greater of $1 or 1% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes as of the end of the prior year. The individual limit is $250 thousand per individual. Derivative instruments are utilized to hedge the Company’s exposure to market risk in accordance with Company policy.
As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, $1,210 and $809, respectively, of consumer notes were outstanding. As of December 31, 2008, these consumer notes have interest rates ranging from 4.0% to 6.3% for fixed notes and, for variable notes, based on December 31, 2008 rates, notes indexed to the consumer price index plus 80 to 267 basis points, or indexed to the S&P 500, Dow Jones Industrials, foreign currency, or the Nikkei 225. The aggregate maturities of consumer notes are as follows: $11 in 2009, $30 in 2010, $131 in 2011, $291 in 2012 and $751 thereafter. For 2008 and 2007, interest credited to holders of consumer notes was $59 and $11, respectively. During 2008, the Company made the decision to discontinue future issuances of consumer notes, this decision does not impact consumer notes currently outstanding.

 

F-80


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
15. Stockholders’ Equity
Common Stock
In June 2008, The Hartford’s Board of Directors authorized an incremental $1 billion stock repurchase program which was in addition to the previously announced $2 billion program. The Company’s repurchase authorization permits purchases of common stock, which may be in the open market or through privately negotiated transactions. The Company also may enter into derivative transactions to facilitate future repurchases of common stock. The timing of any future repurchases will be dependent upon several factors, including the market price of the Company’s securities, the Company’s capital position, consideration of the effect of any repurchases on the Company’s financial strength or credit ratings, the Company’s potential participation in the CPP, and other corporate considerations. The repurchase program may be modified, extended or terminated by the Board of Directors at any time. As of December 31, 2008, The Hartford has completed the $2 billion stock repurchase program and has $807 remaining for stock repurchase under the $1 billion repurchase program.
In 2006, the Company issued approximately 12.1 million and 5.7 million shares of common stock in connection with the settlement of purchase contracts originally issued in 2003 and 2002, respectively, as components of our equity units, see below.
Preferred Stock
The Company has 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock authorized, see Note 21 for a discussion of Allianz SE’s investment in The Hartford.
Equity Units Offerings
In May 2003, The Hartford issued 13.8 million 7% equity units at a price of fifty dollars per unit and received net proceeds of approximately $669. Each equity unit initially consisted of one purchase contract for a certain number of shares of the Company’s stock on August 16, 2006 and a 5% ownership interest in one thousand dollars principal amount of senior notes due August 16, 2008. The senior notes had an aggregate principal amount of $690. In May 2006, the senior notes were successfully remarketed on behalf of the holders of the equity units and the interest rate was reset from 2.56% to 5.55%, effective May 16, 2006. The Company did not receive any proceeds from the remarketing. Rather, the remarketing proceeds were utilized to purchase a portfolio of U.S. Treasury securities, which was pledged to the Company as collateral to satisfy the purchase contractholders’ obligations to purchase the Company’s stock. In connection with the remarketing, The Hartford purchased and retired $265 of the senior notes for approximately $265 in cash and recognized an immaterial gain on the early extinguishment. In August 2006, under the forward purchase contracts, the Company issued approximately 12.1 million shares of common stock and received proceeds of approximately $690.
In September 2002, The Hartford issued 6.6 million 6% equity units at a price of fifty dollars per unit and received net proceeds of $319. Each equity unit initially consisted of one purchase contract for a certain number of shares of the Company’s stock on November 16, 2006 and fifty dollars principal amount of senior notes due November 16, 2008. The senior notes had an aggregate principal amount of $330. In August 2006, the senior notes were successfully remarketed on behalf of the holders of the equity units and the interest rate was reset from 4.10% to 5.663%, effective August 16, 2006. The Company did not receive any proceeds from the remarketing. Rather, the remarketing proceeds were utilized to purchase a portfolio of U.S. Treasury securities, which was pledged to the Company as collateral to satisfy the purchase contractholders’ obligations to purchase the Company’s stock. In November 2006, under the forward purchase contracts, the Company issued approximately 5.7 million shares of common stock and received proceeds of approximately $330.
For a discussion of the impact to earnings per share from the equity unit offerings, see Note 2.

 

F-81


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
15. Stockholders’ Equity (continued)
Statutory Results
The domestic insurance subsidiaries of HFSG prepare their statutory financial statements in conformity with statutory accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the applicable state insurance department which vary materially from U.S. GAAP. Prescribed statutory accounting practices include publications of the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”), as well as state laws, regulations and general administrative rules. The differences between statutory financial statements and financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP vary between domestic and foreign jurisdictions. The principal differences are that statutory financial statements do not reflect deferred policy acquisition costs and limit deferred income taxes, life benefit reserves predominately use interest rate and mortality assumptions prescribed by the NAIC, bonds are generally carried at amortized cost and reinsurance assets and liabilities are presented net of reinsurance.
The statutory net income amounts for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the statutory surplus amounts as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 in the table below are based on actual statutory filings with the applicable regulatory authorities. The statutory net income (loss) amounts for the year ended December 31, 2008 and the statutory surplus amounts as of December 31, 2008 are estimates, as the respective 2008 statutory filings have not yet been made.
                         
    For the years ended December 31,  
Statutory Net Income (Loss)   2008     2007     2006  
Life operations
  $ (4,553 )   $ 729     $ 1,123  
Property & Casualty operations
    497       1,803       1,326  
 
                 
Total
  $ (4,056 )   $ 2,532     $ 2,449  
 
                 
                 
    As of December 31,  
Statutory Surplus   2008     2007  
Life operations
  $ 6,047     $ 5,786  
Japan life operations
    1,718       1,620  
Property & Casualty operations
    6,012       8,509  
 
           
Total
  $ 13,777     $ 15,915  
 
           
The Company has received approval from the Connecticut Insurance Department regarding the use of two permitted practices in the statutory financial statements of its Connecticut-domiciled life insurance subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008. The first permitted practice relates to the statutory accounting for deferred income taxes. Specifically, this permitted practice modifies the accounting for deferred income taxes prescribed by the NAIC by increasing the realization period for deferred tax assets from one year to three years and increasing the asset recognition limit from 10% to 15% of adjusted statutory capital and surplus. The benefits of this permitted practice may not be considered by the Company when determining surplus available for dividends. The second permitted practice relates to the statutory reserving requirements for variable annuities with guaranteed living benefit riders. Actuarial guidelines prescribed by the NAIC require a stand-alone asset adequacy analysis reflecting only benefits, expenses and charges that are associated with the riders for variable annuities with guaranteed living benefits. The permitted practice allows for all benefits, expenses and charges associated with the variable annuity contract to be reflected in the stand-alone asset adequacy test. These permitted practices resulted in an increase to Life operations estimated statutory surplus of $987 as of December 31, 2008. The effects of these permitted practices are included in the 2008 Life operations surplus amount in the table above.
HFSG and HLI are holding companies which rely upon operating cash flow in the form of dividends from their subsidiaries, which enable them to service debt, pay dividends, and pay certain business expenses. Dividends to the Company from its insurance subsidiaries are restricted. The payment of dividends by Connecticut-domiciled insurers is limited under the insurance holding company laws of Connecticut. These laws require notice to and approval by the state insurance commissioner for the declaration or payment of any dividend, which, together with other dividends or distributions made within the preceding twelve months, exceeds the greater of (i) 10% of the insurer’s policyholder surplus as of December 31 of the preceding year or (ii) net income (or net gain from operations, if such company is a life insurance company) for the twelve-month period ending on the thirty-first day of December last preceding, in each case determined under statutory insurance accounting principles. In addition, if any dividend of a Connecticut-domiciled insurer exceeds the insurer’s earned surplus, it requires the prior approval of the Connecticut Insurance Commissioner. The insurance holding company laws of the other jurisdictions in which The Hartford’s insurance subsidiaries are incorporated (or deemed commercially domiciled) generally contain similar (although in certain instances somewhat more restrictive) limitations on the payment of dividends. It is estimated that the Company’s property-casualty insurance subsidiaries will be permitted to pay up to a maximum of approximately $1.2 billion in dividends to HFSG in 2009 without prior approval from the applicable insurance commissioner. Through at least October 30, 2009, substantially all dividend payments from the Company’s property-casualty insurance subsidiaries will be subject to prior approval of the Connecticut Insurance Commissioner due to extraordinary dividend limitations under the insurance holding company laws of Connecticut. With respect to dividends to HLI, it is estimated that the Company’s life insurance subsidiaries’ non-extraordinary dividend limitation under the insurance holding company laws of Connecticut is approximately $631 in 2009. However, because the life insurance subsidiaries’ earned surplus is only approximately $597 as of December 31, 2008, the Company’s life insurance subsidiaries will be permitted to pay dividends up to this amount to HLI in 2009 without prior approval from the applicable insurance commissioner. In 2008, HFSG and HLI received a combined total of $2.8 billion from their insurance subsidiaries.

 

F-82


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
16. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Net of Tax
Comprehensive income is defined as all changes in stockholders’ equity, except those arising from transactions with stockholders. Comprehensive income includes net income and other comprehensive income (loss), which for the Company consists of changes in net unrealized appreciation or depreciation of available-for-sale investments carried at market value, changes in gains or losses on cash-flow hedging instruments, changes in foreign currency translation gains or losses and changes in the Company’s minimum pension liability.
The components of AOCI were as follows:
                                         
                            Pension and        
            Net Gain (Loss)     Foreign     Other     Accumulated  
    Unrealized     on Cash-Flow     Currency     Postretirement     Other  
    Gain (Loss) on     Hedging     Translation     Plan     Comprehensive  
 
  Securities     Instruments     Adjustments     Adjustment     Income (Loss)  
For the year ended December 31, 2008
                                       
Balance, beginning of year
  $ (359 )   $ (140 )   $ 26     $ (385 )   $ (858 )
Unrealized loss on securities [1] [2]
    (7,127 )                       (7,127 )
Net gain on cash-flow hedging instruments [1] [3]
          784                   784  
Change in foreign currency translation adjustments [1]
                196             196  
Change in pension and other postretirement plan adjustment [1]
                      (515 )     (515 )
 
                             
Balance, end of year
  $ (7,486 )   $ 644     $ 222     $ (900 )   $ (7,520 )
 
                             
 
                                       
For the year ended December 31, 2007
                                       
Balance, beginning of year
  $ 1,058     $ (234 )   $ (120 )   $ (526 )   $ 178  
Unrealized gain on securities [1] [2]
    (1,417 )                       (1,417 )
Net loss on cash-flow hedging instruments [1] [3]
          94                   94  
Change in foreign currency translation adjustments [1]
                146             146  
Change in pension and other postretirement plan adjustment [1]
                      141       141  
 
                             
Balance, end of year
  $ (359 )   $ (140 )   $ 26     $ (385 )   $ (858 )
 
                             
 
                                       
For the year ended December 31, 2006
                                       
Balance, beginning of year
  $ 969     $ (110 )   $ (149 )   $ (620 )   $ 90  
Unrealized loss on securities [1] [2]
    89                         89  
Net gain on cash-flow hedging instruments [1] [3]
          (124 )                 (124 )
Change in foreign currency translation adjustments [1]
                29             29  
Change in pension and other postretirement plan adjustment [1]
                      94       94  
 
                             
Balance, end of year
  $ 1,058     $ (234 )   $ (120 )   $ (526 )   $ 178  
 
                             
     
[1]  
Unrealized gain/loss on securities is net of tax and Life deferred acquisition costs of $(3,366), $(718), and $137 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Net gain (loss) on cash-flow hedging instruments is net of tax of $422, $51, and $(67) for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Changes in foreign currency translation adjustments are net of tax of $106, $79, and $16 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Change in pension and other postretirement plan adjustment is net of tax of $(276), $48, and $51 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
     
[2]  
Net of reclassification adjustment for gains/losses realized in net income of $(2,876), $(192), and $(74) for the years ended for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
     
[3]  
Net of amortization adjustment of $(16), $(20) and $(38) to net investment income for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

F-83


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
17. Pension Plans and Postretirement Health Care and Life Insurance Benefit Plans
The Company maintains a qualified defined benefit pension plan (the “Plan”) that covers substantially all employees. Effective for all employees who joined the Company on or after January 1, 2001, a new component or formula was applied under the Plan referred to as the “cash balance formula”. As of January 1, 2009, the cash balance formula will be used to calculate future pension benefits for services rendered on or after January 1, 2009 for all employees hired before January 1, 2001. These amounts are in addition to amounts earned by those employees through December 31, 2008 under the traditional final average pay formula.
The Company also maintains non-qualified pension plans to accrue retirement benefits in excess of Internal Revenue Code limitations.
The Company provides certain health care and life insurance benefits for eligible retired employees. The Company’s contribution for health care benefits will depend upon the retiree’s date of retirement and years of service. In addition, the plan has a defined dollar cap for certain retirees which limits average Company contributions. The Hartford has prefunded a portion of the health care obligations through a trust fund where such prefunding can be accomplished on a tax effective basis. Effective January 1, 2002, Company-subsidized retiree medical, retiree dental and retiree life insurance benefits were eliminated for employees with original hire dates with the Company on or after January 1, 2002.
Assumptions
Pursuant to accounting principles related to the Company’s pension and other postretirement obligations to employees under its various benefit plans, the Company is required to make a significant number of assumptions in order to calculate the related liabilities and expenses each period. The two economic assumptions that have the most impact on pension and other postretirement expense are the discount rate and the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets. In determining the discount rate assumption, the Company utilizes a discounted cash flow analysis of the Company’s pension and other postretirement obligations and currently available market and industry data. The yield curve utilized in the cash flow analysis is comprised of bonds rated Aa or higher with maturities primarily between zero and thirty years. Based on all available information, it was determined that 6.25% was the appropriate discount rate as of December 31, 2008 to calculate the Company’s pension and other postretirement obligations. Accordingly, the 6.25% discount rate will also be used to determine the Company’s 2009 pension and other postretirement expense.
The Company determines the expected long-term rate of return assumption based on an analysis of the Plan portfolio’s historical compound rates of return since 1979 (the earliest date for which comparable portfolio data is available) and over 5 year and 10 year periods. The Company selected these periods, as well as shorter durations, to assess the portfolio’s volatility, duration and total returns as they relate to pension obligation characteristics, which are influenced by the Company’s workforce demographics. In addition, the Company also applies long-term market return assumptions utilized in Life’s DAC analysis to an investment mix that generally anticipates 60% fixed income securities, 20% equity securities and 20% alternative assets to derive an expected long-term rate of return. Based upon these analyses, management maintained the long-term rate of return assumption at 7.30% as of December 31, 2008. This assumption will be used to determine the Company’s 2009 expense.
Weighted average assumptions used in calculating the benefit obligations and the net amount recognized for the plans per year were as follows:
                 
    As of December 31,  
    2008     2007  
Discount rate
    6.25 %     6.25 %
Rate of increase in compensation levels
    4.25 %     4.25 %
Weighted average assumptions used in calculating the net periodic benefit cost for the plans were as follows:
                         
    For the year ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Discount rate
    6.25 %     5.75 %     5.50 %
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets
    7.30 %     8.00 %     8.00 %
Rate of increase in compensation levels
    4.25 %     4.25 %     4.00 %

 

F-84


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
17. Pension Plans and Postretirement Health Care and Life Insurance Benefit Plans (continued)
Assumed health care cost trend rates were as follows:
                         
    As of December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Health care cost trend rate
    N/A       N/A       10.00 %
Pre-65 Health care cost trend rate
    8.80 %     9.30 %     N/A  
Post-65 Health care cost trend rate
    7.00 %     7.70 %     N/A  
Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (the ultimate trend rate)
    5.00 %     5.00 %     4.50 %
Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate
    2015       2013       2013  
In order to better measure its other postretirement liability and the related assumptions consistent with industry trends and practice, the company bifurcated its health care cost trend rate assumptions to assess the pre-65 and post-65 populations separately effective for the year ended December 31, 2007.
Assumed health care cost trends have an effect on the amounts reported for the postretirement health care and life insurance benefit plans. Increasing/decreasing the health care trend rates by one percent each year would have the effect of decreasing/increasing the benefit obligation as of December 31, 2008 by $5 and the annual net periodic expense for the year then ended by $1.
Obligations and Funded Status
The following tables set forth a reconciliation of beginning and ending balances of the benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets as well as the funded status of The Hartford’s defined benefit pension and postretirement health care and life insurance benefit plans for the years ended December 31, 2008, and 2007. International plans represent an immaterial percentage of total pension assets, liabilities and expense and, for reporting purposes, are combined with domestic plans.
                                 
                    Other Postretirement  
    Pension Benefits     Benefits  
Change in Benefit Obligation   2008     2007     2008     2007  
Benefit obligation — beginning of year
  $ 3,713     $ 3,604     $ 364     $ 371  
Service cost (excluding expenses)
    121       122       6       7  
Interest cost
    230       209       23       21  
Plan participants’ contributions
                15       14  
Amendments
          30              
Actuarial loss/(gain)
    65       97       17       (11 )
Change in assumptions
    (2 )     (193 )            
Benefits paid
    (175 )     (165 )     (42 )     (42 )
Retiree drug subsidy
                2       3  
Foreign exchange adjustment
    (14 )     9       (1 )     1  
 
                       
Benefit obligation — end of year
  $ 3,938     $ 3,713     $ 384     $ 364  
 
                       
                                 
                    Other Postretirement  
    Pension Benefits     Benefits  
Change in Plan Assets   2008     2007     2008     2007  
Fair value of plan assets — beginning of year
  $ 3,957     $ 3,655     $ 170     $ 118  
Actual return on plan assets
    (441 )     331       (16 )     6  
Employer contributions
    2       124             46  
Benefits paid
    (164 )     (149 )            
Expenses paid
    (14 )     (12 )            
Foreign exchange adjustment
    (14 )     8              
 
                       
Fair value of plan assets — end of year
  $ 3,326     $ 3,957     $ 154     $ 170  
 
                       
 
                               
Funded status — end of year
  $ (612 )   $ 244     $ (230 )   $ (194 )
 
                       

 

F-85


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
17. Pension Plans and Postretirement Health Care and Life Insurance Benefit Plans (continued)
The fair value of assets for pension benefits, and hence the funded status, presented in the table above exclude assets of $126 and $138 held in rabbi trusts and designated for the non-qualified pension plans as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The assets do not qualify as plan assets and, therefore, have been excluded from the table above. The assets consist of equity and fixed income investments and are available to pay benefits for certain retired, terminated and active participants. Such assets are available to the Company’s general creditors in the event of insolvency. To the extent the fair value of these trusts were included in the table above, pension plan assets would have been $3,452 and $4,095 as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and the funded status of pension benefits would have been $(486) and $382 as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans was $3,914 and $3,655 as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
The following table provides information for The Hartford’s defined benefit pension plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets as of December 31, 2008 and 2007.
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
Projected benefit obligation
  $ 3,893     $ 262  
Accumulated benefit obligation
    3,869       256  
Fair value of plan assets
    3,275        
Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost
Total net periodic benefit cost for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 include the following components:
                                                 
    Pension Benefits     Other Postretirement Benefits  
    2008     2007     2006     2008     2007     2006  
Service cost
  $ 121     $ 128     $ 128     $ 6     $ 7     $ 8  
Interest cost
    230       209       193       23       21       20  
Expected return on plan assets
    (279 )     (283 )     (244 )     (12 )     (8 )     (8 )
Amortization of prior service credit
    (9 )     (13 )     (13 )     (1 )     (6 )     (23 )
Amortization of actuarial loss
    59       90       88                    
 
                                   
Net periodic benefit cost
  $ 122     $ 131     $ 152     $ 16     $ 14     $ (3 )
 
                                   
Amounts recognized in other comprehensive loss for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 were as follows:
                                 
    Pension Benefits     Other Postretirement Benefits  
    2008     2007     2008     2007  
Amortization of net loss
  $ (59 )   $ (90 )   $     $  
Amortization of prior service credit
    9       13       1       6  
Net loss/(gain) arising during the year
    795       (139 )     45       (10 )
Prior service cost arising during the year
          31              
 
                       
Total
  $ 745     $ (185 )   $ 46     $ (4 )
 
                       
Amounts in accumulated other comprehensive loss on a before tax basis that have not yet been recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost consist of:
                                 
    Pension Benefits     Other Postretirement Benefits  
    2008     2007     2008     2007  
Net loss/(gain)
  $ 1,454     $ 718     $ 6     $ (39 )
Prior service cost/(credit)
    (49 )     (58 )     (2 )     (3 )
Transition obligation
                1       1  
 
                       
Total
  $ 1,405     $ 660     $ 5     $ (41 )
 
                       
The estimated net loss and prior service credit for the defined benefit pension plans that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit cost during 2009 are $64 and $(9), respectively. The estimated prior service credit for the other postretirement benefit plans that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit cost during 2009 is $(1). The estimated net loss for the other postretirement plans that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit cost during 2009 is $0, as the level of actuarial net losses does not exceed the allowable amortization corridor as defined under SFAS No. 106.

 

F-86


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
17. Pension Plans and Postretirement Health Care and Life Insurance Benefit Plans (continued)
Plan Assets
The Company’s defined benefit pension plan weighted average asset allocation at December 31, 2008 and 2007, and target allocation by asset category are provided below. At the end of 2007, the Company changed the target allocation for its defined benefit pension plan assets. The Company intends to migrate its asset mix to the target allocation over a two year period.
                         
    Percentage of Pension Plan Assets        
    Fair Value at December 31,     Target  
    2008     2007     Allocation  
Equity securities
    36 %     55 %     20% – 40 %
Fixed income securities
    58 %     43 %     50% – 70 %
Alternative Assets
    6 %     2 %   25% maximum  
 
                 
Total
    100 %     100 %        
 
                 
There was no Company common stock included in the Plan’s assets as of December 31, 2008 and 2007.
The Company’s other postretirement benefit plans’ weighted average asset allocation at December 31, 2008 and 2007, and target allocation by asset category are as follows:
                         
    Percentage of Other Postretirement Benefit        
    Plan Assets Fair Value at December 31,     Target  
    2008     2007     Allocation  
Equity securities
    19 %     27 %     20% – 40 %
Fixed income securities
    81 %     73 %     60% – 80 %
 
                 
Total
    100 %     100 %        
 
                 
There was no Company common stock included in the other postretirement benefit plan assets as of December 31, 2008 and 2007.
The overall goal of the Plan is to maximize total investment returns to provide sufficient funding for present and anticipated future benefit obligations within the constraints of a prudent level of portfolio risk and diversification. Investment decisions are approved by the Company’s Pension Fund Trust and Investment Committee. The Company believes that the asset allocation decision will be the single most important factor determining the long-term performance of the Plan.
Divergent market performance among different asset classes may, from time to time, cause the asset allocation to deviate from the desired asset allocation ranges. The asset allocation mix is reviewed on a periodic basis. If it is determined that an asset allocation mix rebalancing is required, future portfolio additions and withdrawals will be used, as necessary, to bring the allocation within tactical ranges.
In order to minimize risk, the Plan maintains a listing of permissible and prohibited investments. In addition, the Plan has certain concentration limits and investment quality requirements imposed on permissible investment options. The Company employs a duration overlay program to adjust the duration of the fixed income component in the Plan assets to better match the duration of the benefit obligation. The portfolio will invest primarily in U.S. Treasury notes and bond futures contracts to maintain the duration within +/- 0.75 year of target duration.
Cash Flows
The following table illustrates the Company’s prior contributions.
                 
Employer Contributions   Pension Benefits     Other Postretirement Benefits  
2007
  $ 158     $ 46  
2008
  $ 2        
The Company presently anticipates contributing approximately $200 to its pension plans and other postretirement plans in 2009 based upon certain economic and business assumptions. These assumptions include, but are not limited to, equity market performance, changes in interest rates and the Company’s other capital requirements. For 2009, the Company does not have a required minimum funding contribution for the Plan and the funding requirements for all of the pension plans are immaterial.
Employer contributions in 2008 and 2007 were made in cash and did not include contributions of the Company’s common stock.

 

F-87


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
17. Pension Plans and Postretirement Health Care and Life Insurance Benefit Plans (continued)
Benefit Payments
The following table sets forth amounts of benefits expected to be paid over the next ten years from the Company’s pension and other postretirement plans as of December 31, 2008:
                 
    Pension Benefits     Other Postretirement Benefits  
2009
  $ 207     $ 36  
2010
    220       39  
2011
    234       40  
2012
    252       40  
2013
    261       40  
2014-2018
    1,460       193  
 
           
Total
  $ 2,634     $ 388  
 
           
In addition, the following table sets forth amounts of other postretirement benefits expected to be received under the Medicare Part D Subsidy over the next ten years as of December 31, 2008:
         
2009
  $ 3  
2010
    3  
2011
    4  
2012
    4  
2013
    4  
2014-2018
    28  
 
     
Total
  $ 46  
 
     
18. Stock Compensation Plans
The Company has two primary stock-based compensation plans which are described below. Shares issued in satisfaction of stock-based compensation may be made available from authorized but unissued shares, shares held by the Company in treasury or from shares purchased in the open market. In 2008, the Company issued shares from treasury in satisfaction of stock-based compensation. In 2007 and 2006, the Company issued new shares in satisfaction of stock-based compensation. The compensation expense recognized for the stock-based compensation plans was $62, $72 and $61 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively. The income tax benefit recognized for stock-based compensation plans was $19, $23 and $20 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The Company did not capitalize any cost of stock-based compensation. As of December 31, 2008, the total compensation cost related to non-vested awards not yet recognized was $68, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.9 years.
Stock Plan
In 2005, the shareholders of The Hartford approved The Hartford 2005 Incentive Stock Plan (the “2005 Stock Plan”), which superseded and replaced The Hartford Incentive Stock Plan and The Hartford Restricted Stock Plan for Non-employee Directors. The terms of the 2005 Stock Plan are substantially similar to the terms of the superseded plans.
The 2005 Stock Plan provides for awards to be granted in the form of non-qualified or incentive stock options qualifying under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, stock appreciation rights, performance shares, restricted stock, restricted stock units, or any combination of the foregoing. The aggregate number of shares of stock, which may be awarded, is subject to a maximum limit of seven million shares applicable to all awards for the ten-year period ending May 18, 2015. To the extent that any awards under the 2005 Stock Plan, The Hartford Incentive Stock Plan or The Hartford Restricted Stock Plan for Non-employee Directors are forfeited, terminated, expire unexercised or are settled for cash in lieu of stock, the shares subject to such awards (or the relevant portion thereof) shall be available for awards under the 2005 Stock Plan and shall be added to the total number of shares available under the 2005 Stock Plan. As of December 31, 2008, there were 4,913,890 shares available for future issuance.
The fair values of awards granted under the 2005 Stock Plan are measured as of the grant date and expensed ratably over the awards’ vesting periods, generally three years. For stock option awards granted or modified in 2006 and later, the Company began expensing awards to retirement-eligible employees hired before January 1, 2002 immediately or over a period shorter than the stated vesting period because the employees receive accelerated vesting upon retirement and therefore the vesting period is considered non-substantive. All awards provide for accelerated vesting upon a change in control of the Company as defined in the 2005 Stock Plan.

 

F-88


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
18. Stock Compensation Plans (continued)
Stock Option Awards
Under the 2005 Stock Plan, all options granted have an exercise price equal to the market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant, and an option’s maximum term is ten years. Certain options become exercisable over a three year period commencing one year from the date of grant, while certain other options become exercisable at the later of three years from the date of grant or upon specified market appreciation of the Company’s common shares. For any year, no individual employee may receive an award of options for more than 1,000,000 shares.
The Company uses a hybrid lattice/Monte-Carlo based option valuation model (the “valuation model”) that incorporates the possibility of early exercise of options into the valuation. The valuation model also incorporates the Company’s historical termination and exercise experience to determine the option value. For these reasons, the Company believes the valuation model provides a fair value that is more representative of actual experience than the value calculated under the Black-Scholes model.
The valuation model incorporates ranges of assumptions for inputs, and therefore, those ranges are disclosed below. The term structure of volatility is constructed utilizing implied volatilities from exchange-traded options on the Company’s stock, historical volatility of the Company’s stock and other factors. The Company uses historical data to estimate option exercise and employee termination within the valuation model, and accommodates variations in employee preference and risk-tolerance by segregating the grantee pool into a series of behavioral cohorts and conducting a fair valuation for each cohort individually. The expected term of options granted is derived from the output of the option valuation model and represents, in a mathematical sense, the period of time that options are expected to be outstanding. The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Constant Maturity Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.
                         
    For the year ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Expected dividend yield
    2.9 %     2.0 %     1.9 %
Expected annualized spot volatility
    32.2% - 37.0 %     21.0% - 31.3 %     20.2% - 32.3 %
Weighted average annualized volatility
    33.3 %     29.0 %     28.9 %
Risk-free spot rate
    2.0% - 5.0 %     4.4% - 5.2 %     4.4% - 4.6 %
Expected term
  8 years     8 years     7 years  
A summary of the status of non-qualified stock options included in the Company’s Stock Plan as of December 31, 2008 and changes during the year ended December 31, 2008 is presented below:
                                 
                    Weighted        
                    Average        
            Weighted     Remaining        
    Number of Options     Average     Contractual     Aggregate  
    (in thousands)     Exercise Price     Term     Intrinsic Value  
Outstanding at beginning of year
    6,323     $ 58.76       4.2     $ 180  
Granted
    431       69.26                  
Exercised
    (445 )     46.45                  
Forfeited
    (49 )     94.95                  
Expired
    (431 )     55.85                  
 
                           
Outstanding at end of year
    5,829       60.43       3.8        
 
                       
Exercisable at end of year
    5,006     $ 57.44       3.1        
Weighted average fair value of options granted
  $ 21.57                          
The weighted average grant-date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $21.57 $31.43 and $27.66, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $4, $114 and $99, respectively.

 

F-89


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
18. Stock Compensation Plans (continued)
Share Awards
Share awards are valued equal to the market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant, less a discount for those awards that do not provide for dividends during the vesting period. Share awards granted under the 2005 Stock Plan and outstanding include restricted stock units, restricted stock and performance shares. Generally, restricted stock units vest after three years and restricted stock vests in three to five years. Performance shares become payable within a range of 0% to 200% of the number of shares initially granted based upon the attainment of specific performance goals achieved over a specified period, generally three years. The maximum award of restricted stock units, restricted stock or performance shares for any individual employee in any year is 200,000 shares or units.
A summary of the status of the Company’s non-vested share awards as of December 31, 2007, and changes during the year ended December 31, 2008, is presented below:
                 
    Shares     Weighted-Average  
Non-vested Shares   (in thousands)     Grant-Date Fair Value  
Non-vested at beginning of year
    1,883     $ 81.69  
Granted
    792       70.07  
Decrease for change in estimated performance factors
    (67 )      
Vested
    (498 )     69.87  
Forfeited
    (142 )     83.51  
 
           
Non-vested at end of year
    1,968     $ 79.63  
 
           
The total fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $35, $23 and $29, respectively, based on estimated performance factors. The Company did not make cash payments in settlement of stock compensation during the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007. The Company, at its discretion, made cash payments in settlement of stock compensation of $36 during the year ended December 31, 2006.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
In 1996, the Company established The Hartford Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”). Under this plan, eligible employees of The Hartford may purchase common stock of the Company at a 15% discount from the lower of the closing market price at the beginning or end of each offering period. Employees purchase a variable number of shares of stock through payroll deductions elected as of the beginning of the offering period. The Company may sell up to 5,400,000 shares of stock to eligible employees under the ESPP. As of December 31, 2008, there were 538,125 shares available for future issuance. During the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, 964,365, 372,993 and 341,330 shares were sold, respectively. The weighted average per share fair value of the discount under the ESPP was $14.12, $18.98 and $16.05 during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The fair value is estimated based on the 15% discount off of the beginning stock price plus the value of three-month European call and put options on shares of stock at the beginning stock price calculated using the Black-Scholes model and the following weighted average valuation assumptions:
                         
    For the year ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Dividend yield
    3.5 %     2.1 %     2.0 %
Implied volatility
    45.5 %     23.2 %     19.0 %
Risk-free spot rate
    1.9 %     4.7 %     4.7 %
Expected term
  3 months     3 months     3 months  
Implied volatility was derived from exchange-traded options on the Company’s stock. The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Constant Maturity Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. The total intrinsic value of the discounts at purchase was $5, $6 and $5 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Additionally, The Hartford has established employee stock purchase plans for certain employees of the Company’s international subsidiaries. Under these plans, participants may purchase common stock of The Hartford at a fixed price. The activity under these programs is not material.

 

F-90


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
19. Investment and Savings Plan
Substantially all U.S. employees are eligible to participate in The Hartford’s Investment and Savings Plan under which designated contributions may be invested in common stock of The Hartford or certain other investments. These contributions are matched, up to a contribution of 3% of base salary, by the Company. In 2008, employees who had earnings of less than $100,000 in the preceding year received a contribution of 1.5% of base salary and employees who had earnings of $100,000 or more in the preceding year received a contribution of 0.5% of base salary. The cost to The Hartford for this plan was approximately $64, $62, and $59 for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
20. Sale of Subsidiary
On November 30, 2006, the Company sold its non-standard auto insurance business, Omni Insurance Group, Inc. (“Omni”). Under the terms the agreement, the Company continues to be obligated for certain extra contractual liability claims and for claims and expenses arising from all business written by Omni in the states of California and New York. The Company has since taken action to cease writing new non-standard business in both California and New York. The Company believes that exiting the traditional non-standard auto insurance business will streamline its operations and help the Company align its resources towards achieving core business objectives.
The total consideration for the sale of approximately $104 included a cash dividend prior to the sale of $38 and a purchase price of $65, of which $60 was received in cash at closing and $5 was received in 2007. In 2006, the Company recorded an after-tax gain from the sale of $25, which included an income tax benefit of $49 and a pre-tax loss of $24. The pre-tax loss is recorded within realized gains and losses in the 2006 consolidated statement of operations. The $49 income tax benefit arose because the tax basis of the Company’s investment in Omni exceeded the financial statement carrying value. The assets that were sold at the closing date included $172 of cash, $8 of invested assets, $31 of premiums receivable, $3 of Personal Lines segment goodwill allocated to the Omni business and $23 of other assets. The liabilities sold at the closing date included $111 of loss and loss adjustment expense reserves, $37 of unearned premium and $14 of other liabilities.

 

F-91


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
21. Investment by Allianz SE in The Hartford
On October 17, 2008, the Company entered into an Investment Agreement (the “Investment Agreement”), with Allianz SE (“Allianz”) under which, among other things, the Company agreed to issue and sell in a private placement to Allianz for aggregate cash consideration of $2.5 billion: (i) $1.75 billion of the Company’s 10% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Debentures due 2068 (the “Debentures”); (ii) 6,048,387 shares of the Company’s Series D Non-Voting Contingent Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series D Preferred Stock”), initially convertible (as discussed below) into 24,193,548 shares of the Company’s common stock at an issue price of $31.00 per share, resulting in proceeds of $750; and (iii) warrants (the “Warrants”) to purchase the Company’s Series B Non-Voting Contingent Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series B Preferred Stock”) and Series C Non-Voting Contingent Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series C Preferred Stock” and, together with the Series B Preferred Stock and the Series D Preferred Stock, the “Preferred Stock”) structured to entitle Allianz, upon receipt of necessary approvals, to purchase 69,115,324 shares of common stock at an initial exercise price of $25.32 per share.
The Company has also agreed that, for the one-year period following October 17, 2008, it will pay certain amounts to Allianz if the Company effects or agrees to effect any transaction (or series of transactions) pursuant to which any person or group (within the meaning of the U.S. federal securities laws) is issued common stock or certain equity-related instruments constituting more than 5% of the Company’s fully-diluted common stock outstanding at the time for an effective price per share (determined as provided in the Investment Agreement) of less than $25.32. Amounts so payable depend on the effective price for the applicable transaction (or the weighted average price for a series of transactions) and range from $50 if the effective price per share is between $25.31 and $23.00, $150 if the effective price per share is between $22.99 and $20.00, $200 if the effective price per share is between $19.99 and $15.00 and $300 if the effective price per share is $14.99 or less.
Debentures
The 10% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Debentures due 2068 bear interest at an annual fixed rate of 10% from the date of issuance to, but excluding, October 15, 2018, payable semi-annually in arrears on April 15 and October 15. From and including October 15, 2018, the Debentures will bear interest at an annual rate, reset quarterly, equal to three-month LIBOR plus 6.824%, payable quarterly in arrears. The Company has the right, on one or more occasions, to defer the payment of interest on the Debentures. The Company may defer interest for up to ten consecutive years without giving rise to an event of default. Deferred interest will accumulate additional interest at an annual rate equal to the annual interest rate then applicable to the Debentures. If the Company defers interest for five consecutive years or, if earlier, pays current interest during a deferral period, which may be paid from any source of funds, the Company will be required to pay deferred interest from proceeds from the sale of certain qualifying securities.
In connection with the offering of the debentures, the Company entered into a “Replacement Capital Covenant” for the benefit of holders of one or more designated series of the Company’s indebtedness, initially the Company’s 6.1% notes due 2041. Under the terms of the Replacement Capital Covenant, if the Company redeems the Debentures at any time prior to October 15, 2048 it can only do so with the proceeds from the sale of certain qualifying replacement securities. Subject to the Replacement Capital Covenant, the Company can redeem the Debentures at its option, in whole or in part, at any time on or after October 15, 2018 at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount being redeemed plus accrued but unpaid interest.
The Debentures were issued with the detachable Warrants. The allocation of the $1.75 billion proceeds between the Debentures and Warrants was based on the relative fair values of these financial instruments at the time of issuance. As such, the Debentures were recorded at a fair value of $1,201 and are classified as long term debt.
Preferred Stock
Each share of Preferred Stock is initially convertible into four shares of common stock, subject to receipt of specified governmental, regulatory and other approvals (including receipt of stockholder approval as described above in the case of the Series C Preferred Stock), which vary by Series. If the Company declares dividends on Common Shares, the Company will simultaneously declare the same dividend on the assumed conversion of the Series D Preferred shares. Dividends on the Series D Preferred Stock are non-cumulative. The conversion ratio under the Preferred Stock is subject to adjustment in certain circumstances. The Preferred Stock is classified as equity and the proceeds of $750 were recorded net of issuance costs of $23.
On January 9, 2009, Allianz converted its 6,048,387 shares of Series D Preferred Stock into 24,193,548 shares of common stock.

 

F-92


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
21. Investment by Allianz SE in The Hartford (continued)
Warrants
The Warrants, which have a term of seven years, are exercisable to purchase 69,115,324 shares of common stock at an initial exercise price of $25.32 per share. The exercise price under the Warrants is subject to adjustment in certain circumstances. Pending the receipt of specified regulatory approvals, the Warrants are immediately exercisable for the Series B Preferred Stock, which are initially convertible, in the aggregate, into 34,806,452 shares of common stock. The Warrants to purchase the Series B Preferred Stock are reported as equity and were allocated a relative fair value of $276 at issuance.
In addition to the receipt of specified regulatory approvals, the conversion into 34,308,872 shares of common stock of the Series C Preferred Stock underlying certain of the Warrants is subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders in accordance with applicable regulations of the New York Stock Exchange. Under the Investment Agreement, the Company is obligated to pay Allianz $75 if such stockholder approval is not obtained at the first stockholder meeting to consider such approval, and $50 if such stockholder approval is not obtained at a second such meeting. Because the conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock is subject to stockholder approval and the related payment provision represents a form of net cash settlement outside the Company’s control, the Warrants to purchase the Series C Preferred Stock and the stockholder approval payment were recorded as a derivative liability at a relative fair value of $273 at issuance. As of December 31, 2008, the Warrants to purchase the Series C Preferred Stock had a fair value of $163. The Company recognized a gain of $110, after-tax, for the year ended December 31, 2008, representing the change in fair value of the Warrants to purchase the Series C Preferred Stock.
22. Quarterly Results For 2008 and 2007 (unaudited)
                                                                 
    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,     June 30,     September 30,     December 31,  
    2008     2007     2008     2007     2008     2007     2008     2007  
Revenues [1]
  $ 1,544     $ 6,759     $ 7,503     $ 7,660     $ (393 )   $ 5,823     $ 565     $ 5,674  
Benefits, losses and expenses
  $ 1,453     $ 5,547     $ 6,851     $ 6,823     $ 3,790     $ 4,648     $ 1,716     $ 4,893  
Net income (loss) [2]
  $ 145     $ 876     $ 543     $ 627     $ (2,631 )   $ 851     $ (806 )   $ 595  
Basic earnings (losses) per share [3]
  $ 0.46     $ 2.74     $ 1.74     $ 1.98     $ (8.74 )   $ 2.70     $ (2.71 )   $ 1.90  
Diluted earnings (losses) per share [4]
  $ 0.46     $ 2.71     $ 1.73     $ 1.96     $ (8.74 )   $ 2.68     $ (2.71 )   $ 1.88  
Weighted average common shares outstanding
    313.8       319.6       311.7       316.8       301.1       315.4       300.2       313.4  
Weighted average common shares outstanding and dilutive potential common shares
    315.7       322.7       313.1       319.6       301.1       318.0       300.2       316.1  
     
[1]  
Included in the three months ended September 30, 2008 and December 31, 2008 are net investment losses of $3.4 billion and $4.5 billion, respectively, related to the mark-to-market effects of equity securities held for trading supporting the International variable annuity business and net realized capital losses of $3.4 billion and $816, respectively
 
[2]  
Included in the three months ended September 30, 2008 are net realized capital losses of $2.2 billion and a DAC unlock charge of $932. Included in the three months ended December 31, 2008 is an after-tax charge of $597 related to goodwill impairments and net realized capital losses of $610.
 
[3]  
Due to the net loss for the three months ended December 31, 2008, no allocation of the net loss was made to the preferred shareholders under the two-class method in the calculation of basic earnings per share, as the preferred shareholders had no contractual obligation to fund the net losses of the Company. In the absence of the net loss, any such income would be allocated to the preferred shareholders based on the weighted average number of preferred shares outstanding as of December 31, 2008.
 
[4]  
As a result of the net loss in the three months ended September 30, 2008 and December 31, 2008, SFAS 128 requires the Company to use basic weighted average common shares outstanding in the calculation of the year ended December 31, 2008 diluted loss per share, since the inclusion of shares for stock compensation plans of 1.0 million and 0.6 million, respectively, and the assumed conversion of the preferred shares to common of 0 and 20.1 million, respectively, would have been antidilutive to the earnings per share calculation. In the absence of the net loss, weighted average common shares outstanding and dilutive potential common shares would have totaled 302.1 million and 320.9 million, respectively.

 

F-93


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
SCHEDULE I
SUMMARY OF INVESTMENTS — OTHER THAN INVESTMENTS IN AFFILIATES
($ in millions)
                         
    As of December 31, 2008  
                    Amount at  
                    which shown on  
Type of Investment   Cost     Fair Value     Balance Sheet  
Fixed Maturities
                       
Bonds and notes
                       
U.S. government and government agencies and authorities (guaranteed and sponsored)
  $ 5,883     $ 5,956     $ 5,956  
U.S. government and government agencies and authorities (guaranteed and sponsored) – asset-backed
    3,525       3,614       3,614  
States, municipalities and political subdivisions
    11,406       10,655       10,655  
International governments
    2,786       2,821       2,821  
Public utilities
    4,859       4,373       4,373  
All other corporate bonds including international
    26,200       22,808       22,808  
All other mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities
    23,579       14,885       14,885  
 
                 
Total fixed maturities
    78,238       65,112       65,112  
 
                 
 
                       
Equity Securities
                       
Common stocks
                       
Utilities
    1       1       1  
Banks, trusts & insurance companies
    1       1       1  
Industrial, miscellaneous and all other
    331       445       445  
Non-redeemable preferred stocks
    1,221       1,011       1,011  
 
                 
Total equity securities, available-for-sale
    1,554       1,458       1,458  
Total equity securities, held for trading
    35,278       30,820       30,820  
 
                 
Total equity securities
    36,832       32,278       32,278  
 
                 
 
                       
Real Estate
    103       103       103  
 
                       
Short-term Investments
    10,022       10,022       10,022  
 
                       
Other Investments
                       
Mortgage loans on real estate
    6,469       5,654       6,469  
Policy loans
    2,208       2,435       2,208  
Investments in partnerships and trusts
    2,295       2,295       2,295  
Futures, options and miscellaneous
    744       1,620       1,620  
 
                 
Total other investments
    11,716       12,004       12,592  
 
                 
Total investments
  $ 136,911     $ 119,519     $ 120,107  
 
                 

 

S-1


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
SCHEDULE II
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF
THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
(Registrant)
                 
(In millions)   As of December 31,  
Condensed Balance Sheets   2008     2007  
Assets
               
Other assets
  $ 2,346     $ 1,414  
Investment in affiliates
    14,517       23,120  
 
           
Total assets
  $ 16,863     $ 24,534  
 
           
 
               
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
               
Net payable to affiliates
  $ 779     $ 663  
Short-term debt (includes current maturities of long-term debt)
    374       1,328  
Long-term debt
    5,514       2,811  
Other liabilities
    928       528  
 
           
Total liabilities
    7,595       5,330  
Total stockholders’ equity
    9,268       19,204  
 
           
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 16,863     $ 24,534  
 
           
                         
(In millions)   For the years ended December 31,  
Condensed Statements of Operations   2008     2007     2006  
Interest expense (net of interest income)
  $ 293     $ 217     $ 198  
Other expenses
    (106 )     22       44  
 
                 
Loss before income taxes and earnings of subsidiaries
    (187 )     (239 )     (242 )
Income tax benefit
    (102 )     (83 )     (84 )
 
                 
Loss before earnings of subsidiaries
    (85 )     (156 )     (158 )
Earnings of subsidiaries
    (2,664 )     3,105       2,903  
 
                 
Net income (loss)
  $ (2,749 )   $ 2,949     $ 2,745  
 
                 
The condensed financial statements should be read in conjunction with
the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.

 

S-2


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
SCHEDULE II
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF
THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. (continued)
(Registrant)
                         
(In millions)   For the years ended December 31,  
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows   2008     2007     2006  
Operating Activities
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ (2,749 )   $ 2,949     $ 2,745  
Undistributed earnings of subsidiaries
    (4,766 )     (1,422 )     (2,366 )
Change in operating assets and liabilities
    9,372       18       (74 )
 
                 
Cash provided by operating activities
    1,857       1,545       305  
 
                       
Investing Activities
                       
Net purchase of short-term investments
    (892 )     (76 )     (292 )
Capital contributions to subsidiaries
    (2,300 )     (127 )     (527 )
 
                 
Cash used for investing activities
    (3,192 )     (203 )     (819 )
 
                       
Financing Activities
                       
Issuance of shares from equity unit contracts
                1,020  
Issuance of long-term debt
    2,670       495       990  
Repayment/maturity of long-term debt
    (955 )     (300 )     (1,015 )
Change in short-term debt
          75       (173 )
Issuance of convertible preferred shares
    727              
Issuance of warrants
    512              
Proceeds from issuances of shares under incentive and stock compensation plans, net
    54       186       147  
Treasury stock acquired
    (1,000 )     (1,193 )      
Return of shares to treasury stock under incentive and stock compensation plans to treasury stock
    (18 )     (14 )     (5 )
Excess tax benefits on stock-based compensation
    5       45       10  
Dividends paid
    (660 )     (636 )     (460 )
 
                 
Cash provided by financing activities
    1,335       (1,342 )     514  
Net change in cash
                 
Cash — beginning of year
                 
 
                 
Cash — end of year
  $     $     $  
 
                 
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information
                       
Interest Paid
  $ 265     $ 239     $ 198  
Dividends Received from Subsidiaries
  $ 2,279     $ 1,668     $ 441  
The condensed financial statements should be read in conjunction with
the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.

 

S-3


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
SCHEDULE III
SUPPLEMENTARY INSURANCE INFORMATION
(In millions)
                                 
            Future Policy             Other  
            Benefits,             Policyholder  
    Deferred Policy     Unpaid Losses             Funds and  
    Acquisition     and     Unearned     Benefits  
Segment [1]   Costs [2]     Loss Adjustment Expenses     Premiums     Payable  
 
                               
As of December 31, 2008
                               
Life
                               
Retail
  $ 5,801     $ 1,353     $ 11     $ 22,164  
Individual Life
    3,027       781       1       6,010  
 
                       
Total Individual Markets Group
    8,828       2,134       12       28,174  
Retirement Plans
    877       313             6,437  
Group Benefits
    81       6,356       85       402  
 
                       
Total Employer Markets Group
    958       6,669       85       6,839  
International
    2,046       229             36,461  
Institutional
    156       7,667       40       11,255  
Other
          48       1       1,823  
 
                       
Total Life
    11,988       16,747       138       84,552  
Property & Casualty
                               
Ongoing Operations
                               
Personal Lines
    606       2,052       1,904        
Small Commercial
    282       3,572       1,318        
Middle Market
    232       4,745       1,128        
Specialty Commercial
    140       6,980       893        
 
                       
Total Ongoing Operations
    1,260       17,349       5,243        
Other Operations
          4,584       1        
 
                       
Total Property & Casualty
    1,260       21,933       5,244        
Corporate
                (3 )      
 
                       
Consolidated
  $ 13,248     $ 38,680     $ 5,379     $ 84,552  
 
                       
 
                               
As of December 31, 2007
                               
Life
                               
Retail
  $ 5,315     $ 961     $ 13     $ 15,443  
Individual Life
    2,406       737       2       5,691  
 
                       
Total Individual Markets Group
    7,721       1,698       15       21,134  
Retirement Plans
    658       333             5,591  
Group Benefits
    69       6,331       75       317  
 
                       
Total Employer Markets Group
    727       6,664       75       5,908  
International
    1,923       42             39,024  
Institutional
    143       6,863       57       12,460  
Other
          64             1,816  
 
                       
Total Life
    10,514       15,331       147       80,342  
Property & Casualty
                               
Ongoing Operations
                               
Personal Lines
    566       2,042       1,909        
Small Commercial
    282       3,470       1,357        
Middle Market
    236       4,697       1,195        
Specialty Commercial
    144       6,873       940        
 
                       
Total Ongoing Operations
    1,228       17,082       5,401        
Other Operations
          5,071       1        
 
                       
Total Property & Casualty
    1,228       22,153       5,402        
Corporate
                (4 )      
 
                       
Consolidated
  $ 11,742     $ 37,484     $ 5,545     $ 80,342  
 
                       
     
[1]  
Segment information is presented in a manner by which The Hartford’s chief operating decision maker views and manages the business.
 
[2]  
Also includes present value of future profits.

 

S-4


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
SCHEDULE III
SUPPLEMENTARY INSURANCE INFORMATION (continued)
(In millions)
                                                 
    Earned             Benefits, Losses     Amortization of              
    Premiums, Fee     Net     and Loss     Deferred Policy              
    Income and     Investment     Adjustment     Acquisition     Other     Net Written  
Segment [1]   Other     Income     Expenses     Costs     Expenses [2]     Premiums  
 
                                               
For the year ended December 31, 2008
                                               
Life
                                               
Retail
  $ 2,753     $ 747     $ 1,008     $ 1,344     $ 1,609     $    
Individual Life
    828       338       627       169       202          
 
                                   
Total Individual Markets Group
    3,581       1,085       1,635       1,513       1,811          
Retirement Plans
    338       342       271       91       335          
Group Benefits
    4,391       419       3,144       57       1,128          
 
                                   
Total Employer Markets Group
    4,729       761       3,415       148       1,463          
International
    872       167       270       496       321          
Institutional
    1,041       1,004       1,907       19       120          
Other
    60       (10,312 )     (10,186 )           7          
 
                                   
Total Life
    10,283       (7,295 )     (2,959 )     2,176       3,722       N/A  
Property & Casualty
                                               
Ongoing Operations
                                               
Personal Lines
    4,061       209       2,749       633       431       3,925  
Small Commercial
    2,724       222       1,480       636       224       2,696  
Middle Market
    2,297       279       1,442       513       208       2,242  
Specialty Commercial
    1,753       346       907       313       530       1,361  
 
                                   
Total Ongoing Operations
    10,835       1,056       6,578       2,095       1,393       10,224  
Other Operations
    7       197       129             26       7  
 
                                   
Total Property & Casualty
    10,842       1,253       6,707       2,095       1,419       10,231  
Corporate
    17       37                   650        
 
                                   
Consolidated
  $ 21,142     $ (6,005 )   $ 3,748     $ 4,271     $ 5,791     $ 10,231  
 
                                   
     
[1]  
Segment information is presented in a manner by which The Hartford’s chief operating decision maker views and manages the business.
 
[2]  
Includes insurance operating costs, interest, goodwill impairment, and other expenses.
 
N/A  
— Not applicable to life insurance pursuant to Regulation S-X.

 

S-5


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
SCHEDULE III
SUPPLEMENTARY INSURANCE INFORMATION (continued)
(In millions)
                                                 
    Earned             Benefits, Losses     Amortization of              
    Premiums, Fee     Net     and Loss     Deferred Policy              
    Income and     Investment     Adjustment     Acquisition     Other     Net Written  
Segment [1]   Other     Income     Expenses     Costs     Expenses [2]     Premiums  
                                                 
For the year ended December 31, 2007
                                               
Life
                                               
Retail
  $ 3,055     $ 801     $ 820     $ 406     $ 1,221     $    
Individual Life
    808       359       562       121       193          
 
                                   
Total Individual Markets Group
    3,863       1,160       1,382       527       1,414          
Retirement Plans
    242       355       249       58       170          
Group Benefits
    4,301       465       3,109       62       1,131          
 
                                   
Total Employer Markets Group
    4,543       820       3,358       120       1,301          
International
    832       131       32       214       246          
Institutional
    1,238       1,241       2,074       23       185          
Other
    67       290       301             84          
 
                                   
Total Life
    10,543       3,642       7,147       884       3,230       N/A  
Property & Casualty
                                               
Ongoing Operations
                                               
Personal Lines
    4,030       249       2,697       617       402       3,947  
Small Commercial
    2,737       299       1,413       635       239       2,747  
Middle Market
    2,420       389       1,560       529       208       2,326  
Specialty Commercial
    1,800       502       1,054       323       537       1,415  
 
                                   
Total Ongoing Operations
    10,987       1,439       6,724       2,104       1,386       10,435  
Other Operations
    5       248       193             23       5  
 
                                   
Total Property & Casualty
    10,992       1,687       6,917       2,104       1,409       10,440  
Corporate
    16       30             1       219        
 
                                   
Consolidated
  $ 21,551     $ 5,359     $ 14,064     $ 2,989     $ 4,858     $ 10,440  
 
                                   
     
[1]  
Segment information is presented in a manner by which The Hartford’s chief operating decision maker views and manages the business.
 
[2]  
Includes insurance operating costs, interest and other expenses.
 
N/A  
— Not applicable to life insurance pursuant to Regulation S-X.

 

S-6


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
SCHEDULE III
SUPPLEMENTARY INSURANCE INFORMATION (continued)
(In millions)
                                                 
    Earned             Benefits, Losses     Amortization of              
    Premiums, Fee     Net     and Loss     Deferred Policy              
    Income and     Investment     Adjustment     Acquisition     Other     Net Written  
Segment [1]   Other     Income     Expenses     Costs     Expenses [2]     Premiums  
                                                 
For the year ended December 31, 2006
                                               
Life
                                               
Retail
  $ 2,609     $ 839     $ 819     $ 973     $ 994     $    
Individual Life
    832       324       497       243       179          
 
                                   
Total Individual Markets Group
    3,441       1,163       1,316       1,216       1,173          
Retirement Plans
    212       326       250       (4 )     136          
Group Benefits
    4,149       415       3,002       41       1,101          
 
                                   
Total Employer Markets Group
    4,361       741       3,252       37       1,237          
International
    701       123       3       167       208          
Institutional
    732       1,003       1,484       32       78          
Other
    81       1,978       1,985             12          
 
                                   
Total Life
    9,316       5,008       8,040       1,452       2,708       N/A  
Property & Casualty
                                               
Ongoing Operations
                                               
Personal Lines
    3,895       228       2,478       622       409       3,877  
Small Commercial
    2,651       261       1,468       634       181       2,728  
Middle Market
    2,525       346       1,626       544       176       2,515  
Specialty Commercial
    1,830       390       1,070       306       445       1,538  
 
                                   
Total Ongoing Operations
    10,901       1,225       6,642       2,106       1,211       10,658  
Other Operations
    5       261       360             12       4  
 
                                   
Total Property & Casualty
    10,906       1,486       7,002       2,106       1,223       10,662  
Corporate
    14       21                   367        
 
                                   
Consolidated
  $ 20,236     $ 6,515     $ 15,042     $ 3,558     $ 4,298     $ 10,662  
 
                                   
     
[1]  
Segment information is presented in a manner by which The Hartford’s chief operating decision maker views and manages the business.
 
[2]  
Includes insurance operating costs, interest and other expenses.
 
N/A  
— Not applicable to life insurance pursuant to Regulation S-X.

 

S-7


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
SCHEDULE IV
REINSURANCE
                                         
                                    Percentage  
                    Assumed             of Amount  
    Gross     Ceded to Other     From Other     Net     Assumed  
(In millions)   Amount     Companies     Companies     Amount     to Net  
 
                                       
For the year ended December 31, 2008
                                       
Life insurance in-force
  $ 924,987     $ 123,074     $ 43,736     $ 845,649       5 %
 
                             
Insurance revenues
                                       
Property and casualty insurance
  $ 10,999     $ 877     $ 216     $ 10,338       2 %
Life insurance and annuities
    8,187       390       173       7,970       2 %
Accident and health insurance
    2,254       31       90       2,313       4 %
 
                             
Total insurance revenues
  $ 21,440     $ 1,298     $ 479     $ 20,621       2 %
 
                             
 
                                       
For the year ended December 31, 2007
                                       
Life insurance in-force
  $ 824,608     $ 216,439     $ 82,282     $ 690,451       12 %
 
                             
Insurance revenues
                                       
Property and casualty insurance
  $ 11,396     $ 1,104     $ 204     $ 10,496       2 %
Life insurance and annuities
    8,360       369       188       8,179       2 %
Accident and health insurance
    2,315       36       85       2,364       4 %
 
                             
Total insurance revenues
  $ 22,071     $ 1,509     $ 477     $ 21,039       2 %
 
                             
 
                                       
For the year ended December 31, 2006
                                       
Life insurance in-force
  $ 872,536     $ 218,795     $ 48,428     $ 702,169       7 %
 
                             
Insurance revenues
                                       
Property and casualty insurance
  $ 11,465     $ 1,291     $ 259     $ 10,433       2 %
Life insurance and annuities
    7,092       333       247       7,006       3 %
Accident and health insurance
    2,280       36       66       2,310       3 %
 
                             
Total insurance revenues
  $ 20,837     $ 1,660     $ 572     $ 19,749       3 %
 
                             

 

S-8


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
SCHEDULE V
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
                                         
            Charged to             Write-offs/        
    Balance     Costs and     Translation     Payments/     Balance  
(In millions)   January 1,     Expenses     Adjustment     Other     December 31,  
 
                                       
2008
                                       
Allowance for doubtful accounts and other
  $ 126     $ 53     $     $ (54 )   $ 125  
Allowance for uncollectible reinsurance
    404       12             (37 )     379  
Accumulated depreciation of property and equipment
    1,395       228             (22 )     1,601  
Valuation allowance on mortgage loans
          26                   26  
Valuation allowance for deferred taxes
    43       32                   75  
 
2007
                                       
Allowance for doubtful accounts and other
  $ 114     $ 47     $     $ (35 )   $ 126  
Allowance for uncollectible reinsurance
    412       12             (20 )     404  
Accumulated depreciation of property and equipment
    1,241       232             (78 )     1,395  
Valuation allowance for deferred taxes
    60       (17 )                 43  
 
2006
                                       
Allowance for doubtful accounts and other
  $ 120     $ 35     $     $ (41 )   $ 114  
Allowance for uncollectible reinsurance
    413       284             (285 )     412  
Accumulated depreciation of property and equipment
    1,150       193             (102 )     1,241  
Valuation allowance for deferred taxes
    44       16                   60  
THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
SCHEDULE VI
SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION CONCERNING
PROPERTY AND CASUALTY INSURANCE OPERATIONS
                                 
    Discount     Losses and Loss Adjustment     Paid Losses and  
    Deducted From     Expenses Incurred Related to:     Loss Adjustment  
(In millions)   Liabilities [1]     Current Year     Prior Year     Expenses  
 
                               
Years ended December 31,
                               
 
                               
2008
  $ 488     $ 6,933     $ (226 )   $ 6,591  
 
                               
2007
  $ 568     $ 6,869     $ 48     $ 6,290  
 
                               
2006
  $ 605     $ 6,706     $ 296     $ 6,150  
     
[1]  
Reserves for permanently disabled claimants and certain structured settlement contracts that fund loss run-offs have been discounted using the weighted average interest rates of 5.4%, 5.5%, and 5.6% for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

S-9


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
           
    THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.  
 
         
 
  By:   /s/ Beth A. Bombara  
 
         
        Beth A. Bombara
 
        Senior Vice President and Controller
 
        (Chief Accounting Officer and duly authorized signatory)  
Date: February 11, 2009
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
             
    Signature   Title   Date
 
           
 
  /s/ Ramani Ayer
 
Ramani Ayer
  Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
  February 11, 2009
 
           
 
  *
 
Thomas M. Marra
  President, Chief Operating Officer and Director   February 11, 2009
 
           
 
  /s/ Lizabeth H. Zlatkus
 
Lizabeth H. Zlatkus
  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
  February 11, 2009
 
           
 
  /s/ Beth A. Bombara
 
Beth A. Bombara
  Senior Vice President and Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)
  February 11, 2009
 
           
 
  *
 
Ramon de Oliveira
  Director   February 11, 2009
 
           
 
  *
 
Robert B. Allardice III
  Director   February 11, 2009
 
           
 
  *
 
Trevor Fetter
  Director   February 11, 2009
 
           
 
  *
 
Edward J. Kelly, III
  Director   February 11, 2009
 
           
 
  *
 
Paul G. Kirk, Jr.
  Director   February 11, 2009
 
           
 
  *
 
Gail J. McGovern
  Director   February 11, 2009
 
           
 
  *
 
Michael G. Morris
  Director   February 11, 2009
 
           
 
  *
 
Charles B. Strauss
  Director   February 11, 2009
 
           
 
  *
 
H. Patrick Swygert
  Director   February 11, 2009
 
           
*By:
  /s/ Alan J. Kreczko
 
Alan J. Kreczko
       
 
  As Attorney-in-Fact        

 

II-1


Table of Contents

THE HARTFORD FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008
FORM 10-K
EXHIBITS INDEX
The exhibits attached to this Form 10-K are those that are required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K.
     
Exhibit No.   Description
 
   
3.01
 
Corrected Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. (“The Hartford”), effective May 21, 1998, as amended by Amendment No. 1, effective May 1, 2002 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.01 to The Hartford’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004).
 
 
 
3.02
 
Amended and Restated By-Laws of The Hartford, amended effective September 18, 2008 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to The Hartford’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed September 24, 2008).
 
 
 
3.03
 
Certificate of Designation with respect to Series B Non-Voting Contingent Convertible Preferred Stock, including form of stock certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed on October 17, 2008).
 
 
 
3.04
 
Certificate of Designation with respect to Series C Non-Voting Contingent Convertible Preferred Stock, including form of stock certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed on October 17, 2008).
 
 
 
3.05
 
Certificate of Designation with respect to Series D Non-Voting Contingent Convertible Preferred Stock, including form of stock certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed on October 17, 2008).
 
 
 
4.01
 
Corrected Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated By-Laws of The Hartford (incorporated herein by reference as indicated in Exhibits 3.01 and 3.02 hereto, respectively).
 
 
 
4.02
 
Senior Indenture, dated as of October 20, 1995, between The Hartford and The Chase Manhattan Bank (National Association) as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.03 to the Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 333-103915) of The Hartford, Hartford Capital IV, Hartford Capital V and Hartford Capital VI).
 
 
 
4.03
 
Supplemental Indenture No. 1, dated as of December 27, 2000, to the Senior Indenture filed as Exhibit 4.02 hereto, between The Hartford and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.30 to The Hartford’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Amendment No. 1) (Registration No. 333-49666) dated December 27, 2000).
 
 
 
4.04
 
Supplemental Indenture No. 2, dated as of September 13, 2002, to the Senior Indenture filed as Exhibit 4.02 hereto, between The Hartford and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to The Hartford’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed September 17, 2002).
 
 
 
4.05
 
Form of Global Security (included in Exhibit 4.04).
 
 
 
4.06
 
Supplemental Indenture No. 3, dated as of May 23, 2003, to the Senior Indenture filed as Exhibit 4.02 hereto, between The Hartford and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of The Hartford’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed May 30, 2003).
 
 
 
4.07
 
Senior Indenture, dated as of March 9, 2004, between The Hartford and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to The Hartford’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed March 12, 2004).
 
   
4.08
 
Junior Subordinated Indenture, dated as of February 12, 2007, between The Hartford and LaSalle Bank, N.A., as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to The Hartford’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed February 16, 2007).

 

II-2


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit No.   Description
 
 
 
4.09
 
Senior Indenture, dated as of April 11, 2007, between The Hartford and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.03 to the Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 333-142044) of The Hartford, Hartford Capital IV, Hartford Capital V and Hartford Capital VI, filed on April 11, 2007).
 
 
 
4.10
 
6.000% Senior Note due January 15, 2019 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 12, 2008)
 
 
 
4.11
 
8.125% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Debenture due 2068 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 6, 2008).
 
 
 
4.12
 
Junior Subordinated Indenture, dated as of June 6, 2008, between The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 6, 2008).
 
 
 
4.13
 
First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 6, 2008, between The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 6, 2008).
 
 
 
4.14
 
Replacement Capital Covenant, dated as of June 6, 2008 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 6, 2008).
 
 
 
4.15
 
Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 17, 2008, between The Hartford and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, relating to the 10% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Debentures due 2068, including form of Debenture (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed on October 17, 2008).
 
 
 
4.16
 
Form of Series B Warrant to Purchase Shares of Non-Voting Contingent Convertible Preferred Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed on October 17, 2008).
 
 
 
4.17
 
Form of Series C Warrant to Purchase Shares of Non-Voting Contingent Convertible Preferred Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed on October 17, 2008).
 
 
 
4.18
 
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 17, 2008, between The Hartford and Allianz SE (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed on October 17, 2008).
 
 
 
*10.01
 
Employment Agreement, amended and restated as of October 31, 2008, between The Hartford and Ramani Ayer.
 
 
 
*10.02
 
Employment Agreement, amended and restated as of October 31, 2008, between The Hartford and Thomas M. Marra.†
 
 
 
*10.03
 
Employment Agreement, amended and restated as of November 24, 2008, between The Hartford and Neal S. Wolin.†
 
 
 
*10.04
 
Employment Agreement, amended and restated as of November 10, 2008, between The Hartford and Lizabeth H. Zlatkus.†
 
 
 
*10.05
 
Employment Agreement, amended and restated as of November 14, 2008, between The Hartford and John C. Walters.†
 
 
 
*10.06
 
Form of Key Executive Employment Protection Agreement between The Hartford and certain executive officers of The Hartford, as amended .†
 
 
 
*10.07
 
The Hartford Restricted Stock Plan for Non-Employee Directors (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.05 to The Hartford’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2004).
 
 
 
*10.08
 
The Hartford 1995 Incentive Stock Plan, as amended. †
 
 
 
*10.09
 
The Hartford Incentive Stock Plan, as amended. †
 
 
 
*10.10
 
The Hartford 2005 Incentive Stock Plan, as amended. †

 

II-3


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit No.   Description
 
 
 
*10.11
 
The Hartford Deferred Restricted Stock Unit Plan, as amended (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to The Hartford’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005).
 
 
 
*10.12
 
The Hartford Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended. †
 
 
 
*10.13
 
The Hartford Senior Executive Severance Pay Plan, as amended (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.07 to The Hartford’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed September 12, 2006).
 
 
 
*10.14
 
The Hartford Executive Severance Pay Plan I, as amended (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to The Hartford’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002).
 
 
 
*10.15
 
The Hartford Planco Non-Employee Option Plan, as amended (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to The Hartford’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002).
 
 
 
*10.16
 
The Hartford Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended. †
 
 
 
*10.17
 
The Hartford Investment and Savings Plan, as amended. †
 
 
 
*10.18
 
The Hartford 2005 Incentive Stock Plan Forms of Individual Award Agreements (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to The Hartford’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed May 24, 2005).
 
 
 
10.19
 
Amended and Restated Five-Year Competitive Advance and Revolving Credit Facility, dated August 9, 2007, among The Hartford and the syndicate of lenders named therein, including Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Citibank, N.A., as syndication agents, and Wachovia Bank, N.A., as documentation agent, as amended (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to The Hartford’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed August 10, 2007; Exhibit 10.1 to The Hartford’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed July 14, 2008; and Exhibit 10.1 to The Hartford’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed December 18, 2008).
 
 
 
10.20
 
Remarketing Agreement, dated as of May 9, 2006, between The Hartford and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Goldman Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., and J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to The Hartford’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed May 15, 2006).
 
 
 
10.21
 
Initial Remarketing Agreement, dated as of August 10, 2006, between The Hartford, and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, and J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to The Hartford’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed August 11, 2006).
 
 
 
10.22
 
Put Option Agreement, dated February 12, 2007, among The Hartford, Glen Meadow ABC Trust and LaSalle Bank, N.A. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to The Hartford’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed February 16, 2007).
 
 
 
10.23
 
Form of Assurance of Discontinuance entered into by the New York Attorney General’s Office, the Illinois Attorney General’s Office and The Hartford, dated July 23, 2007 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to The Hartford’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed July 24, 2007).
 
 
 
10.24
 
Accelerated Share Repurchase Confirmation Agreement, dated as of June 4, 2008, between The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. and Credit Suisse International (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.01 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2008).
 
 
 
10.25
 
Investment Agreement, dated as of October 17, 2008 between The Hartford and Allianz SE (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to The Hartford’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed October 17, 2008).
 
 
 
10.26
 
Replacement Capital Covenant, dated as of October 17, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed on October 17, 2008).
 
 
 
12.01
 
Statement Re: Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges. †
 
 
 
21.01
 
Subsidiaries of The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. †

 

II-4


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit No.   Description
 
 
 
23.01
 
Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP to the incorporation by reference into The Hartford’s Registration Statements on Form S-8 and Form S-3 of the report of Deloitte & Touche LLP contained in this Form 10-K regarding the audited financial statements is filed herewith. †
 
 
 
24.01
 
Power of Attorney. †
 
 
 
31.01
 
Certification of Ramani Ayer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. †
 
 
 
31.02
 
Certification of Lizabeth H. Zlatkus pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. †
 
 
 
32.01
 
Certification of Ramani Ayer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. †
 
 
 
32.02
 
Certification of Lizabeth H. Zlatkus pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. †
     
*  
Management contract, compensatory plan or arrangement.
 
 
Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to this report.

 

II-5